2022 HD Pan Am Electrical Diagnostic Manual 94000979

m PAN AMERICA MODELS
9
^ * 2022 HARLEY-DAVIDSON® ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
94000979
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Harley-Davidson motorcycles conform to all applicable U.S.A. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and U.S.A. En-
vironmental Protection Agency regulations effective on the date of manufacture.
To maintain the safety, dependability, and emission and noise control performance, it is essential that the procedures,
specifications and service instructions in this manual are followed.
Any substitution, alteration or adjustment of emission system and noise control components outside of factory spe-
cifications may be prohibited by law.
Harley-Davidson Motor Company

PAN AMERICA MODELS
2022 HARLEY-DAVIDSON® ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
©2021 H-D.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
PRINTED IN THE USA
94000979
VISIT THE HARLEY-DAVIDSON WEB SITE

https://www.harley-davidson.com
READER'S COMMENTS
The Harley-Davidson Service Communications Department maintains a continuous effort to improve the quality and usefulness of its
publications. To do this effectively, we need user feedback - your critical evaluation of this manual.
Please comment on the completeness, accuracy, organization, usability, and readability of this manual.
Please list the page, item, and part number(s) of any errors you find in this manual.
Please tell us how we can improve this manual.
Name Document
94000979
Occupation Dealership
Street Department
City State Zip
2022 HARLEY-DAVIDSON© ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL - PAN AMERICA MODELS
• Return this form to:

Department 625 Service Communications
P.O. Box 653
Milwaukee Wl 53201 USA
PLEASE ADD ANY OTHER COMMENTS HERE
FOREWORD
GENERAL A WARNING
A WARNING Stop the engine when refueling or servicing the fuel system.
Do not smoke or allow open flame or sparks near gasoline.
The rider's safety depends upon proper motorcycle service
Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive, which
and maintenance. If a procedure in this manual is not within
could result in death or serious injury. (00002a)
your capabilities or you do not have the correct tools, have a
Harley-Davidson dealer perform the procedure. Improper
Good preparation is very important for efficient service work.
service or maintenance could result in death or serious
Start each job with a clean work area. This will allow the repair to
injury. (00627b)
proceed as smoothly as possible. It will also reduce the incidence
of misplaced tools and parts.
This electrical diagnostic manual has been prepared with two
purposes in mind. First, it will acquaint the user with the Clean a motorcycle that is excessively dirty before work starts.
construction of the Harley-Davidson product and assist in the Cleaning will occasionally uncover sources of trouble. Gather any
tools, instruments and any parts needed for the job before work
performance of repair. Secondly, it will introduce to the
begins. Interrupting a job to locate tools or parts is a distraction
professional Harley-Davidson Technician the latest field-tested
and causes needless delay.
and factory-approved diagnostic methods. We sincerely believe
that this manual will make your association with Harley-Davidson NOTE
products more pleasant and profitable. • To avoid unnecessary disassembly, carefully read all related
service information before repair work begins.
HOW TO USE YOUR MANUAL ______________
• In figure legends, the number which follows the name of a part
Use the TABLE OF CONTENTS (which follows this indicates the quantity necessary for one complete assembly.
Refer to the table below for the content layout of this manual.
NUMBER CHAPTER • When servicing a vehicle equipped with the Harley-Davidson
Smart Security System (H-DSSS), first disarm the system.
1 Initial Diagnostics Keep the fob close to the vehicle or use DIGITAL
2 Serial Data TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to disable the
FOREWORD
system. Activate the system after service is completed.
3 Starting and Charging
4 Instruments SERVICE BULLETINS _____________________
5 Accessories, Horn, Lighting and Security
In addition to the information presented in this manual, Harley-
6 Engine Management Davidson Motor Company will periodically issue service bulletins
7 ABS to Harley-Davidson dealers. Service bulletins cover interim
engineering changes and supplementary information. Consult the
A Wiring
service bulletins to keep your product knowledge current and
B Connector Repair complete.
C Reference USE GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS
FOREWORD) and the INDEX (at the back of this manual) to
quickly locate subjects. Chapters and topics in this manual are A WARNING
sequentially numbered for easy navigation.
Harley-Davidson parts and accessories are designed for
For example, a cross-reference shown as 2.2 SPECIFICATIONS Harley-Davidson motorcycles. Using non-Harley-Davidson
refers to chapter 2 CHASSIS, heading 2.2 SPECIFICATIONS. parts or accessories can adversely affect performance,
stability or handling, which could result in death or serious
For quick and easy reference, all pages contain a chapter injury. (00001b)
number followed by a page number. For example, page 3-5
refers to page 5 in Chapter 3, To achieve satisfactory and lasting repairs, carefully follow the
service manual instructions and use only genuine Harley-
A number of acronyms and abbreviations are used in this
Davidson replacement parts. Behind the emblem bearing the
document. See the GLOSSARY (Page C-1) for a list of
words GENUINE HARLEY-DAVIDSON stand more than 100
acronyms, abbreviations and definitions.
years of design, research, manufacturing, testing and inspecting
PREPARATION FOR SERVICE _____________ experience. This is your assurance that the parts you are using
will fit right, operate properly and last longer.
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS _______________
Statements in this manual preceded by the following words are of

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME special significance.
HD-48650 [DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
94000979 I
A WARNING Special Tools
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, All tools mentioned in this manual with a part number beginning
if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. with "HD", "J" or "B" must be ordered through your local Harley-
(00119a) Davidson dealer. Special tools may only be purchased, serviced
or warrantied through a Harley-Davidson dealer.
A CAUTION
Specific use of special tools is not discussed in this manual.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, Refer to the tool instruction sheet for instructions. If the tool
if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. instructions are misplaced, see the Service Information Portal for
(00139a) the instructions.
NOTICE
LOCTITE Sealing and Threadlocking Products
NOTICE indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, may result in property damage. (00140b) Some procedures in this manual call for the use of LOCTITE
products. If you have any questions regarding LOCTITE product
NOTE usage or retailer/wholesaler locations, contact Loctite Corp. at
Refers to important information. It is recommended that you take www.loctite.com.
special notice of these items.
PRODUCT REGISTERED MARKS ___________
Proper service and repair are important for the safe, reliable
Apple, Alcantara S.p.A., Allen, Amp Multilock, Android Auto,
operation of all mechanical products. The service procedures
Bluetooth, Brembo, CarPlay, City Navigator, Delphi, Deutsch,
recommended and described in this manual are effective
Dunlop, Dynojet, Fluke, G.E. Versilube, Garmin, Googel LLC,
methods for performing service operations.
Gunk, Heli-Coil, Hydroseal, Hylomar, iPhone, iPod, Kevlar,
A WARNING Lexan, Loctite, Lubriplate, Keps, K&N, Magnaflux, Marson
Thread-Setter Tool Kit, MAXI fuse, Molex, Michelin, MPZ,
Always wear proper eye protection when using hammers, Mulitilock, nano, NGK, Novus, Packard, Pirelli, Permatex, Philips,
arbor or hydraulic presses, gear pullers, spring PJ1, Pozidriv, Road Tech, Robinair, S100, Sems, Siri, SiriusXM,
compressors, slide hammers and similar tools. Flying parts Snap-on, Teflon, Threadlocker, Torca, Torco, TORX, Tufoil,
could result in death or serious injury. (00496b) Tyco, Ultratorch, Velcro, X-Acto and XM Satellite Radio are
among the trademarks of their respective owners.
Some of these service operations require the use of tools
H-D U.S.A., LLC TRADEMARK INFORMATION _
specially designed for the purpose. These special tools should be
used when and as recommended. It is important to note that
some warnings against the use of specific service methods, Digital Technician, Digital Technician II, Glaze, Gloss, H-D, H-
which could damage the motorcycle or render it unsafe, are Dnet.com, Harley, Harley-Davidson, HD, Profile, Reflex,
stated in this manual. However, remember that these warnings Revolution, Road Tech, Screamin' Eagle, Sun Ray, Sunwash,
are not all-inclusive. Inadequate safety precautions could result in SYN3, TechLink. TechLink II, TechLink III, Tour-Pak, and Harley-
death or serious injury. Davidson Genuine Motor Parts and Genuine Motor Accessories
are among the trademarks of H-D U.S.A., LLC.
Since Harley-Davidson could not possibly know, evaluate or
CONTENTS _____________________________
advise the service trade of all possible ways in which service
might be performed, or of the possible hazardous consequences
of each method, we have not undertaken any such broad All photographs, illustrations and procedures may not necessarily
evaluation. Accordingly, anyone who uses a service procedure or depict the most current model or component, but are based on
tool which is not recommended by Harley-Davidson must first the latest production information available at the time of
thoroughly satisfy himself that neither his nor the operator's publication.
safety will be jeopardized as a result. Failure to do so could result
Since product improvement is our continual goal, Harley-
in death or serious injury.
Davidson reserves the right to change specifications, equipment
or designs at any time without notice and without incurring
PRODUCT REFERENCES _________________
obligation.
A WARNING Content Applicability

Read and follow warnings and directions on all products. Certain areas within this manual may have tables designating
Failure to follow warnings and directions can result in death model or feature applicability. Refer to Table 1.
or serious injury. (00470b)
When reference is made in this manual to a specific brand name

product, tool or instrument, an equivalent product, tool or Table 1. Sample Applicability Table
instrument may be substituted. APPLICABILITY
• Content applies to model or feature listed
0
□
• Content does not apply to model or feature listed
94000979
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Terminating Resistors .......................................................2-5
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS Data Link Connector (DLC) ...............................................2-5
Communication DTCs and Error Messages .............................2-6
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS Diagnostic Tips .................................................................2-6
Specifications........................................................................ 1-1
2.2 ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
1.2 INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS INOPERATIVE DTCS
Description and Operation ................................................... 1-2 Description and Operation .......................................................2-7
Initial Diagnostics ................................................................. 1-2 Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................2-11
1. Fuse Test .................................................................. 1-2 Connector Information ....................................................2-11
2. IM Inoperative Test .................................................. 1-2 ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE: DTC
3. Battery Power Test .................................................. 1-2 U000100, U000188, U000189, U000200, B227400...............2-13
4. Menu Button Test .................................................... 1-2 1. Secondary CAN Bus Test ........................................2-13
5. Starter Test .............................................................. 1-2 2. IM Test .....................................................................2-13
6. LHCM Test................................................................ 1-2 3. BCM Test .................................................................2-13
7. Current DTC Test ..................................................... 1-2 4. Terminating Resistor [319-2] Test...........................2-14
Diagnostics............................................................................ 1-2 5. Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test...........................2-14
Retrieving Trouble Codes................................................... 1-20 6. Secondary CAN Circuit Shorted Together Test ....... 2-14
Odometer Self-Diagnostics ................................................ 1-21 7. Primary CAN Bus Test .............................................2-14
Diagnostic Mode........................................................... 1-21 8. IMU Test ..................................................................2-14
Code Types.......................................................................... 1-21 9. ABS/EHCU Test.......................................................2-14
Current .......................................................................... 1-21 10. LHCM Test .............................................................2-14
Pending ......................................................................... 1-21 11. BCM Test ...............................................................2-14
Historic .......................................................................... 1-21 12. ECM Test ...............................................................2-14
Multiple Trouble Codes ...................................................... 1-22 13. Terminating Resistor[319-1] Test ...........................2-15
Clearing DTCs ..................................................................... 1-22 14. RHCM Test ............................................................2-15
Check Engine Lamp ............................................................ 1-22 15. Primary CAN Circuit Open Test...........................2-15
Symptoms............................................................................ 1-22 16. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to RHCM
Test.................................................................................2-15
1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 17. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to RHCM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
How To Use Diagnostic Tools ............................................ 1-24 Test.................................................................................2-15
GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station ................... 1-24 18. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating
HD-51724 Inline Spark Tester Kit ................................ 1-24 Resistor Test...................................................................2-15
HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78) ....................... 1-24 19. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating
HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe ........................ 1-24 Resistor Test...................................................................2-16
HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit ....................... 1-25 20. Primary CAN High Circuit Short to Ground Test....2-16
HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead ................. 1-25 21. IMU Test ................................................................2-16
HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments) ....................... 1-25 22. ECM Test ...............................................................2-16
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ABS) ................................. 1-26 23. Terminating Resistor [319-1] Test ..........................2-16
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM) ................................ 1-26 24. LHCM Test.............................................................2-16
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM) ................................ 1-27 25. BCM Test ...............................................................2-16
HD-48650 Digital Technician II..................................... 1-27 26. ABS/EHCU Test ....................................................2-17
27. RHCM Test ............................................................2-17
1.4 DIAGNOSTICS AND 28. Primary CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground Test .... 2-17
TROUBLESHOOTING 29. Primary CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage Test....2-17
Voltage Drop........................................................................ 1-28 30. IMU Test ................................................................2-17
Voltage Drop Test ......................................................... 1-28 31. ECM Test ...............................................................2-17
Wiggle Test .......................................................................... 1-29 32. LHCM Test.............................................................2-17
Relay Diagnostics ............................................................... 1-29 33. ABS/EHCU Test ....................................................2-17
Relay Variation ............................................................. 1-29 34. BCM Test ...............................................................2-18
Relay Test ..................................................................... 1-29 35. RHCM Test ............................................................2-18
36. Primary CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Test .... 2-18
SERIAL DATA ________ 37. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to IMU
Test.................................................................................2-18
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION 38. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to IMU
Description and Operation ...................................................... 2-1 Test.................................................................................2-18
Components............................................................................ 2-5 39. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to RHCM
ECM ................................................................................. 2-5 Test.................................................................................2-18
IM ..................................................................................... 2-5 40. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to RHCM
IMU .................................................................................. 2-5 Test.................................................................................2-19
BCM ................................................................................. 2-5 41. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to LHCM
ABS EHCU ....................................................................... 2-5 Test.................................................................................2-19
Hand Control Modules ................................................. 2-5 42. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to LHCM
Test.................................................................................2-19
TABLE OF CONTENTS III

TABLE OF CONTENTS
43. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating 3. Wake Power Voltage Test ....................................... 2-35
Resistor [319-1] Test ...................................................... 2-19 4. BCM Wake Power Voltage Test .............................. 2-35
44. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating 5. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-35
Resistor [319-1] Test ...................................................... 2-20 6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-36
45. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to ABS/EHCU Lost Communication with IMU .............................................. 2-36
Test ................................................................................ 2-20 1. IMU Voltage Test..................................................... 2-36
46. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ABS/EHCU 2. IMU Test ................................................................. 2-36
Test ................................................................................ 2-20 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-36
47. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to ECM 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-37
Test ................................................................................ 2-20 5. DTC Validation Test ................................................ 2-37
48. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ECM Lost Communication/Invalid Data with BCM ......................... 2-37
Test ................................................................................ 2-21 1. BCM Voltage Test ................................................... 2-37
49. Secondary CAN Circuit Open [319-3] Test ............ 2-21 2. BCM Ground Test ................................................... 2-37
50. Secondary CAN Circuit Open [319-2] Test ............ 2-21 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-37
51. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating 4. CAN High Circuit Short to Ground Test ................... 2-38
Resistor [319-3] Test ...................................................... 2-21 5. CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage Test................... 2-38
52. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating 6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-38
Resistor [319-3] Test ...................................................... 2-22 7. CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground Test ................... 2-38
53. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating 8. CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Test ................... 2-39
Resistor [319-2] Test ...................................................... 2-22 9. RHCM Power Test .................................................. 2-39
54. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating 10. RHCM Ground Test............................................... 2-39
Resistor [319-2] Test ...................................................... 2-22
11. RHCM Test ........................................................... 2-39
55. Secondary CAN High Circuit Short to Ground
Invalid Data/Lost Communication with LHCM ....................... 2-39
Test ................................................................................ 2-22
1. LHCM Voltage Test ................................................. 2-39
56. IM Test .................................................................. 2-23
2. LHCM Test .............................................................. 2-40
57. Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test ......................... 2-23
58. Terminating Resistor [319-2] Test ......................... 2-23 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-40
59. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-40
Test ................................................................................ 2-23 Invalid Data/Lost Communication with RHCM ...................... 2-40
60. 1. RHCM Voltage Test ................................................ 2-40
Test. 2. RHCM Test ............................................................. 2-40
. Secondary CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-41
61. ............ 2-23 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-41
62, IM Test ........ ............ 2-23 Lost Communication with IM ................................................. 2-41
63. BCM Test.... ............ 2-24 1. IM Voltage Test ....................................................... 2-41
Test Secondary CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage 2. IM Ground Test ....................................................... 2-42
63. S ............ 2-24 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-42
econ 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-42
dary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating Lost Communication with LIN Bus Network .......................... 2-42
Resistor [319-3] Test ...................................................... 2-24 1. Banking Lamp LIN Circuit Open Test ...................... 2-43
64. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating 2. PAC Switch LIN Circuit Open Test .......................... 2-43
Resistor [319-3] Test ...................................................... 2-24 3. LIN Bus Circuit Short to Ground Test ...................... 2-43
65. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to Terminating A. LIN Bus Circuit Short to Voltage Test ........................ 2-43
Resistor [319-2] Test ...................................................... 2-24
5. DTC Validation Test ................................................ 2-43
66. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Terminating
Resistor [319-2] Test ...................................................... 2-25
67. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to IM
STARTING AND CHARGING
Test ................................................................................ 2-25
68. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to IM
3.1 BATTERY TESTING
Test ................................................................................ 2-25
2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST General................................................................................... 3-1
rtOMMiiNirtATION DTCS Voltmeter Test ........................................................................ 3-1
Battery Diagnostic Test ........................................................... 3-1
Description and Operation .................................................... 2-26 Load Test ............................................................................... 3-1
Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 2-31
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 2-31 3.2 STARTING SYSTEM
Connector Information.................................................... 2-31
Description and Operation ...................................................... 3-3
Invalid Data/Lost Communication with ECM ......................... 2-33
Components ........................................................................... 3-3
1. System Power Test ................................................. 2-33
Starter .............................................................................. 3-3
2. ECM Ground Test ................................................... 2-33
Starter Solenoid ............................................................... 3-4
3. Battery Fuse Power Test ......................................... 2-34
Engine Stop Switch .......................................................... 3-4
4. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test ............................ 2-34
Start Switch ...................................................................... 3-5
5. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ............................. 2-34
BCM ................................................................................. 3-5
Lost Communication with ABS/EHCU .................................. 2-34
Battery ............................................................................. 3-5
1. ABS/EHCU Voltage Test ......................................... 2-34
Grinding Noise or Erratic Starting ..................................... 3-5
2. ABS/EHCU Ground Test ......................................... 2-35
TABLE OF CONTENTS IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Connector Information ...................................................... 3-5 Connector Information.................................................... 3-16

Starter Troubleshooting ........................................................... 3-6 DTC B233000, Low or No Charging ..................................... 3-17
Starter Testing......................................................................... 3-7 1. Battery Test ............................................................. 3-17
1. Starting System Operational Test .............................. 3-7 2. Off Idle Voltage Test ............................................... 3-17
2. Noise Test ................................................................. 3-7 3. AC Output Test ....................................................... 3-17
3. Starter Solenoid Test................................................. 3-7 4. Stator Test .............................................................. 3-17
4. Checking DTCs Test ................................................. 3-7 5. Rotor Inspection Test .............................................. 3-17
Nothing Clicks ......................................................................... 3-7 6. Voltage Regulator Power Circuit Test ..................... 3-17
1. Battery Test ............................................................... 3-7 7. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test ................... 3-18
2. Ignition Circuit Test .................................................... 3-7 Overcharging ........................................................................ 3-18
3. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test ...................................... 3-7 1. Battery Voltage Test ............................................... 3-18
4. Neutral Switch Test ................................................... 3-8 2. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test ................... 3-18
5. BCM Test 1 ............................................................... 3-8 Low Battery After Extended IGN OFF .................................. 3-18
6. BCM Test 2 ............................................................... 3-8 1. Battery Test ............................................................ 3-18
Starter Solenoid Clicks ............................................................ 3-8 2. Amp Draw Test ...................................................... 3-18
1. Battery Test ............................................................... 3-8 Battery Runs Down During Use ........................................... 3-18
2. Starter Solenoid Voltage Drop StarterSide Test ........ 3-8 1, Battery Test ............................................................ 3-18
3. Starter Solenoid Battery Side VoltageDrop Test........ 3-8 2. Total Current Draw Test ......................................... 3-19
4. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test .................. 3-8 Battery Charging Tests ........................................................ 3-19
5. Starter Ground Test .................................................. 3-8 Milliampere Draw Test .................................................. 3-19
6. Starter Draw Test ...................................................... 3-8 Total Current Draw and Output Test ............................. 3-19
7. Mechanical Binding Test ........................................... 3-9 Stator Test .................................................................... 3-20
Starter Spins But Does Not Engage ........................................ 3-9 AC Output Test ............................................................. 3-22
1. Pinion Gear and Reduction Gear Test ....................... 3-9
Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly ........................................... 3-9 3.7 ABS/EHCU VOLTAGE DIA
1. Battery Test ............................................................... 3-9 GNOSTICS
2. Starter Stud Voltage Drop Test.................................. 3-9
3. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test .................. 3-9 Description and Operation ................................................... 3-23
DTC C056200, C0562FE, C056300 and C0563FF ....... 3-23
4. Chassis Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test ................ 3-9
Diagnostics .......................................................................... 3-24
5. Starter Draw Test ...................................................... 3-9
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................. 3-24
6. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop Test ....... 3-9
Connector Information................................................... 3-24
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS DTC C056200, C0562FE ..................................................... 3-25
1. Battery Test ............................................................ 3-25
Description and Operation ..................................................... 3-10 2. Charging System Test ............................................ 3-25
Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 3-10 3. ABS/EHCU Battery Voltage Test ............................ 3-25
Connector Information .................................................... 3-10 4. ABS/EHCU Battery Voltage Drop Test ................... 3-26
DTC B212111 ....................................................................... 3-10 5. ABS/EHCU Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test ....... 3-26
1. Starter Solenoid Supply Resistance Test ................. 3-10 6. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test................................. 3-26
DTC B212115 ....................................................................... 3-11 7. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test................................ 3-26
1. Starter Circuit Voltage Test ...................................... 3-11 8. Repair Validation Test ............................................ 3-27
2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test ...................... 3-11 DTC C056300, C0563FF ..................................................... 3-27
3. Starter Solenoid Ground Circuit Test ....................... 3-11 1. Charging System Test ............................................ 3-27
4. Starter Solenoid Supply Circuit Test ........................ 3-11 2. Repair Validation Test ............................................ 3-27
5. Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test ........................ 3-12
DTC B212119 ....................................................................... 3-12 3.8 BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY
1. Starter Solenoid [128] Test ...................................... 3-12 CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
2. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test .................................... 3-12
3. Starter Solenoid Supply Continuity Test .................. 3-12 Description and Operation ................................................... 3-28
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................. 3-31
3.4 TESTING STARTER ON MOTOR Connector Information................................................... 3-31
CYCLE DTC P056000 ...................................................................... 3-32
1. Battery Test ............................................................ 3-32
Starter Current Draw Test ..................................................... 3-13 2. Charging System Test ............................................ 3-32
3. ECM Switched Voltage Test ................................... 3-32
3.5 TESTING STARTER ON BENCH 4. ECM Ground Circuit Test ....................................... 3-33
5. BCM System Power Test ....................................... 3-33
Free Running Current Draw Test .......................................... 3-14
6. BCM Power Test .................................................... 3-33
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM 7. Main Fuse Voltage Test ......................................... 3-33
8. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test................................ 3-34
Description and Operation ..................................................... 3-15 9. Repair Validation Test ............................................ 3-34
Alternator ....................................................................... 3-15 DTC P056200, P056300 ...................................................... 3-34
Voltage Regulator .......................................................... 3-15 1. Battery Fuse Test ................................................... 3-34
Troubleshooting .................................................................... 3-15 2. Battery Test............................................................ 3-34
Battery............................................................................ 3-15 3. Charging System Test............................................ 3-34
Wiring ............................................................................. 3-15 4. ECM Battery Voltage Test..................................... 3-34
Voltage Regulator Inspection .......................................... 3-15 5. ECM Battery Test .................................................. 3-34
TABLE OF CONTENTS 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. ECM Ground Circuit Test ......................................3-35 Description and Operation ...................................................... 4-8
7. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test ................................3-35 Trip Odometer Reset Switch Closed ................................ 4-8
8. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test ..............................3-35 Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 ................. 4-8
9. Repair Validation Test ...........................................3-35 1. Trip Switch Test......................................................... 4-8
DTC P160800 .......................................................................3-35 2. Odometer Test .......................................................... 4-8
1. Battery Fuse Test ...................................................3-35 3. IM "WOW" Test ......................................................... 4-8
2. Battery Test ............................................................3-36 4. LHCM Test ................................................................ 4-8
3. Charging System Test ...........................................3-36
4.4 NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIA
4. ECM Battery Voltage Test .....................................3-36
5. ECM Battery Test ...................................................3-36
GNOSTICS
6. ECM Ground Circuit Test ......................................3-36 Description and Operation ...................................................... 4-9
7. Repair Validation Test ...........................................3-36 Connector Information...................................................... 4-9
3.9 ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS No Instrument Power ............................................................ 4-10
1. Battery Circuit Test .................................................. 4-10
Description and Operation .................................................3-37 2. Accessory Function Test ......................................... 4-10
Connector Information .................................................3-38 3. Battery Circuit to IM Test ......................................... 4-10
DTC B220611 .......................................................................3-39 4. Fuse Supply Power ................................................. 4-11
1. BCM Short to Ground Test ....................................3-39 5. Ground Circuit Test ................................................. 4-11
2. RHCM Short to Ground Test .................................3-39
DTC B220615 .......................................................................3-40 4.5 IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS
1, Open Circuit Test ...................................................3-40 Description and Operation .................................................... 4-12
2. Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test ............................3-40 Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 4-13
3.10 BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS IM Inoperative ....................................................................... 4-14
1. Battery Circuit Test .................................................. 4-14
Description and Operation .................................................3-41
2. System Power Circuit to IM Test ............................. 4-14
DTC B2271A2 ................................................................3-41
3. Ground Circuit Test ................................................. 4-14
DTC B2271A3 ................................................................3-41
IM Internal Fault DTCs .......................................................... 4-15
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................3-43
1. IM Voltage Test ....................................................... 4-15
Connector Information .................................................3-43
2. IM Ground Test ....................................................... 4-15
DTC B2271A2.......................................................................3-44
1. Battery Test ............................................................3-44 4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS
2. Charging System Test ...........................................3-44
3. BCM Power Test ....................................................3-44 Description and Operation .................................................... 4-16
4. Repair Validation Test ...........................................3-45 ABS Indicator ................................................................. 4-16
DTC B2271A3.......................................................................3-45 Fault Indicator Lamp ...................................................... 4-17
1. Charging System Test ...........................................3-45 Check Engine Lamp ....................................................... 4-17
2. Repair Validation Test ...........................................3-45 Low Battery Lamp .......................................................... 4-17
Low Fuel Indicator .......................................................... 4-17
Cruise Indicator .............................................................. 4-17
INSTRUMENTS Low Tire Pressure Indicator ........................................... 4-17
Traction Control Indicator ............................................... 4-17
4.1 INSTRUMENTS Neutral Indicator............................................................. 4-17
Description and Operation .......................................................4-1 Oil Pressure Indicator..................................................... 4-17
Indicators ..........................................................................4-1 Turn Signal Indicators .................................................... 4-17
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation ............................4-1 High Beam Indicator ...................................................... 4-17
Mode Switch Operation ....................................................4-2 Wrench (Service) Indicator ............................................. 4-18
5-way Switch Operation ....................................................4-2 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 4-18
USB ..................................................................................4-2 Connector Information.................................................... 4-19
PIN Screen .......................................................................4-3 Oil Pressure Lamp Always On, DTC P0522.......................... 4-20
IM Theory of Operation ...........................................................4-3 1. Engine Running Test ............................................... 4-20
Instrument Diagnostics ............................................................4-3 2. Oil Pressure Switch Test ......................................... 4-20
4.2 FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS 3. Oil Pressure Circuit Test ......................................... 4-20
4. Mechanical Test ...................................................... 4-20
Description and Operation .......................................................4-4 DTC P0523 ........................................................................... 4-20
Connector Information ......................................................4-5 1. Oil Pressure Switch Test ......................................... 4-20
DTC P046200 .........................................................................4-6 High Beam Indicator Always On ........................................... 4-20
1. Fuel Level Circuit Short to Ground Test .....................4-6 1. High Beam Indicator Function Test ......................... 4-20
2. Fuel Level Sender Resistance Test ...........................4-6 2. Reflash Test ............................................................ 4-20
DTC P046300 .........................................................................4-6 High Beam Indicator Inoperative ........................................... 4-21
1. Fuel Level Circuit Short to Voltage Test .....................4-6 1. High Beam Indicator Function Test ......................... 4-21
2. Fuel Level Circuit Open Test .....................................4-7 2. Reflash Test ........................................................... 4-21
3, Fuel Level Sender Resistance Test ........................... 4-7 Low Fuel Lamp Inoperative................................................... 4-21
4.3 TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS IN 1. IM Test .................................................................... 4-21
2. Indicator Test .......................................................... 4-21
OPERATIVE, DTC B2255
3. Reflash Test ........................................................... 4-21
TABLE OF CONTENTS 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative ........................................... 4-21 Cruise Control....................................................................... 5-13

1. Turn Signal Function Test ........................................ 4-21 Conditions for Setting .................................................... 5-13
2. Reflash Test ............................................................ 4-21 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 5-13
Turn Signal Indicator Always On ........................................... 4-21 DTC P057700 ....................................................................... 5-13
1. Turn Signal Function Test ........................................ 4-21 1. Switch Test ............................................................. 5-13
2. Reflash Test ............................................................ 4-22
5.5 TURN SIGNALS
4.7 USB-C NO POWER DIAGNOSTICS
Description and Operation .................................................... 5-14
Description and Operation ..................................................... 4-23 Manual Cancellation ...................................................... 5-16
Connector Information .................................................... 4-23 Automatic Cancellation .................................................. 5-16
USB-C No Power .................................................................. 4-24 Four-Way Flashing ........................................................ 5-16
1. USB-C Voltage Test ................................................ 4-24 Tip Over Detection Operation ........................................ 5-17
Harness Test .................................................................. 4-24 Tip Over Reset .............................................................. 5-17
Will Not Cancel Upon Turn Completion, No DTCs ................ 5-17
ACCESSORIES, HORN, LIGHTING AND 1. BCM Mounting Test ................................................ 5-17
2. Correct Configuration Test .................................... 5-17
SECURITY 3. Turn Signals Cancel Test ....................................... 5-17
4. Speedometer Test .................................................. 5-17
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
5.6 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIA-
Description and Operation ....................................................... 5-1
Conditions for Setting ....................................................... 5-1
GNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips................................................................. 5-1
Connector Information ...................................................... 5-1 Conditions for Setting .................................................... 5-20
DTC B211111 ......................................................................... 5-2 Connector Information ................................................... 5-20
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test ..........5-2 DTC B214115 ....................................................................... 5-21
2. BCM Test .................................................................. 5-2 1. Left Front Turn Signal Circuit Test .......................... 5-21
DTC 82111112, B211119 ........................................................ 5-3 2. Ground Circuit Open Test ....................................... 5-22
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ..........5-3 3. Power Circuit Open Test......................................... 5-22
2. Accessory Circuit Test ............................................... 5-3 4. Short To Voltage Test ............................................. 5-22
3. BCM Test .................................................................. 5-3 DTC B214111, B214119 ....................................................... 5-22
1. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ....................... 5-22
5.2 HEATED GRIPS 2. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-23
Description and Operation ....................................................... 5-4 DTC B214612 ....................................................................... 5-23
Diagnostic Tips................................................................. 5-4 1. Right Front Turn Signal PowerCircuit Short to Voltage
Connector Information ...................................................... 5-4 Test ............................................................................... 5-23
Heated Grips Inoperative ........................................................ 5-5 2. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-23
1. Hand Control Fault Determination Test...................... 5-5 DTC B214615 ....................................................................... 5-23
2. RHCM DTC Test ....................................................... 5-5 1. Right Front Turn Signal Circuit Test ....................... 5-23
3. Heated Grip Heating Circuit Test ............................... 5-5 2. Ground Circuit Open Test ....................................... 5-24
4. Heated Grip Sensor Circuit Test ............................... 5-5 3. Power Circuit Open Test......................................... 5-24
4. Short To Voltage Test ............................................. 5-24
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS DTC B214611, B214619 ....................................................... 5-24
Description and Operation ....................................................... 5-6 1. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ....................... 5-24
Conditions for Setting ....................................................... 5-8 2. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-25
Diagnostic Tips................................................................. 5-8 5.7 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIA-
Connector Information ...................................................... 5-8
DTC B212511, B212519 ......................................................... 5-9 GNOSTICS
1. Horn Circuit Test........................................................ 5-9
Conditions for Setting .................................................... 5-26
2, DTC Test................................................................... 5-9
Connector Information ................................................... 5-26
DTC B212515 ......................................................................... 5-9
DTC B215115 ....................................................................... 5-27
1. Horn Test................................................................... 5-9
1. Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit Test ........................... 5-27
2. Ground Circuit Open Test ........................................ 5-10
2. Left Rear Turn Signal GroundCircuit Test ............... 5-28
3. Power Circuit Open Test ......................................... 5-10
4. Horn Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test ................ 5-10
5. DTC Test................................................................. 5-10
5.4 CRUISE CONTROL
Description and Operation ..................................................... 5-11
System Operation ................................................................. 5-11
Troubleshooting .................................................................... 5-12
Diagnostic Mode Entry ................................................... 5-12
Switch Verification .......................................................... 5-12
Diagnostic Mode Exit ..................................................... 5-13
Diagnostic Tips............................................................... 5-13
Cruise Control Inoperative Conditions ................................... 5-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test .........................5-28 4. Normally Opened Switch Circuit Shorted to Voltage
DTC B215111, B215119 .......................................................5-28 Test ................................................................................ 5-43
1. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test .........................5-28 5. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to Voltage
DTC B215615 .......................................................................5-29 Test ................................................................................ 5-44
1. Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit Test ..........................5-29 6. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test..................... 5-44
2. Right Rear Turn Signal Ground Circuit Test.............5-29 7. Normally Open Switch Circuit Open Test ................ 5-44
3. Power Circuit Open Test ..........................................5-29 8. Power Circuit Open Test ......................................... 5-44
4. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test .........................5-29 9. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Open Test .............. 5-44
DTC B215611, B215619 .......................................................5-29 10. Clutch Engaged Switch Test ................................. 5-44
1. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test .........................5-29 11. Clutch Disengaged Switch Test ............................. 5-45
12. DTC Test ............................................................... 5-45
5.8 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS Front Brake Switch Faults ..................................................... 5-45
Description and Operation .....................................................5-31
1. Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ..................... 5-45
Conditions for Setting .....................................................5-32
2. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to Ground
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................5-32
Test ................................................................................ 5-45
Connector Information ....................................................5-32
3. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to Ground
DTC B213111, B213119 .......................................................5-33
Test ................................................................................ 5-45
1. High Beam Headlamp Circuit Test ...........................5-33
4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test .................... 5-45
2. DTC Test .................................................................5-33
5. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to Voltage
High Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213115 ................5-34
Test ................................................................................ 5-46
1. Power Circuit Test ...................................................5-34
6. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to Voltage
2. Ground Circuit Open Test ........................................5-34
Test ................................................................................ 5-46
3. Power Circuit Open Test ..........................................5-34
4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test .....................5-34
8. Normally Open Switch Circuit Open Test ................ 5-46
DTC B213611, B213619 .......................................................5-34
9. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Open Test .............. 5-46
1. Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Test ............................5-34
10. Front Brake Switch Test ........................................ 5-46
2. DTC Test .................................................................5-35
11. Front Brake Applied Switch Test ........................... 5-47
Low Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213615 .................5-35
12. DTC Test............................................................... 5-47
1. Power Circuit Test....................................................5-35
Run/Stop Switch Faults ........................................................ 5-47
1. Run/Stop Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ................ 5-47
2. Run/Stop Circuit Open Test .................................... 5-47
4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test .....................5-36
3. Run/Stop Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test ................ 5-47
5.9 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS LHCM Faults......................................................................... 5-48
1. DTC Test ................................................................. 5-48
Description and Operation .....................................................5-37 RHCM Faults ........................................................................ 5-48
Conditions for Setting .....................................................5-37 1. DTC Test ................................................................. 5-48
DTC B216115 .......................................................................5-38 5.11 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
2. Stop Lamp Circuit Test ............................................5-38
STOP LAMP ALWAYS ON, BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH.. 5-50
4. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test...5-39
1. Brake Switch Test ................................................... 5-50
DTC B216111, B216119 .......................................................5-39
1. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Short to Ground Test....... 5-39 2. Brake Switch Input Test .......................................... 5-50
3. Stop Lamp Power Test............................................ 5-51
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 4. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-51
Conditions for Setting .....................................................5-41 5.12 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................5-42
Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 5-55
Any Hand Control Switch Inoperative ....................................5-42
1. Switch Operation Test ..............................................5-42
DTC B216611, B216619 ....................................................... 5-56
2. Data View Test ........................................................5-43
1. License Plate Lamp Circuit Test .............................. 5-56
3. Communication Test ................................................5-43
2. Tail Lamp Circuit Test ............................................. 5-56
4. Switch Test ..............................................................5-43
3. Right Front Running Lamp Circuit Test ................... 5-57
Clutch Switch Diagnostic Faults ............................................5-43
4. Left Front Running Lamp Circuit Test...................... 5-57
1. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to Ground
5. Head Lamp Running Lamp Circuit Test .................. 5-57
Test ................................................................................5-43
6. BCM Test ................................................................ 5-57
2. Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test .....................5-43
DTC B216615 ....................................................................... 5-57
3. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to Ground
1. License Plate Lamp Circuit Test .............................. 5-57
Test ................................................................................5-43
2. Tail Lamp Circuit Test ............................................. 5-57
3. Right Front Running Lamp Circuit Test ................... 5-58
4. Left Front Running Lamp Circuit Test...................... 5-58
TABLE OF CONTENTS 8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5. Head Lamp Running Lamp Circuit Test .................. 5-58 Connector Information.................................................... 5-71
6. BCM Test................................................................ 5-58 DTC B217212 ....................................................................... 5-71
1. Siren Circuit Short to Voltage Test .......................... 5-71
5.13 BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
2. DTC Test................................................................. 5-71
Description and Operation .................................................... 5-59 DTC B217211 ....................................................................... 5-71
Connector Information ................................................... 5-60 1. Siren Signal Short to Ground Test ........................... 5-71
DTC B227711, B227719 ...................................................... 5-61 2. Ground Circuit Open Test ....................................... 5-72
1. Bank Lamp Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ............. 5-61 3. Power Circuit Open Test ......................................... 5-72
DTC B227777, B227794, B227856, B227955 ...................... 5-61 4. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-72
1. Bank Lamp Power Circuit Open Test ...................... 5-61
2. LIN 1 Circuit Open Test .......................................... 5-62
5.19 SECURITY ANTENNA DIA-
3. Ground Circuit Open Test ....................................... 5-62 GNOSTICS
5.14 SECURITY SYSTEM Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 5-74
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 5-74
Security Lamp ...................................................................... 5-63 Connector Information.................................................... 5-74
Security Immobilization ........................................................ 5-63 DTC B217613 ....................................................................... 5-74
Security System Features .................................................... 5-64 1. Fob Test .................................................................. 5-74
Security System Warnings ................................................... 5-64 2. Security Antenna Visual Test .................................. 5-74
Arming.................................................................................. 5-64
3. Visual Water Test .................................................... 5-74
Disarming ............................................................................. 5-64
4. Security Antenna Resistance Test .......................... 5-74
Automatic Disarming...................................................... 5-64
5. Antenna B Circuit Open Test................................... 5-75
Disarming with a PIN ..................................................... 5-64
6. Antenna A Circuit Open Test................................... 5-75
Alarm.................................................................................... 5-65
Activation ....................................................................... 5-65 7. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-75
Deactivation ................................................................... 5-65 DTC B217612 ....................................................................... 5-75
1. Security Antenna Visual Test .................................. 5-75
5.15 KEY FOB 2. Visual Water Test .................................................... 5-75
3. Security Antenna Output A Circuit Short to Voltage
Description and Operation .................................................... 5-66 Test ................................................................................ 5-76
Fob Assignment ................................................................... 5-66 4. Security Antenna Output B Circuit Short to Voltage
5.16 SIREN Test ................................................................................ 5-76
5. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-76
Description and Operation .................................................... 5-67 DTC B217611. B21762B ...................................................... 5-76
Siren Chirp Mode Confirmation ............................................ 5-67 1. Security Antenna Visual Test .................................. 5-76
Chirpless Mode.............................................................. 5-67 2. Visual Water Test .................................................... 5-76
Chirp Mode .................................................................... 5-67 3. Security Antenna Output A Circuit Short to Ground
Switching Modes ........................................................... 5-67 Test ................................................................................ 5-76
4. Security Antenna Output B Circuit Short to Ground
5.17 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY Test ................................................................................ 5-77
FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURA- 5. Security Antenna Outputs Shorted Together ........... 5-77
TIONS 6. DTC Test ................................................................ 5-77
Fails to Disarm...................................................................... 5-77
General ................................................................................ 5-68
1. Battery Test ............................................................. 5-77
Actuation .............................................................................. 5-68
2. Interference Test ..................................................... 5-77
Selecting a PIN .................................................................... 5-68
3. Antenna Connection Test ........................................ 5-77
Initial PIN Entry .................................................................... 5-68
Changing the PIN ................................................................. 5-68 4. Security System Antenna Test ................................ 5-77
Touch Screen Entry ....................................................... 5-68 5. Non-Functional Fob Test ........................................ 5-77
Hand Control Entry ........................................................ 5-68 5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS
Transport Mode .................................................................... 5-68
To Enter Transport Mode ............................................... 5-68 Description and Operation .................................................... 5-78
To Exit Transport Mode ................................................. 5-68 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 5-79
Service Mode ....................................................................... 5-68 DTC C0077........................................................................... 5-79
Arming and Disarming .......................................................... 5-69 1, Security System Test............................................... 5-79
Arming ........................................................................... 5-69 2. Tire Pressure Test ................................................... 5-79
Disarming ...................................................................... 5-69 DTC C2000, C2001, C2003, C2004 ..................................... 5-80
Fob ................................................................................ 5-69 1. Security System Test .............................................. 5-80
Personal Identification Number (PIN) ............................ 5-69 2. Calibration Test ....................................................... 5-80
Disarming with a PIN ..................................................... 5-69 3. Assigning Pressure Sensors Test ........................... 5-80
Touch Screen Entry ....................................................... 5-69 DTC C2006, C2007 .............................................................. 5-80
Hand Control Entry ........................................................ 5-69 1. Security System Test............................................... 5-80
2. Assigning Pressure Sensors Test ........................... 5-80
5.18 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS
Description and Operation .5-70

Diagnostic Tips ............ .5-70
TABLE OF CONTENTS 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.21 ACTIVE SUSPENSION SYSTEM GENERAL Description and Operation .......................................................6-1

System Power 1 Circuit ....................................................6-1
INFORMATION
Description and Operation ..................................................... 5-81 System Power 2 Circuit ....................................................6-1
Adaptive Ride Height ................................................... 5-81 Conditions for Setting .......................................................6-5
Semi-Active Suspension .............................................. 5-81 Diagnostic Tips .................................................................6-5
Ride Modes .................................................................... 5-81 Connector Information ......................................................6-5
Vehicle Calibration ......................................................... 5-82 DTC B210015 ..........................................................................6-6
Configuration Errors ....................................................... 5-82 1. System Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test .............6-7
Diagnostic Tips............................................................. 5-85 DTC B210011, B210019 ..........................................................6-7
Connector Information .................................................. 5-85 1. Block Coil Test ...........................................................6-7
DTC C181014, C181064, C181811, C181813, C181814.5-86 2. Front Block Coil Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ...... 6-7
1. Terminal C2 Circuit Short to Ground Test ................ 5-86 3. Rear Block Coil Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ...... 6-7
2. Terminal C3 Circuit Short to Ground Test................ 5-86 4. Front Ignition Coil Test...............................................6-7
3. Terminal C2 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-87 5. Front Coil Shorted to Ground Test .............................6-7
4. Terminal C3 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-87 6. Front Fuel Injector Test..............................................6-8
DTC C181012 ..................................................................... 5-87 7. Front H02S Test ........................................................6-8
1. Terminal C2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-87 8. Rear H02S Test .........................................................6-8
2. Terminal C3 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-87 9. Post Catalyst H02S Test............................................6-8
DTC C181214, C181264, C182011, C182014 .................... 5-88 10. ECM Test.................................................................6-8
1. Terminal C4 Circuit Short to Ground Test ................ 5-88
11. BCM Test.................................................................6-8
2. Terminal D1 Circuit Short to Ground Test................ 5-88
DTC B217012 ..........................................................................6-8
3. Terminal C4 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-88
1. System Power Circuit Short to VoltageTest ............6-9
4. Terminal D1 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-88
DTC B217011, B217019 ..........................................................6-9
DTC C182012 ..................................................................... 5-89
1. Terminal C4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test................ 5-89 1. Purge Solenoid Test ..................................................6-9
2. Terminal D1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-89 2. Rear Ignition Coil Test ...............................................6-9
DTC C181414, C181464 ....................................................... 5-89 3. Rear Coil Shorted to Ground Test ..............................6-9
1. Terminal D2 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-89 4. Rear Fuel Injector Test ..............................................6-9
2. Terminal D3 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-89 5. Cooling Fan Test .......................................................6-9
DTC C181614, C181664 ....................................................... 5-90 6. BCM Test ................................................................6-10
1. Terminal E4 Circuit Open Test................................. 5-90
2. Terminal D4 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-90
6-2 MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
DTC C181712 ..................................................................... 5-90
1. Terminal E4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ................ 5-90
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................6-12
2. Terminal D4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-90
DTC P010600 ........................................................................6-13
DTC C181911 ..................................................................... 5-91 1. MAP Sensor Test.....................................................6-13
1. Terminal G1 Circuit Short to Ground Test .............. 5-91 DTC P010700 ........................................................................6-14
DTC C181915, C181919 ..................................................... 5-91 1. MAP Sensor Test .....................................................6-14
1. Front ARH Power Circuit Open Test ...................... 5-91 2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test .............................6-14
2. Front ARH Ground Circuit Open Test .................... 5-92 3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test .................6-14
3. Rear ARH Power Circuit Open Test ...................... 5-92 4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test...6-14
4. Rear ARH Ground Circuit Open Test .................... 5-92 5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground
5. Terminal G1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-92 Test ................................................................................6-15
6. Terminal G4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............... 5-93 6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test ............6-15
7. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test................ 5-93 7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal Ground
DTC C182112, C182312 ..................................................... 5-93 Test ................................................................................6-15
1. Terminal E1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ................ 5-93 DTC P010800 ........................................................................6-15
2. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ................ 5-93 1. MAP Sensor Test .....................................................6-15
DTC C182114, C182164 ..................................................... 5-93 2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test ...............6-16
1. Terminal E1 Circuit Short to Ground Test .............. 5-93 3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test ....... 6-16
2. Terminal E1 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-93 4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery Voltage
DTC C182314, C182364 ....................................................... 5-94 Test ................................................................................6-16
1. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Ground Test ................ 5-94 5. MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test ......................6-16
2. Terminal F1 Circuit Open Test ................................ 5-94 DTC P2A0B00 .......................................................................6-17
DTC C182211 ....................................................................... 5-94 1. MAP Sensor Test .....................................................6-17
1. Terminal G2 Circuit Short to Ground Test ................ 5-94 DTC P2A0C00 .......................................................................6-17
DTC C182215, C182219 ..................................................... 5-95 1. MAP Sensor Test .................................................... 6-17
1, Terminal G2 Circuit Open Test .............................. 5-95 2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test ............................ 6-17
2. Terminal G2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test ............. 5-95
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test ................ 6-17
Configuration Errors ............................................................ 5-95
4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test...6-18
1. Configuration Error Test ........................................... 5-96
5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground
Test ................................................................................ 6-18
ENGINE MANAGEMENT ____________ 6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test ........... 6-18
7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal Ground
6.1 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Test ................................................................................ 6-18 5. TPS1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test.......................... 6-41

DTC P2A0D00 ...................................................................... 6-19 6. Sensor Ground Continuity Test ............................... 6-42
1. MAP Sensor Test ..................................................... 6-19 7. TPS Test ................................................................. 6-42
2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test ............... 6-19 DTC P012200 ....................................................................... 6-42
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test ....... 6-19 1. TPS1 Circuit Test .................................................... 6-42
4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery Voltage 2. TPS1 Circuit Short to Ground Test .......................... 6-43
Test ................................................................................ 6-19 3. TPS Power Circuit Open Test ................................. 6-43
5. MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test ...................... 6-20 4. TPS Sensor Test ..................................................... 6-43
5. ECM Test ................................................................ 6-43
6.3 FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS DTC P012300 ....................................................................... 6-44
1. TPS1 Voltage Test .................................................. 6-44
Description and Operation ..................................................... 6-21 2. TPS1 Circuit Test .................................................... 6-44
Conditions for Setting ..................................................... 6-23 3. Sensor Power Circuit Test ...................................... 6-44
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................... 6-23 4. TPS Test ................................................................. 6-45
Connector Information .................................................... 6-23 5. Sensor Ground Test ................................................ 6-45
DTC B211615 ....................................................................... 6-24 6. Sensor Ground Circuit Shorted Test ....................... 6-45
1. Fuel Pump Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test ....... 6-24 7. Sensor Ground Circuit Test ..................................... 6-45
2. Fuel Pump Circuit Test ............................................ 6-24 8. TPS1 Circuit Function Test ..................................... 6-45
3. Ground Circuit Open Test ........................................ 6-24 9. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test ....................... 6-45
4. Power Circuit Open Test .......................................... 6-25 10. Ground Circuit Open Test ...................................... 6-45
DTC B211611, B211619, B21164B ....................................... 6-25 11. TPS 1 Continuity Test............................................ 6-45
1. Fuel Test .................................................................. 6-25 DTC P022000 ....................................................................... 6-46
2. Fuel Pump Test ....................................................... 6-25 1. Sensor Power Circuit Test ....................................... 6-46
3. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ......................... 6-25 2. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test ....................... 6-46
3. TPS2 Circuit Shorted Test ....................................... 6-46
6.4 AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 4. TPS2 Circuit Resistance Test ................................. 6-47
Description and Operation ..................................................... 6-26 5. TPS2 Circuit Short to Ground Test .......................... 6-47
6. TPS2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test.......................... 6-47
Connector Information .................................................... 6-27
7. Sensor Ground Resistance Test ............................. 6-47
DTC P007100, P007200, P011E00 ....................................... 6-28
8. TPS Test ................................................................. 6-48
1. AAT Sensor Test...................................................... 6-28
DTC P022200 ....................................................................... 6-48
2. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test....6-29
1. TPS2 Circuit Test .................................................... 6-48
3. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground 2. TPS2 Circuit Short to Ground Test .......................... 6-48
Test ................................................................................ 6-29 3. TPS Power Circuit Open Test ................................. 6-48
DTC P007300 ....................................................................... 6-29 4. TPS Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ................. 6-49
1. AAT Signal Voltage Test .......................................... 6-29 5. ECM Test ................................................................ 6-49
2. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Open Test ......................... 6-29 DTC P022300 ....................................................................... 6-49
3. AAT Sensor Open Ground Wire Test ....................... 6-30 1. TPS2 Voltage Test .................................................. 6-49
4. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power 2. TPS2 Circuit Test .................................................... 6-49
Test ................................................................................ 6-30 3. Sensor Power Circuit Test ...................................... 6-50
5. AAT Sensor Test ..................................................... 6-30 4. Sensor Ground Test ................................................ 6-50
6.5 IAT DIAGNOSTICS 5. TPS Circuit Shorted Test ........................................ 6-50
6. Sensor Ground Circuit Test ..................................... 6-50
Description and Operation ..................................................... 6-31 7. TPS2 Circuit Test .................................................... 6-50
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................... 6-33 8. Sensor Short to Voltage Test .................................. 6-50
Connector Information .................................................... 6-34 9. Ground Circuit Open Test ....................................... 6-51
DTC P011100, P011200, P011B00 ....................................... 6-34
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS
1. IAT Sensor Test ....................................................... 6-35
2. Signal Grounded Test .............................................. 6-35 Description and Operation .................................................... 6-52
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test ............ 6-35 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 6-55
DTC P011300 ....................................................................... 6-35 Connector Information.................................................... 6-55
1. IAT Sensor Test ....................................................... 6-35 DTC P003000, P003100, P005300, P013700 ...................... 6-56
2. IAT Signal Voltage Test ........................................... 6-35 1. Front H02S Voltage Test ......................................... 6-56
3. Signal Wire Open Test ............................................. 6-36 2. Open Ground Test .................................................. 6-57
4. Open Ground Wire Test ........................................... 6-36 3. Short to Ground Test ............................................... 6-57
5. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power 4. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-57
Test ................................................................................ 6-36 DTC P003200 ...................................................................... 6-57
6.6 TPS DIAGNOSTICS 1. Front FI02S Shorted to Voltage Test ...................... 6-57
2. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-58
Description and Operation ..................................................... 6-37 DTC P003600, P003700, P005400 ...................................... 6-58
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................... 6-39 1. Post-Cat H02S Voltage Test ................................... 6-58
Connector Information .................................................... 6-39 2. Open Ground Test .................................................. 6-58
DTC P012000 ....................................................................... 6-40 3. Short to Ground Test ............................................... 6-58
1. Sensor Power Circuit Test ....................................... 6-40 4. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-59
2. TPS1 Circuit Shorted Test ....................................... 6-41 DTC P003800 ....................................................................... 6-59
3. TPS1 Circuit Continuity Test .................................... 6-41 1. Post-Cat H02S Shorted to Voltage Test .................. 6-59
4. TPS1 Circuit Short to Ground Test .......................... 6-41 2. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-59
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DTC P005000, P005100, P005900 ...................................... 6-59 DTC P026400 ....................................................................... 6-74
1. Rear H02S Voltage Test ......................................... 6-59 1. Rear Fuel Injector Test ............................................ 6-74
2. Open Ground Test .................................................. 6-60 2. Power Circuit Open Test ......................................... 6-74
3. Short to Ground Test .............................................. 6-60 3. Control Circuit Open Test ....................................... .6-75
4. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-60 4. Injector Resistance Test .......................................... 6-75
DTC P005200 ...................................................................... 6-60 5. Driver Short to Ground Test .................................... 6-75
1. Rear H02S Shorted to Voltage Test .................... 6-60 DTC P026500 ....................................................................... 6-75
2. Resistance Test ...................................................... 6-61 1. Rear Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to Voltage
DTC P013100 ...................................................................... 6-61 Test ................................................................................ 6-75
1. Front H02S Voltage Test ........................................ 6-61 2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test ................... 6-76
2. H02S Test............................................................... 6-61 3. Injector Resistance Test ........................................... 6-/6
3. Signal Wire Shorted to SensorGround Test ............ 6-61 DTC P214600 ....................................................................... 6-76
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-61 1. Front Fuel Injector Supply Circuit Voltage Test....... 6-76
5. Operation Test ........................................................ 6-62 DTC P214900 ....................................................................... 6-76
DTC P013200 ...................................................................... 6-62
1. Rear Fuel Injector Supply Circuit Voltage Test ....... 6-76
1. Front H02S Operation Test ..................................... 6-62
DTC P013400 ...................................................................... 6-62 6.9 CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
1. Front FI02S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage
Test ............................................................................... 6-62 Description and Operation ................................. ................. 7 7
2. Open Sensor Ground Test ...................................... 6-63 Diagnostic Tips ............................................................. r '3
3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................ 6-63 Connector Information...................................................
DTC P013800 ...................................................................... 6-63 DTC P037100, P037400 ......................................................
1. Post-Cat FI02S Signal WireShort Circuit Voltage 1. CKP Sensor Connections Test ............................... 6 J-
Test ............................................................................... 6-63 2. Signal Wire Continuity Test .................................... 6-80
2. Open Sensor Ground Test ...................................... 6-63 3. Ground Wire Continuity Test .................................. 6-80
3. Signal Wire Open Test ............................................ 6-64 4. Signal Wire Shorted to CKP Ground Wire Test ...... 6-81
DTC P013A00, P013B00 ..................................................... 6-64 5. Output Test ............................................................ 6-81
1. Post-Cat H02S Signal WireShort Circuit Voltage
Test ............................................................................... 6-64 6.10 CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
2. Open Sensor Ground Test ...................................... 6-64 Description and Operation ................................................... 6-82
3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................ 6-64 Diagnostic Tips ............................................................. 6-84
DTC P015100 ...................................................................... 6-65 Connector Information................................................... 6-84
1. Rear H02S Test ...................................................... 6-65 DTC P034100 ...................................................................... 6-85
2. H02S Test............................................................... 6-65 1. CMP Ground Wire Test .......................................... 6-85
3. Signal Wire Shorted to SensorGround Test ............ 6-65 2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test.................. 6-86
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-65 3. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test ....................... 6-86
5. Operation Test ........................................................ 6-65 4. 5V Reference Wire Test ......................................... 6-86
DTC P015200 ...................................................................... 6-66 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test ................................ 6-86
1. Rear FI02S Operation Test ..................................... 6-66 DTC P034600 ...................................................................... 6-86
DTC P015400 ...................................................................... 6-66 1. CMP Ground Wire Test .......................................... 6-86
1. Rear FI02S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage 2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test.................. 6-87
Test ............................................................................... 6-66 3. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test ....................... 6-87
2. Open Sensor Ground Test ...................................... 6-66 4. 5V Reference Wire Test ......................................... 6-87
3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................ 6-67 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test ................................ 6-87
DTC P016000 ...................................................................... 6-67 DTC P036600 ...................................................................... 6-87
1. Post Cat Rear H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage 1. CMP Ground Wire Test .......................................... 6-87
Test ............................................................................... 6-67 2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test .................. 6-88
2. Open Sensor Ground Test ...................................... 6-67 3. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test........................ 6-88
3. Signal Wire Open Test ............................................ 6-67 4. 5V Reference Wire Test .......................................... 6-88
DTC P042000, P043000 ...................................................... 6-68 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test ................................. 6-88
1. Test ......................................................................... 6-68 DTC P039100 ....................................................................... 6-88
1. CMP Ground Wire Test ........................................... 6-88
6.8 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS 2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test .................. 6-89
Description and Operation .................................................... 6-69 3. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test........................ 6-89
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 6-71 4. 5V Reference Wire Test .......................................... 6-89
Connector Information ................................................... 6-71 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test ................................. 6-89
DTC P026100 ...................................................................... 6-73 Camshaft Over-Retarded Diagnostics .................................. 6-89
1. Front Fuel Injector Test ........................................... 6-73 1. DTC Verification Test .............................................. 6-89
2. Power Circuit Open Test ......................................... 6-73 6.11 VVT DIAGNOSTICS
3. Control Circuit Open Test ....................................... 6-73
4. Injector Resistance Test ......................................... 6-73 Description and Operation .................................................... 6-91
5. Driver Short to Ground Test .................................... 6-73 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 6-94
DTC P026200 ...................................................................... 6-74 Connector Information.................................................... 6-94
1. Front Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to Voltage DTC P178500 ....................................................................... 6-96
Test ............................................................................... 6-74 1. WT Solenoid Test .................................................... 6-96
2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test ................... 6-74 2. VVT Solenoid Voltage Test ..................................... 6-96
3. Injector Resistance Test ......................................... 6-74 3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test ...................... 6-96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4. Control Wire Open Test .......................................... 6-96 3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-112
DTC P178600 ...................................................................... 6-96 4. Control Wire Open Test ........................................ 6-112
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test ....................... 6-96 5. Power Wire Open Test .......................................... 6-112
DTC P178700 ...................................................................... 6-97 DTC P044500 ..................................................................... 6-113
1. WT Solenoid Test ................................................... 6-97 1. Purge Solenoid Test .............................................. 6-113
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test...................... 6-97 2. Purge Solenoid Short to Voltage Test ................... 6-113
DTC P179000 ...................................................................... 6-97
1. VVT Solenoid Test .................................................. 6-97 6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS
2. WT Solenoid Voltage Test ...................................... 6-97 Loss of Idle Speed Control ................................................. 6-114
3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test...................... 6-98 Diagnostic Tips ............................................................ 6-114
4. Control Wire Open Test .......................................... 6-98 Connector Information.................................................. 6-114
DTC P179100 ...................................................................... 6-98 Idle Speed Control Faults ................................................... 6-115
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test ....................... 6-98 1. Preliminary Engine Tests ....................................... 6-115
DTC P179200 ...................................................................... 6-98 2. Vacuum Leak Test ................................................ 6-116
1. VVT Solenoid Test .................................................. 6-99 3. Spark Present Test ............................................... 6-116
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test...................... 6-99 4. Compression Test ................................................. 6-116
DTC P179500 ...................................................................... 6-99 5. Fuel System Test .................................................. 6-116
1. VVT Solenoid Test ................................................. 6-99
6.15 ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
2. VVT Solenoid Voltage Test .................................. 6-99
Description and Operation .................................................. 6-117
3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test...................... 6-99
Diagnostic Tips ............................................................ 6-119
4. Control Wire Open Test ........................................ 6-100
Connector Information.................................................. 6-119
DTC P179600 .................................................................... 6-100
DTC P011700 ..................................................................... 6-120
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test ..................... 6-100
1. ECT Sensor Test ................................................... 6-120
DTC P179700 .................................................................... 6-100
2. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test..6-121
1. VVT Solenoid Test ................................................ 6-100
3. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-100
Test .............................................................................. 6-121
DTC P180000 .................................................................... 6-101
DTC P011600, P011800, P011900, P012800 .................... 6-121
1. VVT Solenoid Test ............................................... 6-101
1. ECT Signal Voltage Test ....................................... 6-121
2. VVT Solenoid Voltage Test ................................ 6-101
3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test.................... 6-101 2. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Open Test ...................... 6-121
4. Control Wire Open Test ........................................ 6-101 3. ECT Sensor Open Ground Wire Test .................... 6-122
DTC P180100 .................................................................... 6-101 4. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test ..................... 6-101 Test .............................................................................. 6-122
DTC P180200 .................................................................... 6-102 5. ECT Sensor Test .................................................. 6-122
1. VVT Solenoid Test ................................................ 6-102
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-102 6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS
Description and Operation .................................................. 6-123
DTC B217511, B217519 .................................................... 6-102
Connector Information.................................................. 6-128
1. WT Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ............ 6-102 DTC P064100 ..................................................................... 6-129
2. [270FEA-1] Short to Ground Test ......................... 6-102
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test ........................... 6-129
3. [270FI-1] Short to Ground Test ............................. 6-103
2. TCA Test ............................................................... 6-130
4. [270RI-1] Short to Ground Test............................. 6-103
3. TGS Power Circuit Below Range Test .................. 6-130
5. [270RE-1] Short to Ground Test ........................... 6-103
Camshaft Correlation Error and P002600, P002700, P002800, 4. JSS Circuit Below Range Test .............................. 6-130
P002900 Diagnostics ..........................................................6-103 5. Circuit Short to Ground Test.................................. 6-130
1. DTC Verification Test .............................................6-103 6. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test ...... 6-130
DTC P065100 ..................................................................... 6-131
6.12 KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test ........................... 6-131
2. TGS Circuit Below Range Test.............................. 6-131
Description and Operation ...................................................6-104
3. Front MAP Power Circuit Below Range Test ......... 6-131
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-105
4. Circuit Short to Ground Test .................................. 6-132
Connector Information ..................................................6-105
5. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test ...... 6-132
DTC P032500 .....................................................................6-106
1. Knock Sensor Attachment Test ..............................6-106 6.17 ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS
2. Sensor LO Open Test ............................................6-106
3. Sensor HI Open Test .............................................6-106 Description and Operation .................................................. 6-133
DTC P032700, P032800 .....................................................6-106 DTC Test ..................................................................... 6-133
1. Sensor LO Test ......................................................6-106 6.18 DTC P127000
2. Sensor HI Test .......................................................6-107
3. Connection Test.....................................................6-107 Description and Operation .................................................. 6-134
TGS2 Validation ........................................................... 6-134
6.13 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS DTC P127000 ..................................................................... 6-134
1. DTC P127000 Test ................................................ 6-134
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-110 6.19 DTC P063000, P100900
DTC P044400 .....................................................................6-112 Description and Operation .................................................. 6-135
1. Purge Solenoid Test ..............................................6-112 Password Problem ....................................................... 6-135
2. Purge Solenoid Voltage Test .................................6-112 Diagnostic Tips ............................................................ 6-135
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DTC P063000, P100900 .....................................................6-135 3. Intake Leak Test ................................................... 6-151

1. Incorrect Password Test ........................................6-135 4. Fuel Injector Test .................................................. 6-151
2. BCM Replacement Test .........................................6-135 5. EVAP Test ............................................................ 6-151
6.20 COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS 6.25 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS

Description and Operation ...................................................6-136 Description and Operation .................................................. 6-152
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-138 Connector Information ................................................. 6-153
Connector Information ..................................................6-139 DTC P210000 ..................................................................... 6-155
DTC P169100 .....................................................................6-141 1. TCA Test............................................................... 6-155
1. Left Cooling Fan Short To Ground Test .................6-141 2. TCA High Circuit Test ........................................... 6-155
3. TCA Low Circuit Test ............................................ 6-155
2. Left Cooling Fan Control CircuitShort to Ground
DTC P210100 ..................................................................... 6-155
Test ..............................................................................6-141
1. TCA Circuit Resistance Test ................................. 6-155
3. Left Cooling Fan Test ............................................6-141
2. TCA Test .............................................................. 6-156
4. Left Cooling Fan Power Test .................................6-141
3. TCA High Circuit Test ........................................... 6-156
DTC P169200 .....................................................................6-141 4. TCA Low Circuit Test ............................................ 6-156
1. Left Cooling Fan Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC P210200 ..................................................................... 6-156
Test ..............................................................................6-141 1. TCA High Circuit Test............................................ 6-156
2. TCA Test .............................................................. 6-156
6.21 JSS DIAGNOSTICS
DTC P210300 ..................................................................... 6-157
Description and Operation ...................................................6-142 1. TCA High Circuit Test ........................................... 6-157
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-144 2. TCA Low Circuit Test ............................................ 6-157
6.26 DTC P210500, P210700
DTC P150100 .....................................................................6-145
1. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test ......................6-145 Description and Operation .................................................. 6-158
DTC P150200 .....................................................................6-146 DTC P210500, P210700 ..................................................... 6-158
1. JSS Ground Wire Test ...........................................6-146 1. DTC Verification Test ............................................ 6-158
2. JSS Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test ..................6-146 6.27 STARTS, THEN STALLS
3. 5V Reference and Signal Shorted Together Test...6-146
4. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test................................6-146 Description and Operation ...................................................6-159
Side Stand Displayed on Speedometer ...............................6-147 Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-160
1. Starts, Then Stalls Test ..........................................6-147 Connector Information ..................................................6-160
2. Neutral Test ...........................................................6-147
STARTS, THEN STALLS ....................................................6-162
3. JSS Clearance Test ...............................................6-147
1. Throttle Test ...........................................................6-162
4. 5V Reference Open Circuit Test ............................6-147 2. Fowled Spark Plug Test.........................................6-162
6.22 ETC MANAGEMENT DIA- 3. Fuel System Test...................................................6-162
GNOSTICS 4. System Power Test ...............................................6-162
Description and Operation ................................................... 6-148
Throttle Control Actuator Management ........................ 6-148 6.28 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS
DTC P151000, P151100, P151200 ..................................... 6-148
1. DTC Verification Test ............................................. 6-148
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-165
6.23 ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS Connector Information ..................................................6-165
DTC P230000 ......................................................................6-167
Description and Operation ................................................... 6-149 1. Ignition Coil Test ....................................................6-167
Air Flow Fault ............................................................... 6-149 2. Input Voltage Test ..................................................6-167
DTC P151400 ..................................................................... 6-149 3. Control Wire Continuity Test ..................................6-167
1. DTC Verification Test............................................. 6-149 4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test ....................6-167
DTC P160000 ..................................................................... 6-149 DTC P230100 ......................................................................6-167
1. DTC Verification Test............................................. 6-149 1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test ......................6-167
2. Open Test ..............................................................6-168
6.24 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS DTC P230300 ......................................................................6-168
1. Ignition Coil Test ....................................................6-168
DTC P150500 ..................................................................... 6-150
2. Input Voltage Test .................................................6-168
1. DTC Validation Test .............................................. 6-150
3. Control Wire Resistance Test ................................6-168
2. Vacuum Leak Test ................................................ 6-150
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test ....................6-169
3. Throttle Plate Test ................................................. 6-150
DTC P230400 ......................................................................6-169
4. DTC Confirmation Test.......................................... 6-150
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test ......................6-169
Hesitation or Loss of Power Test ......................................... 6-150
2. Open Test ..............................................................6-169
1. Preliminary Engine Tests ....................................... 6-150
DTC P230600 ......................................................................6-169
2. Vacuum Leak Test ................................................ 6-150
1. Ignition Coil Test ....................................................6-169
3. Spark Present Test ................................................ 6-150
2. Input Voltage Test ..................................................6-169
4. Compression Test ................................................. 6-150
3. Control Wire Continuity Test ..................................6-170
5. Fuel System Test .................................................. 6-151
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test .....................6-170
Starts Hard or Emits Black Smoke ...................................... 6-151
DTC P230700 ......................................................................6-170
1. Air Filter Inspection ................................................ 6-151
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test ......................6-170
TABLE OF CONTENTS
14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. Open Test ............................................................. 6-170 5. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test ..................... 6-189
DTC P230900 ..................................................................... 6-171 6. Power Short to Ground Test .................................. 6-189
1. Ignition Coil Test .................................................... 6-171 7. Sensor Short to Ground Test ................................. 6-189
2. Input Voltage Test ................................................. 6-171 8. MAP Short to Ground Test .................................... 6-189
3. Control Wire Resistance Test ................................ 6-171 9. DTC Test ............................................................... 6-189
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test .................... 6-171 10. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test ................................ 6-189
DTC P231000 ..................................................................... 6-171 11. Signal Voltage Test .............................................. 6-189
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test ..................... 6-172 12. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test............................... 6-190
2. Open Test ............................................................. 6-172 DTC P212800 ...................................................................... 6-190
1. Power Short to Voltage Test .................................. 6-190
fi 99 DTP. P911Qnn
2. Signal Short to Voltage Test .................................. 6-190
Description and Operation ................................................... 6-173 3. DTC Test ............................................................... 6-190
DTC P211900 ..................................................................... 6-173
1. Air Inlet Interference Test ...................................... 6-173 6.33 DTC P217600
2. Validation Test....................................................... 6-173
Connector Information .................................................. 6-193
6.30 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT DTC P217600 ...................................................................... 6-195
START 1. System Voltage Test .............................................. 6-195
2. Internal Damage Test ............................................ 6-195
Description and Operation ................................................... 6-174 3. Air Inlet Interference Test ...................................... 6-195
Connector Information .................................................. 6-174 4. Validation Test ....................................................... 6-195
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start ......................................... 6-174
1. Preliminary Engine Tests ....................................... 6-175
2. Check Engine Lamp Test ...................................... 6-175
3. Spark Present Test ................................................ 6-175
5. Fuel Pump Voltage Test ........................................ 6-175
6. Fuel System Test ................................................. 6-175
7. Fuel Pump Open Circuit Test ............................... 6-175
6.31 MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER

LOAD
Diagnostic Tips............................................................. 6-176
Inline Spark Tester .............................................................. 6-176
Misfire DTC, Misfire at Idle or Under Load ......................... 6-181
1. Power Ground Resistance Test ............................. 6-181
2, Spark Test ............................................................. 6-181
3. Carbon Tracking Inspection Test ........................... 6-181
4, Ignition Coil Primary Wire Continuity Test ............ 6-181
6.32 TGS DIAGNOSTICS

DTC P212100, P212200, P212400 ..................................... 6-184
1. Power Open Test................................................... 6-184
2. Signal Open Test................................................... 6-185
3. Signal Short to Ground Test ................................ 6-185
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test ................................ 6-185
5. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test .................... 6-185
6. Power Short to Ground Test .................................. 6-186
7. Sensor Short to Ground Test ................................ 6-186
8. TCA Short to Ground Test ..................................... 6-186
9. JSS Short to Ground Test ..................................... 6-186
10. DTC Test ............................................................. 6-186
11. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test ................................ 6-186
12. Signal Voltage Test ............................................. 6-186
13. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test .............................. 6-187
DTC P212300 ..................................................................... 6-187
1. Power Short to Voltage Test .................................. 6-187
2. Signal Short to Voltage Test .................................. 6-187
3. DTC Test ............................................................... 6-187
DTC P212700, P212900 ..................................................... 6-188
1. Power Open Test................................................... 6-188
2. Signal Open Test................................................... 6-188
3. Signal Short to Ground Test .................................. 6-188
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test ................................ 6-188
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.34 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ABS

Description and Operation ...................................................6-196 7.1 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
DTC P213500 .....................................................................6-198
1. TPS2 Resistance Test ...........................................6-199 Description and Operation ...................................................... 7-1
2. TPS1 Short to Ground Test ...................................6-199 Inertia Measurement Unit (IMU) ....................................... 7-1
3. TPS1 Short to Voltage Test ...................................6-199 ABS Indicator ................................................................... 7-1
4. TPS2 Continuity Test .............................................6-199 Rider Safety Enhancements ............................................ 7-2
5. TPS2 Short to Ground Test ...................................6-199 ABS ................................................................................. 7-3
6. TPS2 Short to Voltage Test ...................................6-200 Cornering Enhanced ABS (C-ABS) .................................. 7-3
7. TPS2 Circuit Test ..................................................6-200 Traction Control ............................................................... 7-3
8. TPS1 Circuit Test ..................................................6-200 Cornering Enhanced Traction Control System (C-TCS)
9. Ground Circuit Open Test ......................................6-200 ......................................................................................... 7-3
DTC P213800 .....................................................................6-200 Drag-Torque Slip Control (DSCS) .................................... 7-3
1. TPS1 Signal Wire Resistance Test ........................6-201 Cornering Enhanced Drag-Torque Slip Control
2. TPS2 Power Wire Resistance Test ........................6-201 (C-DSCS) ......................................................................... 7-3
3. TPS2 Ground Wire Resistance Test ......................6-201 Hill Hold Control (If Equipped) .......................................... 7-3
4. TPS2 Signal Wire Resistance Test ........................6-201
5. TPS2 Power Wire Resistance Test ........................6-202
7.2 CONFIGURATION FAULT DIA
6. TPS2 Ground Wire Resistance Test ......................6-202 GNOSTICS
7. Sensor Ground 1 Test ...........................................6-202 Description and Operation ...................................................... 7-4
8. Sensor Ground 2 Test ...........................................6-202 Conditions for Setting ....................................................... 7-4
9. DTC Test ...............................................................6-203 Connector Information...................................................... 7-4
6.35 ERRATIC IDLE Configuration Fault DTCs ....................................................... 7-4
1. ECM Software Validation Test ................................... 7-5
Description and Operation ...................................................6-204 2. BCM Software Validation Test................................... 7-5
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................6-204
Erratic Idle ...........................................................................6-204 7.3 INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS
1. Preliminary Engine Tests .......................................6-204 Description and Operation ...................................................... 7-6
2. Spark Test .............................................................6-204 Conditions for Setting the DTC......................................... 7-7
3. Fuel System Test ...................................................6-204 Action Taken When the DTC Sets ................................... 7-7
6.36 GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS Diagnostic Tips ................................................................ 7-7
Connector Information...................................................... 7-7
Description and Operation ...................................................6-205 Internal Fault DTCs................................................................. 7-8
Connector Information ..................................................6-206 1. Battery Voltage Test .................................................. 7-8
DTC P091500 .....................................................................6-207 2. Ground Circuit Resistance Test................................. 7-8
1. Gear Position Sensor Test .....................................6-207 3. ABS/EHCU DTC Test................................................ 7-9
DTC P073000, P091600 .....................................................6-208 4. Battery Power Open Test .......................................... 7-9
1. Gear Position Sensor Test .....................................6-208
2. Gear Position Sensor Signal Voltage Test ...........6-208 7.4 WSS DIAGNOSTICS
3. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test.6-208
4. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground
Conditions for Setting the DTC....................................... 7-12
Test ..............................................................................6-208
Action Taken When the DTC Sets ................................. 7-12
5. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
Diagnostic Tips .............................................................. 7-12
Ground Test .................................................................6-209
6. Gear Position Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open
DTC C1021, C1023, C1025, C1027, C1029 ......................... 7-13
Test ..............................................................................6-209
1. Electrical Interference Test ...................................... 7-13
7. Gear Position Sensor 5V ReferenceShorted to Signal
2. Validation of Current DTC Test ............................... 7-13
Ground Test .................................................................6-209
3. Worn or Damaged Components Test ...................... 7-13
DTC P091700 .....................................................................6-209
4. Front Short to Voltage Test ..................................... 7-14
1. Gear Position Sensor Test .....................................6-209
5. Rear Short to Voltage Test ...................................... 7-14
2. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V
6. Circuit Test .............................................................. 7-14
Test ..............................................................................6-210
DTC C1032........................................................................... 7-14
3. Gear Position Sensor Signal WireShort to Voltage
1. Electrical Interference Test ...................................... 7-14
Test ..............................................................................6-210
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test ..................... 7-14
4. Gear Position Sensor 5V ReferenceShorted to Battery
3. Front WSS Test ...................................................... 7-15
Voltage Test .................................................................6-210
4. (O/BK) Open Test ................................................... 7-15
5. (O/BE) Open Test ................................................... 7-15
6. Shorted Wires Test ................................................. 7-15
7. (O/BK) Ground Test ................................................ 7-15
5. Gear Position Sensor Ground Wire Open Test ........ 6-210 8. (O/BE) Ground Test ................................................ 7-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
9. (O/BK) Voltage Test .................................................7-16 Wiring Diagram Symbols .................................................. A-1

DTC C1034 ...........................................................................7-16 Wiring Diagrams ..................................................................... A-2
1. Electrical Interference Test ......................................7-16
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test......................7-16 A. 2 WIRE HARNESS CONNECTORS
3. Rear WSS Test........................................................7-16
4. (O/BN) Open Test ....................................................7-17 General................................................................................. A-21
5. (O/PK) Open Test ....................................................7-17 Function/Location ........................................................... A-21
6. Shorted Wires Test ..................................................7-17 Place and Color ............................................................. A-21
7. (O/BN) Ground Test.................................................7-17 Connector Number ......................................................... A-21
8. (O/PK) Ground Test .................................................7-18 Repair Instructions ......................................................... A-21
9. (O/BN) Voltage Test ................................................7-18 Connector End Views ........................................................... A-23
Connector Locations ............................................................. A-35
7.5 IMU DIAGNOSTICS
CONNECTOR REPAIR _________
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................7-20 B. 1 AMP MQS SEALED CONNECTORS
Connector Information ....................................................7-20 Repair ..................................................................................... B-1
IMU Diagnostics ....................................................................7-21 Separating Connector ...................................................... B-1
1. IMU Test ..................................................................7-21 Mating Connector............................................................. B-1
2. Verify Correct IMU Part Number ..............................7-21 Terminal Removal ............................................................ B-1
3. IMU Voltage Test .....................................................7-21 Installing Terminal ............................................................ B-2
4. IMU Test ..................................................................7-21 Replacement and Repair ................................................. B-2
5. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test .............................7-22
6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ..............................7-22 B. 2 APTIV 3-WAY DUCON 6.3 SEALED
7. DTC Validation Test.................................................7-22 CONNECTORS
DTC B217111, B217119 .......................................................7-22 Repair .................................................................................... B-3
1. Wake Up Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test ...... 7-22 Separating Connector ..................................................... B-3
DTC B217115 .......................................................................7-23 Mating Connector............................................................. B-3
1. Wake Power Circuit Open Test ................................7-23 Terminal Removal ............................................................ B-3
2. Wake Power Circuit Short to Ground Test ...............7-23 Installing Terminal Push-to-Seat ...................................... B-3
7.6 INVALID VIN DIAGNOSTICS Installing Terminal ............................................................ B-4
Replacement and Repair ................................................. B-4
Conditions for Setting the DTC .......................................7-24 B.3 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1 M SEALED
Action Taken When the DTC Sets ..................................7-24 CONNECTORS
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................7-24 Repair .................................................................................... B-5
DTC C115900, C117800, C118400.......................................7-24 Separating Connector ..................................................... B-5
1. Validation of Current DTC Test ................................7-24 Mating Connector............................................................. B-5
2. Successful Calibration Test .....................................7-24 Terminal Removal ............................................................ B-5
Installing Terminal ............................................................ B-5
3. IM Test ....................................................................7-24
7.7 ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON,
B.4 BOSCH TRAPEZ AND SL MINI
FLASHING OR INOPERATIVE
SEALED CONNECTORS
Description and Operation .....................................................7-25 Repair ..................................................................................... B-6
Diagnostic Tips ...............................................................7-26 Separating Connector ...................................................... B-6
Connector Information ....................................................7-26 Mating Connector............................................................. B-6
ABS Indicator Continuously Flashing, No DTCs ....................7-27 Terminal Removal ............................................................ B-6
1. DTC Test .................................................................7-27 Installing Terminal ............................................................ B-6
2. Wheel Bearing Inspection Test ................................7-27 Replacement and Repair ................................................. B-7
3. WSS Speed Verification Test...................................7-27
ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative ................................7-28
B.5 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS
Repair ................................................................................... B-8
1. DTC Test .................................................................7-28
Separating Connector ...................................................... B-8
2. ABS Lamp Function Test .........................................7-28
Mating Connector............................................................. B-8
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test .............................7-28
Terminal Removal ............................................................ B-8
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test ..............................7-28
Installing Terminals .......................................................... B-9
5. ABS/EHCU Power Circuit Test ................................7-28
6. ABS/EHCU Ground Circuit Test ..............................7-29
7. ABS/EHCU Switched Power Circuit Test .................7-29 B.6 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED
8. ABS/EHCU Test ......................................................7-29 CONNECTORS
Repair ................................................................................... B-10
WIRING __________________________ Separating Connector .................................................... B-10
Mating Connector........................................................... B-10
A. 1 WIRING DIAGRAMS Terminal Removal Push-to-Seat .................................... B-10
Terminal Removal Pull-to-Seat ...................................... B-10
General ................................................................................. A-1 Installing Terminal Push-to-Seat .................................... B-11
Wire Color Codes ............................................................ A-1 Installing Terminal Pull-to-Seat ...................................... B-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-12 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-25

Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-25
B.7 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS
Repair .................................................................................. B-13 B.16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR
Separating Connector .................................................... B-13 Repair ................................................................................... B-26
Mating Connector .......................................................... B-13 Separating Connector .................................................... B-26
Terminal Removal ......................................................... B-13 Mating Connector........................................................... B-26
Installing Terminal ......................................................... B-14 Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-26
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-14 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-26
B.8 DELPHI MTS SEALED CONNECTORS
Repair .................................................................................. B-15 B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS
Terminal Removal ......................................................... B-15 Repair ................................................................................... B-28
Installing Terminals ........................................................ B-16 Separating Connector .................................................... B-28
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-16 Mating Connector........................................................... B-28
Terminal Removal (MaleTerminals) ............................... B-28
B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED Terminal Removal(Female Terminals) MX150
CONNECTORS Series............................................................................. B-29
Repair .................................................................................. B-17 Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX64 Series..B-29
Separating Connector .................................................... B-17 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-30
Mating Connector .......................................................... B-17 Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-30
Terminal Removal ......................................................... B-17
Installing Terminal ......................................................... B-18 B.18 PKC SEALED CONNECTORS
Repair ................................................................................... B-31
B.10 FURUKAWA QLW SEALED CONNECTORS Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-31
Repair .................................................................................. B-19 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-31
Separating Connector .................................................... B-19 Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-31
Mating Connector .......................................................... B-19
Terminal Removal ......................................................... B-19 B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS
Installing Terminal ......................................................... B-19 Repair ................................................................................... B-32
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-19 Preparing Wire Leads .................................................... B-32
Splicing Wire Leads ....................................................... B-32
B.11 FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS Inspecting Seals............................................................. B-32
Repair .................................................................................. B-20
Separating Connector .................................................... B-20
Installing Terminal ......................................................... B-20
B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR

Repair .................................................................................. B-21
Replacement and Repair .............................................. B-21
B.13 JST MWT SEALED CONNECTORS

Repair ................................................................................. B-22
B.14 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS

Repair .................................................................................. B-23
B.15 KOSTAL MLK 1.2 SEALED CONNECTOR

Repair .................................................................................. B-24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B.20 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECT- B.24 TYCO OR TE CONNECTIVITY NG1

ORS AND ECONOSEAL CONNECTOR
Repair .................................................................................. B-34 Repair ...................................................................................B-42
Separating Connector .................................................... B-34 Separating Connector.....................................................B-42
Mating Connector........................................................... B-34 Mating Connector ...........................................................B-42
Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-34 Terminal Removal ..........................................................B-42
Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-35 Installing Terminals ........................................................B-43
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-35 Replacement and Repair ................................................B-43
B.21 TYCO MCON SEALED AND B.25 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED
SLIMSEAL CONNECTORS CONNECTORS
Repair .................................................................................. B-36 Repair ................................................................................... B-44
Separating Connector .................................................... B-36 Separating Connector .................................................... B-44
Mating Connector........................................................... B-36 Mating Connector........................................................... B-44
Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-36 Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-44
Installing Terminals ........................................................ B-37 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-44
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-37 Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-44
B.22 TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS REFERENCE

Repair .................................................................................. B-38
Separating Connector .................................................... B-38 C. 1 GLOSSARY
Mating Connector........................................................... B-38
Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................ C-1
Terminal Removal (Large Terminals) ............................. B-38
Terminal Removal (Small Terminals) ............................. B-38 C. 2 METRIC CONVERSION
Installing Terminals ........................................................ B-39
Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-39 Conversion Table ................................................................. C-4
B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED C.3 FLUID CONVERSIONS

CONNECTOR United States System ............................................................ C-5
Metric System ........................................................................ C-5
Repair .................................................................................. B-40 British Imperial System .......................................................... C-5
Mating Connector........................................................... B-40 C.4 TORQUE CONVERSION
Terminal Removal .......................................................... B-40
United States System ............................................................ C-6
Installing Terminals ........................................................ B-41
Metric System ........................................................................ C-6
REFERENCE MATERIAL
TOOLS ............................................................. I
Index ................................................................ XI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................. 1-2
1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS ............................................................................................................. 1-24
1.4 DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................................... 1-28
NOTES
SPECIFICATIONS 1.1
Table 1-8. Single Ignition Coil Specifications

WINDING RESISTANCE
Ignition coil primary resistance 0.3-0.5 Ohm
Table 1-1. Fuel System Specifications
FUEL SYSTEM TYPE at room temperature
Ignition coil secondary resist- 1700-2000 Ohms
Recommended fuel 91 Octane
ance at room temperature
Plug top coil to boot Less than 5.0 Ohms
Table 1-2. Fuel Pump Pressure Specifications
RANGE VALUE
Table 1-9. Starter Specifications
Normal 54-62 psi (376-425 kPa)
STARTER SPECIFICATIONS
Cranking current 165 A maximum
Table 1-3. Idle Speed Specifications Free current 42 A maximum
ADJUSTMENT RPM
Normal idle speed (hot) 1300 +/-50 RPM
Table 1-10. Alternator Specifications
ALTERNATOR VALUE
Table 1-4. Battery Specifications Three phase 42 A system
BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS
AC voltage output 16-28 VAC per 1,000 rpm
Size 12 V/12 Ah/225 CCA Stator coil resistance 75-115 0
Type Sealed, Absorbed Glass Mat
(AGM) battery
Table 1-11. Regulator Specifications
REGULATOR VALUE
Table 1-5. Spark Plug Specifications Amperes @ 3,600 rpm 40-44 A
SPARK PLUG SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage @ 3,600 rpm 14.1-14.5 V@ 75.2 °F (24 °C)
Gap .027-.032 in. .80-.90 mm
Table 1-12. VVT Cam Phaser Actuator Solenoid Specifica-

Table 1-6. Spark Plug Cables
tions
LOCATION LENGTH RESISTANCE
SOLENOID VALUE
Front and 10.47-10.98 in 1,926-7.336 0
rear (266-279 mm) Coil resistance 5.5-5.9 O
Table 1-13. Fuse Specifications

Table 1-7. Dual Ignition Coil Specifications ITEM RATING
WINDING RESISTANCE
Main 40 A
Primary resistance 0.2-0.5 Q Battery 7.5 A
Secondary resistance 5,500-8,000 Q Battery tender 15 A
Infotainment 10 A
SPECIFICATIONS
94000979 1-1
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS 1.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 4. Menu Button Test

1. Press the menu button on the LHCM.
Use initial diagnostics as a starting point to efficiently
troubleshoot concerns. A basic understanding of electronics and 2. Did the menu appear on the IM?
a general knowledge of the vehicle are necessary to effectively
use this manual. a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
NOTE b. No. Go to Test 6.

Certain diagnostic procedures require part removal. See the
service manual for details. 5. Starter Test
1. Attempt to start vehicle.
Before diagnosing a concern, perform a general functional test of
the vehicle to verify the concern. This will also identify any other 2. Does starter crank?
issues that may affect diagnostics. Use the procedures in this a. Yes. See Instruments (Page 4-1).
chapter for initial diagnostics.
b. No. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs
NOTE (Page 2-7).
When working through a diagnostic procedure follow the steps in
the order instructed. Never jump to a test in another procedure. 6. LHCM Test
All "Go to test" statements refer to a test in that procedure.
1. With IGN ON, operate all left hand control functions,
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS ___________________
2. Do any left hand controls function properly?
a. Yes. All controls are operational except the menu button.
See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40).
NOTE
b. No. All left hand control functions are inoperative. See
• Always insoect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
DTCS (Page 2-26).
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
harnesses when disconnecting any connector.
7. Current DTC Test
• Verify that all wire terminals are placed into the correct
terminal housing positions per the circuit schematic. 1. Check for current DTCs. See Odometer Self-Diagnostics
(Page 1-21).
1. Fuse Test NOTE

1. Verify all fuses are good. Historic DTCs are not to be diagnosed unless the condition is
reoccurring and intermittent.
2. Are all fuses good?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 2. Are current DTCs present?
b. No. Replace fuse. If fuse opens again, repair short to a. Yes. See Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
ground in that circuit.
b. No. See Symptoms (Page 1-22).
2. IM Inoperative Test DIAGNOSTICS __________________________

1. Turn engine stop switch ON.
2. Does the IM power up? • The trip odometer reset switch is located in the left hand
control module. The switch signal is sent to the IM over the
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. CAN bus. If there is a problem with the CAN bus, the IM may
b. No. Go to Test 3. not show the time and odometers when the trip switch is
pressed.
• For a quick check of instrument function, perform a "WOW"
3. Battery Power Test
test by turning the ignition ON. The IM will illuminate, H-D
1. With engine stop switch ON inspect the headlamp and/or tail
logo will appear and all indicator lamps will illuminate.
lamp.
• If the instrument fails “WOW" test, check for battery power
2. Does headlamp and/or tail lamp illuminate? and ground to the instrument. If any feature in the IM is non-
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. functional, see Instruments (Page 4-1).
b. No. Verify battery condition and connections. If all are

good, see NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26).
1-2 94000979
Table 1-14. Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and Fault Condition
DTC PRIORITY FAULT CONDITION SOLUTION
ORDER
B110300 605 LHCM internal fault SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112011 994 Cruise set switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112012 996 Cruise set switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112013 998 Cruise set switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112111 Cruise resume switch circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
1000 ground
B112112 Cruise resume switch circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
1002 voltage
B112113 1004 Cruise resume switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112211 1006 Cruise on switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112212 1009 Cruise on switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112213 1011 Cruise on switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112311 1013 Cruise off switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112312 1015 Cruise off switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112313 1017 Cruise off switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112411 1025 Left turn switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112412 1027 Left turn switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112413 1029 Left turn switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112511 1032 Right turn switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112512 1035 Right turn switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112513 1037 Right turn switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112613 805 Clutch switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112712 Clutch lever applied switch circuit shorted SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
806 to voltage
B112812 807 Clutch lever released switch circuit shorted SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
to voltage
B112911 1304 Turn switch cancel circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
ground
B112912 1305 Turn switch cancel circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
voltage
B112913 1306 Turn switch cancel circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112E11 1143 High beam switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112E12 1144 High beam switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112E13 1145 High beam switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112F11 1115 FTP circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112F12 1116 FTP circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B112F13 1117 FTP circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B115300 603 RHCM internal fault SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116000 969 RHCM/LHCM internal fault SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116508 982 RHCM Off switch invalid data received SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116509 983 Stop switch fault SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116511 971 Stop switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116512 973 Stop switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116513 975 Stop switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116608 984 RHCM run switch invalid data received SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116609 985 Run switch fault SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116611 977 Run switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116612 979 Run switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116613 981 Run switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B1167 1 987 Start switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116712 989 Start switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116713 992 Start switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116811 1045 Ride mode switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116812 1048 Ride mode switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116813 1027 Ride mode switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116A11 1055 Hazard switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116A12 1057 Hazard switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116A13 1059 Hazard switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116B11 1185 TC switch circuit shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116B12 1186 TC switch circuit shorted to voltage SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116B13 1187 TC switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
94000979 1-3
ORDER
B116C11 952 Front brake applied switch circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
ground
B116C12 954 Front brake applied switch circuit shorted to SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
voltage
B116C13 956 Front brake applied switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B116D11 958 Front brake released switch circuit shorted SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
to ground
B116D12 960 Front brake released switch circuit shorted SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
to voltage
B116D13 962 Front brake released switch circuit open SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11AA92 811 Clutch switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A292 1150 High beam switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A392 1151 FTP switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A492 1152 Cruise set switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A592 1153 Cruise resume switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A692 1154 Cruise on switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A792 1155 Cruise off switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A892 1156 Left turn switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11A992 1157 Right turn switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11AB92 1168 Heated grip performance HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
B11B192 1158 Stop switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B292 1159 Run switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B392 1160 Start switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B492 1161 Ride mode switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B592 1162 Spare/reserved switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B692 1163 Hazard switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B792 1164 TC switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B892 1166 VR switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11B992 1167 Front brake switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B11C011 1169 Heated grip temperature sensor circuit HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
shorted to ground
B11C013 1170 HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
Heated grip temperature sensor circuit open
voltage below threshold
voltage above threshold
B11C118 1173 Heated grip circuit overloaded HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
B11C119 1174 Heated grip circuit overloaded HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
B11C262 1175 Heated grip status mismatch HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
B11C300 1176 Heated grip over commanded temperature HEATED GRIPS (Page 5-4)
B120000 555 Inst internal fault IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122000 1543 Incoming ODO high IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122200 1544 Vehicle configuration invalid IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122411 1354 Battery telltale output circuit shorted to IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
ground
B122413 1355 Battery telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122511 1356 Low fuel telltale output circuit shorted to IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
ground
B122513 1357 Low fuel telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122611 1358 Low fuel telltale output circuit shorted to IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
ground
B122613 1359 Turn signal right telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122711 1360 Turn signal left telltale output circuit shor IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
ted to ground
1-4 94000979
DTC PRIORITY | FAULT CONDITION SOLUTION
ORDER
B122713 1361 Turn signal left telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122811 1362 FIL telltale output circuit shorted to ground IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122813 1363 FIL telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122911 1364 ABS telltale output circuit shorted to IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
ground
B122913 1365 ABS telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B122A11 1366 Traction control telltale output circuit IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
shorted to ground
B122A13 1367 Traction control telltale output circuit open IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
B13149E 1421 LHCM VR PI I button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13159E 1422 LHCM up button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13169E 1423 LHCM left button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13179E 1424 LHCM center button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13189E 1425 LHCM right button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13199E 1426 LHCM down button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13219E 1438 RHCM up button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13229E 1439 RHCM left button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13239E 1440 RHCM center button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13249E 1441 RHCM right button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13259E 1442 RHCM down button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B13719E 1443 RHCM ride mode button stuck SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B15A992 1177 Front brake switch performance SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B210011 32 System power 1 circuit shorted to ground SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B210015 33 System power 1 circuit shorted to voltage SYSTEM POWER CIRCUlf DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B210019 34 System power 1 circuit overloaded SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B211111 1551 ACC circuit shorted to ground ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
B211112 1552 ACC circuit shorted to voltage ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
B211119 1553 ACC circuit overloaded ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
B211611 741 Fuel pump circuit shorted to ground FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-21)
B211615 742 Fuel pump circuit shorted to voltage/open FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-21)
B211619 743 Fuel pump circuit overloaded FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-21)
B21164B 744 Fuel pump circuit over temperature FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-21)
B212111 644 Starter circuit shorted to ground STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B212115 649 Starter circuit shorted to voltage/open STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B212119 651 Starter circuit overloaded STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B212511 1559 Horn output circuit shorted to ground HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-6)
B212515 1562 Horn circuit shorted to voltage/open HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-6)
B212519 1563 Horn circuit overloaded HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-6)
B213111 1119 High beam circuit shorted to ground HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B213115 1120 High beam circuit shorted to voltage/open HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B213119 1121 High beam circuit overloaded HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B213611 1122 Low beam circuit shorted to ground HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B213615 1123 Low beam circuit shorted to voltage/open HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B213619 1124 Low beam circuit overloaded HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
B214111 1091 Turn signal left front circuit shorted to FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
ground
B214115 1094 Turn signal left front circuit shorted to FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
voltage/open
B214119 1095 Turn signal left front circuit overloaded FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
B214611 1096 Turn signal right front circuit shorted to FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
ground
B214615 1099 Turn signal right front circuit shorted to FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
voltage/open
B214619 1100 Turn signal right front circuit overloaded FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-18)
B215111 Turn signal left rear circuit shorted to REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
1101 ground
B215115 1104 Turn signal left rear circuit shorted to REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
voltage/open
B215119 1105 Turn signal left rear circuit overloaded REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
B215611 1106 Turn signal right rear circuit shorted to REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
ground
94000979 1-5
DTC FAULT CONDITION SOLUTION
PRIORITY
ORDER
B215615 1109 Turn signal right rear circuit shorted to REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
voltage/open
B215619 1110 Turn signal right rear circuit overloaded REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-26)
B216111 942 Brake lamp circuit shorted to ground STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B216115 944 Brake lamp circuit shorted to voltage/open STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B216119 946 Brake lamp circuit overloaded STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B216611 1534 Running lamp circuit shorted to ground RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
B216615 1537 Running lamp circuit shorted to RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
voltage/open
B216619 1538 Running lamp circuit overloaded RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
B217011 1205 System power 2 circuit shorted to ground SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B217012 1206 System power 2 circuit shorted to voltage SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B217019 1208 System power 2 circuit overloaded SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-1)
B217111 585 Wake up power circuit shorted to ground IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
B217115 587 Wake up power circuit shorted to IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
voltage/open
B217119 589 Wake up power circuit overloaded IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
B217211 1139 Siren circuit shorted to ground ALARM DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-70)
B217212 1140 Siren circuit shorted to voltage ALARM DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-70)
B217511 823 VVT power circuit shorted ground VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
B217519 826 VVT power circuit overloaded VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
B217613 1199 Security antenna circuit open SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-73)
B220611 617 Run/stop switch input circuit shorted to ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-37)
ground
B220615 Run/stop switch circuit shorted to ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-37)
618 voltage/open
B22509E 809 Clutch switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22519E 1178 Horn switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22529E 1530 High beam switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22539E 1118 FTP switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B225481 1030 Left turn signal error SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22549E 1179 Left turn switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-401
B22559E 1210 Trip switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22609E 642 Start switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226181 1033 Right turn signal invalid data recieved SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22619E 1180 Right turn switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226281 912 Brake lever position RHCM invalid data SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
received
B22629E 913 Front brake switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226381 1060 Hazard switch error SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22639E 966 Hazard switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226881 1052 Ride mode switch invalid data received SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22689E 1053 Ride mode switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22699E 1165 VR switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226A9E 1181 Cruise set switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226B9E 1182 Cruise resume switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226C9E 1183 Cruise On switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226D9E 1184 Cruise Off switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226E9E 1188 LHCM navigation switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B226F9E 1189 RHCM navigation switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B227008 299 BCM internal fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
B2271A2 307 System voltage low BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-41)
B2271A3 308 System voltage high BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-41)
1-6 94000979
ORDER
B227400 609 Constant battery line error Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs (Page 2-7)
B227711 1133 Banking lamp output circuit shorted to BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
ground
B227719 1135 Banking lamp output circuit current above BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
threshold
B227777 1136 Banking lamp output bulb out or com BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
manded position not reachable
B227794 1137 Banking lamp output unexpected operation BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
B227856 1138 Bank light configuration invalid BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
B227955 1215 Tilt sensing configuration default BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-59)
B228400 914 Rear brake state correlation BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-49)
B228556 246 Rear brake configuration invalid BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-49)
B228608 248 Rear brake rx bus signal/message failure BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-49)
B228681 249 Rear brake rx invalid serial data received BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-49)
B228700 928 Front brake state correlation SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B228856 930 Front brake configuration invalid SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B228908 932 Front brake Rx bus signal/message failure SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B228981 934 Front brake Rx invalid data received SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B229281 968 Traction control switch error SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22929E 1433 RHCM traction control switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22939E 1434 RHCM auxiliary switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22949E 1190 LHCM auxiliary switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22959E 1191 Information switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B22969E 1192 Heated grip switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B229A9E 1435 Spare/reserved switch stuck on SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
B231009 1220 ABS/EHCU ride mode component failure INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231056 1221 ABS/EHCU ride mode configuration invalid INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231062 1222 ABS/EHCU ride mode signal compare INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
failure
B23109A 1223 ABS/EHCU ride mode change not allowed INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
or system operating conditions
B231109 1225 ABS/ECM ride mode component failure INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231156 1226 ABS/ECM ride mode configuration invalid INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231162 1227 ABS/ECM ride mode signal compare failure INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B23119A ABS/ECM ride mode change not allowed INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
1228 or system operating conditions
B231362 1229 Ride mode signal compare failure INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231400 1235 Traction control change timeout INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
B231509 1390 Suspension ride mode component failure Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
B231556 1391 Suspension ride mode configuration invalid Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
B231562 1392 Suspension ride mode signal compare Active Suspension System General Information
failure (Page 5-81)
B23159A 1393 Suspension ride mode change not allowed Active Suspension System General Information
or system operating conditions (Page 5-81)
B231600 1394 Ride mode override fault Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
B231756 1395 BCM ride mode configuration invalid Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
B233000 309 Charging system fault CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-15)
B233300 1074 ABS/EHCU acceleration data fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
C007700 1308 Low tire pressure TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C008300 1346 TPMS indicator malfunction TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C051CF0 1580 Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/per- IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
formance
C051CF1 1581 Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/per IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
formance
formance
94000979 1-7
PRIORITY
ORDER
formance
formance
formance
formance
formance
formance
formance
C051CFA 1590 Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/per IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
formance
C051CFB 1591 Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/per- IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
formance
C051D46 1592 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
C051D56 1593 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
C051DF0 1594 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
calibration
calibration
calibration
calibration
calibration
C051DF6 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1600
calibration
1601
calibration
1602 calibration
calibration
C051DFA 1604 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
C051DFB 1605 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
C051DFC Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1606
calibration
C051DFD 1607 Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
calibration
C051E08 Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermit- IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1608
tent/erratic
C051E42 1609 Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermit- IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
tent/erratic
C051E44 Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermit- IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1610
tent/erratic
C051E47 Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermit IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1611 tent/erratic
C052004 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1612
failure
C052006 1613 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
failure
1-8 94000979
ORDER
failure
failure
C052048 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
1616 failure
failure
C056200 575 ABS/EHCU voltage low ABS (Page 3-23)
C056300 581 ABS/EHCU voltage high ABS (Page 3-23)
C0563FF 583 ABS/EHCU voltage high signal above ABS (Page 3-23)
critical threshold
C101400 1076 ABS/EHCU relay error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C102100 902 ABS/EHCU front WSS always zero WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
C102300 904 ABS/EHCU rear/left rear WSS always zero WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
C102500 911 ABS/EHCU front wheel speed intermittent WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
C102700 917 ABS/EHCU rear/left rear wheel speed in WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
termittent
C102900 908 ABS/EHCU wheel speed difference too WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
high
C103200 896 ABS/EHCU front wheel speed circuit WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
open/shorted
C103400 898 ABS/EHCU rear/left rear wheel speed cir WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-10)
cuit open/shorted
C104000 1078 ABS/EHCU pump/motor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C104125 1245 IMU error/signal failure IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
C104129 1246 IMU error/signal invalid IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
C10412A 1247 IMU error/signal stuck in range IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
C10412F 1248 IMU error/signal erratic IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
C104200 1249 IMU mounting error IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
C105500 579 ABS/EHCU internal error NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
C106100 884 ABS/EHCU front apply solenoid circuit INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
open/high resistance
C106200 ABS/EHCU front release solenoid circuit INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
886 open/high resistance
C106500 888 ABS/EHCU rear/left rear apply solenoid INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
circuit open/high resistance
C106600 892 ABS/EHCU rear/left rear release solenoid INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
circuit open/high resistance
C107100 1283 Rear prime valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107200 1284 Rear isolation valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107300 1285 Front isolation valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107400 1286 Front prime valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107500 1287 Front linked inlet valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107600 1288 Front linked outlet valve error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107700 1289 Front circuit pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C107800 1290 Rear circuit pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108100 1291 Front master pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108200 1292 Front master pressure sensor offset error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108300 1293 Front wheel pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108400 1294 Front wheel pressure sensor offset error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108500 1295 Rear master pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108600 1296 Rear master pressure sensor offset error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108700 1297 Rear wheel pressure sensor error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108800 1298 Rear wheel pressure sensor offset error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C108900 1299 Pressure sensor external supply error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C110000 1538 Traction control fault indicated by IMU DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-19)
ECM/VSC
C115900 597 ABS invalid stored VIN INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C117800 591 ABS no VIN received from ECM/VSC INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C118400 593 ABS invalid VIN from ECMA/SC INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
94000979 1-9
ORDER
C119500 1260 Wake up error INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C121300 1237 Front caliper pressure system fault INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C121400 1238 Rear caliper pressure system fault INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-6)
C181014 1627 Front preload piston position circuit shorted Active Suspension System General Information
to ground/open (Page 5-81)
C181064 Front preload piston position (+) signal Active Suspension System General Information
1628
plausibility failure (Page 5-81)
C181214 1632 Rear preload piston position (+) circuit Active Suspension System General Information
shorted to ground/open (Page 5-81)
C181264 1633 Rear preload piston position (+) signal Active Suspension System General Information
plausibility failure (Page 5-81)
C181414 1637 Front stroke position circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
ground/open (Page 5-81)
C181464 1638 Front stroke position (+) signal plausibility Active Suspension System General Information
failure (Page 5-81)
C181614 1642 Rear stroke position circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
C181664 1643 Rear stroke position (+) signal plausibility Active Suspension System General Information
failure (Page 5-81)
C181712 1644 All stroke position circuit shorted to voltage Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C181811 1646 Front ARFI control circuit shorted to ground Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C181812 1647 Front ARFI control circuit shorted to voltage Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C181813 1648 Front ARH control circuit open Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C181814 1649 Front ARFI control circuit short to Active Suspension System General Information
C181911 1651 ARFI solenoid power circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
ground (Page 5-81)
C181915 1652 ARFI solenoid power circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
voltage/open (Page 5-81)
C182011 1654 Rear ARFI control circuit shorted to ground Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C182012 1655 Rear ARFI control circuit shorted to voltage Active Suspension System General Information
(Page 5-81)
C182014 1657 Rear ARH control circuit shorted to
ground/open Active Suspension System General Information (Page 5-81)
C182112 1659 Front damping control circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
voltage (Page 5-81)
C182114 Front damping control circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
1660
C182164 Front damping control signal plausibility Active Suspension System General Information (Page 5-81)
1662
failure
C182211 1663 Damping solenoid power circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
ground (Page 5-81)
C182215 1664 Damping solenoid power circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
voltage/open (Page 5-81)
C182312 Rear damping control circuit shorted to
1666
voltage Active Suspension System General Information (Page 5-81)
C182314 1667 Rear damping control circuit shorted to Active Suspension System General Information
C182364 1669 Rear damping control signal plausibility Active Suspension System General Information
failure (Page 5-81)
C200000 1309 Front TPMS communication fault TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C200100 1310 Rear or right rear TPMS communication TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
fault
C200316 1318 Front TPMS fault circuit voltage below TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
threshold
C200356 1319 Front TPMS fault/invalid/incompatible TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
configuration
1-10 94000979
ORDER
C200398 1320 Front TPMS fault component or system over TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
temperature
C2003F1 1321 Front TPMS fault/acceleration error TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C2003F2 1322 Front TPMS fault pressure error TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C200416 1329 Rear/Right rear TPMS fault circuit voltage TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
below threshold
C200456 1330 Rear/Right rear TPMS fault configuration TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
invalid
C200498 1331 Rear/Right rear TPMS fault component or TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
system over temperature
C2004F1 1332 Rear/Right rear TPMS fault acceleration TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
error
C2004F2 1333 Rear/Right rear TPMS fault pressure error TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C200600 1307 TPMS IDs not loaded TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
C200700 1345 Low tire pressure thresholds not loaded TPMS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-78)
P001200 854 Camshaft front intake timing over-retarded CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
P001500 855 Camshaft front exhaust timing over-retarded CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
P001600 851 Camshaft front intake correlation error VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
P001700 852 Camshaft front exhaust correlation error VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
POO1800 853 Camshaft rear intake correlation error VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
P001900 858 Camshaft rear exhaust correlation error VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
P002200 856 Camshaft rear intake timing over-retarded CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
P002500 857 Camshaft timing rear exhaust over-retarded CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
P002600 835 VVT control solenoid front intake circuit VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
range/performance
P002700 836 VVT control solenoid front exhaust circuit VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
range/performance
P002800 837 VVT control solenoid rear intake circuit VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
range/performance
P002900 838 VVT control solenoid rear exhaust circuit VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
range/performance
P003000 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
880
control circuit open
P003100 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
881 control circuit shorted to ground
P003200 883 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
control circuit shorted to voltage
P003600 885 H02S post catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
control circuit shorted to ground
P005000 891 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
control circuit shorted to ground
P005300 897 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
resistance
resistance
resistance
P007100 786 AAT sensor circuit range/performance AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-26)
P007200 787 AAT sensor circuit shorted to ground AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-26)
P007300 788 AAT sensor circuit shorted to voltage/open AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-26)
P00D100 915 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
control circuit performance
94000979 1-11
ORDER
P00D200 920 H02S post catalyst front cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P00D300 924 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P00D400 927 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P010600 755 MAP sensor circuit range/performance MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
P010700 756 MAP sensor failed low/open MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
P010800 757 MAP sensor failed high/open MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
P010900 762 MAP sensor circuit intermittent MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
P011100 798 IAT sensor circuit range/performance IAT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-31)
P011200 799 IAT sensor circuit shorted to ground IAT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-31)
P011300 800 IAT sensor circuit shorted to voltage/open IAT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-31)
P011600 763 ECT sensor circuit range/performance ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
P011700 764 ECT sensor circuit shorted to ground ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
P011800 765 ECT sensor circuit shorted to voltage/open ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
P011900 766 ECT sensor circuit intermittent ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
P011B00 767 ECT - IAT sensor correlation error IAT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-31)
P011E00 768 ECT - AAT sensor correlation error AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-26)
P012000 682 TPS 1 range error TPS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
P012800 775 Coolant thermostat temperature below ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
regulating temperature
P013100 941 H02 sensor circuit low voltage - bank 1 H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
sensor 1
P013200 943 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder circuit high H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
voltage
P013300 945 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder circuit slow H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
response
P013400 947 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder circuit no H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
activity detected
P013500 949 H02 sensor heater circuit - bank 1 sensor 1 H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P013700 951 H02S pre catalyst front cylinder circuit H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
shorted to ground
P013800 953 H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
shorted to voltage
P013A00 955 H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
slow response
P013B00 957 H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit slow H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
response
P013C00 959 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder circuit slow H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
response
P013D00 961 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder circuit slow H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
response
P014000 963 H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit no H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
activity detected
circuit
P015100 967 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder circuit low H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
voltage
P015200 970 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder circuit high H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
voltage
P015300 972 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder circuit slow H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
response
P015400 974 H02S pre catalyst rear cylinder circuit no H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
activity detected
circuit
P015700 978 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder circuit H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
low voltage
P015800 980 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder circuit high H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
voltage
1-12 94000979
ORDER
P016000 986 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder circuit no H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
activity detected
P016100 988 H02S post catalyst rear cylinder heater H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
circuit
P022000 685 TPS 2 range error TPS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
P022200 683 TPS 2 circuit shorted to ground/open TPS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
P022300 684 TPS 2 circuit shorted to voltage TPS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
P026100 751 Fuel injector front cylinder circuit shorted FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
to ground/open
P026200 752 Fuel injector front cylinder shorted to FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
voltage
P026400 753 Fuel injector rear cylinder circuit shorted FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
to ground/open
P026500 754 Fuel injector rear cylinder shorted to FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
voltage
P030000 867 Random/multiple cylinder misfire detected Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
P030100 868 Front cylinder misfire detected Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
P030200 869 Rear cylinder misfire detected Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
P032500 859 Knock sensor front or single circuit open KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-104)
P032700 Knock sensor front or single circuit shorted KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-104)
860 to ground
P032800 Knock sensor front or single circuit shorted KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-104)
861 to voltage
P034100 Camshaft position sensor front intake cir CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
828 cuit range/performance
P034600 830 Camshaft position sensor rear intake cir CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
cuit range/performance
P036600 832 Camshaft position sensor front exhaust CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
circuit range/performance
P037100 667 CKP sensor wrong number of pulses CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-77)
P037400 665 CKP sensor no pulses CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-77)
P039100 834 Camshaft position sensor rear exhaust CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-82)
P042000 1005 Catalyst system efficiency front cylinder H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
below threshold
P043000 1007 Catalyst system efficiency rear cylinder H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
below threshold
P044400 870 Purge solenoid circuit shorted to ground PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-108)
P044500 871 Purge solenoid circuit shorted to voltage PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-108)
P046200 1047 Fuel sender circuit shorted to ground FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-4)
P046300 1049 Fuel sender shorted circuit shorted to FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-4)
voltage
P050500 872 Idle speed control unstable IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-114)
P050600 801 Idle speed control RPM too low IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-114)
P050700 802 Idle speed control RPM too high IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-114)
P052200 1034 Engine oil pressure sensor circuit shorted INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
to ground
P052300 1036 Engine oil pressure sensor circuit shorted INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
to voltage
P056000 29 Powertrain voltage low BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIA
GNOSTICS (Page 3-28)
P056200 30 System voltage low BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIA
P056300 31 System voltage high BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIA
P057200 950 Brake switch shorted to ground SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
P057700 1018 Cruise control input error Cruise Control (Page 5-11)
P060200 313 ECM programming error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P060300 314 ECM EEPROM memory error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P060400 315 ECM memory error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
94000979 1-13
ORDER
P060700 318 ECM performance error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P060B00 319 ECM performance error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P060C00 320 ECM performance error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P06B800 321 ECM memory error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
P063000 332 VIN not programmed or incompatible DTC P063000, P100900 (Page 6-135)
ECM/PCM
P064100 661 5 Volt reference out of range 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-123)
P065100 663 5 Volt reference 2 out of range 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-123)
P070400 810 Clutch switch input circuit SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
P073000 1347 Incorrect gear ratio GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-205)
P091500 1348 Gear shift position circuit "A" range/per- GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-205)
formance
P091600 1349 Gear shift position circuit shorted to ground GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-205)
P091700 1350 Gear shift position circuit shorted to GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-205)
voltage
P100900 570 ECM internal error DTC P063000, P100900 (Page 6-135)
P101900 779 ECT high temp ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-117)
P110000 1537 ABS/EHCU indicates torque control fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
P110200 1263 ABS/EHCU indicates FWSS fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
P110300 1264 ABS/EHCU indicates rear/right rear WSS NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
fault DTCS (Page 2-26)
P110400 1265 ABS/EHCU indicates RWSS fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
P110800 ABS/EHCU front WSS missing data NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
1266
DTCS (Page 2-26)
P110900 1267 ABS/EHCU rear/right rear WSS missing NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
data DTCS (Page 2-26)
P111000 ABS/EHCU left rear WSS missing data NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
1268
DTCS (Page 2-26)
P127000 672 TGS 2 A/D validation error DTC P127000 (Page 6-134)
P135300 865 No combustion detected front cylinder Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
P135600 866 No combustion detected rear cylinder Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
P135800 1532 Intermittent secondary detected rear cylin- Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
der
P150100 1028 JSS circuit shorted to ground JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-142)
P150200 1031 JSS circuit shorted to voltage/open JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-142)
P151000 1567 ETC limited performance mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-148)
P151100 1568 ETC power management mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-148)
P151200 1569 ETC forced idle mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-148)
P151400 723 ETC airflow error ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-149)
P160000 669 ETC watchdog error ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-149)
P160800 607 Loss of continuous battery BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIA-
P163200 1540 Odometer learned up IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-12)
P169100 790 Cooling fan left circuit shorted to ground COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-136)
P169200 791 Cooling fan left circuit shorted to voltage COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-136)
open
shorted to voltage
shorted to ground
open
shorted to voltage
shorted to ground
P179500 845 VVT control solenoid rear intake circuit VVT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
open
1-14 94000979
ORDER
P179600 846 WT control solenoid rear intake circuit WT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
shorted to voltage
P179700 847 WT control solenoid rear intake circuit WT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
shorted to ground
P180000 848 WT control solenoid rear exhaust circuit WT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-91)
open
shorted to voltage
shorted to ground
P210000 718 ETC driver circuit open ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-152)
P210100 719 ETC actuation error ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-152)
P210200 720 ETC driver circuit shorted to ground ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-152)
P210300 721 ETC driver circuit shorted to voltage ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-152)
P210500 1566 ETC forced shutdown mode DTC P210500, P210700(Page 6-158)
P210700 695 ETC driver internal error DTC P210500, P210700 (Page 6-158)
P211900 717 ETC actuator return error DTC P211900 (Page 6-173)
P212100 687 TPS circuit range/performance TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212200 673 TGS 1 circuit shorted to ground/open TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212300 674 TGS 1 circuit shorted to voltage TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212400 675 TGS 1 circuit intermittent TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212700 676 TGS 2 circuit shorted to ground/open TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212800 677 TGS 2 circuit shorted to voltage TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P212900 678 TGS 2 circuit intermittent TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-182)
P213500 586 TPS A/B voltage correlation CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-196)
P213800 679 TGS correlation error CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-196)
P214600 749 Fuel injector front supply voltage cir FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
cuit/open
P214900 750 Fuel injector rear supply voltage cir FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-69)
cuit/open
P217600 722 ETC zero position learning error DTC P217600 (Page 6-192)
P219500 990 02S pre catalyst front cylinder signal H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P219600 991 lean
02S pre catalyst front cylinder signal rich H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P219700 993 02S pre catalyst rear cylinder signal lean H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P219800 995 02S pre catalyst rear cylinder signal rich H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P227000 997 02S post catalyst front cylinder signal H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P227100 999 lean post catalyst front cylinder signal H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
02S
P227200 1001 rich
02S post catalyst rear cylinder signal H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P227300 1003 lean
02S post catalyst rear cylinder signal H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P227900 1008 rich air leak
intake H02S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P230000 733 Ignition coil driver front circuit shorted IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
to
P230100 734 ground/open
Ignition coil driver front circuit shorted IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
to
P230300 735 voltage
Ignition coil driver rear circuit shorted to IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
ground/open
P230400 736 Ignition coil driver rear circuit shorted to IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
voltage
P230600 737 Aux ignition coil driver front circuit IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
shorted to ground/open
P230700 738 Aux ignition coil driver front circuit IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
shorted
P230900 739 to
Auxvoltage
ignition coil driver rear circuit IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
shorted
P231000 740 to
Auxground/open
ignition coil driver rear circuit IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-163)
shorted
P2A0B00 758 to
MAPvoltage sensor rear circuit MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
range/performance
P2A0C00 759 MAP sensor rear circuit shorted to MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
P2A0D00 760 groundsensor rear circuit shorted to MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
MAP
P2A0E00 761 voltage
MAP sensor rear circuit MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-11)
U000100 11 intermittent/erratic
CAN bus error Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs (Page 2-7)
94000979 1-15
ORDER
U000188 12 CAN bus error Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs (Page 2-7)
U000300 127 ABS/EHCU internal fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U002888 14 CAN bus error, primary NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U003788 15 CAN bus error, secondary NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U010000 51 Lost communication with ECM/VSC NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U010001 52 Lost communication with ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U0100F0 58 Lost communication with ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U0100F2 Lost communication with ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
60 DTCS (Page 2-26)
61 DTCS (Page 2-26)
62 DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U0100FD 65 Lost communication with ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U012100 117 Lost communication with ABS/EHCU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U012500 251 Lost communication with IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U012581 252 Lost communication with IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U0125F0 253 Lost communication with IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U014000 125 Lost communication with BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U014081 Lost communication with BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
126 DTCS (Page 2-26)
U014100 Lost communication with LHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U014181 109 Lost communication with LHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U014200 Lost communication with RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U014262 104 Lost communication with RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
1-16 94000979
ORDER
U014281 105 Lost communication with RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U015600 Lost communication with inst 1 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
110
DTCS (Page 2-26)
111
DTCS (Page 2-26)
112
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U015603 113 Lost communication with inst 1 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
116
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U018200 131 Lost communication with banking lamp NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U030000 132 Module software incompatibility ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-133)
U031500 135 Software incompatibility with ABS/EHCU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U040000 151 Invalid data received NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U040100 210 Invalid data from ECM/VSC NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U040164 152 Invalid data from ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U04018F 157 Invalid data from ECM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U041564 158 Invalid data from ABS/EHCU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U041583 Invalid data from ABS/EHCU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U04158F 163 Invalid data from ABS/EHCU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U042200 233 Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U04228F 138 Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U043100 279 Invalid data from LHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U043164 280 Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
94000979 1-17
ORDER
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U043182 Invalid data from LFICM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U043183 167 Invalid data from LFICM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U043187 Invalid data from LFICM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U04318F Invalid data from LHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
168
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U043283 Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U04328F Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U0432F0 Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U0432F1 263 Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U0432F2 264 Invalid data from IMU NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U044367 171 Invalid data from RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U04438F 175 Invalid data from RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U045782 179 invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U045783 Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
180
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U04578F Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
U048303 184 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data received NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U048356 185 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data re NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
ceived DTCS (Page 2-26)
U048381 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data re NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
186 ceived DTCS (Page 2-26)
U100000 265 IMU Vehicle learn failure NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
1-18 94000979
ORDER
U100188 187 LIN bus error NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U130500 Software incompatibility with IM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
1)142100 Invalid TIP signal NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
188
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U143181 189 Invalid data from lighting switch NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U208F00 278 ABS/EHCU internal fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U218F00 219 Invalid data from LHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U226400 Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
220
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U228F00 225 Invalid data from BCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U236400 Invalid data from RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
226
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U238F00 231 Invalid data from RHCM NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
94000979 1-19
PRIORITY
ORDER
U246400 283 Invalid data received from instrument NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U248200 Invalid data received from instrument NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
286
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U248F00 Invalid data received from instrument NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
288
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U301242 267 IMU internal fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U301244 IMU internal fault NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
DTCS (Page 2-26)
U351000 232 ECM calibration error NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS (Page 2-26)
RETRIEVING TROUBLE CODES____________
There are two levels of diagnostics.

• The most sophisticated mode uses a computer-based
diagnostic package called DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
• The second mode requires using the odometer self-

diagnostics. Instrument Module (IM), Body Control Module
(BCM), Electronic Control Module (ECM), Left Hand Control
Module (LHCM), Right Hand Control Module (RHCM), Inertial
Measurement Unit (IMU) and Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS)/Electro Hydraulic Control Unit (EHCU) DTCs can be
accessed and cleared.
See Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3. All codes will be displayed with
either a "c", "p" or "h" after them. This indicates a current,
pending or historic code. Diagnostic procedures are designed for
use with current Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Current DTCs
will frequently suggest part replacement. When diagnosing a
historic Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), the procedures can be
helpful but should not lead to part replacement without verification
that the part is faulty.
Figure 1-1. LHCM - Bottom
1-20 94000979
1563633
8. To clear all the DTCs in that module, press the up arrow on
the touchscreen or the LHCM.
9. Press and release the down arrow to return to the DTC list.
10. Make note of all DTCs. Clear all the DTCs and operate the
vehicle to verify DTCs set and are current. Historic DTCs are not
to be diagnosed unless the condition is reoccurring and
intermittent.
11. Press the home button to exit diagnostic mode and return to
the main display screen.
CODE TYPES _______________________

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
Figure 1-2. Bike Status

There are three types of DTCs: current, pending and historic. The
odometer self-diagnostics displays all codes and differentiates
between current and historic with a letter designator. The
computer-based diagnostic package called DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) differentiates
between these three types.
NOTE
• Current DTCs reside in the memory of the ECM, BCM,
instruments or ABS module (if equipped) until the DTC is
resolved.
• DTCs are designated by a P, C, B or U depending on the type
of code and what module sets them. The ECM sets "P" codes
to indicate issues monitored by the ECM. The ABS module
sets "C" codes indicating an issue with the ABS on the
vehicle. The instruments or BCM can all set "B" codes. All the
modules set "U" codes when there is an issue causing the
ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS modules not to communicate properly.
Diagnostic Mode Current

1. To enter diagnostic mode, turn IGN ON.
Current DTCs are those which presently disrupt motorcycle
NOTE operation and are set during the current ignition cycle. To
determine if current DTCs are present, clear the DTCs and
• "IGN ON" means that the engine stop switch is set to RUN
operate the vehicle within the parameters for setting the DTC.
(although the engine is not running).
See the appropriate diagnostic procedures for solutions.
• The menu button is located in the left hand control module.
The signal is sent to the speedometer over the CAN bus. Any Pending
CAN bus issues may interrupt this signal.
Some DTCs require multiple occurrences or drive cycles to set.
2. Press the menu button on the LHCM. When these DTCs are first recognized, but have not repeated
enough to set as a current DTC, they are reported as pending
3. Using either the touchscreen or the LHCM, select the bike
DTCs.
status icon.
4. Select diagnostics in the menu. Historic
5. A list of modules will display, which include INST 1, BCM, If a particular problem happens to resolve itself, the active status
ECM, EHCU, IMU, LHCM and RHCM. Select the module. problem is dropped and it becomes a historic DTC rather than a
6. A list of DTCs in that module will appear. Use up and down current DTC. DTCs will also lose their current status when the
arrows to scroll through the DTCs. ignition is turned off. If the problem still exists when the ignition is
turned ON, the code will show as current.
NOTE
A historic DTC can be cleared by use of the odometer self-
When reading DTCs be sure to note whether there is a "c", "p"
or "h" behind the code. diagnostics or after a total of 40 error-free ignition cycles (start
and run cycle) have elapsed.
7. Using either the touchscreen or the LHCM, pressing the left It is important to note that historic DTCs will exist whenever the
arrow will take you back to the module screen. Pressing the system indicates the existence of a current fault. See Multiple
right arrow will give the option to clear all the DTCs in the Trouble Codes (Page 1-22) if multiple DTCs are found.
selected module.
94000979 1-21
Diagnostic procedures are designed for use with current DTCs. • Emissions related DTCs illuminate the check engine lamp for
Current DTCs will frequently suggest part replacement. When three warm up cycles after the DTC has transitioned from
diagnosing a historic DTC, the procedures can be helpful but current to historic.
should not lead to part replacement without verification that the
part is faulty. 1. See Figure 1-4. After engine startup, one of two events may
occur.
MULTIPLE TROUBLE CODES _____________
a. The lamp turns off, which indicates there are no current
fault conditions or stored DTCs currently detected by the
All DTCs are assigned a priority number to determine the order ECM.
in which they should be diagnosed. If there are multiple DTCs
present, always diagnose the highest priority first. Refer to b. If the lamp continues to illuminate and remains
Diagnostics (Page 1-2), illuminated, a current or historic DTC exists.
1. Complete the repair.

2. Restore connections.
3. Clear DTCs. NOTE
Some DTCs can only be fully diagnosed during actuation. For
4. Start vehicle. Perform several cycles to verify a code did not example, a problem with the ignition coil will be considered a
return. current fault even after the problem Is corrected. The ECM will
5. Perform odometer self-diagnostics test to verify repair and not know of its resolution until after the coil is exercised by the
DTCs have been cleared. If any DTCs are still present, refer vehicle start sequence. In this manner, there may sometimes be
to Diagnostics (Page 1-2). a false indication of the current DTC.
CLEARING DTCS _______________________

ed04028
Clear DTCs after any diagnostic or repair procedure. The \I/
odometer is capable of displaying and clearing ECM, BCM, IM, -|Q- ON

Lamp OFF
tachometer, LHCM, RHCM, IMU and ABS DTCs. Once the DTCs No Current DTCs
are cleared perform a road test to verify DTCs do not return. It is OFF -------------- I Start |
important to perform a road test and not simply start the Ignition ON Engine -*■
motorcycle since some DTCs may require vehicle speed or other
inputs in order to validate repair.
Lamp Remains ON: Current or Historic DTC
CHECK ENGINE LAMP ___________________
OFF -------------------- Start |

To diagnose ECM system problems, start by observing the Ignition ON -► Engine “•’I
behavior of the check engine lamp. Figure 1-4. Check Engine Lamp
NOTE SYMPTOMS ____________________
• "IGN ON" means that the engine stop switch is set to RUN
(although the engine is not running).
• When the IGN is turned ON, check engine lamp will illuminate.
• Start engine, if it fails to turn off after start up, DTC exists.
If no DTCs are present, address any symptoms indicating a
malfunction. Refer to Table 1-15.
2. See Code Types (Page 1-21) for a complete description of DTC formats.
Table 1-15. Symptom Table
CHAPTER SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Serial Data IM inoperative NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26)
Left hand controls inoperative NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26)
No vehicle power NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26)
Odometer self-diagnostics inoperative Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs (Page 2-7)
Starting and Battery runs down during use CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-15)
Charging Low battery after extended IGN OFF CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-15)
Low or no charging CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-15)
Nothing clicks STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
Overcharging CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-15)
Starter solenoid clicks STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
Starter spins but does not engage STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
Starter stalls or spins too slowly STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
1-22 94000979
Table 1-15. Symptom Table
CHAPTER SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Instruments High beam indicator always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
High beam indicator inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Low fuel lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Low fuel lamp flashes at steady rate Fuel sender DTC set. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
Low fuel lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Neutral lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Neutral lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
No instrument power NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-9)
Odometer displays "DIAG" at IGN Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 (Page 4-8)
ON
Oil pressure lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Oil pressure lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
One or all indicator lamps inoperat Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2)
ive
Trip odometer functions inoperative Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 (Page 4-8)
Turn signal indicator always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Turn signal indicator inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16)
Accessories, ACC power inoperative ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
Horn, Lighting and Any hand control switch inoperative SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40)
Security Auxiliary lamps inoperative HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
Front running lamps inoperative RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
High beam headlamp inoperative HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
Horn always on HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-6)
Horn inoperative HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-6)
License plate lamp inoperative RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
Low beam headlamp inoperative HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31)
Rear running lamps inoperative RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-52)
Signature headlamp inoperative ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
Stop lamp always on STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
USB port inoperative ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-1)
Will not cancel upon turn comple Turn Signals (Page 5-14)
tion, no DTCs
Engine Manage- Engine cranks but will not start Engine Cranks But Will Not Start (Page 6-174)
ment Erratic idle Erratic Idle (Page 6-204)
Hesitation or loss of power ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-150)
Misfire at idle or under load Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-176)
Side stand displayed on speedomet JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-142)
er
Starts hard or emits black smoke ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-150)
Starts, then stalls STARTS, THEN STALLS (Page 6-159)
ABS ABS indicator always on or inoperat ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON, FLASHING OR INOPERATIVE (Page 7-
ive 25)
94000979 1-23
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 1.3
HOW TO USE DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS

GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE
HD-39978 DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78)
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
HD-50390-1-P1 ABS OVERLAY
HD-50390-11 ECM CABLE
HD-50390-11-P ECM OVERLAY
HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)
HD-50390-12 BCM CABLE
HD-50390-12-P BCM OVERLAY The DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) (PART NUMBER: HD-
39978) is used for various tests throughout this manual.
HD-50390-6 ABS CABLE
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT eci02008
GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station

Follow the instructions in the HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC
STATION (PART NUMBER: GRX-3110HD) instruction manual to
perform a battery test. The test results include a decision on the Figure 1-7.
Digital
battery condition. Multimeter
(Fluke 78)
HD-39617
Fluke
AC/DC
Current
Probe
The FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART NUMBER: HD-
39617) is used to measure current draw. Used in conjunction with
DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) (PART NUMBER: HD-
39978). Connect the current probe to positive (+) and negative (-)
input terminals on the multimeter. Position the rotary switch to mV
dc (millivolt direct current). Push the ON/OFF button and the ON
indicator will illuminate. With the inductive jaws empty, turn the
zero adjust so that the multimeter reads 0.000 mV. Clamp the
inductive jaws around the conductor that is being tested. With the
Figure 1-5. Advanced Battery Conductance and Electrical circuit activated read the multimeter display, 1 mV = 1 A.
System Analyzer Kit
HD-51724 Inline Spark Tester Kit
See Figure 1-6. The INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART
NUMBER: HD-51724) is used to verify adequate spark at the
spark plug. Install the inline spark tester between front ignition
coil cable and spark plug. Start engine and inspect tester light.
The light will flash on each spark event if power is transmitted to
the plug. Remove inline spark tester and install cable on plug.
Repeat procedure for rear cylinder.
NOTE
The coil will not produce spark voltage with both spark plugs
removed. When checking for spark, use the inline spark tester
with both plugs installed.
1-24 94000979
ed03345 ed033!3
Figure 1-8. Fluke AC/DC Current Probe

The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) and
HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: HD-46601)
connect to the speedometer [39], Used in conjunction with a
The TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404) multimeter, it allows circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and
contains pin and socket terminals and stackable banana jack connections without having to probe with sharp objects. Install
patch cords used to test circuits. The pin and socket terminals are breakout box in series using the black connectors as follows:
used to connect to various connectors used on the vehicle. See
the tool instruction sheet for specific terminal usage. 1. Access the speedometer [39].
2. See Figure 1-11. Press latch and disconnect [39B],
NOTE
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
• Insert probe tip straight into the terminal cavity. HD-46601) to [39A] and [39B],
• Do not wiggle or move the probe tip once it is inserted into the
4. Attach black connectors from BREAKOUT BOX (PART
terminal.
NUMBER: HD-42682) to BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
• Do not use more than one probe per terminal or cavity at one (PART NUMBER: HD-46601). All tests will be performed
time. using the black side of the breakout box.
5. When testing is completed, remove the breakout box and
jumper harness and restore connections.
Figure 1-10. Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead
HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments)
HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead

The WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART NUMBER:
HD-50341) is a stackable banana jack patch cord with a built in
resistor to test the wheels speed sensor circuit. Used in
conjunction with TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), connect the test lead in place of the WSS when required
during diagnostics.
94000979 1-25
1. ABS/EHCU [166B]
2. ABS/EHCU cable HD-50390-6
3. Breakout box (BOB) HD-50390-1
4. ABS/EHCU overlay HD-50390-1-P1
5. ABS/EHCU [166A] __________________________
Figure 1-12. ABS/EHCU Breakout Box Connection
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ABS) HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)

The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ABS The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and BCM
CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-6) connects to the ABS CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-12) splice into the main
module (166). Used in conjunction with a multimeter, it allows harness. Used in conjunction with a multimeter, it allows circuit
circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without having diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without having to
to probe with sharp objects. Install breakout box in series as probe with sharp objects. Install breakout box in series as follows:
follows:
NOTE
1. Access the ABS module. See wiring diagrams for BCM terminal functions.
2. Press latch and disconnect ABS module [166B],
1. Access the BCM.
3. See Figure 1-12. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART
NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ABS CABLE (PART NUMBER: 2. Press latch and disconnect BCM connectors [242B-2] and
HD-50390-6) to connectors. [242B-3].
3. See Figure 1-13. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART
4. Verify ABS OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1-P1) is
NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER:
in position on breakout box.
HD-50390-12) to connectors.
5. When testing is completed remove the breakout box and 4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-12-P) is
restore connections. in position on breakout box.
restore connections.
1-26 94000979
1425622
4. Verify ABS OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1-P1)
and ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-11-P) is
in position on breakout box.

restore connections.
Figure 1-13. BCM Breakout Box Connection
Wire harness [242B-3] 1. ECM [78B] HD-

Wire harness [242B-2] 2. ECM [78A] 48650
BCM [242A-2] 3. ECM cable HD-50390-11 Digital
BCM [242A-3] 4. ECM cable harness to (BOB) [2]
Techn
BCM cable HD-50390-12 5. Breakout box (BOB) HD-50390-1 (2 of 2)
Breakout box (BOB) HD-50390-1 ECM overlay HD-50390-11-P ician
6.
BCM overlay HD-50390-12-P 7. ECM overlay HD-50390-1-P1 II
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM) 8. Breakout box (BOB) HD-50390-1 d of 2) DIGITA
9. ECM cable harness to (BOB) [1] L
The pair of (2) BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) Figure 1-14. ECM Breakout Box Connection TECHN
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-11) splice into the ICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) is a computer based
main harness. Used in conjunction with a multimeter, it allows
diagnostic device used to communicate/diagnose and program
circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without having
systems/modules.
to probe with sharp objects. Install breakout box in series as
follows: Diagnostics in this manual are developed under the assumption
that DTII is not available.
NOTE
See wiring diagrams for ECM terminal functions.
1. Access the ECM.

2. Press latch and disconnect ECM connectors [78BJ.
3. See Figure 1-14. Connect (2) BREAKOUT BOX (PART
NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-11) to connectors.
94000979 1-27
DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING 1.4
VOLTAGE DROP
Voltage Drop Test

The voltage drop test:
• Helps locate poor connections or components with excessive
voltage drops.
• Measures the difference in potential or the actual voltage
dropped between the source and destination.
• Checks the integrity of the wiring, switches, fuses, connectors
and contacts between the source and destination.
• Identifies poor grounds.
A voltage drop test measures the difference in voltage between
two points in a circuit. The amount of voltage dropped over any
part of a circuit is directly related to the amount of resistance in
that part of the circuit. A poor connection may cause an ohmmeter
to give a good reading, but voltage drop test will locate the
problem.
2. See Figure 1-16. Move the black meter lead to the starter
Components such as wires, switches and connectors are side post of the starter solenoid. Crank the starter.
designed to have very little resistance and therefore very little
voltage drop. A possible fault is indicated when a voltage drop is
greater than 1 OV across components. This could indicate a high
resistance in that circuit.
The benefits of testing this way are:
• Readings are not as sensitive to real battery voltage.
• Readings show the actual voltage dropped not just the
presence of voltage.
• The system is tested as it is actually being used.

• Testing is more accurate and displays hard-to-find poor
connections.
• Starting circuits, lighting circuits or ignition circuits can be

tested with this approach. (Start from the most positive and go
to the most negative destination or component.)
When testing a typical power circuit, place the positive (red) meter
lead on the most positive part of the circuit (or the positive battery Figure 1-16. To Starter Solenoid Starter Terminal
post). Remember, there is nothing more positive than the positive
post of the battery. Place the negative (black) meter lead at the 3. See Figure 1-17. Move the black meter lead to the battery
positive side of the connector in question. Activate the circuit. side post on the starter solenoid. Crank the starter.
Move the negative meter lead through the circuit until the high
voltage drop is found.
When testing a typical ground circuit, place the negative lead on
the most negative part of the circuit (or the negative battery post).
Remember, there is nothing more negative than the negative post
of the battery. Place the positive meter lead at the negative side
of the connector in question. Activate the circuit. Move the
positive meter lead through the circuit until the high voltage drop
is found.
The following steps demonstrate a typical starter circuit voltage
drop test:
1. See Figure 1 -15. Disconnect the fuel pump connector [86]
to prevent the engine from starting.
a. Connect the red meter lead to the positive battery post.
b. Connect the black meter lead to the battery power starter
post on the starter and observe the meter reading.
c. Crank the starter and observe the meter reading. The

difference in the voltage is the voltage drop.
1-28 94000979
RELAY DIAGNOSTICS
Relay Variation
See Figure 1-19. Relays normally have four or five terminals.
Circuitry inside relays are very similar with the exception of
normally closed contact being eliminated in four terminal relays.
Some relays have five terminals at the base, even though
internally 4 or 87A are not connected.
ed01769
Figure 1-17. To Starter Solenoid Battery Terminal
4. See Figure 1-18. Move the black meter lead to the negative
battery post and the red meter lead to the starter case.
Crank the starter. 1. Standard 5 terminal relay
2. Standard 4 terminal relay
When testing a typical ground circuit, place the black meter lead
on the negative battery post. Place the red meter lead at the Figure 1-19. Standard Relays
negative side of the connector in question. Move the red meter
lead through the circuit until the high voltage drop is found. Relay Test
WIGGLE TEST __________________________ A relay can be tested using the motorcycle's 12V battery and a
multimeter.
Wiggle test checks for the presence of intermittents in a wiring 1. Unplug relay from relay block.
harness. If available, use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II to perform
2. See Figure 1-20 and Figure 1-21 to energize the relay.
wiggle test. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Connect relay terminal 85 to negative battery terminal and
1. Connect DIGITAL MULTIMETER to wiring harness between relay terminal 86 to positive battery terminal.
suspect connections. When diagnosing EDM module
NOTE
connections, use BOB (if available) to simplify the procedure.
Some relays contain internal diodes. If the applied voltage is not
See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
the correct polarity, the diode could be damaged.
2. Set the multimeter to read voltage changes.
3. Test for continuity between terminals 30 and 87.
3. Start motorcycle engine and run at idle.
a. A good relay shows continuity (continuity tester lamp on
4. Shake or wiggle harness to detect Intermittents. If
or a zero ohm reading on the ohmmeter).
intermittents are present, radical voltage changes register on
multimeter. b. A malfunctioning relay will not show continuity and must
be replaced.
Figure 1-20. Four Terminal Relay Test
94000979 1-29
Figure 1-21. Five Terminal Relay Test
1-30 94000979
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE DTCS ......................................................... 2-7
2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS ................................................... 2-26
NOTES
CAN COMMUNICATION 2.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • Secondary CAN bus circuit communicates with the BCM, IM
and DLC.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME • LIN (Local Interconnect Network) bus circuit
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II communicates with the BCM, bank lamp and PAC
switches.
See Figure 2-1, Figure 2-2, Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4. This
vehicle has three separate networks to communicate and share The primary and secondary CAN bus circuit uses a (W/BK) and
information between all the modules with the BCM acting as the (W/R) wire in a twisted pair running to all the modules within that
network manager. circuit. It transfers data from one module to the other. It also runs
• Primary CAN bus circuit communicates with the BCM, RHCM, to the DLC [91] and is used to communicate with the modules
LHCM, EHCU, ECM and IMU. using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
The LIN bus circuit uses a single wire to communicate with the
modules within the circuit.
94000979 2-1
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
2. Front left turn signal [31L] 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
3. Stroke sensing [346] (if equipped) 8. Terminating resistor [319-3]
4. Fork damping [347] (if equipped) 9. JSS [133]
5. Front WSS [167] 10. Fuel level sender [141]
Figure 2-1. IM and Left Steering Caddy Connectors
2-2 94000979
Figure 2-2. Right Side
1. Right front turn signal [31R] 4. RHCM [22-2]
2. ARH [345] (if equipped) 5. Main fuse [5]
3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
94000979 2-3
1. Intake air temperature sensor [89] 11. TCA [211]
2. Fuel pump [86] 12. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. Rear intake cam sensor [14RI] 13. Front fuel injector [84]
4. Rear ignition coil [130R] 14. Block coil [83]
5. Rear exhaust cam sensor [14RE] 15. Coolant temperature sensor [98]
6. Post catalyst H02S [341] 16. Front intake cam sensor [14FI]
7. Gear position sensor [269] 17. Front VVT intake phaser [270FI-1]
8. Rear exhaust VVT phaser [270RE-1] 18. Front ignition coil [130F]
9. Rear intake VVT phaser [270RI-1] 19. Front exhaust cam sensor
10. Sensor jumper [343] 20. Front VVT exhaust phaser [270FE-1]
Figure 2-3. Left Rear Connectors
2-4 94000979
1420560
1. Left rear turn signal [19] 14. PAC [325]

2. Security antenna [209] 15. Security siren [142]
3. Tail/stop lamp [40] 16. BCM [242-2]
4. Battery tender [281] 17. Rear suspension [344] (if equipped)
5. Heated gear [191-2] 18. PAC relay block [61]
6. DLC [91] 19. Terminating resistor [319-1]
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
8. Rear WSS [168] 21. Terminating resistor [319-2]
9. Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2] 22. License plate lamp [45]
10. BCM [242-3] 23. Right rear turn signal [18]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
12. ABS/EHCU module [166] 25. Ground 1
13. Heated gear [191-1] 26. Tail/stop lamp [94]
Figure 2-4. Under Seat
COMPONENTS and secondary CAN bus and shares information with the other
modules on the vehicle.
ECM ABS EHCU
The ECM is located on the left side below the fuel tank. The ECM The ABS EHCU is located in front of the rear splash guard on the
monitors the engine sensors to enhance performance and right side. The EHCU receives input from the front and rear WSS,
driveability. This is done by adjusting the fuel, ignition timing and and controls the EHCU accordingly. The ABS EHCU
cam timing based on the information provided by the sensors. communicates over the CAN bus to the IM to control the ABS
indicator.
IM
The IM contains the indicator and warning lamps for the
Hand Control Modules
motorcycle. II uses the CAN communication to receive The left and right hand control modules control all the switches
information from the other modules to know which lamps to and controls on the handlebars. The engine stop switch has a
illuminate at any given time. Vehicle speed is also sent to the IM redundant wire directly to the BCM. In the event of a
over the CAN bus, communication malfunction, this redundant circuit is used to keep
the engine from shutting off until the switch is turned off.
IMU
The IMU is located below the seat above the rear splash guard. It Terminating Resistors
is a multi-axis acceleration sensor that provides a signal over the
The primary CAN circuit contains two 120 ohm terminating
can bus circuit for the ABS/TC module.
resistors, one located in the RHCM and another located under
the seat.
BCM
The secondary CAN circuit contains two 120 ohm terminating
The BCM is located below the seat on top of the rear splash resistors, one located under the seat and the other located on the
guard. The BCM supplies ignition and accessory power to most left lower side of the engine.
of the vehicle and controls the power mode of the electrical
system. It controls the lighting along with other functions on the
Data Link Connector (DLC)
vehicle by using the switches as inputs and the power circuits for
the lights as outputs. The BCM manages the primary The DLC is located under the seat. The DLC is used to connect
the Digital Technician II to the motorcycle. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
94000979 2-5
COMMUNICATION DTCS AND ERROR
MESSAGES ________________________
There are several DTCs that may set due to an issue with the
CAN bus communication. Different DTCs are set by different
modules. If a module loses communication with the rest of the
system it will set DTC U000100, but the DTC cannot be retrieved
until the CAN lines to that module are restored. If a module goes
offline due to loss of PWR or GND or a loss of communication to
that module, the module will not set a code, but the other
modules will set DTCs indicating they are not able to
communicate with it. When the IM recognizes a problem on the
CAN bus, it will display "BUS Err" on the odometer.
"VINERR" will be displayed in the odometer if the IM and ECM

are not seeing the same VIN in both modules. This will usually
occur after replacing one of the two modules. The two modules
must have the VINs match before they can share odometer
mileage.
Both the ECM and IM retain the odometer value. If the IM is

replaced, it will display the odometer value stored in the ECM.
The replacement IM will become locked to the ECM after
31.1 mi (50 km) have been accumulated. The trip B odometer
will display the countdown mileage. Once the countdown reaches
zero, the IM is locked to the ECM. If installed on another vehicle,
the odometer will display "VINERR". If the IM is removed from
the vehicle before the countdown reaches zero, it has not been
locked to the ECM. This mileage countdown allows for a road
test to verify that IM replacement was the proper repair.
Diagnostic Tips
Modules must have power and be grounded in order to
communicate. Therefore, when checking any communication
DTCs be sure to check the power and ground connections on the
suspected module. BUS Err may show on the odometer if the
following are present:
• CAN wires shorted together.
• CAN wire shorted to PWR or GND.
• CAN transceiver on some module failed shorted.
• Non-compliant module connected to the CAN bus.
2-6 94000979
ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE DTCS 2.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • DTC U000100 indicates there is a fault on the CAN bus circuits.
This code can be set by any of the modules on the primary or
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME secondary CAN bus circuits. This code is usually
accompanied by other "U" codes, due to it causing a loss of
communication between the modules on the CAN bus.
See Figure 2-5, Figure 2-6, Figure 2-7, Figure 2-8 and Figure 2-
■ DTC B227400 indicates there is a fault with the battery fuse or
9. Both primary and secondary CAN bus circuits use a set of
the (R/O) wire.
wires in a twisted pair. These two wires are designated as CAN
low and CAN high circuits. On the primary CAN circuit, the main NOTE
harness and the right hand control module each contain a 120 Always stari from Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2) before
ohm terminating resistor. The secondary CAN circuit contains proceeding with this test.
two 120 ohm terminating resistors. Typical resistance between
the two circuits is approximately 60 ohms on the primary CAN
circuit and 60 ohms on the secondary CAN circuit. Table 2-1. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
U000100 CAN bus error
B227400 Constant battery line error
94000979 2-7
Figure 2-5. Nacelle Connector Location View
2-8 94000979
1. Clutch switch [314]
2. LHCM heated grip (if equipped)
3. LHCM [24-1]
Figure 2-7. LHCM Connector View
1. RHCM heated grip (if equipped)

2. RHCM [22]
3. Front brake switch [170]
4. TGS [224]
5. RHCM ___________________________
Figure 2-6. RHCM Connector View
94000979 2-9
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

2-10 94000979
1420560

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Diagnostic Tips The BCM supplies power to several systems on the vehicle.
When testing for a short to voltage, perform all tests before
The IM does not have an ignition input. Instead, it receives a disconnecting the BCM to keep from powering down systems on
message over the CAN bus, indicating the IGN is ON. Also, the the vehicle. If the short to voltage goes away when the BCM is
trip odometer reset switch is a CAN communication to the IM. disconnected, test for continuity between the circuit in question
The IM may not function along with the hand control switches and BCM [242B-2] terminals 1, 2, 4, 26 and 27 to verify the
and the indicators. The odometer may read "BUS Err" in this tested circuit is not shorted to one of these circuits. If continuity is
condition, prior to the odometer becoming inoperative. present, repair short to circuit instead of replacing the BCM.
NOTE
If DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) is Connector Information
connected to the DLC [91] and communicating with the vehicle, For additional information about the connectors in the following
then the odometer self-diagnostics will not function properly. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
Disconnect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
48650) before entering odometer self-diagnostics.
94000979 2-11
1436191 R ^ Battery P&A Relay R/Y
[242B-1] [242A-
40A [5A] [5B] 1]
Main Fuse li Battery Power
Accessory Power
R - R
Battery 2 2
Fuse Power
1 1 *1 FuseT
Block
4 System Power 2
11 Ground
12 Primary CAN High
13 Pnmary CAN Low
14 Secondary CAN Low
15 Secondary CAN High
24 Wake Power
[166A] [166B]
ABS EHCU
Ground 1 1
CAN High 2 2
Wake Power 4 4'
Battery Power (ECU) 9 91
Ground 10 10
CAN Low 11 11
Battery Power (Motor) 18 18
[333A] [33.
IMU
Ground 1 1
CAN - 2 2
CAN ♦ 3 3
Wake 4 4
[319A-1] [319B-1]
Terminating
Resistor 1200^
:
[22B-2] [22A-2]
RHCM
1 BK/GN r
1 1
_W/RZ 2 2
= W/BK = 3 3
4|
R/O 4
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Ground Ground
System Power
CAN Low CAN
High
Battery Fuse 67 I RVO
Terminating
Resistor
Ground mm BK ■
CAN High W/ R :
LHCM
CAN Low = W/BK =
Battery RVO
[24B-2] [24A-2]
GND 1 GND 2
Figure 2-10. Primary and Secondary CAN Bus Circuit - RH1250
2-12 94000979
12V 12V
Power Power P&A Relay
A
[242B-1] [242A-1]
BCM
40A [5A] [5B]
Main Fuse 1 1 Battery Power
■ R/Y 2 2 Accessory Power
Battery 2
2
Fuse Power
1 ’
D
1 B
T 9 9 Lin 1
! Infotain T Battery ) _ W / R : 12 12 Primary CAN High
! 10A < 7.5A r
13 13 Primary CAN Low
_ _Lc
L 14 14 Secondary CAN Low
! [64B] A
T
W/R:
15 15 Secondary CAN High
T
[242B-2] [242A-2]
[134A] [134B] R/BE HH3 H3 Bank Lamp Power
Bank
r 1 * R/BE -
[242B-3] [242A-3]
Lamp © 2 ARH-Electric Suspension Only
4 4 r TN/BK
1 : R/Y
PAC
>—
[325B]
CD CC
GND 1 GND 3 5g
gg
* ft ft
Battery Primary Secondary
Power CAN Bus CAN Bus
Figure 2-11, LIN Bus Circuit

ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC 4. Is resistance between 50-70 ohms?
INOPERATIVE: DTC U000100, U000188,
U000189. U000200. B227400 ______________
Table 2-2. Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative Diagnostic
Faults: DTC U000100, U000188, U000189, U000200, B227400
F
igure 2-12.
__ __ POSSIBLE CAUSES __________ _____________ a. Yes. Go to Test 55.
Short between CAN low and high circuits b. No. Resistance less than 50 ohms. Go to Test 2.
Open in CAN high circuit
Open in CAN low circuit c. No. Resistance greater than 70 ohms. Go to Test 49.
Short to ground on CAN high circuit
Short to ground on CAN low circuit 2. IM Test
Short to voltage on CAN high circuit ___________________
Short to voltage on CAN low circuit 1. Disconnect IM [39] and inspect connections.
2. See Figure 2-12. Is resistance between [91B] terminals 2
1. Secondary CAN Bus Test and 5 between 50-70 ohms?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Replace IM.
2. Remove main fuse. b. No. Go to Test 3.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between DLC [91B] terminals 2 and
5.
3. BCM Test
1. Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections.
94000979 2-13
2. See Figure 2-12. Is resistance between [91B] terminals 2 4. Is c.
resistance between 50-70 than
ohms?
No. Resistance greater 70 ohms. Go to Test 15.
and 5 between 50-70 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace BCM. 8. IMU Test
b. No. Go to Test 4. 1. Disconnect IMU [333] and inspect connections.
2. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between BOB terminals 12
4. Terminating Resistor [319-2] Test and 13 between 50-70 ohms?
1. Disconnect terminating resistor [319-2] and inspect a. Yes. Replace IMU.
connections.
b. No. Go to Test 9.
2. Test resistance between [91B] terminals 2 and 5.
3. See Figure 2-12. Is resistance between 110-130 ohms? 9. ABS/EHCU Test
a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor [319-2]. 1. Disconnect ABS module [166] and inspect connections.
b. No. Go to Test 5. 2. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between BOB terminals 12
5. Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test a Yes. Replace ABS/EHCU module.
1. Disconnect terminating resistor [319-3] and inspect b. No. Go to Test 10.
connections.
2. Test resistance between [91B] terminals 2 and 5. 10. LHCM Test
3. See Figure 2-12. Is resistance between 110-130 ohms?
1. Disconnect LHCM [24] and inspect connections.
a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor [319-3]. 2. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between BOB terminals 12
b. No. Go to Test 6. and 13 between 50-70 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
6. Secondary CAN Circuit Shorted Together Test b. No. Go to Test 11.
1. Disconnect terminating resistor [319-2] and [319-3] and
inspect connections. 11. BCM Test
2. Test continuity between [91B] terminals 2 and 5.
1. Disconnect BCM [242A-2] from BOB cable, leaving [242B-2]
3. See Figure 2-12. Is continuity present? connected to BOB.
a. Yes. Repair short between (W/R) and (W/BK) wires. 2. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between BOB terminals 12
a. Yes. Replace BCM.
7. Primary CAN Bus Test b. No. Go to Test 12.
1. Inspect BCM connection.
2. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 12. ECM Test
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 1. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.
41404), test resistance between BCM [242-2] terminals 12 2. Test resistance between BOB terminals 12 and 13.
and 13.
a. Yes. Go to Test 20.

b. No. Resistance less than 50 ohms. Go to Test 8.
2-14 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
3. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between 50-70 ohms? 17. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to
a. Yes. Replace ECM. RHCM Test
b. No. Go to Test 13. 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 (W/BK) wire and
[22B] terminal 3.
13. Terminating Resistor [319-1] Test
1. Disconnect terminating resistor [319-1] and inspect
connections,
2. Test resistance between BOB terminals 12 and 13.
3. See Figure 2-13. Is resistance between 110-130 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor.
14. RHCM Test

1. Disconnect RHCM [22A-2] and inspect connections.
2. Test continuity between BOB terminals 12 and 13.
3. See Figure 2-13, Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short between (W/R) and (W/BK) wires,
a. Yes. Replace RHCM.
b. No. Replace RHCM.
b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire.
15. Primary CAN Circuit Open Test

41404), test resistance between BCM [242-2] terminals 12
and 13.
2. Watch the resistance between BOB terminals 12 and 13,
disconnect terminating resistor [319-1] and inspect
connections.
3. See Figure 2-13. Did resistance change?
16. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to

RHCM Test
1. Disconnect RHCM [22] and inspect connections.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire and
[22B] terminal 2,
18. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to

Terminating Resistor Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 (W/BK) wire and
[319B-1] terminal 2.
NOTE
When measuring resistance (ohms), compensate for test lead
resistance before performing the measurement. Select the ohms
position and touch the test leads together. Refer to the
multimeter user's manual to either zero the display or manually
subtract the test lead resistance from the measured circuit's
value.

b. No. Repair (W/R) wire.
94000979 2-15
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 1000 ohms?

b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire.
19, Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to b. No. Go to Test 29.
Terminating Resistor Test 21. IMU Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire and 1. Disconnect IMU [333] and inspect connections.
2. See Figure 2-18. Is resistance between BOB terminal 12
2, fs resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
and ground less than 1000 ohms?
b. No. Replace IMU.
22. ECM Test

1. Disconnect ECM [78B] and inspect connections.
b. No. Replace ECM.

connections,
a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor.
b. No. Repair (W/R) wire. and ground less than 1000 ohms?
20. Primary CAN High Circuit Short to Ground
b. No. Replace terminating resistor.
Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminals 12 and ground.
24. LHCM Test
1. Disconnect LHCM [24] and inspect connections.
b. No. Replace LHCM.
25. BCM Test

1. Disconnect BCM [242A-2] from BOB cable leaving [242B-2]
connected to BOB and inspect connections.
2-16 94000979
2. See Figure 2-18. Is resistance between BOB terminal 12 4. Is voltage greater than 4V?
b. No. Replace BCM.
BBBMBB
26. ABS/EHCU Test
BMMBB
1. Disconnect ABS module [166] and inspect connections. BBBBBBffl
2. See Figure 2-18. Is resistance between BOB terminal 12 BSIBBOSS 'i mj
and ground less than 1000 ohms? 9Q3QQoc
a, Yes. Go to Test 27,

BBBBBBB MSB ©
b. No. Replace ABS/EHCU module.
m
27. RHCM Test Figure 2-20.
1. Disconnect RHCM [22A-2] and inspect connections. a. Yes. Go to Test 30.
2. See Figure 2-18. Is resistance between BOB terminal 12 b, No. Go to Test 37,
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/R) wire. 30. IMU Test
b. No. Go to Test 28. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect IMU [333] and inspect connections.
28. Primary CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground
Test 3. Turn IGN ON.
4. See Figure 2-20. Is voltage between BOB terminal 12 and
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 and ground. ground greater than 4V?
2. Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? a. Yes. Go to Test 31.
b. No. Replace IMU.
11620
02 31. ECM Test
MO-SOKO-IJ
HD-S039Q-1-P1 '' 1— 1. Turn IGN OFF.
BlBBBBBB1 2. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.

BB0M5BW 3. Turn IGN ON.
BBBBBBB 4. See Figure 2-20. Is voltage between BOB terminal 12 and
MBBBBB ground greater than 4V?
BBfflffl
ffi 9B a. Yes. Go to Test 32.
BBBBBB® b. No. Replace ECM.

\
BBBBBBB/ 32. LHCM Test
O ° 9 °
9 9 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 2-19. 2. Disconnect LHCM [24] and inspect connections.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BK) wire. 3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace RHCM. 4. See Figure 2-20. Is voltage between BOB terminal 12 and
ground greater than 4V?
29. Primary CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage a. Yes. Go to Test 33.
Test b. No. Replace LHCM.
1. Install main fuse.
2. Turn IGN ON. 33. ABS/EHCU Test
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 1. Turn IGN OFF.
41404), test voltage between BCM [242-2] terminals 12 and 2. Disconnect ABS module [166] and inspect connections.
ground.
3. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 2-17
4. See Figure 2-20. Is voltage between BOB terminal 12 and 37. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to IMU
ground greater than 4V? Test
a. Yes. Goto Test 34. 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire
b. No. Replace ABS/EHCU module. and [333B] terminal 3.
34. BCM Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse [5A].
3. Disconnect BCM power [242B-1] and inspect connections.
4. Disconnect BCM [242A-2] leaving [242B-2] connected to
BOB and inspect connections.
5. Install main fuse [5A].
6. Turn IGN ON.

b. No. Replace BCM. Refer to diagnostic tips.
35. RHCM Test

b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 12 and
1. Turn IGN OFF. [333B] terminal 3.
2. Disconnect RHCM [22-2] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON. 38. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to IMU
4. See Figure 2-20. Is voltage between BOB terminal 12 and Test
ground greater than 4V? 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/R) wire. and [333B] terminal 2.
36. Primary CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage

Test
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 13 and ground.
2. Is voltage present?
1441846
i
T
|
aamaaa
HD-SOMO- »2-P \
aatsMM
amaraiM
mmmm
timsiaa
wsaaan b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 13
o . o and [333B] terminal 2.
maaao ■
mm
39. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to
RHCM Test
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire
Figure 2-21. and [22B] terminal 2.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/BK) wire.

b. No. Replace RHCM.
2-18 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1519044
nLJfl
HD-50S90-12-P ^□□nF
Hull
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa 0
aaaa
®a
Figure 2-24.
b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 12 and b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 12 and
[22A-2] terminal 2. [24B-1] terminal 2.
40. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to 42. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to LHCM
RHCM Test Test
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire
and [22B] terminal 3. and [24B-1] terminal 3.
1520246 1520246
HO-5O5S0-12-P
aaaBBaa
aMTOW*
aaaaaaa
°3995
aamraffl
aaaaaaa aaaaaaa
OOOO. ...
aaaaaaa
BaaaaaB aaaaaaa
illBBBBaffl aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aaraaais
mim®m imaaaaa
a@aa®®
B
Figure 2-25. Figure 2-27.
a. Yes. Go to Test 41. a. Yes. Go to Test 43.
b No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 13 and b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 13
[22A-2] terminal 3. and [24B-1] terminal 3.
94000979 2-19
41. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to 43. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to
LHCM Test 1 Terminating Resistor [319-1] Test
and [319B-1] terminal 1.
1 Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire and

[24B-1] terminal 2.
2-20 94000979
1439815
n
BBBBBBB
BBBBBfW
Jl I— JBBBBB
aaaaaaa
I O Q
aasaatsa BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB aaBBBB
paraaaoa B
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB
geaoooo 3BBBBBS
mr'mm BBBBBBB
- O Old BBBBBBB
Figure 2-30.
Figure 2-28.
a. Yes, Go to Test 44. b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 12 and
[166B] terminal 2.
44. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to 46. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to
Terminating Resistor [319-1] Test ABS/EHCU Test
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire
and [319B-1] terminal 2. and ABS BOB terminal 11.

1440502
L
oooocoo I • :<
o O O O D
o&m-
BBBBBBB
O ° O o q O
O
2. I
s resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Figure 2-31.
b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 13
and [319B-1] terminal 2. b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 13 and
[166B] terminal 11.
45. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to 47. Primary CAN High Circuit Resistance to ECM
ABS/EHCU Test Test
1. Connect ABS BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 1. Connect ECM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-
2. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire 24).
and ABS BOB terminal 2, 2. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire
and ECM BOB terminal 39.
2-21 94000979
2.3.IsIsresistance
resistance less
lessthan 0.50.5
than ohm?
ohm? 2. 4.
IsDid resistance
resistance change?
less than 0.5 ohm?
Figure 2-32. a. Yes. Go to Test 48.
b. No. Repair <W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 12

and [78B] terminal 39.
48. Primary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ECM 50. Secondary CAN Circuit Open [319-2] Test
Test
1. See Figure 2-34. Test resistance between BCM [242-2]
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire terminals 12 and 13.
and ECM BOB terminal 38.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? disconnect terminating resistor [319-2] and inspect
connections.
3. Did resistance change?
HMUM b. No. Go to Test 53.

O-lW*
BBBBBBB
OOO'C occ 51. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to
Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test
BBBBBBB
BBBBBHSS 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 14 (W/BK) wire and
BBBBBBB BBBB [319B-3] terminal 2.
BBBBBBB
NOTE
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB When measuring resistance (ohms), compensate for test lead
BlBlBIffloo resistance before performing the measurement. Select the ohms
position and touch the test leads together. Refer to the multimeter
a user's manual to either zero the display or manually subtract the
Figure 2-33. test lead resistance from the measured circuit's value.
a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. Perform wiggle test and

verify all connectors are properly connected. See Wiggle
Test (Page 1-29).
b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242-2] terminal 13 and
[78B] terminal 38.
49. Secondary CAN Circuit Open [319-3] Test

1. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24)
41404), test resistance between BCM [242-2] terminals 12
and 13.
disconnect terminating resistor [319-3] and inspect
connections.
2-22 94000979
1440830
HD-50380-12-P
oocqooo
oooooo 5—*-1
BMMM
MBMM
amaa®
o c oooop
ooooooo
ooooooo
54. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to
b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire. b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire.

52. Secondary CAN High Circuit Resistance to 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 15 (W/R) wire and
Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test [319B-2] terminal 1.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 15 (W/R) wire and
a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor. a. Yes. Replace terminating resistor.
b. No. Repair (W/R) wire. b. No. Repair (W/R) wire.
53. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to 55. Secondary CAN High Circuit Short to Ground
Terminating Resistor [319-2] Test Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 14 (W/BK) wire and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
[319B-2] terminal 2. 2. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-
24).
41404), test resistance between BOB terminals 15 and
ground.
94000979 2-23
4. Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? 2. Is resistance less than 1000 ohms?
a, Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BK) wire.

b. No. Concern is intermittent. Perform wiggle test and
56. IM Test Test (Page 1-29).
1. Disconnect IM [39] and inspect connections.
2. See Figure 2-39. Is resistance between BOB terminal 15 60. Secondary CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage
and ground less than 1000 ohms? Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 57. 1. Install main fuse.
b, No. Replace IM. 2. Turn IGN ON.

57. Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test 41404), test voltage between BCM BOB terminals 15 and
ground.
1. Disconnect terminating resistor [319-3] and inspect 4. Is voltage greater than 4V?
connections.
b. No. Replace terminating resistor [319-3],

connections.
b. No. Replace terminating resistor [319-2],
59. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground b. No. Go to Test 64.
Test 2
61.IM Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect IM [39] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
2 Test resistance between BOB terminal 14 and ground.
94000979 2-24
4. See
2. IsFigure 2-41. Isless
resistance voltage
thanbetween BOB terminal 15 and
0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?

b. No. Replace IM.
62. BCM Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse [5A].
3. Disconnect BCM power [242B-1 ] and inspect connections.
4. Disconnect BCM [242A-2] leaving [242B-2] connected to
BOB and inspect connections.
5. Install main fuse [5A].
6. Turn IGN ON.
[319-3] terminal 1.
b. No. Replace BCM. Refer to diagnostic tips.
65. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to
63. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test
Test
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 14 (W/BK) wire
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 14 and ground. and [319-3] terminal 2.
2. Is voltage present? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
*> 50M0 12 r
MMMB—h MM®*
MMIlllffl1
19193® ®
1442645
Figure 2-42.
b. No. Concern is intermittent. Perform wiggle test and
and [319-3] terminal 2.
Test (Page 1-29).
Terminating Resistor [319-3] Test 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 15 (W/R) wire
94000979 2-25
Figure 2-47.
b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 15 and b. No. Repair (W/R) wire between [242B-2] terminal 15 and
[319-2] terminal 1. [39B] terminal 2.
67. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to 69. Secondary CAN Low Circuit Resistance to IM
Terminating Resistor [319-2] Test Test
1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 14 (W/BK) wire 1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 14 (W/BK) wire
and [319-2] terminal 2. and IM BOB terminal 8.
1440830 1440530
HD-503WM2-P A
smmm
f M&5CMO-12P "\ t
TOHBBSB BBBBBBB a
——i n
MMM®
BfflfflBBB® c
e
MMMll BBBBBBB \
BffiBMM BBBBBBB3/ b
BBBBBBB e
ogQCGoc t
w
mwaooffl 3 e
e
T n
e
s B
t C
M
r
e B
s O
i B
s
2-26 94000979
BBBB © ©B
11-1
t
HD 42682
e ® © ® © ®] 12 3 4 5
r 8 7 6 9 10
m
ff
i V BLACK J
n
f GRAY 'N
a
® © © © ©
l © © © f> ©
« T 8 0 10
©©
V 11 >2 y
1
5 i _____________________________
(
W
/
R
)
w
i
r
e
a
n
d e
r
I m
M i
n
B a
O l
B
2
t .
94000979 2-27

a. Yes. Go to Test 68. a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. Perform wiggle test and verify
all connectors are properly connected. See Wiggle Test
(Page 1-29).
b. No. Repair (W/BK) wire between [242B-2] terminal 14 and
[39B] terminal 8.
IM Test
2-28 94000979
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS 2.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 2-3. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME U0125F0 Lost comm w/IMU
U0125F1 Lost comm w/IMU
U0125F2 Lost comm w/IMU
See Figure 2-49, Figure 2-50, Figure 2-51, Figure 2-52 and U014000 Lost comm w/BCM
Figure 2-53. The CAN bus circuit provides a means for the ECM, U014081 Lost comm w/BCM
IM, BCM, hand control modules, IMU and the ABS EHCU to U014100 Lost comm w/LHCM
communicate their current status. When all operating parameters U014181 Lost comm w/LHCM
on the CAN bus are within specifications, a state of health U014200 Lost comm with RHCM
message is sent between the components. U014262 Lost comm with RHCM
U014281 Lost comm w/RHCM
The CAN bus is made up of two circuits. The (W/R) is the CAN U015600 Lost comm w/speedo
bus high circuit and the (W/BK) is the CAN bus low circuit. Both U015601 Lost communication with inst 1
of these circuits show approximately 2.5V when measured U015602 Lost communication with inst 1
between each of the circuits and ground with the IGN ON. A fault U015603 Lost communication with inst 1
on either one of these circuits will cause several modules to set U015681 Lost communication with inst 1
"U" codes and may cause a complete loss of communication U018200 Lost communication with banking lamp
between all modules. U031500 Software incompatibility with ABS/EHCU
The LIN bus circuit communicates with the BCM, bank lamp and U040000 Invalid data received
PAC switches. It uses a single wire to communicate with the U040100 Invalid data from ECM/VSC
modules within the circuit. U040164 Invalid data received from ECM - signal
plausibility failure
Table 2-3. Code Description U040167 Invalid data received from ECM - signal
incorrect
DTC DESCRIPTION
U040181 Invalid data received from ECM - Invalid
B227008 BCM internal fault
serial data received
B227042 BCM internal fault U040182 Invalid data received from ECM - roll count
incorrect
B227046 BCM internal fault U040183 Invalid data received from ECM - signal
incorrect
B233300 ABS/EHCU acceleration data fault U04018F Invalid data received from ECM - timing,
P110000 ABS/EHCU indicates torque control fault
erratic
P110200 ABS/EHCU indicates FWSS fault U041564 Invalid data received in ABS/EHCU -
P110300 ABS/EHCU indicates right/right rear WSS signal plausibility failure
fault U041567 Invalid data received from ABS/EHCU -
P110400 ABS/EHCU indicates RWSS fault
signal incorrect
P110800 ABS/EHCU front WSS missing data U041581 Invalid data received from ABS/EHCU -
P110900 ABS/EHCU rear/right rear WSS missing incorrect serial data received
data U041582 Invalid data received from ABS/EHCU -
P111000 ABS/EHCU left rear WSS missing data roll count incorrect
C105500 ABS/EHCU internal error U041583 Invalid data received from ABS/EHCU -
U000300 ABS internal fault signal incorrect
U002888 Vehicle communication bus A, bus off U04158F Invalid data received from ABS/EHCU -
U003788 Vehicle communication bus B, bus off timing, erratic
U010000 Lost comm w/ECM/VSC U042200 Invalid data from BCM
U010001 Lost communication with ECM U042264 Invalid data from BCM
U010081 Lost communication with ECM U04228F Invalid data from BCM
U0100F0 Lost communication with ECM U043100 Invalid data from LHCM
U0100F1 Lost communication with ECM U043164 Invalid data from IMU
U0100F2 Lost communication with ECM U043167 Invalid data received from LHCM - signal
U0100F3 Lost communication with ECM incorrect
U0100F6 Lost communication with ECM U043187 Invalid data from LHCM
U0100FD Lost communication with ECM U043267 Invalid data from IMU
U012100 Lost comm with ABS/EHCU U043282 Invalid data from IMU
U012500 Lost comm w/IMU U043283 Invalid data from IMU
U012581 Lost comm w/IMU U04328F Invalid data from IMU
2-29 94000979
Table 2-3. Code Description Table 2-3. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION DTC DESCRIPTION
U0432F0 Invalid data from IMU U048356 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data re-
U0432F1 Invalid data from IMU ceived
U043181 Invalid data received from LHCM - Invalid U048381 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data re-
serial data received ceived
U043182 Invalid data received from LHCM - roll U100000 IMU vehicle learn failure
count incorrect U100188 LIN communication bus, bus off
U043183 Invalid data received from LHCM - signal U130500 Software incompatibility with IM
incorrect U142100 Invalid tip signal
U04318F Invalid data received from LHCM - timing, U143181 Invalid data received from lighting switch
erratic U206400 ABS/EHCU internal fault
U0432F2 Invalid data from IMU U206700 ABS/EHCU internal fault
U044300 Invalid data from LHCM U208200 ABS/EHCU internal fault
U044364 Invalid data received from RHCM - signal U208300 ABS/EHCU internal fault
plausibility failure U208700 ABS/EHCU internal fault
U044367 Invalid data received from RHCM - signal U208F00 ABS/EHCU internal fault
incorrect U216400 Invalid data from LHCM
U044381 Invalid data received from RHCM - Invalid U216700 Invalid data from LHCM
serial data received U218100 Invalid data from LHCM
U044382 Invalid data received from RHCM - roll U218200 Invalid data from LHCM
count incorrect U218300 Invalid data from LHCM
U044383 Invalid data received from RHCM - signal U218F00 Invalid data from LHCM
incorrect U226400 Invalid data from BCM
U044387 Invalid data from RHCM U226700 Invalid data from BCM
U04438F Invalid data received from RHCM - timing, U228100 Invalid data from BCM
erratic U228200 Invalid data from BCM
U045767 Invalid data received from information U228300 Invalid data from BCM
center "A" - signal incorrect U228F00 Invalid data from BCM
U045781 Invalid data received from information U236400 Invalid data from RHCM
center "A" - Invalid serial data received U236700 Invalid data from RHCM
center "A" - roll count incorrect U238200 Invalid data from RHCM
center "A" - signal incorrect U238F00 Invalid data from RHCM
U04578F Invalid data received from information U301242 IMU internal fault
center "A" - timing, erratic U301244 IMU internal fault
U048300 Invalid data received from banking lamp - U301245 IMU internal fault
LIN U301247 IMU internal fault
U048303 Banking lamp LIN bus invalid data re- U301251 IMU internal fault
ceived U301257 IMU internal fault
U351000 ECM calibration error
2-30 94000979
Figure 2-49. Nacelle Connector Location View Headlamp [38]
1. IM [39]
2. USB-C [265] Banking lamp [134]
94000979 2-31
RHCM heated grip (if equipped) RHCM [22]
3. __ LHCM [24-1] '
Front brake switch [170]
TGS [224] Figure 2-51. LHCM Connector View
RHCM
94000979 2-32
1431993 4
1420560
6. ECM [78]
7. Oil pressure switch [120]
8. Terminating resistor [319-3]
9. JSS [133]
10. Fuel level sender [141]
4 LHCM [24]
2. Front left turn signal [31L]
3. Stroke sensing [346] (if equipped)
4. Fork damping [347] (if equipped)
5. Front WSS [167]
94000979 2-33
ZZJJ ' 1
Lj rY|
’ (24) - „ §-/
FiJ J
: 2^(23)Vv'
I1
^(25V /F

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Figure 2-53. Linder Seat
Conditions for Setting • When testing for a short to voltage, perform all tests before
disconnecting the BCM to keep from powering down systems
If DTC U130500 sets, verify the latest IM software is installed. on the vehicle.
Diagnostic Tips • If the short to voltage goes away when the BCM is
disconnected, test for continuity between the circuit in
Modules must have power in order to communicate on the question and BCM [242B-2] terminals 1, 2, 4, 26 and 27 to
CAN bus. It is important to check for good power and ground verify the tested circuit is not shorted to one of these circuits.
on any module that is not communicating effectively on the
CAN bus network. • If continuity is present, repair shorted circuit instead of
replacing the BCM.
• At least two modules will set a DTC when one module loses
the ability to communicate on the CAN bus. Historic U codes may be found if battery power has been lost for
any reason or if the main or battery fuses have been
• When two or more modules set the same U code it indicates disconnected and reconnected. This may also happen during
a problem with the device or wiring at the device the codes diagnostics using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
are set against. 5 HD-48650). The diagnostics connector has been disconnected
before vehicle has been powered down. This is not an indication
of a problem and does not cause any loss of functionality.
Connector Information
5 Two or more modules setting the same U code intermittently For additional information about the connectors in the following
indicates an intermittent problem with the device or wiring. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29) to test wiring to the component.
The BCM supplies power to several systems on the vehicle.
2-34 94000979
1436191 R ►Battery P&A Relay ^ R/Y
1420560 [242B-1] [242A-1]
40A [5A] [5B] —
Main Fuse
1 Battery Power
Accessory Power
Battery 2 2 2
Fuse Power
1 1
FuseT
Block! 4 System Power 2
11 11 Ground
: 12 12 Primary CAN High
13 13 Pnmary CAN Low
14 14 Secondary CAN Low
= 15 15 Secondary CAN High
24 24 Wake Power
[166A] [166B]
ABS EHCU
Ground 1 1
CAN High 2 2
Wake Power 4 4
Battery Power (ECU) 9 9
Ground 10 10
CAN Low 11 11
Battery Power (Motor) 18 18
[333A] [33:
IMU
Ground 1 1
CAN- 2 2
CAN ♦ 3 3
Wake 4 4
[319A-1] [319B-1]
Terminating 1200^ _____

1
Resistor
:
[22B-2] [22A-2]
2
RHCM
Ground BK/GN 1 1 1
CAN High LZW/RZ 2 2
CAN Low ■ W/BK r 3 3

4|
Battery RIO 4
[7 8A] [78B]
ECM
Ground Ground
System Power
CAN Low CAN
High Battery
Fuse
Ground mam BK , 1
CAN High W/R 2 2
LHCM
CAN Low = W/BK = 3 3
Battery R/O * 4 4
—
[24B-2] [24A-2]
Figure 2-54. Primary and Secondary CAN Bus Circuit - RH1250
94000979 2-35
1443683
Figure 2-55. LIN Bus Circuit

INVALID DATA/LOST COMMUNICATION WITH 6. Is battery voltage present?
ECM ____________________________

Table 2-4. Invalid Data/Lost Communication with ECM
Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in CAN high circuit to the ECM Open in CAN low
circuit to the ECM Open in ECM system power circuit Open
in ECM ground circuit
1. System Power Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections.
3. Connect ECM Breakout Box (BOB), leaving [78B]
disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
b. No. Repair open between [78B] terminal 5 and BCM
4. Turn IGN ON.
[242B-2] terminal 4 (R/GN) wire.
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground.
2. ECM Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between ECM terminal 2 and ground.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal 3 and ground.
94000979 2-36
3. Is battery voltage present?
Figure 2-59.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire.
3. Battery Fuse Power Test
1. Test voltage between ECM terminal 67 and ground. 5. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
2. Is battery voltage present? 1. Test resistance betweenECM BOB terminal 38 and BCM
BOB terminal 13.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 O?
b. No. Repair open in (R/O) wire.
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs

4. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace ECM.
1. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
2. Test resistance between ECM BOB terminal 39 and BCM
BOB terminal 12. LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS/EHCU

Table 2-5. Lost Communication with ABS/EHCU Diagnostic
Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in CAN high circuit to the ABS/EHCU _
Open in CAN low circuit to the ABS/EHCU
Open in ABS/EHCU system power circuit
Open in ABS/EHCU ground circuit ________
1. ABS/EHCU Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 2-37
4, IsInspect
2. resistance
ABSless than 0,5 Q on
connections. both circuits?
Connect ABS BOB. See 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 O?

5. Is battery voltage present at both?
4. BCM Wake Power Voltage Test

Figure 2-61. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 2. Inspect BCM connection. Connect BCM BOB. See
b. No. Repair open in (R) wire. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
3. Turn IGN ON.
2. ABS/EHCU Ground Test 4. Test voltage between BCM BOB terminal 24 and ground.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminals 1 and ground, 5. Is battery voltage present?
1519158
2. Test resistance between BOB terminals 10 and ground.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? [] HD-SOiSKFU-F
aamma
aaaatsffla V
:-
oooooGQ
laiMiiiraisa
Mraraa
mamma
1
BMSTOa
'anglin'
mm®®®
Figure 2-64.
a. Yes. Repair open in (O/W) wire.
b. No. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40).
b. No. Repair open in (BK) or (BK/GN) wire. 5. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Wake Power Voltage Test
1. TurnIGNON
3. Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 2 and BCM
2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 4 and ground. BOB terminal 12.
2-38 94000979
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [134B] terminal 4 and ground.
n 5. Is battery voltage present?

DOOOi
rq.'Q Q!Q<
J BBSQBBB
BBffla®®®
O'lO. Q G;
L BBS!®®
090091
ESlfflllllSlSB BBBBBBB
ataaiaaaai BiBBiSB
SB®®®®®
mm BBBBfflBffl
I
mm SB®®®®®
Figure 2-65.
b. No. Repair open in (O/W) wire.
b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire.
6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test 2. IMU Test
1. Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 11 and BCM

1. Test voltage between [134B] terminals 1 and 4.
BOB terminal 13. 2. Is battery voltage present?
Figure 2-66.
1440502 a. Yes.
( n Conditions are not
present to set DTC.
j |H mon
J
BfiiaaBwr
BMMBB
MB1M
J
Bi b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire.
MMISM
iBfTOM®,
BBBfflMS ll
BffiSMUB
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
-------- —V_y------------ Qiq6jqi;p|i 2. Inspect BCM connection. Connect BCM BOB. See
qig[qiQ|q|(
o6o6q1 3. Test resistance between f134B] terminal 3 and BCM BOB
rcS'tMrarari terminal 12.
Clear DTCs and verify current DTC sets. 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH IMU

Table 2-6. Lost Communication with IMU Diagnostic Faults ~

~ ~~ POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in CAN high circuit to IMU Open in CAN low circuit to the
IMU Open in IMU battery power circuit
Open in IMU ground circuit ________________ ___________
1. IMU Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. Figure 2-69.
2. Disconnect IMU [134], a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
2-39 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 4. Is battery voltage present?
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test 3. Inspect BCM connections. Disconnect BCM connector
[242B-1] and inspect connections.
1. Test resistance between [134B] terminal 2 and BCM BOB
terminal 13. 4. Turn IGN ON.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 5. Install main fuse [5A],
41404), test voltage between BCM [242B-1] terminal 1 and
ground.
7. Test voltage between terminal 2 and ground.

8. Is battery voltage present at both terminals?
b. No. Repair open in (R) wire.

2. BCM Ground Test
5. DTC Validation Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Connect IMU [134], 2. Inspect BCM connection, Connect BCM BOB, See
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Test resistance between BCM [242B-2] terminal 11 and
3. Clear DTCs. ground.
4. Turn IGN OFF. 4, Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
5. Turn IGN ON.

6. Check DTCs.
7. Do any of the previous DTCs reset?
a. Yes. Replace IMU module.
b. No. System working properly.
LOST COMMUNICATION/INVALID DATA WITH

BCM ________________________
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Table 2-7. Lost Communication/Invalid Data with BCM
Diagnostic Faults
Open in CAN high circuit to the BCM Open in CAN low circuit to b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire.
the BCM Open in ignition switch circuit Short to ground in ignition
switch circuit Short to voltage in ignition switch circuit jgnition 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
switch malfunction
Open in BCM battery power circuit Open in BCM ground circuit 1. Disconnect RHCM [22A-2] and inspect connections.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 12 and [22A-2]
1. BCM Voltage Test terminal 2.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse [5A],
2-40 94000979
Figure 2-75.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/R) wire.

b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire. b. No. Go to Test 6.
6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 and [22A-2]
terminal 3.
1442720
i_l
mrama'
MMM®
ramma
amsii
ooooooo
4. CAN High Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 12 and ground.
2. Is continuity present?
Figure 2-76.
Figure 2-74.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/R) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 5. 7. CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground Test
5. CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Connect [242-1],
2. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 2-41
10. RHCM Ground Test
1. Test voltage between [22A-2] terminal 4 and ground.
Figure 2-80.
a. Yes. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire.
11. RHCM Test

a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BK) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Replace RHCM with a known good RHCM without installing
it on the vehicle.
8. CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Test
3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Turn IGN ON.
4. Turn engine stop switch to RUN.
5. Does vehicle power up?
1441846
b. No. Replace BCM.
"
I HtJ-5£!3EQ-1i-P
I
1—
INVALID DATA/LOST COMMUNICATION WITH

LHCM __________________________________
BBBaaaa
aaaaaaw PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
aaaaaBB HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
aaaaaaB Table 2-8. Invalid Data/Lost Communication with LHCM
araaiiM Diagnostic Faults
aaaaaBB/
'Mias' POSSIBLE CAUSES
BBBB®°B. .“X ■—
Open in CAN high circuit to the LHCM
Open in CAN low circuit to the LHCM
Open in LHCM battery power circuit
Figure 2-78.
Open in LHCM ground circuit
1. LHCM Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect LHCM [24A] and inspect connections.
9. RHCM Power Test
1. Test voltage between [22A-2] terminals 1 and 4.
41404), test voltage between [24A] terminal 4 and ground.

94000979 2-42
2. Is battery voltage present? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
—1
HO-50390-12T*
_f
masMB - 0000 -
OOGGOOe* L V ——/
3(90(900
Figure 2-81. 9
9(9(9000
0
b. No. Repair open in (RIO) wire. ooooooo
0990000
1900oof
90011(90
2. LHCM Test 0fl
1. Test voltage between [24A-2] terminals 1 and 4. 19090009
Figure 2-84.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace LHCM.
INVALID DATA/LOST COMMUNICATION

WITH RHCM __________________________

Table 2-9. Invalid Data/Lost Communication with RHCM
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. Diagnostic Faults
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test POSSIBLE CAUSES ________________

Open in CAN high circuit to the RHCM
1. Inspect BCM connection. Connect BCM BOB. See Open in CAN low circuit to the RHCM ____________________
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). Open in RHCM battery power circuit _____________________
2. Test resistance between [24A-2] terminal 2 and BOB Open in RHCM ground circuit __________________________
terminal 12.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q? 1. RHCM Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect RHCM [22A-1] and inspect connections.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
test voltage between [22A-1] terminal 4 and ground.
Figure 2-85.
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test 2. RHCM Test

1. Test resistance between [24A-2] terminal 3 and BOB terminal 1. Test voltage between [22A-1] terminals 1 and 4.
13.
94000979 2-43
4. Is battery voltage present? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
1440512
r' »»so»o 12 P >

r~i r~i
aaaaaaa1 h - 0000 -
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. aaaaaaa
i aaaaaaa(
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
' aaaaaaa
aaaa®®a
1. Inspect BCM connection. Connect BCM BOB See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). Figure 2-88.
2. Test resistance between [22A-1] terminal 2 and BOB a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
terminal 12. and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace RHCM.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?

1439819
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH IM

i
?0 PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

) - 00C
f' HD-5059C-I1-P L
V . J HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
"\
Table 2-10. Lost Communication with IM Diagnostic Faults

aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa POSSIBLE CAUSES
aaaaaaa Open in CAN high circuit to the IM

Open in CAN low circuit to the IM
aaaaaaa Open in IM battery power circuit
aaaaaaa n
Open in IM ground circuit
aaaaaaa ( 1. IM Voltage Test
aaaaaaa
aaaa®©a 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 2-87. 2. Inspect IM connection. Connect IM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. TOOLS (Page 1-24).
b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire. 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test

1. Test resistance between [22A-1] terminal 3 and BOB
terminal 13.
2-44 94000979
4. Is battery voltage present? 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 0?

b. No. Repair open in (R/PK) wire. b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire.
2. IM Ground Test 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test

1. Test voltage between BOB terminals 5 and 7. 1. Test resistance between IM BOB terminal 8 and BCM BOB
terminal 14.
1158251
HD 42682
l n ______ « j
Figure 2-90.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace IM.
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
1. Inspect BCM connection. Connect BCM BOB. See LOST COMMUNICATION WITH LIN BUS
NETWORK _____________________________
2. Test resistance between IM BOB terminal 2 and BCM BOB
terminal 15.
PART NUMBER P TOOL NAME
HD-41404 OTEST CONNECTOR KIT
S
Table 2-11. LostSCommunication with LIN Bus Network
I Diagnostic Faults
B
LE CAUSES
Open in LIN bus circuit to the banking lamp ____
Open in LIN bus circuit to the PAC switch ______
Short to ground in LIN bus circuit ____________
Short to voltage in UN bus circuit ______________________
2-45 94000979
7. Do1.any
Banking Lamp LIN
of the previous DTCsCircuit
reset? Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. InspectBCM connection. Connect BCM BOB. See
41404), test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 9 and
[134B] terminal 4.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (TN/BK) wire.

4. LIN Bus Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN ON.

b. No. Repair open in (TN/BK) wire.
2. PAC Switch LIN Circuit Open Test

1. Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 9 and [325B]
terminal 3.
Figure 2-96.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (TN/BK) wire.

5. DTC Validation Test

b. No. Repair open in (TN/BK) wire. 1. Connect bank lamp [134].
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. LIN Bus Circuit Short to Ground Test
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
2-46 94000979
1444433
J
f HO-50 MO-12-P
BBBBBBB
OQWO-O-0-
° go-go c
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBffi
\BBIMIBB
Figure 2-97.
o o g o o o g
BBBB ® ®B
a. Yes. Replace bank lamp.
94000979 2-47
7. Do any of the previous DTCs reset?
2-48 94000979
SUBJECT PAGE
NO.
3.1 BATTERY TESTING .................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 STARTING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................. 3-3
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS...................................................................................................... 3-10
3.4 TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE ............................................................................... 3-13
3.5 TESTING STARTER ON BENCH ............................................................................................ 3-14
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM ............................................................................................................. 3-15
3.7 ABS/EHCU VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................... 3-23
3.8 BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS ................................................ 3-28
3.9 ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS .............................................................................................. 3-37
3.10 BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................... 3-41
NOTES
BATTERY TESTING 3.1
GENERAL
Test battery condition by using a voltage, charging or load test.

GRX- GRX-
3110 3110
Always fully charge battery prior to load testing. VERSION: YERSKW mwm
1IMIOIS DIAGNOSTIC MODE
38
NOTE
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
PART NUMBER PART NUMBER
An automatic, constant monitoring battery charger/tender with a 65989-97C 660IO-97C
charging rate of 5 amps or less at less than 14.6V is
=RE5ULT5= =ITE5ULTSs=
recommended. The use of constant current chargers (including REPLACE BATTERY GOOD BATTERY
trickle chargers) to charge sealed AGM batteries is not BAEIERY NO. 65989-97C teATlERY NO. 66010-97C
MEASURED VOLTS: 5.97 VEASUREO VOLTS’ 1277
recommended. Any overcharge will cause dry-out and premature DEGREES F 92 DEGREES f 73
==HESUL15= :HESUIT5=
battery failure. REPLACE BATTERY GOOD BATTERY
LOAD TEST FAIL CHARGE LOAD TEST- PASS

VOLTMETER TEST ______________________ TIME 00:14:" ' AMP HCMJfiS
<
CHARGE TIME:
AMP HOURS:
The voltmeter test provides a general indication of battery state

:
7;,-': ;J MEAL'- ■STATE
7T 0rFtESiR7S®)
of charge or condition. Check the voltage of the battery to verify
0, “ '
S
that it is in a 100% fully charged condition. Refer to Table 3-1. LAST 8 OF VlN l AST 8 Or VlN
60030425 00001877
• If the open circuit (disconnected) voltage reading is below mjjjlMBER SERIAL NUMBER
3 003366
12.6V, charge battery and then check voltage after battery toTOT-
has set for 1-2 hours. iMiWaiTl
• If voltage reading is 12.7V or above, perform a load test. See

Figure 3-1. Battery Test Results Printout (Typical)
Load Test (Page 3-1).
LOAD TEST _______________
Table 3-1. Voltmeter Test For Battery Charge Conditions A WARNING
VOLTAGE STATE OF CHARGE
Disconnect negative (-) battery cable first. If positive (+)
12.7 100%
cable should contact ground with negative (-) cable
12.6 75%
connected, the resulting sparks can cause a battery
12.3 50%
explosion, which could result in death or serious injury.
12.0 25% (00049a)
11.8 0%
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST 6 7 1. With vehicle battery on a bench, charge battery using an
automatic, constant monitoring battery charger approved for
AGM batteries.
NOTE
GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
Always fully charge battery before testing or test readings
will be incorrect. Load testing a discharged battery can also
result in permanent battery damage.
Test battery using the HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
(PART NUMBER: GRX-3110HD).
A WARNING
A WARNING Turn battery load tester OFF before connecting tester cables
to battery terminals. Connecting tester cables with load
Disconnect negative (-) battery cable first. If positive (+)
tester ON can cause a spark and battery explosion, which
cable should contact ground with negative (-) cable
connected, the resulting sparks can cause a battery could result in death or serious injury, (00252a)
explosion, which could result in death or serious injury.
(00049a) 2. See Figure 3-2. Connect tester leads to battery posts and
7 Disconnect and remove battery. place induction pickup over negative (black) cable.
2, Read GRX instruction manual before performing a battery
NOTE
test.
To avoid load tester and/or battery damage, do not leave
3. Connect HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION (PART load tester switch turned ON for more than 20 seconds.
NUMBER: GRX-3110HD) leads to the battery terminals.
4. Test results will include a decision on battery condition and
measured state of charge. See Figure 3-1. The GRX printer
will provide a printout including test results:
a. GOOD BATTERY - Return battery to service.
b. REPLACE BATTERY - Replace battery.
94000979 3-1
A WARNING
Turn battery load tester OFF before disconnecting tester

cables to battery terminals. Disconnecting tester cables with
load tester ON can cause a spark and battery explosion,
which could result in death or serious injury. (00253a)
A WARNING
Connect positive (+) battery cable first. If positive (+) cable

should contact ground with negative (-) cable connected, the
resulting sparks can cause a battery explosion, which could
result in death or serious injury. (00068a)
NOTICE
Do not over-tighten bolts on battery terminals. Use

recommended torque values. Over-tightening battery
terminal bolts could result in damage to battery terminals.
(00216a)
3. Load battery at 50 percent of CCA rating using load tester.

Voltage reading after 15 seconds should be 9.6V or more at
a certain temperature. Refer to Table 3-2.
Temperature: 70 °F (21 °C) 1. Load tester
2. Induction pickup
Table 3-2. Battery Load Test
3. Battery ______________________
COLD CRANKING Figure 3-2. Load Test Battery
AMPERAGE (CCA) 100% 50%
Pan America models 225 110
3-2 94000979
STARTING SYSTEM 3.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION COMPONENTS
Battery voltage is supplied to the BCM at all times through the Starter
main fuse. The engine stop switch also functions as the
ignition switch. The starter receives power from the battery through the starter
solenoid and is grounded through the starter case. When the
When the engine stop switch is in the RUN position, a CAN starter solenoid is energized, it allows current to flow to the
message is sent, signaling the BCM that the switch is in the RUN starter motor.
position, if CAN communication is interrupted while the engine is
running, the BCM checks for the signal from the redundant With the starter motor turning, the rotation is transferred:
engine stop switch circuit. • The starter armature gear transfers rotation to the friction
When the start switch is pressed, a CAN message is sent to the clutch reduction gear.
BCM. The BCM provides power to the starter solenoid. This • The reduction gear transfers rotation to the charging rotor
energizes the solenoid and full battery power is sent to the ring gear.
starter. The BCM disables the starter solenoid if the start switch
is pressed for more than 10 seconds. The rotor ring gear has a one-way clutch. When the engine
starts, it allows the charging rotor to spin freely without causing
any damage to the starter motor.
94000979 3-3
1. Horn [122-1] 10. Solenoid to battery
2. Horn [122-2] 11. Solenoid to starter
3. JSS [133] 12. Battery ground post
4. Cooling fan [97] 13. Starter post
5. CKP [79] 14. Battery positive post
6. Purge solenoid [95] 15. Front H02S [138]
7. Stator [47] 16. Ground 3
8. Voltage regulator [77] 17. Rear HQ2S [137]
9. Starter solenoid [128]
Figure 3-3. Front Upper Connectors
Starter Solenoid Engine Stop Switch

See Figure 3-3. The starter solenoid provides power to the The engine stop switch is located on the right hand controls. The
starter. The solenoid is a means of controlling a high amperage engine stop switch also functions as the ignition switch. With the
device with a low amperage switch. The low amperage switch in engine stop switch in the RUN position, a CAN message is sent,
this circuit is the BCM. The BCM sends voltage to the starter signaling the BCM that the switch is in the RUN position. If CAN
solenoid making a magnetic field that pulls a larger circuit closed, communication is interrupted while engine is running, a
allowing voltage to the starter. redundant engine stop switch circuit allows communication to the
BCM.
3-4 94000979
Start Switch A WARNING
The start switch is a push button switch located in the right hand Batteries, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
controls. When the start switch is pressed, a CAN message is contain lead and lead compounds, and other chemicals
sent to the BCM. known to the State of California to cause cancer, and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after
BCM handling, (00019e)
The BCM supplies ignition and accessory power to most of the NOTICE
vehicle. It controls the lighting along with other functions by using If battery releases an excessive amount of gas during
the switches as inputs and the power circuits for the lights and charging, decrease the charging rate. Overheating can result
other electrical loads as outputs. in plate distortion, internal shorting, drying out or damage.
(00413b)
Battery
A WARNING The AGM batteries are permanently sealed, maintenance-free,
valve-regulated, lead/calcium and sulfuric acid batteries.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid, which could cause severe
burns to eyes and skin. Wear a protective face shield, The battery is recharged by the alternator and kept from
rubberized gloves and protective clothing when working overcharging by the regulator during use.
with batteries. KEEP BATTERIES AWAY FROM CHILDREN. Battery condition can be determined by a voltage test, a charging
(00063a) and a load test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1).
A WARNING The battery must be fully charged to perform a conductance test
Never remove warning label from battery. Failure to read and or a load test.
understand all precautions contained in warning, could
result in death or serious injury. (00064b) Grinding Noise or Erratic Starting
A WARNING 1. Remove starter.
Explosive hydrogen gas, which escapes during charging, 2. Inspect the starter mounting surface and mating area on
could cause death or serious injury. Charge battery in a engine case for arcing and pitting. This condition is caused
well-ventilated area. Keep open flames, electrical sparks and by insufficient ground and or clamp load.
smoking materials away from battery at all times. KEEP
3. Clean mating surfaces.
BATTERIES AWAY FROM CHILDREN. (00065a)
4. Inspect starter pinion gear and mating friction clutch
A WARNING reduction gear. Replace starter and reduction gear if
If battery becomes hot, gassing or spewing of electrolyte damaged.
can occur, which could cause death or serious injury. 5. Install starter.
Unplug or turn OFF the charger until battery cools. (00412b)
For additional information about the connectors in the following
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
94000979 3-5
1 <123242
I BK I °J------ 1°
Battery
(Oj [5B] [5A]
GND 3
Fuse RH 2 2 Battery 40A

Block Main Fuse
■ Rr 1 1 Fuse Power
Starter
Solenoid
[TT]Y[128B] [242B-1] [242A-1]
BCM
Battery Power
s; E
_ii — R/BK ■ 1
BBK/GN1 11
E
12
1
11
12
Starter Solenoid Power
Ground
CAN High
'3 13 13 CAN Low

2 Engine Slop Switch Input
EWfGY’ 20 20
GND 2 [242B-2] [242A-2]
Gear Position [145B] [145A] [22A-2] [22B-2]

Sensor RHCM
5V Sensor Power BK/GN I 7
1 1 7 1 1 B BK/GN S Ground
Gear Position Sensor 2
== 1 BK/GN =^0 BK/GN :
2
Ground 3 3
w 2 2 2 2 — W/R — CAN High
-W/R ___ j— W/R _
m;
W/BK*
[269A] [269B] 3 3 ■ W/BK ■ -f ■ W/BK - 3 3 = W/BK = CAN Low
R/O 1 1 4 4 R/O Battery
R/O ^ ! R/O
:W/GY:
=9 9 : W/GY —- ■ W/GY :
E H W/GY H Engine Stop Switch
E[22B-2]
[22A-2J
ECM
w: 78 78 Gear position Sensor

74 74 5V Sensor Ground 1
70 70 5V Sensor Power 1
67 67 Battery Fuse
ii— BK/GNI Ground
2 2
[78 B] [7 8A]
R/O I 1 1 R/O Battery

BK/GN ■ BK ■■ Ground
2 2 LHCM
3 3 =^W/R_^; CAN High
4 4 — yy/BK = CAN Low
[24A] [24B]
Figure 3-4. Starting Circuit

STARTER TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting tables contain detailed procedures to solve and

correct problems. Follow STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3) to
diagnose starting system problems. The Voltage Drop (Page 1-
28) procedure will help you to locate poor connections or
components with excessive voltage drops.
3-6 94000979
STARTER TESTING ______________________ NOTE
• Verify that vehicle is in neutral.
Table 3-3. Starter Testing Diagnostic Faults • Check that key fob is present and in working order (if security
POSSIBLE CAUSES equipped).
Short to voltage at starter solenoid • Verify the engine stop switch is in RUN position.
Start switch malfunction
Short to voltage on BCM supply circuit ________________ __ 1. Battery Test
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1).
1. Starting System Operational Test
2. Did battery pass test?
1. Press start switch.
2. Does starter spin?
b. No. Replace battery.
a. Yes, starter spins but does not engage. See Starter
Spins But Does Not Engage (Page 3-9). 2. Ignition Circuit Test
b. Yes, starter stalls or spins too slowly. See Starter
Stalls or Spins Too Slowly (Page 3-9).
1. TurnIGNON.
c. Yes, starter runs on. Go to Test 3. 2. Does IM, headlamp and tail lamps illuminate?
d. No. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
b. No. IM is inoperative, but headlamp and tail lamps
2. Noise Test illuminate. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative
DTCs (Page 2-7).
1. While listening for clicking noise from starter solenoid, press
start switch. c. No. IM, headlamp and tall lamps inoperative. See
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
2. Is there a click? DTCS (Page 2-26).
a. Yes, starter solenoid clicks. See Starter Solenoid Clicks
(Page 3-8).
3. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test
b. No. See Nothing Clicks (Page 3-7).
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Starter Solenoid Test 2. Verify vehicle is in neutral.
1. Disconnect starter solenoid [128] and inspect connections. 3. Inspect BCM connections,
4. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
2. Does starter stop?
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), momentary jumper BCM power [242B-1] terminal 1
b. No. Replace starter solenoid. to BOB terminal 1.
6. Does starter solenoid engage?
4. Checking DTCs Test
1, Check DTCs.
2. Is DTC B212112 present?
a. Yes. See STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10).

b. No. Replace BCM.
NOTHING CLICKS _______________________

Table 3-4. Nothing Clicks Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE

CAUSES
Low battery
Open fuse
Gear position sensor malfunction b. No. Replace start solenoid.
Gear position sensor circuit fault Start
switch malfunction Open starter
solenoid power circuit Open starter
solenoid ground circuit
94000979 3-7
4. Neutral Switch Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
1. Connect BCM to BOB. b. No. Replace battery.
2. Connect [242-1], 2. Starter Solenoid Voltage Drop Starter Side

3. Turn IGN ON. Test
4. Observe IM display. 1. See Figure 1-15. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+)
terminal to starter terminal (BK) wire.
5. Is neutral Indicated on IM display?
2. Is voltage drop greater than 1 .OV?
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16).
5. BCM Test 1 3. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop

1. Turn IGN OFF. Test
2. Remove main fuse [5]. 1. See Figure 1-16. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+)
terminal to starter solenoid terminal 1 (BK) wire.
3. Remove BCM BOB.
4. Replace current BCM with known good BCM. 2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
5. Install main fuse. a. Yes. Repair or replace (BK) wire from starter solenoid
terminal 1 to battery (+) terminal,
6. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace starter solenoid.
7. Clean DTCs.
4. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test
9. Does engine crank?
1. See Figure 1-17. Perform voltage drop test from battery (-)
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. terminal to chassis ground.
b. No. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40). 2. Is voltage drop greater than 1,0V?
a. Yes. Inspect (BK) wire for damage from battery (-) terminal
6. BCM Test 2 to chassis ground, repair or replace if necessary. Go to
Test 5.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse. b No. Go to Test 6.
3. Remove known good BCM.

5. Starter Ground Test
4. Install original BCM.
1. Remove starter attaching bolts.
5. Install main fuse.
2. Clean bolts and starter base, install starter bolts.
6. Turn IGN ON.
7. Clear DTCs.
a. Yes, engine cranks at normal speed. Repair complete,
b. Yes, engine cranks, but at a slower speed. See
9. Does engine crank? Starter Current Draw Test (Page 3-13).
a. Yes. Conditions are no longer present for current c. No. Replace starter.
symptom.
b. No. Replace BCM. 6. Starter Draw Test

STARTER SOLENOID CLICKS _____________ 1. Perform Starter Current Draw Test on motorcycle. See Starter
Current Draw Test (Page 3-13).
Table 3-5. Starter Solenoid Clicks Diagnostic Faults 2. Perform Starter Motor Free Running Current Draw Test on
POSSIBLE CAUSES bench. See Free Running Current Draw Test (Page 3-14).
Low battery Starter 3. Are test results within range?
malfunction Starter solenoid
malfunction a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
Poor battery cable connections ______________ b. No. Replace starter.
Mechanical binding 7. Mechanical Binding Test
1. Remove spark plugs and place transmission in sixth gear.
1. Battery Test
2. Raise vehicle.
2, Did battery pass test? 3. Rotate rear wheel.
4. Check for engine binding in the primary and/or crankshaft.
3-8 94000979
terminal to chassis ground, repair or replace if necessary.
5. Is engine binding?
b. No. Clean bolts and starter base, install starter bolts.
a. Yes. Repair as needed.
b. No. Replace starter assembly.
5. Starter Draw Test
STARTER SPINS BUT DOES NOT ENGAGE 1. Perform Starter Current Draw Test on motorcycle, See Starter
Current Draw Test (Page 3-13).
Table 3-6. Starter Spins But Does Not Engage Diagnostic 2. Perform Starter Motor Free Running Current Draw Test (on
Faults bench). See Free Running Current Draw Test (Page 3-14).
POSSIBLE CAUSES 3. Are test results within range?
Charging rotor assembly
a. Yes. With the spark plugs removed and transmission in
Friction clutch reduction gear and/or starter pinion damage
6th gear, rotate rear wheel. Check for engine, primary
and/or crankshaft bind.
1. Pinion Gear and Reduction Gear Test
1. Remove starter. b. No. Replace starter.
2. Inspect for damage to starter pinion gear and mating

reduction gear. 6. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop
Test
3. Is damage present?
1. Perform voltage drop test between battery (+) terminal and
a. Yes. Replace starter assembly and/or reduction gear and starter solenoid terminal 1 (BK) wire,
friction clutch.
2, Is voltage drop greater than 1,0V?
b. No. Replace charging rotor assembly. a. Yes. Repair or replace connection between battery (+)
terminal and starter solenoid terminal 1 (BK) wire.
STARTER STALLS OR SPINS TOO SLOWLY
b. No. Repair or replace connection between starter solenoid
terminal 2 (BK) wire and starter.
Table 3-7. Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly Diagnostic
Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low battery Starter malfunction Starter solenoid malfunction Poor
connections at starter ground Poor battery cable connections
1. Battery Test

2. Starter Stud Voltage Drop Test
1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+) terminal to starter
stud. See Voltage Drop (Page 1-28).
2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
3. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test

1. Perform voltage drop test between battery (-) terminal and
starter attaching bolts.
2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
a. Yes. Go to Test 4,
4. Chassis Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test

1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (-) terminal to chassis
ground.
2. Is voltage drop greater than 1,0V?
a. Yes. Inspect (BK) wire for damage from battery (-)
94000979 3-9
STARTER OUTPUT DTCS 3.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION___________ Conditions for Setting
• DTC B212113 will set if the starter solenoid circuit draws less
The starter solenoid circuit is controlled and monitored by the than 600 milliamps.
BCM. The BCM receives a CAN message from the start switch in
the RHCM to engage the starter. Voltage is sent from the BCM to • DTC B212119 will set if the starter solenoid circuit draws more
the starter solenoid [128] (R/BK) wire. The BCM disables the than 12 amps.
starter solenoid if the start switch is pressed for more than 10
seconds. Connector Information
Table 3-8. Code Description For additional information about the connectors in the following
DTC DESCRIPTION
B212111 Starter output shorted
•R^ to ground
—SMM
B212115 Starter output shorted to voltage/open
B212119 Starter output overloaded
L
[5B] [5A]
1423246 o
2 2 Battery 40A
Fuse Power Main Fuse
1 1
_
[242B-1] [242A-1J
BCM
□E
Battery Power
1 Starter Solenoid Power

1
11 11 Ground
12 12 CAN High
13 13 CAN Low
Engine Stop Switch Input
20 20
[242B-2] [242A-2]
RHCM
Engine Slop Switch f W/GY ^ 7 11 7 [ESE W/GY ~=~
[22B-1 ] [22A-1] [145A] [145B]

GND 2
Figure 3-6. Starter
DTC B212111 3. C
onnect BCM BOB, leaving BCM disconnected. See
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 1 and ground.
Table 3-9. DTC B212111 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short in starter circuit
Short in starter solenoid
1. Starter Solenoid Supply Resistance Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect BCM connections.
3-10 94000979
1431973
5. Is continuity present? 2. Is battery voltage present?
HO-60380-I2-P
aaaaam
aooaoaa
aaafflfflaa
am®®®®
1 SSBOSH ram© ©a
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/BK) wire between
[242B-2] terminal 1 and [128B] terminal 1.
Figure 3-7.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs a. Yes. Replace starter solenoid.
and verify current DTC sets.
b. No. Replace BCM if no other DTCs are set.
DTC B212115 ____________________
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 3. Starter Solenoid Ground Circuit Test
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128] and inspect connections.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 41404), test resistance between [128B] terminal 2 (BK) wire
Open in starter circuit and ground.
Open in starter solenoid 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Short in starter circuit
Short in starter solenoid
1. Starter Circuit Voltage Test

1. Clear DTC B212115.
2. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Connect BCM BOB with BCM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
b No. Repair open between [128] terminal 2 and ground.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. See Figure 3-8. Test voltage between BOB terminal 1 and
ground. 4. Starter Solenoid Supply Circuit Test
7. Is battery voltage present? 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 1 and [128]
terminal
1.
2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test

1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 1 and ground, while
pressing start button for 8-10 seconds.
94000979 3-11
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Ohm? 3. Inspect [128] and (R/BK) wire for damage or corrosion.
4. Is any present?
a. Yes. Repair or replace [128] and (R/BK) wire.

1. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test

41404), test continuity between [128B] terminal 1 (R/BK)
wire and ground.
b. No. Repair open in (R/BK) wire between [242B-2]

terminal 1 and [128] terminal 1.
5. Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test b. No. Replace starter solenoid.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Starter Solenoid Supply Continuity Test
3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B- 1. Inspect BCM connections.
50085), remove terminal 1 from [242B-2],
2. Connect BCM BOB, leaving BCM disconnected. See
4. Connect [242-2]. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
5. Turn IGN ON. 3. Test continuity between BOB terminal 1 and ground.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal 1 and
ground.
1431973
f !
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/BK) wire.
MD-50S60 12 P
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets. ooooooo
00000.00
DTC B212119 ___________________________ OOOOO
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME OO
o o 0 o
o o o Figur
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ooooooo e 3-
Short in starter circuit Starter solenoid malfunction Corrosion at
on 12.
connector
ooooo a. Y
1. Starter Solenoid [128] Test MM
es. Repair® ® f short fl to ground in (R/BK) wire between [242B-2]
------------ jdz: -----------------------------------
terminal 1 and [128B] terminal 1.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128] and inspect connections. verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace starter
solenoid.
3-12 94000979
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE 3.4
STARTER CURRENT DRAW TEST 3. Clamp FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART
NUMBER: HD-39617) around positive battery cable to
starter solenoid.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME NOTE
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE After the start button has been pressed, the engine will crank for
NOTE 10 seconds automatically from a single button push.
• Engine temperature should be stable and at room
temperature. 4. With IGN ON, press start button and read ammeter.
Disregard initial high current reading. This is normal when
’ Battery should be fully charged. engine is first turned over.
5. Did starter current draw exceed 180A?
Check starter current draw with FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT
PROBE (PART NUMBER: HD-39617). See DIAGNOSTIC a. Yes. Perform a bench test. See Free Running Current
TOOLS (Page 1-24). Draw Test (Page 3-14).
1. Verify that transmission is in neutral. b. No. Starter current is within specification.

2. Disconnect CKP sensor [79] and inspect connections.
94000979 3-13
TESTING STARTER ON BENCH 3.5
FREE RUNNING CURRENT DRAW TEST b. If reading is higher, replace starter.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME c. If starter current draw on vehicle was over 180A and this
test was within specification, possible causes may be
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE
engine modifications or powertrain binding.
1. Place starter in vise. Use a clean shop towel to prevent

scratches or other damage.
2. See Figure 3-13. Attach one heavy jumper cable (6 gauge

minimum).
a. Connect one end to starter mounting flange.
b. Connect the other end to battery (-) terminal of a fully

charged battery.
3. Connect a second heavy jumper cable (6 gauge minimum).
a. Connect one end to battery (+) terminal of battery.
b. Connect other end to battery terminal on starter.

Clamp probe around cable.
Special Tool: FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE
(HD-39617)
A CAUTION
Keep fingers and clothing away from starter gear to prevent
personal injury. (00613b)
4. Check ammeter reading.
a. Ammeter should show 90A maximum.
3-14 94000979
CHARGING SYSTEM 3.6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Voltage Regulator

See Figure 3-15 . The voltage regulator is a series regulator. The
The charging system is the source of electric current that
circuit combines the functions of rectifying and regulating.
supplies power to run the ignition, lights, accessories and
charges the battery. TROUBLESHOOTING _____________________
• AC voltage is generated by an alternator assembly driven by
the crankshaft. Battery
• A rotor supplied with a magnetic field spins around a stator. Test for a weak or dead battery. Battery must be fully charged in
• A rectifier (located in the regulator) converts the voltage from order to perform a battery diagnostic test, load test or starting or
AC to DC. charging tests. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1).
• A regulator matches the output voltage to the battery voltage Wiring

as engine speed varies.
The stator connections must be clean and tight.
Even though the alternator provides additional voltage at all
engine speeds, avoid idling the engine for extended periods of Check for corroded or loose connections in the charging system
time. circuit.
Alternator Voltage Regulator Inspection

The alternator consists of two main components: The voltage regulator must be clean and tight. Verify both AC
and DC connectors are fully inserted and locked with the
• The rotor which mounts to the left end side of the crankshaft. regulator latch.
• The stator which is attached to the crankcase half.
Table 3-12. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
B233000 Charging system fault
94000979 3-15
1433664
10. Solenoid to battery 15. Front H02S [138]

11. Solenoid to starter 16. Ground 3
12. Battery ground post 17. Rear H02S [137]
13. Starter post
14. Battery positive post
Connector information
3-16 94000979
1426915
2. Off Idle Voltage Test

123 I/J47B] 1 2 3
1. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm for 30 seconds.
f[47A]
2. With the engine still running at 3000 RPM, test battery
voltage.
3. Is voltage above 14V?
A kl/[77A] □ Y
[77B] a. Yes. Charging system working properly.
ir s: b. No. Go to Test 3.
[5A] [5B]
40A
Main Fuse
Fuse Power 1
Battery 2
1
2 J 3. AC Output Test
1. Perform AC output test. See Battery Charging Tests (Page
L 2.
3-19).
Did output test pass?
] b. No. Go to Test 4.
4. Stator Test
1. Perform stator test. See Battery Charging Tests (Page 3-19).
2. Is the stator good?
b. No. Replace stator.
5. Rotor Inspection Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Main fuse 2. Inspect rotor for damage.
2. Stator
3. 3. Is rotor in good condition?
Voltage regulator GND3
4. front of crankcase Starter a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
5. and solenoid
b. No. Replace rotor.
Figure 3-15. Charging System Circuit
PTC B233000. LOW OR NO CHARGING
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 6. Voltage Regulator Power Circuit Test

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Disconnect voltage regulator [77] and inspect connections.
Table 3-13. DTC B233000, Low or No Charging Diagnostic 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Faults
41404), test resistance between [77B] terminal (P) and
battery.
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES
Battery 3. Is resistance less than 0,5 ohm?
Stator malfunction
Rotor malfunction
—
Voltage regulator malfunction
Open voltage regulator circuit
Stator shorted to ground AC
wire shorted to ground
1. Battery Test
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1). Figure 3-16.
a, Yes. Go to Test 7.
b. No. Repair open wire between voltage regulator [77B]
terminal (P) and battery.
94000979 3-17
7. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
NOTE
Voltage regulator ground must have a clean, tight connection for
proper grounding.
1. Test resistance between [77B] terminal (N) and ground 3.

2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Figure 3-18.
a. Yes. Replace voltage regulator,
b. No. Repair open wire between [77B] terminal (N) and
ground 3 (BK) wire.
LOW BATTERY AFTER EXTENDED IGN OFF
Table 3-15. Low Battery After Extended IGN OFF Diagnost-

ic Faults
a. Yes. Replace voltage regulator.
b. No. Repair open wire between voltage regulator [77B] POSSIBLE CAUSES
terminal (N) and ground 3 (BK) wire. Battery ___________________________________________
Accessories improperly wired to stay on at all times Excessive
OVERCHARGING draw from electrical component with IGN OFF Battery discharged
because motorcycle was not operated for a long period ______
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Battery Test

Table 3-14. Overcharging Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~ 2, Did battery pass test?
Voltage regulator malfunction _________ a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

Open in ground circuit _______________________________ b, No. Replace battery.
1. Battery Voltage Test 2. Amp Draw Test

1. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm, test battery voltage.
1. Perform milliampere draw test. See Battery Charging Tests
2, Is voltage above 15.5V? (Page 3-19).
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 2. Did test exceed maximum draw?
b. No. Charging system working properly. a. Yes. Repair excessive draw and run test again.
b. No. System is working properly,
2. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test
BATTERY RUNS DOWN DURING USE
NOTE
Voltage regulator ground must have a clean and tight connection
for proper grounding.
Table 3-16. Battery Runs Down During Use Diagnostic

Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Battery _________
Excessive accessory draw ___
Accessories on when idling or low rpm riding for extended period
________________________________________________
1. Battery Test
3-18 94000979
2. Total Current Draw Test Table 3-17. Milliampere Draw Test
MAXIMUM DRAW IN MILLI-
1. Perform total current draw and output test. See Battery
ITEM AMPERES
Charging Tests (Page 3-19).
LHCM 0.5
2, Does charging system exceed current draw by 3.5A? RHCM 0.5
IM 0.5
a. Yes. System is working properly.
Regulator 1.0
b. No. System accessory power requirements exceed ABS/EHCU (if equipped) 1.0
charging system capability. BCM 1.0
ECM 1.0
BATTERY CHARGING TESTS ______________ Security siren (if equipped) 20.0*
* Siren will draw for 2-24 hours from time motorcycle battery
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME is connected and 0.05 mA once siren battery is charged.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Disconnect siren during milliampere draw test.
Milliampere Draw Test

NOTE
Be sure accessories are not wired so they stay on at ail times.
This condition could drain battery completely if vehicle is parked
for a long time.
1. Security system: Enable service mode before performing

test. See SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND
CONFIGURATIONS (Page 5-68).
2. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Verify all lights and accessories are OFF.
4. Disconnect the security siren (if equipped) and inspect
connections.
5. Remove main fuse.
NOTE
With IGN OFF, an initial current draw will occur directly after
connecting meter. This should drop to the values shown in
Table 3-17 in less than 30 seconds.
6. See Figure 3-19. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART

NUMBER: HD-41404), connect ammeter to main fuse
socket terminals. With this arrangement, you will also pick
up any regulator drain.
Figure 3-19. Milliampere Draw Test (Ignition Turned to OFF)
7. Observe current reading. Total Current Draw and Output Test
a. Add the maximum draw values found in table for the
components equipped on the vehicle being tested. If the If battery runs down during use, the current draw of the
motorcycle components and accessories may exceed output of
reading observed on the ammeter is less than the sum of
the charging system.
the maximum draw for the components, the draw is
within specification. Refer to Table 3-17. NOTE
b. A higher ammeter reading indicates excessive current If a load tester is unavailable, use an ammeter with current probe.
draw. Locate the component or accessory with high draw
by unplugging one at a time while observing the meter A WARNING
reading.
Turn battery load tester OFF before connecting tester cables

to battery terminals. Connecting tester cables with load
tester ON can cause a spark and battery explosion, which
could result in death or serious injury. (00252a)
94000979 3-19
1. See Figure 3-20. Connect load tester.
a. Remove battery.
b. Install battery terminal adapters HD-50977 to the battery.
c. Using two foot long, 4-gauge jumper cables with terminal
lugs, connect the battery to the vehicle.
NOTE
Use a 6 in (15 cm) piece of wiring sleeve to cover the positive
cable connection to prevent shorting to the frame.
d. Connect negative and positive load tester leads to battery

terminals.
e. Place load tester induction pickup over battery negative

cable.
2. With IGN OFF, disconnect voltage regulator [77] and inspect

connections.
3. Start engine.
4. Turn all continuously running lights and accessories ON
(headlamp on high beam).
5. Run engine at 3000 rpm and make note of the current draw.
NOTE
Clutch may need to be pulled in to reach 3000 rpm. Some
markets will have a neutral rev limit of2200 rpm. Pulling in the
clutch disables that when in neutral.
6. Turn IGN OFF.

7. Connect voltage regulator [77],
8. Remove the induction pickup from the battery negative
cable.
9. Place induction pickup over positive regulator cable.

Stator Test
10. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
NOTE
Do not leave any load switch turned on for more than 20 seconds
NUMBER: HD-41404), connect an ohmmeter.
or overheating and tester damage are possible.
11. Increase the load as required to obtain a constant 13.0V.

12. Current output should be 35-44A. Make note of current
output.
NOTE
Rider's habits may require output test at lower rpm.
13. Compare both of these readings.

a. Disconnect voltage regulator [47] from alternator stator
a. The current output should exceed current draw by 3.5A
wiring and inspect connections.
minimum.
b. Insert one ohmmeter lead into a stator connector socket.
b. If output does not meet specifications, there may be too
many accessories for the charging system to handle. c. Attach the other lead to a suitable ground.
3. Test continuity.
a. A good stator will show no continuity (open circuit)

between all stator sockets and ground.
b. Any other reading indicates a grounded stator which
must be replaced.
3-20 94000979
4. See Figure 3-26. Remove ground lead. Test resistance across
stator [47B] terminals 1-2, 2-3 and 3-1.
Figure 3-24.
a. Resistance across all stator terminals should be 0.1-0.3
ohm.
b. If resistance is out of range, replace stator.
NOTE
When testing resistance (ohms), compensate for test lead
resistance before performing the measurement. Select the ohms
position and touch the test leads together. See the multimeter
user's manual to zero display or manually subtract test lead
resistance from the measured circuit's value.
94000979 3-21
b. Test for VAC across stator [47B] terminals 1 to 2.
c. Run the engine at 2000 rpm. The VAC output should be
32-56 VAC (approximately 16-28 per 1000 rpm).
d. Repeat test using terminals 2 to 3 and 1 to 3.
2. Compare test results to specifications.

a. If the output is below specifications, charging problem
could be a faulty rotor or stator.
b. if output is within specifications, charging problem might
be faulty voltage regulator. Replace as required.
AC Output Test
NUMBER: HD-41404), test AC output.
a. Disconnect voltage regulator [47] from alternator stator

wiring and inspect connections.
3-22 94000979
ABS/EHCU VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS 3.7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ■ DTC C0562FE is displayed when the ABS/EHCU falls below
9.4V.
See Figure 3-31 and Figure 3-32. Battery voltage is monitored by • DTC C056300 is displayed when the ABS/EHCU exceeds
the ABS/EHCU module. 16.5V during a non-ABS event.
• If the battery voltage fails to meet normal operating parameters, • DTC C0563FF is displayed when the ABS/EHCU exceeds
the ABS indicator is illuminated. 17.0V during a non-ABS event.
■ If the voltage remains out of normal operating parameters and

the vehicle speed is above 5.0 mph (8 km/h), a DTC is set.
DTC DESCRIPTION
DTC C056200, C0562FE, C056300 and C0563FF C056200 ABS/EHCU voltage low
Battery voltage is monitored by the ABS/EHCU module on both ABS/EHCU voltage low - signal below
terminals 9 and 18. C0562FE critical threshold
C056300 ABS/EHCU voltage high
• DTC C056200 is displayed when the ABS/EHCU falls below
ABS/EHCU voltage high - signal above
11.0V
C0563FF critical threshold

3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
94000979 3-23
1420560
I ^
____
-N ■1 ' ! 1
5)JPi
DIAGNOSTICS _________________________ ________ Low voltage generally indicates a loose wire, corroded
connections, battery or a charging system problem.
High voltage DTC may set when the vehicle is placed on an

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Diagnostic Tips unapproved constant current battery charger for a long period of
time.
Any of the following conditions could cause these DTCs to set:
• The charging system is malfunctioning. Connector Information
• There is excessive battery draw. For additional information about the connectors in the following
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-
• Extended idling in heavy traffic. 1).
• A faulty system ground is present.
• Shorted ABS/EHCU actuator circuit.
3-24 94000979
1423250
[5B] [5A]
R Battery 40A
2 2 Main
Fuse R 1 1
Fuse Power
Fuse
Block
D
B Battery Infotain j
10A ;
7.5A
c [64B]
[242B-1] [242A-1] BCM

□0 Battery Power
mm R
r"~
— R/BK i1 1 Starter Solenoid Power
— R/GN I 4 4 System Power 1
BK/GN ■ Ground
11 11
[39A] [39B] [242B-2] [242A-2]

-»-
ABS EHCU
IM
Infotain Power R/PK
BK/GN*
Ground
[166B] [166A]
[78Aj [78B]
ECM [145A] [145B]
Ground 2 2 BK/GN ■
Ground 3 33 ^ BK/GN I I BK/GN - I BK/GN : -
System Power 5 5R/GN ■ R/O R/GN R/O R/GNW
Battery Fuse 67 67 R/O
GND 2
Figure 3-33. High and Low Voltage Modules

PTC C056200. C0562FE Charging System Test
Perform charging system test. See DTC B233000, Low or
No Charging (Page 3-17).
Is charging system working properly?
Table 3-19. DTC C056200, C0562FE Diagnostic Faults
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
Low battery b. No. Repair charging system.
Open ABS/EHCU ground circuit
Open ABS/EHCU battery circuit _
3. ABS/EHCU Battery Voltage Test
1. Battery Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1). 2. Inspect ABS connections.
2. Did battery pass test? 3. Connect ABS BOB with ABS connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. With transmission in neutral, turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between BOB terminals 9 and 10.
94000979 3-25
1170662
6. Test voltage between BOB terminals 18 and 10. 2. Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 V?
7. Is battery voltage present on both?
BBBBBBB
1170660
BB[
BBBBBBB
9Bi9l«9BB
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
9BBBI9BBf
nOGOOOO
BBBBBBB
Figure 3-34. a. Yes. Repair wiring between [166B] terminal 10
a. Yes. Go to Test 8. Figure 3-36.

b. No. Go to Test 4. and battery negative.
b. No. Problem may be intermittent. Locate and repair bad
4. ABS/EHCU Battery Voltage Drop Test connection. Perform Wiggle Test (Page 1-29). If no
problem is found, then continue with tests. Go to Test
1. Perform a voltage drop test between battery (+) terminal 8.
and BOB terminal 9. See Voltage Drop (Page 1-28).
2. Is voltage drop greater than 0.5 V?
6. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test
1. Leaving main fuse in place, perform a voltage drop test
between main fuse [5B] terminal 2 and battery (+).
Figure 3-37.
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between [5B] terminal 2
and starter stud.
Figure 3-35.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 7. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test
b. No. Go to Test 5. 1 • Perform a voltage drop test between [5B] terminal 1 and
b
2. Is voltage
a drop greater than 0.5 V?
t
t
e
r
y
(
+
)
. 3-38.
Figure
5. ABS/EHCU Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test battery (-) terminal.
1. Perform a voltage drop test between BOB terminal 10 and
a. Yes. Repair or replace [5B] terminals 1 and 2.
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between main fuse
terminal 1 and BCM power [242B-1].
3-26 94000979
8. Repair Validation Test
1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
3. Run at 3,000 rpm for 5 s.
4. Did the same DTC set?
a. Yes. Replace ABS/EHCU module.
DTC C056300. C0563FF __________________
Table 3-20. DTC C056300, C0563FF Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Charging system malfunction
1. Charging System Test
1. Perform charging system tests. See CHARGING
SYSTEM (Page 3-15).
2. Is charging system good?
b. No. Repair charging system.

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
3. Run at 3000 rpm for 5 seconds.
a. Yes. Replace ABS/EHCU.
94000979 3-27
BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 3.8
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
See Figure 3-39, Figure 3-40 and Figure 3-41. Battery voltage
is monitored by the ECM on the system power terminal 5 of
[78], The system power is supplied to the ECM from the DTC DESCRIPTION
BCM system power terminal 4.
P056200 System voltage low
DTC P056000 is displayed when system power 1 is less than P056000 Powertrain voltage low
12.2V at idle and voltage does not increase when engine P056300 System voltage high
speed is greater than 2000 rpm. P160800 Loss of continuous battery
DTC P056200 is displayed when battery voltage is less than

12.2V at idle and voltage does not increase when engine
speed is greater than 2000 rpm.
DTC P160800 is displayed when battery voltage is less than
12.2V at idle and voltage does not increase when engine
speed is greater than 2000 rpm.
3-28 94000979
1433664

13. Starter post
94000979 3-29
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
3-30 94000979
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333] '
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Figure 3-41. Linder Seat
Diagnostic Tips • A faulty system ground is present. Low voltage generally
indicates a loose wire, corroded connections, battery and/or a
Any of the following conditions could cause these DTCs to set: charging system problem.
• The charging system is malfunctioning.
• There is excessive battery draw. Connector Information
• Extended idling in heavy traffic. For additional information about the connectors in the following
94000979 3-31
1423250
[5B] [5A]
R Battery 40A
2 2 Main
Fuse R 1 1 Fuse Power Fuse
Block
) Battery ( Infotain
7.5A 10A
I1
c
[64 B]
[242B-1] [242A-1J
BCM
LR Battery Power
E
> R/BK E
1 1 Starter Solenoid Power
4 4 System Power 1
Ground
11 11
[242B-2] [242A-2)
ABS EHCU
—
IM
[39A] [39B] r. I BK/GN I 1 1 Ground
Infotain Power 5 5 R 9 9 Battery

Ground 7 7 7 BBK/GNSS
R 18 18 Battery
[166B] [166A]
[78A] [78B]
ECM [145A] [145B]
Ground 2 22 p BK'GN I
Ground 3 3 BK'G IBK/GN BK/GNI
System Power 5 5 N I — R/GN R/GN m
Battery Fuse 67 67 R/GN — R/O R/O
R/O
GND 2
Figure 3-42. High and

Low Voltage Modules
PTC P056000 ___________________________
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Perform charging system test. See DTC B233000, Low
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT or No Charging (Page 3-17).
Table 3-22. DTC P056000 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE 2. Is charging system working properly?
CAUSES a. Yes. Go to Test 3.

Low battery b. No. Repair charging system.
Open ECM ground circuit Open
ECM system power circuit
3. ECM Switched Voltage Test
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1). 2. Inspect ECM connections.
2. Did battery pass test? 3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See
4. Start vehicle.
3-32 94000979
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 5. Connect BCM BOB with BCM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground. TOOLS (Page 1-24).
6. Is voltage greater than 12.2 V?
6. Start vehicle.
8. Is voltage greater than 12.2 V?
a, Yes. Repair (R/GN) wire between [242B-2] terminal 4 and

4. ECM Ground Circuit Test [78B] terminal 5.
1. Turn IGN OFF. b. No. Go to Test 6.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal 3 and ground- 6. BCM Power Test
4, Is resistance less than 0.5 Q on both wires?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM power [242-1] and inspect connections.
3. Test voltage at [242B-1] terminal 1.
Figure 3-46.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace BCM.
a. Yes. Problem may be intermittent. Locate and repair bad b. No. Go to Test 7.
connection. Perform Voltage Drop (Page 1-28). If no
problem is found. Go to Test 9. 7. Main Fuse Voltage Test
b. No. Repair wiring between ECM [78B] terminal 2 or 3 and 1. Connect [242-1],
ground.
2. Turn IGN ON.
5. BCM System Power Test between main fuse [5B] terminal 2 and battery (+).
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove BOB.
3. Connect [78A] to [78B],
94000979 3-33
5. Is fuse good?
b. No. Replace main fuse.
2. Battery Test
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between main fuse [5B] b. No. Replace battery.
terminal 2 and starter stud.
8. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test 1. Perform charging system test. See DTC B233000, Low or No
Charging (Page 3-17).
between main fuse [5B] terminal 1 and battery (+). 2. Is charging system working properly?
4. ECM Battery Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
Figure 3-48.
3. Start vehicle.
a. Yes. Repair or replace (R) wire between main fuse [5B] 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
terminal 1 and BCM [242B-1]. 41404), test voltage between BOB terminals 67 and terminal
b. No. Repair or replace [5B] terminals 1 and 2. 2.

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
3. Run at 3,000 rpm for 5 s.
4. Did same DTC set?
a. Yes. Replace ECM.
DTC P056200. P056300 ___________________
1. Battery Fuse Test

Table 3-23. DTC P056200, P056300 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Go to Test 5.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low battery _____ __________________________________
Open ECM ground circuit _____________________ _______
5. ECM Battery Test
Open ECM system power circuit 1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 67 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove any diagnostic equipment that may be connected to
DLC [91],
3. Verify battery connections are in good condition.
4. Check main fuse [5],
3-34 94000979
2. Is battery voltage present? 2. Is voltage drop greater than 0,5V?
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between [5B] terminal 2

and starter stud,
8. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test

1. Perform a voltage drop test between [5B] terminal 1 and
battery (+).
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 2, Is voltage drop greater than 0.5V?
6. ECM Ground Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test resistance between terminal 3 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair or replace [5B] terminals 1 and 2.
b. No. Repair or replace (R/O) wire between battery fuse
terminal D and ECM [78] terminal 67.

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
4. Does code set?
PTC P160800_________________ __ ________

b. No. Repair open in terminal 2 or terminal 3 ground circuit

(BK/GN) wire. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
7. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test Table 3-24. DTC P1608 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
1. Leaving main fuse in place, perform a voltage drop test CAUSES
between main fuse [5B] terminal 2 and battery (+). Low battery
Open ECM ground circuit Open ECM system power
circuit
1. Battery Fuse Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove any diagnostic equipment that may be connected
to DLC [91],

4. Check battery fuse in fuse block [64],
94000979 3-35
5. Is fuse good?
2. Is voltage greater than 12.2V?
b. No. Replace battery fuse.
2. Battery Test

1. Perform charging system test. See DTC B233000, Low or
No Charging (Page 3-17).
2. Is charging system working properly? b. No. Go to Test 7.
6. ECM Ground Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. ECM Battery Voltage Test 2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 3 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections. 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm on both circuits?
3. Connect ECM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Start vehicle.

a. Yes. Repair wiring between ECM terminal 3 or terminal 2

and ground.

a. Yes. System is working properly. 1. Clear DTCs.
b. No. Go to Test 5. 2. Start vehicle.

5. ECM Battery Test 4. Does code set?
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No, System working properly.
3-36 94000979
ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS 3.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1. RHCM heated grip (if equipped)
See Figure 3-57, Figure 3-58 and Figure 3-59. The RHCM is
monitored by the BCM. Any communication failures between
both modules sets a DTC.
These DTCs only refer to the redundant engine stop switch

(W/GY) wire from the RHCM.
• DTC B220611 is set when the BCM indicates a short to

ground between [242B-2] terminal 20 and the engine stop
switch.
• DTC B220612 is set when the BCM indicates a short to
battery between [242B-2] terminal 20 and the engine stop
switch.
• DTC B220613 is set when the BCM indicates an open
between [242B-2] terminal 20 and the engine stop switch. 2. RHCM [22]
4. TGS [224]
Table 3-25. Code Description 5. RHCM_________ _________________
DTC DESCRIPTION Figure 3-57. RHCM Connector View
B220611 Run/stop switch input shorted to ground
B220612 Run/stop switch input shorted to voltage
B220613 Run/stop switch input open

3. _____________ LHCM [24-1]
Figure 3-58. LHCM Connector View
94000979 3-37
1420560

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
3-38 94000979
1423246
|5B] [5A]
-<<-
i Fuse R :2 2 Battery 40A

j Block Main Fuse
R1 1 Fuse Power
[242B-1] [242A-1]
BCM
□E
Battery Power
1 Starter Solenoid Power

1
VI 11 Ground
12 12 CAN High
13 13 CAN Low
CAN Low CAN High
20 20 Engine Stop Switch Input
Ew/R
Ground W/BK *
RHCM [242B-2J [242A-2]
Battery R/O
Engine Slop Switch Nt GY E1EN 9 IW/GY £

W/GYE39J
[22B-1^ N2A-I] [145A^N*5B] GND 2
Figure 3-60. Starter
PTC B220611 ______ 5. Is continuity present?

1
4
3
1
9
0 HD-SMeaw-p \
1
mraaisB
p9 0 0 0 0 0 DIAGNOS
TIC
POSSIBLE CAUSES maasBHh TOOLS
Short to ground in engine stop circuit ____________________ BBSMSSl (Page 1-
1. BCM Short to Ground Test

iiBaiiiwi 24).
4. Test
) Bffi® Pi Pi 9' 9 i continuity
1. Turn IGN OFF.
between
2. Inspect BCM connections. BOB
MMS © ©ffi terminal
20 and ground.
Figure 3-61.
2. RHCM Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect RHCM [22B] and inspect connections.
2. Test continuity between BOB terminal 20 and ground,
3. See Figure 3-61. is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground between [242B-2] terminal 20
and [22B] terminal 4 (W/GY) wire.
b No. Replace RHCM.
94000979 3-39
PTC B220615 2. Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse from [5A],
3. Test continuity between BOB terminal 20 and fuse block
Table 3-27. DTC B220615 Diagnostic Faults [64B] terminal A.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in engine stop circuit
Short to voltage in engine stop circuit 1431985
1. Open Circuit Test l J

1. Turn IGN OFF. CGGOOO I
—
O
2. Disconnect RHCM [22] and inspect connections.
QOOOQQ
3. Inspect BCM connections. O
MMB!W
OOOOOQ
O
41404), test resistance between [22B] terminal 4 (W/GY)
ooooooo
6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 9 9 °.° 9 °
2
OOOQOO
O
OOOOOO
O
ooooooo
----- ------
wire and BOB terminal 20.

Figure 3-63. b. No. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40).
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage between [242B-2] terminal 20
and [22B] (W/GY) wire.
3-40 94000979
b. No. Repair open in (W/GY) wire between [242B-2]
BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS
terminal 20 and [22B] terminal 4.
3.10
94000979 3-41
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ___________ • DTC B2271A3 (BCM) is displayed when battery voltage is
greater than 16.1V for longer than 5 seconds.
See Figure 3-64 and Figure 3-65. Battery voltage is constantly • DTC B2271A3 (IM) is displayed when battery voltage is
monitored by the BCM and IM. Any voltage readings outside of greater than 16,0V for longer than 5 seconds.
normal parameters set a DTC.
NOTE
DTC B2271A2 ECM, ABS/EHCU, and/or BCM may also set a battery voltage
DTC,
The BCM monitors [242-1] terminal 1 for battery power.
DTC B2271A2 is displayed when battery voltage is less than Table 3-28. Code Description
9.0V. DTC DESCRIPTION
B2271A2 BCM voltage low
DTC B2271A3 B2271A3 BCM/IM voltage high
The BCM monitors [242-1] terminal 1 and the IM monitors
terminal 5 for battery power.
3-42 94000979
BCM
1433664 VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS 3.10

13. Starter post
94000979 3-43
1420560

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Diagnostic Tips Connector Information
High voltage DTC may set when the vehicle is placed on an For additional information about the connectors in the following
unapproved constant current battery charger, on fast charge, for diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
a long period of time.
94000979 3-44
1423250
4. Is battery voltage present? PTC B2271A3
I BK I IF
Battery [5B] [5A]

(OJ
GND 3 R • Battery 40A
2 2 Main
Starter "j Fuse R 1 1
Fuse Power
Fuse
! Block
Infotain
10A
_________ [64B]j
[242B-1] [242A-1]
-«r BCM
"{D0 Battery Power
Starter Solenoid Power

System Power 1 Ground
—<<-
[242B-2] [242A-2]
ABS EHCU
[39A] [39B]
Ground
IM I BK/GN I 1 1
Infotain Power R/PK I mr.-vm R 9 9 Battery

Ground
R 18 18 Battery
[166B] [166A]
[78A] [78B]
ECM [145A] [145B]
Ground 2 2 BK/GN I
Ground 3 3 BK/GN I I BK/GN I 7
System Power 5 5 R/GN — • R/GN
Battery Fuse 67 67 R/0 R/O
GND 2
PTC B2271A2 Figure 3-66. High and Low Voltage Modules
---------------------- 2. Charging System Test

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Perform charging system test. See DTC B233000, Low or
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT No Charging (Page 3-17).
Table 3-29. DTC B2271A2 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE 2. Is charging system working properly?
CAUSES a. Yes. Go to Test 3.

Charging system malfunction _____________ b. No. Repair charging system.
BCM power circuit
Open in battery power circuit __________________________
3. BCM Power Test
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1). 2. Disconnect BCM power [242-1] and inspect connections.
2. Did battery pass test? 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test voltage between [242B-1] to ground.
b. No. Charge or replace battery as needed. Verify repair.
94000979 3-45
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between main fuse [5B]
terminal 1 and [242B-1],

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
Table 3-30. DTC B2271A3 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Charging system malfunction |

1. Perform charging system tests. See Overcharging (Page 3-
18). '
2. Is charging system good?

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
a. Yes, DTC set by IM. Replace IM.
b. Yes, DTC set by BCM. Replace BCM.
c. No. System working properly.
3-46 94000979
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
4.1 INSTRUMENTS ........................................................................................................................ .4-1
4.2 FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................. .4-4
4.3 TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE, DTC B2255 .................................................. 4-8
4.4 NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................. 4-9
4.5 IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................... .4-12
4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS ............................................................................................................... .4-16
4.7 USB-C NO POWER DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................................... 4-23
NOTES
INSTRUMENTS 4.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ___________ • Security

• TIP message for vehicle tipped condition
See Figure 4-1. The IM supports several functions and indicators. • Security PIN
• Left turn
Indicators
• Right turn
The IM has indicators located across the top of the display. The
• ABS indicators include turn signals, high beam, ABS, TC, oil, temp,
• Rear ABS battery, check engine, fuel, park, Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS), service and security.
• Traction Control (TC) (if equipped)
• Ambient light
• Check engine
• Non-paired device
• High beam
• Heated grips (if equipped)
• Neutral
• Ride modes (if equipped)
• Low fuel warning • Variable ride height (if equipped)
• Cruise enabled • Vehicle hill hold (if equipped)
• Cruise disabled • Shift detection
• Speedometer • Side stand
• Tachometer • Theater dim
• Total odometer • Destination configuration requirements
• Trip odometer A/B • Trip switch
■ Fuel level • "WOW" factor
• Fuel range
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation
• Gear indicator
Pressing the trip odometer reset switch, located on the left hand
• Park brake
controls, provides the following functions:
• 12/24 hour time of day clock
• Change the odometer display between total mileage, trip
• Low tire pressure (if equipped) odometer A and trip B, fuel remaining, 12/24 hour clock and
• Battery low voltage tachometer.
■ Coolant temperature • Reset the trip odometer (press and hold 2-3 s).
• Oil pressure • Holding the trip switch for 2 s will put the vehicle in accessory
mode.
• Brake service indicator
94000979 4-1
1. Left turn signal 14. Oil pressure
2. Fault alert 15. Coolant temperature
3. Traction control 16. Battery discharge
4. ABS 17. Right turn signal
5. Rear wheel ABS disabled 18. Cruise control
6. Maintenance required 19. Device battery
7. TPMS fault 20. Device signal
8. Heated hand grip (if equipped) 21. Bluetooth status
9. Ride mode 22. Bluetooth
10. Hill Hold Control (HHC) (if equipped) 23. Headset connection
11. Headlamp high beam 24. Adaptive Ride Height (ARH) (if equipped)
12. Low fuel 25. Gear indicator
13. Check engine
Figure 4-1. Instrument Module Indicators
The odometer mileage is permanently stored and will not be lost • Rain: Smooth acceleration with higher levels of technology
when electrical power is turned off or disconnected. The trip intervention, giving the rider greater confidence in poor
odometer reset switch allows switching between the odometer, conditions,
trip odometer and fuel range displays.
■ Custom Modes A and B (If Equipped): Custom modes allow
To zero the trip odometer, have the odometer display visible, the rider to select their own preference of engine torque
press and keep the trip odometer reset switch depressed. The delivery characteristics, engine braking, throttle response,
trip odometer mileage will be displayed for 2-3 s and then the trip Throttle Control Actuator (TCA), ABS, and suspension
mileage will return to zero. damping levels within specific ranges.
Mode Switch Operation 5-way Switch Operation

The mode switch is located on the right hand control. Pressing The 5-way switch is on the right hand control is used for audio
and releasing the mode button will change the ride mode. control. The 5-way switch on the left hand control is to navigate
the screens and selections on the IM.
• Sport: Delivers the full potential of the motorcycle in a direct
and precise manner. USB
• Road: Delivers balanced performance with an intuitive blend The Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector can be used to charge
of technology for daily use. mobile devices or upload SW for service applications.
4-2 94000979
PIN Screen speedometer. The data message is also used by the BCM for
turn signal cancellation.
If the vehicle security is set and a valid fob is not present, the
Personal Identification Number (PIN) entry screen will display. INSTRUMENT DIAGNOSTICS______________
The PIN entry screen shows touchable numbers 1-9, as well as a
PIN display area. If a PIN is not entered correctly after all allotted
The IM receives information from the other modules over the
tries, the BCM notifies the instrument of a failed
CAN bus lines. It sets codes when the other modules indicate an
authentication.
issue.
IM THEORY OF OPERATION _______________
bus data then sent to the IM. The IM uses the data to control the
The output from the RWSS is a series of pulses that are

interpreted by the ABS/EHCU module, converted into CAN
94000979 4-3
FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS 4.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • If the voltage on terminal 31 exceeds the upper limit (or is open)
for greater than or equal to 15 seconds, a DTC P0463 will
See Figure 4-2. The fuel level is monitored by the ECM [78] at
terminal 31 (Y/PK) wire. The low fuel warning lamp serves two
functions. It is used to indicate a low fuel condition and to DTC DESCRIPTION
communicate a circuit problem with the fuel sender circuit. The P046200 Fuel sender shorted to ground
IM will flash the low fuel warning lamp on and off at a steady rate
P046300 Fuel sender shorted to voltage/open
when a current fuel level sender DTC is set.
set.
• If the voltage on terminal 31 exceeds the lower limit for greater
than or equal to 15 seconds, a DTC P0462 will be set. As the fuel level changes, the resistance of the sender changes.
As the resistance of the sender changes, the voltage on the
(Y/PK) wire changes.
4-4 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

3. Stroke sensing [346] (if equipped] 8. Terminating resistor [319-3]
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
94000979 4-5
1425011
(141 A] [141B] [78B] [78A]
Fuel Level Signal 1 1 Y/PK j 51 31 Fuel level Signal ECM

Fuel Level
Ground 2 2
Sender Dirty Ground 3 3
[86A] [86B] [242B-2) [242A-2]
Fuel Fuel Pump FUBN - ■R-{3E Fuel Pump BCM

Pump Ground BKH
GND 3 GND 2
Figure 4-3. Fuel Sensor Circuit - RH1250

PTC P046200 2. Is resistance between 50-260 Q?
Table 4-2. DTC P046200 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE

CAUSES
Short to ground in fuel level sender circuit _________
Fuel level sender assembly malfunction ________
Figure 4-5.
1. Fuel Level Circuit Short to Ground Test a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace ECM.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace fuel level sender.
2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141] and ECM [78] and inspect
connections.
DTC P046300 _____________ ____________
41404), test continuity between [ 141B] terminal 1 and PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
ground.
Table 4-3. DTC P046300 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in fuel level sensor circuit
Fuel level sender malfunction __________________________
Open fuel level sensor circuit _________________ . ________
1. Fuel Level Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.
Figure 4-4.
2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141] and inspect connections.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in the (Y/PK) wire. 3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
b. No. Go to Test 2. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
41404), test for voltage between [141B] terminal 1 and
2. Fuel Level Sender Resistance Test ground.
1. Test resistance between [141 A] terminals 1 and 3. 5. Turn IGN ON.
4-6 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 G?
Figure 4-6.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/PK) wire.
2. Fuel Level Circuit Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2, Test resistance between BOB terminal 31 and [141B]
terminal 1.
b. No. Repair open in (Y/PK) wire.
3. Fuel Level Sender Resistance Test
1. Test resistance between [141 A] terminals 1 and 2.
2. Is resistance between 50-260 G?

and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace ECM.
b. No. Replace fuel level sender.
94000979 4-7
TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE, DTC B2255 4.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1. Trip Switch Test

1. Check trip switch for damage or obstruction.
2. Is switch moving freely?
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Closed
b. No. Remove obstruction. If switch will not move freely
DTC B2255 will be set if trip odometer reset switch is closed for replace LHCM.
more than 2 minutes. This code can be set by the IM or the BCM.
It will normally be set by both if there is a concern with the trip
odometer reset switch. 2. Odometer Test
Odometer self-diagnostics will not function if the switch is stuck. 1. TurnIGNON.
It will not be possible to toggle the switch to navigate through the 2. Press and release trip odometer reset switch,
different diagnostic steps in the odometer.
3. Does odometer cycle through different odometer counters?
• A stuck trip odometer reset switch disables odometer self-
diagnostics. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
• If DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) is b. No. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40).
connected to the DLC [91] and communicating with the
vehicle then the odometer self-diagnostics will not function 3. IM "WOW" Test
properly.
1, Turn run/stop switch to STOP.
■ Disconnect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
48650) before entering odometer self-diagnostics. 2. Wait 30 seconds.
TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE. 3, Turn run/stop switch to RUN.

4. Do all telltales on the IM illuminate for 2 seconds?
DTC DESCRIPTION a, Yes. System functioning properly. Test for intermittent
B2255 Trip switch stuck condition. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29).
DTC B2255 b. No. Replace IM.
Table 4-5. Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative Diagnostic 4. LHCM Test

Faults: DTC B2255 1. Operate other switches on LHCM,
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Do any switches operate? a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
Trip odometer reset switch malfunction _ b No. See Invalid Data (Page 2-39).
4-8 94000979
NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS 4.4
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION When IGN power is on, the IM illuminates the check engine, low
fuel level, security and ABS lamp (if equipped). The backlighting,
odometer, neutral lamp and low oil lamp also illuminate with the
IGN ON.
See Figure 4-9. The IM receives battery power at terminal 5. This is supplied through the infotainment fuse located in fuse block [64],
When the ACC power is on. the IM illuminates.
94000979 4-9
21).
4-10 94000979
IM
■O D
►
[39A] oS£Qo8,r:c^3?
1 2 3£ 5D 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
vj, 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12
I si n
!&£<n£ o oi .i c n{
[39B] Y ■ ii-
o
»0^30W00WD
USB-C
GND 2
Figure 4-10. IM Power Circuit

NO INSTRUMENT POWER
-------------- 3. Battery Circuit to IM Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Inspect IM connections.
Table 4-6. No Instrument Power Diagnostic Faults 3. Connect IM BOB leaving IM disconnected. See
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open battery circuit__________________________________ 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Open ground circuit _________________________________ 41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground.
Open in CAN bus circuit to IM__________________________
1. Battery Circuit Test 5. Is battery voltage present?
1. TurnIGNON.
2. Observe headlamp.
3. Does headlamp or tail lamp illuminate? a
Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26).
2. Accessory Function Test

b. No. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs Figure 4-11.
(Page 2-7). a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
4-11 94000979
ground.
IM 4. Fuse Supply Power
INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
4.5
1170703
1. Remove infotainment fuse [64B],
2. Test voltage between fuse block [64B] socket terminal A and
Figure
3. Is battery voltage present? 4-13.
a. Yes. Repair open in (R/PK) wire.
5. Ground Circuit Test

a. Yes.
Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace IM.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire.
4-12 94000979
DTC DESCRIPTION
B120000 Inst internal fault
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II B120100 Inst internal fault
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION B121041 Inst internal fault
See Figure 4-14. The IM is powered by the system power circuit B121141 Inst internal fault
from the fuse block [64] terminal B to the IM terminal 5. When the B121241 Inst internal fault
run/stop switch is turned to RUN, the IM communicates with all B121304 Inst internal fault
the modules over the CAN bus circuit. B121400 Inst internal fault
B121447 Inst internal fault
NOTE B122000 Incoming ODO high
Before any diagnostic of the IM, verify the correct software B122200 Vehicle configuration invalid
version is installed. Battery telltale output circuit shorted to
B122411 ground
B122413 Battery telltale output circuit open
Low fuel telltale output circuit shorted to
B122511 ground
B122513 Low fuel telltale output circuit open
Low fuel telltale output circuit shorted to
B122611 ground
Turn signal right telltale output circuit
B122613 open
Turn signal left telltale output circuit
B122711 shorted to ground
B122713 Turn signal left telltale output circuit open
FIL telltale output circuit shorted to ground
B122811
B122813 FIL telltale output circuit open
ABS telltale output circuit shorted to
B122911 ground
B122913 ABS telltale output circuit open
Traction control telltale output circuit
B122A11 shorted to ground
Traction control telltale output circuit
B122A13 open
P163200 Odometer learned up
94000979 4-13
IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS 4.5

Conditions for Setting programmed and matched correctly for specific vehicle, clear
codes.
DTCB1200, B1201, B1214, B1215, B1216 will set if an internal
fault is detected within the IM. Connector Information
DTC B122000, B122200 will set after replacing the ECM, BCM or For additional information about the connectors in the following
IM. New modules must be programmed using DIGITAL diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). After parts are
4-14 94000979
[39A]^
[39B] Y
USB-C
GND 2

IM INOPERATIVE ______________________________ 5. Is battery voltage present?
1158026
Table 4-8. IM Inoperative Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE

CAUSES
Open system power circuit ____________ ______________
Open ground circuit__________________________________
Open in CAN bus circuit to IM __________________________
1. Battery Circuit Test a. Y

1. TurnIGNON. es.
2. Observe headlamp. Go to
Figure 4-16.
3. Does headlamp or tail lamp illuminate? Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 3,
b. No, See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26). b. No. Repair open in (R/PK) wire.
2. System Power Circuit to IM Test 3. Ground Circuit Test

1 Test
1. Turn run/stop switch to STOP. resistance between BOB terminal 7 and ground.
2. Inspect IM connections.
3. Connect IM BOB leaving IM disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and
ground.
4-15 94000979
INDICATOR LAMPS
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q? 4.6
1170703
HD 42682
f® ® <§
e r a 9 10
n
®©
V
<Dd)
© ©
1
©
2
n GRAY
©
5
BLACK
3
12
J
©
4
J
©<®©(§
©
3 4 5
© s v a s
© k. ’1
*2
IQ
E
Figure 4-18.
Figure 4-17. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs b. No. Repair open in (RZO)wire.
b, No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. 2. IM Ground Test
1. Test voltage between BOB terminals 5 and 7.
IM INTERNAL FAULT DTCS ________________
1158030
Table 4-9. IM Internal Fault DTCs Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in IM battery power circuit
Open in IM ground circuit
1. IM Voltage Test
1. Turn run/stop switch to STOP,
2. Inspect IM connections.
3. Connect IM BOB leaving IM disconnected. See
Figure 4-19.
b. No. Repair open in ground circuit.
4-16 94000979
DTC DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Engine oil pressure sensor/switch shorted
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II P052200 to ground
Engine oil pressure sensor/switch shorted
See Figure 4-20. The indicators are located in the IM.
P052300 to voltage/open

10. HHC (if equipped) 23. Headset connection
11. Headlamp high beam 24. ARH (if equipped)
13. Check engine
ABS Indicator • See Figure 4-21. The ABS light may flash when the IGN is
turned on. This will continue until the vehicle is driven to verify
The IM illuminates the ABS indicator when the following occurs: WSS operation.
• The EFICU detects an ABS disabling malfunction. The EFICU
The EHCU sends a message to the instrument when a
sends a serial data message to the instrument requesting
malfunction that disables ABS operation is detected. Depending
illumination.
on the fault, the ABS indicator may stay on even after the
• The IM performs a telltale check. malfunction is corrected. The indicator will not go off until the
vehicle is operated at speeds greater than 10 mph (16 km/h). It is
• The IM detects a loss of communication with the EHCU.
important to verify that this is not the cause of an ABS
94000979 4-17
INDICATOR LAMPS 4.6
indicator, which is illuminatedwhen no DTCs are set, before Low Battery Lamp
attempting to diagnose other possible causes.
The BCM sends a message to the IM to control the low battery
lamp. The IM will turn the (amp on if the BCM identifies a low
voltage condition on [242-1] terminal 1.
Low Fuel Indicator

The low fuel indicator is controlled at terminal 31 (Y/PK) of the
ECM. When the fuel drops below 1.0 USgal (3.79 L), it signals
the IM to activate the low fuel lamp. The low fuel lamp will also
flash on and off at a steady rate If there is a problem with the
circuit or the IM loses communication with the ECM. The low fuel
indicator can be enabled on and off using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN
II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). Verify the vehicle is properly
configured when diagnosing the low fuel indicator.
The low fuel lamp will not turn off until there is sufficient fuel in
the tank, the ignition switch has been turned off and back on, and
the vehicle has begun forward speed.
Fault Indicator Lamp Cruise Indicator

When the IGN is turned ON, the fault indicator lamp will The cruise indicator indicates when the cruise control Is enabled,
illuminate for approximately four seconds and then turn off. The or enabled and engaged. The indicator illuminates amber when
BCM and ECM controls the fault indicator lamp by sending a the cruise system is enabled and green when the system is
CAN message to the IM. The ECM uses the security lamp for engaged.
non-emissions related DTCs. After the fault indicator lamp turns
off following the first four second illumination period, one of two Low Tire Pressure Indicator
events may occur.
The low tire pressure telltale illuminates when the vehicle tire
• The lamp remains off. This indicates there are no current or pressure is low.
historic DTCs currently detected by the BCM or ECM.
• If the lamp illuminates again and remains lit, a current or
Traction Control Indicator
historic DTC exists. The traction control telltale illuminates when a traction control is
disabled. The indicator will flash when there is an event present.
Check Engine Lamp
When the IGN is ON, the check engine telltale will illuminate and Neutral Indicator
stay illuminated until the engine is started. After engine startup, The neutral indicator is controlled through the (W) wire
one of two events may occur. connected to the ECM terminal 78. When the transmission is in
neutral, the BCM sends a message to the IM over the CAN bus
• See Figure 4-22. The lamp turns off. This indicates there are
indicating the transmission is in neutral.
no current or historic stored DTCs currently detected by the
ECM.
• If the telltale remains illuminated, a current or historic DTC Qj| Pressure Indicator exists.
The oil pressure indicator is connected to the ECM at terminal
32, The switch opens when oil pressure is low. The BCM then
sends a message to the IM over the CAN bus indicating the oil
\I✓ pressure is low. The IM supplies ground to the oil pressure
-o- ON indicator causing it to illuminate.
/I\ Lamp OFF:
No Current DTCs
OFF Start
Ignition ON Engine Turn Signal Indicators
When the BCM receives a CAN bus message from the left or
Lamp Remains ON: right turn signal switch it flashes the correct turn signals. At the
Current or Historic DTC same time the BCM sends a message to the IM over the CAN
bus indicating which turn signal to operate.
OFF - Start High Beam Indicator

Ignition ON Engine
- This circuit is grounded by the IM when the headlamp switch is
placed in the high beam position. In the high position, a message
Figure 4-22. Check Engine Lamp is sent over the CAN bus to the IM and the BCM. The IM controls
the indicator and the BCM controls the headlamp.
4-18 94000979
Wrench (Service) Indicator Diagnostic Tips
The wrench indicates the bike needs service to flush the brake After replacing a component in the fuel circuit, verify the tank is
fluid. Use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD- full of fuel. Remove the main fuse for 2 minutes and install to turn
48650) to reset the brake fluid flush interval. low fuel lamp off.
Some aftermarket fuel gauges not made by Harley-Davidson

may cause the fuel circuit to report inaccurate readings.
1431993
LHCM [24] ECM [78]

Front left turn signal [31L] Oil pressure switch [120]
Stroke sensing [346] (if equipped) Terminating resistor [319-3]
Fork damping [347] (if equipped) JSS [133]
Front WSS [167] Fuel level sender [141]
4-19 94000979
4-20 94000979
Connector Information diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
1436618
ECM BCM IM
Figure 4-24. Indicator Circuit
[141 A] [141B] -
»>-
Fuel Level Fuel Level Signal Ground
1
2
: Y/PK
Y(HK _| 311| 311 Fuel level Signal
Sender Dirty Ground
3
[86A] [86B] [242B-2] [242A-2]
Fuel Fuel Pump 1 1

R/BN • •R/BN Fuel Pump BCM
Pump Ground
2 2
1425011
[78B] [78A]
ECM
GND3 GND2
Figure 4-25. Fuel Sensor Circuit - RH1250
94000979 4-21
OIL PRESSURE LAMP ALWAYS ON, DTC 3. Is oil pressure within specification?
P0522 ________________________________ a. Yes. Replace oil pressure switch.
b. No. Repair as needed.

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT DTC P0523 ________________
HD-96921-52D OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 4-11. Oil Pressure Lamp Always On Diagnostic Faults HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES " POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in oil pressure circuit Open oil pressure circuit
Indicator malfunction
Indicator malfunction ________
Open ground circuit ___________
Mechanical issue
Short to voltage in oil pressure circuit ____________________
Oil pressure switch malfunction ________
1. Engine Running Test 1. Oil Pressure Switch Test

1. Start engine. 1. Disconnect oil pressure switch [120] and inspect
connections.
2. Does oil pressure lamp turn OFF and stay off?
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: FID-
41404), test voltage between [120B] terminals 1 and
a. Yes. Oil pressure lamp is operating properly. Test for
ground.
intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29),
3. Is voltage greater than 6V?
2. Oil Pressure Switch Test

1. Disconnect oil pressure switch [120] and inspect
connections.
2. Does oil pressure lamp turn OFF when the engine is
running?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/O) wire.
b. No. Less than 4V. Repair open in (W/O) wire.
3. Oil Pressure Circuit Test c. No. Between 4V and 6V. Replace oil pressure switch.
1. Disconnect [78] and inspect connections. HIGH BEAM INDICATOR ALWAYS ON

2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: FID-
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
41404), test continuity between [120B] terminal 1 and
ground.
3. Is continuity present? PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 4-13. High Beam Indicator Inoperative Diagnostic
Faults
Open high beam indicator circuit _______________________
1. High Beam Indicator Function Test

1. Operate headlamp switch.
2. Do high and low beam headlamps function correctly?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/O) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. .
b. No. Replace oil pressure switch.
b. No. See HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31).
4. Mechanical Test
1. inspect engine for any issues that impact oil pressure.
2. Reflash Test
2. Using OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT (PART NUMBER: 1. Using Digital Technician II (DT II), reflash IM. DIGITAL
FID-96921-52D), verify engine oil pressure. TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
2. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
4-22 94000979
3. Cycle headlamp switch from low, high, low beam positions. 2. Indicator Test
4. Verify that headlamp switch is in low beam position. 1. Perform a "WOW" test.
5. Is high beam indicator illuminate? 2. Does low fuel indicator illuminate?
a. Yes. Replace IM. a. Yes. System is working properly.
b. No. System is working properly. b. No. Go to Test 3..
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE 3. Reflash Test

POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Using DT II, reflash IM. DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME NUMBER: HD-48650)
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II 2. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
Table 4-14. High Beam Indicator Inoperative Diagnostic 3. Does low fuel indicator illuminate?
Faults
Indicator malfunction a. Yes. System is working properly.
Open high beam indicator circuit b. No. Replace IM.
1. High Beam Indicator Function Test TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

1. Operate headlamp switch. POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Does high and low beam headlamps function correctly? PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
b. No. See HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-31). Table 4-16. Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative Diagnostic
Faults
2. Reflash Test Open turn signal circuit "
1. Using DT II, reflash IM. DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
NUMBER: HD-48650)
1. Turn Signal Function Test
2. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
1. Operate turn signals.
3. Place headlamp switch in high beam position.
2. Do turn signals operate?
4. Does high beam indicator function?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. .
a. Yes. System is working properly.
b. No. See Turn Signals (Page 5-14).
b. No, Replace IM.
LOW FUEL LAMP INOPERATIVE ___________ 2. Reflash Test

Fuel level sensor malfunction 1. Using DT II, reflash IM. DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
Fuel gauge malfunction ~ NUMBER: HD-48650)
2. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
Table 4-15. Low Fuel Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic Faults 4. Do turn signals operate?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. System is working properly.
1.IM Test
b. No. Replace IM.
NOTE
Test must be performed with fuel level in tank less than 1 USgal TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR ALWAYS ON
(3.8 L).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. View fuel gauge. HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
3. Does fuel gauge read low? Table 4-17. Turn Signal Indicator Always On Diagnostic
Faults
b. No. Replace fuel level sensor. Short to ground turn signal circuit __________________ ___
1. Turn Signal Function Test

94000979 4-23
2. Do turn signals operate?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2.,
b. No. See Turn Signals (Page 5-14).
2. Reflash Test
1. Using DT II. reflash IM. DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
NUMBER: HD-48650)
2. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
3. Cycle turn signals from left to right,
4. Switch turn signal OFF.

5. Are turn signal indicators staying ON?
a. Yes. Replace IM.
b. No. System is working properly.
4-24 94000979
USB-C NO POWER DIAGNOSTICS 4.7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION to RUN. The USB-C port will only be powered when a device is
plugged into it.
See Figure 4-28. The USB-C port is powered by the IM from
NOTE
terminal 1 and terminal 3 when the run/stop switch is turned
Before any diagnostic of the IM, verify the correct software
version is installed.
94000979 4-25
1425007
[39AJ4,
[39B] Y
USB-C
GND 2
7. Is voltage approximately 5 V?

Table 4-18. USB-C No Power Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Open power circuit ____________ ____
Open ground circuit ________________________ __
USB-C NO POWER
NOTE
For USB-C to have power, a device must be connected at the
USB-C port. A USB drive is recommended.
1. USB-C Voltage Test

1. Connect known good device. Figure 4-30.
a. Yes. Replace harness.
2. Turn run/stop switch to STOP.
3. Inspect IM [39] connections.
4. Connect IM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). Harness Test
5. Turn run/stop switch to RUN.
1. Replace existing USB harness with a known good harness.
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 1 and terminal 2. See Figure 4-30. Test voltage between BOB terminal 1 and
3. terminal 3.
3. is voltage approximately 5 V?
a. Yes. Replace harness.
b. No. Replace IM.
4-26 94000979
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS. 5-1
5.2 HEATED GRIPS ........................................................................................................................ 5-*
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................................. 5-6
5.4 CRUISE CONTROL ................................................................................................................ 5-11
5.5 TURN SIGNALS ..................................................................................................................... .5-14
5.6 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................. 5-18
5.7 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................... 5-26
5.8 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................... 5-31
5.9 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS................................................................................................... 5-37
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................................................... 5-40
5.11 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................ 5-^9
5.12 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS.......................................................................................... 5-52
5.13 BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................ 5-59
5.14 SECURITY SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 5-63
5.15 KEY FOB ............................................................................................................................... 5-66
ACCESSORIES, HORN, LIGHTING AND SECURITY

5.16 SIREN ................................................................................................................................... 5-67
5.17 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS ............................. 5-68
5.18 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................ 5-70
5.19 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................. 5-73
5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................... 5-78
5.21 ACTIVE SUSPENSION SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION .............................................. 5-81
NOTES
ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 5.1

DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 5-1. The accessory circuit is powered from the BCM B211111 ACC output shorted to voltage
[242-1] terminal 2 that powers the DLC, P&A and the heated B211112 ACC output shorted to ground
gear connectors. This circuit is energized by the BCM when the B211119 ACC output overloaded
IGN is in the ACC or ON position.
1420560
yyt- ■f 15)®*
mm j»jgj
-J I
. u mm r

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Conditions for Setting Diagnostic Tips
The accessory circuit normally has power when the IGN is ON or This circuit may be used for aftermarket accessories or systems.
in the ACC positions. DTC B2112 will set if the accessory circuit If a code is set and cannot be duplicated, verify that an
has power when the IGN is OFF. aftermarket device did not cause the concern.
DTC B211119 will set if the accessory circuit draws more than 15
Amps.
94000979 5-1
Figure 5-2. Power Distribution

5-2 94000979
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to battery in the accessory power circuit
2. BCM Test
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test 1. Clear DTC.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Turn IGN ON, then OFF.
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER; HD-
3. Check DTCs.
41404), test voltage between DLC [91A] terminal 4 and
ground.
94000979 5-3
4. Did the same DTC set? 2. Accessory Circuit Test
a. Yes. Replace BCM. 1. Inspect for any accessories connected to the accessory
b. No. Concern is intermittent. Accessory devices may have circuit.
caused DTC to set. inspect and repair as needed. 2. Disconnect any accessories on the circuit and inspect
connections.
DTC B2111112. B211119 __________________ 3. Test continuity between DLC [91 A] terminal 4 and ground.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. See Figure 5-4. Is continuity present?
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/Y) wire.
Table 5-3. DTC B2111112, B211119 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Go to Test 3.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Excessive current draw in accessory power circuit 3. BCM Test
Short to ground in the accessory power circuit _____________
1. Leave all aftermarket accessories disconnected.
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Ground Test
2. Connect BCM [242B-1],
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Install main fuse [5A],
2. Remove main fuse [5A],
4. Clear DTC.
3. Disconnect BCM [242B-1] and inspect connections.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 5. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test continuity between DLC [91A] terminal 4 and 6. Did the same DTC set?
ground.
b. No. Accessory devices may have caused DTC to set.
Inspect and repair as needed.
Figure 5-4.
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-
29).
5-4 94000979
HEATED GRIPS 5.2

See Figure 5-5, Figure 5-6 and Figure 5-7. The heated handgrips
are controlled by the toggle switch located on the LHCM. The
toggle switch turns the heated grips ON/OFF and to set the heat
ranges.

DTC DESCRIPTION
B11AB92 Heated grip performance
Heated grip temperature sensor circuit 1. Clutch switch [314]
B11C011 shorted to ground 2. LHCM heated grip (if equipped)
Heated grip temperature sensor circuit 3. LHCM [24-1] '
B11C013 open
Heated grip temperature sensor circuit Figure 5-6. LHCM Connector View
B11C016 voltage below threshold
Heated grip temperature sensor circuit
B11C017 voltage above threshold
B11C118 Heated grip circuit overloaded
B11C119 Heated grip circuit overloaded
B11C262 Heated grip status mismatch
Heated grip over commanded temperature
B11C300
system is disabled. To enable the heating element control

circuit, cycle the ignition switch after the problem is resolved.
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General
(Page A-21).
Diagnostic Tips
• Using DTII, verify heated grip option is properly configured.
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
• If the heating element controller, located in each hand grip,
detects an open or short in the left or right grip circuit, the
5-5 94000979
HORN DIAGNOSTICSClutch
1516192 Front Brake 5.3
Switch Switch
Figure 5-8. Heated Grip Circuit

HEATED GRIPS INOPERATIVE 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between heated grip connector [B]
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME terminal 1 and 2.
3. Is resistance between 7-9 0?
Table 5-5. Heated Grip Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Temperature sensor circuit open Temperature sensor
circuit shorted to ground Temperature sensor circuit
above threshold Heating circuit overloaded Heating circuit
over temperature Heating circuit open
Figure 5-9.
1. Hand Control Fault Determination Test
1. Determine if LHCM or RHCM is setting DTC faults.
b. No. Replace heated grip.
2. Is LHCM setting DTC faults?
a. Yes. Diagnose LHCM heated grip. Go to Test 3. 4. Heated Grip Sensor Circuit Test
b. No. Go to Test 2. 1. Test resistance between heated grip connector [B] terminal 3
and 4.
2. RHCM DTC Test 2. Is resistance between 50-60 O?

1. Is RHCM setting DTC faults?
a. Yes. Diagnose RHCM heated grip. Go to Test 3.
3. Heated Grip Heating Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace heated grip.
5-6 94000979
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION NOTE
If the horn button is pressed for more than 10 seconds, the BCM
deactivates the horn to protect it from damage. Checking horn
The horn is powered by the BCM [242-2] from terminal 28 and
output from the BCM has to be done within 10 seconds of
grounded through GND 3. The BCM then supplies power to the
pressing the horn button.
horn over the (R/V) wire.
The horn switch is a push button switch on the left handlebar See Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12. The horn is located between
controls. The LHCM sends a signal to the BCM over the CAN the front frame tubes.
bus when the horn switch is pressed. The BCM then supplies
power to the horn over the (RA/) wire.
The horn switch is diagnosed with the other switches in the hand Table 5-6. Code Description
controls. See Switch Diagnostics. DTC DESCRIPTION
B212511 Horn output shorted to ground
B212515 Horn output shorted to voltage or open
B212519 Horn output overloaded
94000979 5-7
1433664
10. Solenoid to battery 14. Battery positive post

11. Solenoid to starter 15. Front H02S [138]
12. Battery ground post 16. Ground 3
13. Starter post 17. Rear HQ2S [137]
94000979 5-8
1445144 LHCM
’ TJ* --- ■ - ■■ HB
., M x __, 1
---- yCS ----- ---------- (18) -
j2l)_ _ JiL, ___ K3J

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Conditions for Setting other switches on the LHCM work normally, see Switch
Diagnostics.
Press the horn switch to activate the horn in order to set these
DTCs. Connector Information
DTC B2129 will set if the horn circuit draws more than 5 Amps, For additional information about the connectors in the following
Diagnostic Tips
There will not be a code set if the horn switch is always open. If
the horn will not function when the switch is pressed but the
94000979 5-9
1420560
Primary CAN
JZ Circuit
Horn 5 CD
Switch X
**
Zz
<< *K
uo
TT1 M
cr I5
[24B] [24A] [242B-2] [242A-2]
12 12 Primary CAN High

13 13 Primary CAN Low
BCM
Horn
28 28
a [lUi1226-
[122B-2JX -1 ]
GND 3
[122A-2]'!'
nun f[122A-1]
Horn
Figure 5-13. Horn

PTC B212511. B212519 4. Press horn switch.
5. Check DTCs.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 6. Did the same DTC set? a.
Table 5-7. DTC B212511, B212519 Diagnostic Faults Yes. Replace horn.
b. No. Concern is intermittent,
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Horn circuit overloaded ________________
DTC B212515 __________
Short to ground in horn power circuit
Horn malfunction ~
1. Horn Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50423 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL
2. Disconnect horn [122B-1] and inspect connections. Table 5-8. DTC B212515 Diagnostic Faults
3. Disconnect BCM [242B-2] and inspect connections.
41404), test continuity between [122B-1] terminal 1 and
ground.
5. is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/V) wire.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in horn ground circuit Open in
horn power circuit Short to voltage in
horn power circuit 8 9
Horn malfunction
1. Horn Test
9 Turn IGN OFF. 3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Disconnect horn [122B-1] and [122B-2] and inspect 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
connections. 41404), test voltage between [122B-1] and [122B-2] while
pressing horn switch.
5-10 94000979
1445144 LHCM
2. DTC Test
1. Connect [242-2],
2. Clear DTC.
3. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 5-11
5. Is battery voltage present? 5. Is battery voltage present?
4. While pressing horn switch, test voltage between BOB
terminal 28 and ground.
a. Yes. Replace horn. a. Yes. Repair open in (R/V) wire,

b. No. Go to Test 2. b. No. Go to Test 4.
2. Ground Circuit Open Test 4. Horn Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test
2. Is battery voltage present? 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Using 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal 28 (R/V) wire from
BCM harness connector [242B-2].
3. Inspect BCM connection [242B-2],
4. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2] leaving [242A-2]
disconnected from BCM. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page
1-24).
5. Turn IGN ON.

1. While pressing horn switch, test voltage between [122B-1 ]
terminal 1 and ground. 6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
NOTE
If the horn button is pressed for more than 10 seconds, the BCM
deactivates the horn to protect it from damage. Checking horn a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in horn power circuit (R/V)
output from the BCM has to be done within 10 seconds of wire.
pressing the horn button.
a. Yes. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 5. DTC Test
1. Clear DTCs.
3. Power Circuit Open Test
2. Turn IGN ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Check DTCs.
1153370
5-12 94000979
Figure 5-18.
b. No. Go to Test 3. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle
Test (Page 1-29).
94000979 5-13
CRUISE CONTROL 5.4
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2. With the motorcycle traveling at the desired cruise speed,
25-90 mph (40.2-144.8 km/h) and cruise control enabled,
press SET/- to set the cruising speed.
The ECM controls and monitors the operation of the vehicle
cruise control. The cruise switch allows the control circuit to be 3. The ECM monitors the WSS to establish the desired vehicle
enabled or disabled and, when enabled, the lamp illuminates. speed. The ECM then modulates the throttle control
actuator to maintain vehicle speed. The cruise
The CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch automatically regulates the enabled/engaged lamp in the instrument turns from orange
speed of the vehicle. It is located on the LHCM and is a three to green to indicate the cruising speed is locked in.
position momentary switch, spring loaded to the center position.
4. The ECM monitors both the engine rpm and the FWSS
• CRUISE: Press the CRUISE switch to enable cruise control. signal. The ECM signals the throttle control actuator to open
The cruise control indicator lights orange. Pressing the or close the throttle to maintain vehicle speed. The engine
CRUISE switch again turns off cruise control. rpm is monitored to detect engine overspeed, a condition
■ SET/-: With cruise control enabled, press SET/- to set cruise to which automatically causes cruise disengagement.
current vehicle speed. The cruise control indicator lights 5. The ECM automatically disengages cruise mode whenever
green. While at cruising speed, press SET/- to reduce speed. the ECM receives one of the following inputs:
• RESUME/+: While at cruising speed, press RESUME/* to a. Front or rear brake is applied.
increase speed. If cruise control is disengaged (such as a
b. Throttle is "rolled forward" past closed, thereby actuating
braking event), press RESUME/* to resume the previous
throttle roll off (disengage) command.
cruising speed.
c. Motorcycle clutch is disengaged or wheel slip detected.
SYSTEM OPERATION 10 11
d. Pressing the CRUISE switch again turns off cruise
Table 5-9. Code Description control. The cruise enabled/engaged lamp in the
DTC DESCRIPTION instrument turns off to indicate the system is not
P057700 Cruise control input error activated.
e. Ignition switch placed in the off position.
f. The SET/- switch is pressed and held in that position until
vehicle speed drops below 25 mph (40.2 km/h) or press
the RESUME/* switch until vehicle speed exceeds 93
mph (149.7 km/h).
NOTE
If the vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40.2 km/h) when the cruise
RESUME/+ switch is released, then the cruise system
automatically re-engages.
To engage and disengage the cruise control system, proceed as

follows:
11 While riding in second gear and above, press the
CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch to turn the cruise ON. The
cruise enabled/engaged lamp in the instrument turns orange
to indicate the system is activated.
5-14 94000979
5. Rear wheel ABS disabled 18, Cruise control
13. Check engine
TROUBLESHOOTING --------------------- Switch Verification
Cruise control switch interactive diagnostics are provided to allow In the diagnostic test mode, the green cruise engaged lamp is
testing of the cruise control inputs without the use of a service illuminated whenever any of these inputs are actuated:
tool. Note that the diagnostic mode is only available if cruise
control has been selected. The cruise engaged lamp is used to • SET switch.
verify that each switch is activating properly. • RES switch.
Diagnostic Mode Entry • Front brake.

• Rear brake.
To enter diagnostic mode:
• Twist grip in "Cruise Rolloff position.
1. TurnIGNON.
2. Press cruise enable to turn on the orange cruise enable • Clutch lever is pulled in.
lamp. NOTE
The cruise enable switch is automatically tested with the cruise
3. Turn IGN OFF. power indicator light. No special test mode is needed.
4. Hold the cruise SET switch ON while switching IGN ON.
94000979 5-15
Diagnostic Mode Exit Conditions for Setting
The diagnostic mode is exited for any of these conditions: If the switch is held or stuck for over 2 minutes with the engine
stop switch ON, the stuck switch code will set for that switch.
• Turn IGN OFF.
• The cruise enable switch is turned off.
Diagnostic Tips
• The engine is turning.
Pressing the switch for an extended period of time can set the
Diagnostic Tips stuck switch DTCs. These codes should be cleared and operate
the vehicle to see if they return. Stuck switch codes will take over
• An intermittent may be caused by poor connection, rubbed two minutes to set.
through wire insulation or an inoperative wire inside the
insulation.
DTC P057700_________ _____ _____________.
• Poor connection: Inspect component and harness connectors Table 5-10. DTC P057700 Diagnostic Faults
for backed out terminals, improper mating, inoperative locks,
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poorterminal-to- POSSIBLE CAUSES
wire connection and damaged harnesses. LHCM malfunction __________________________________
CRUISE CONTROL INOPERATIVE 1. Switch Test

CONDITIONS ___________________________ _
1. Clear DTC.
The cruise control will become inoperative under the following 2. Turn engine stop switch ON, wait three minutes.
conditions:
3. Operate vehicle to meet conditions for setting DTC.
• Engine stop switch is off.
4. Check DTCs.
• Loss of ignition voltage.
• Throttle position faults P0120 and P0220.
a. Yes. Replace LHCM
• Cruise control switch or brake switch failure P0577, b, No. Concern is intermittent. Switch may have been
• TPS correlation error P2135. pressed for an extended period of time.
• Flash memory error P0605.

• Brake switch fault.
• ETC limited performance mode P1510,
• Cruise control set speed is too low.
• Cruise control set speed is too high.
■ Vehicle cannot increase to cruise control set speed (uphill).
• Vehicle cannot decrease to cruise control set speed
(downhill).
• Brake is applied.
• Twist grip roll-off.
• Engine has not been running long enough.
• Clutch lever is pulled in,
• Vehicle acceleration rate is too high.
• Vehicle deceleration rate is too high.
• Vehicle speed is too high.
• Vehicle speed is too low.
• Engine rpm is too high.
• Engine rpm is too low.
• Engine rpm acceleration is too high.
• Transmission is first gear or in neutral.
CRUISE CONTROL_______________________
The cruise control system is monitored and controlled through

the ECM. The CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch send signals from
the LHCM to the ECM. If the ECM sees the same signal with no
interruptions for more than two minutes, DTC P057700 will set.
5-16 94000979
TURN SIGNALS 5.5
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION See Figure 5-20, Figure 5-21 and Figure 5-22. The BCM
supplies power to the turn signal circuits.
The BCM controls the turn signal functions, including the hazard
lamps and turn signal cancellation feature.
5-17 94000979
2. ARFI [345] (if equipped) 5. Main fuse [5]
3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
5-18 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 5-19
3, Tail/stop lamp [40] 16. BCM [242-2]
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
The LHCM and RHCM send messages to the BCM over the • The turn signals may cancel within two seconds upon turn
primary CAN bus when either of the turn signal switches or completion depending on vehicle lean angle during turn. The
hazard warning switch are pressed. The BCM will also set codes BCM monitors an internal accelerometer and cancels the
if it determines a switch is stuck in the pressed position for longer signal after the vehicle has been returned to an upright
than two minutes. The switch DTCs are diagnosed with the other position.
hand control module switches. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS NOTE
(Page 5-40).
The bank angle cancellation function has an automatic calibration
feature. Ride the vehicle for 0.25 mi (0.4 km) at steady speeds
Manual Cancellation
(upright) to calibrate the system. This calibration process
To stop the turn signals from flashing, briefly press the turn signal optimizes the performance of the bank angle function. This
switch a second time. automatic calibration is performed every time the vehicle is
started.
If signaling to turn in one direction, pressing the switch for the
opposite turn signal will cause the first signal to cancel and the
opposite side to begin. Four-Way Flashing
Use the following method to activate the four-way flashers:
Automatic Cancellation
1. With the ignition switch ON or in ACC, press the hazard
Press the left or right turn switch to activate automatic turn signal warning switch.
cancellation. There is no need to hold the turn switch in when
approaching the turn. The BCM will not cancel the signal before NOTE
the turn is actually completed. To activate or deactivate hazards on vehicle equipped with
security system, the fob must be within range of the vehicle.
• When the turn signal switch is released, the system starts a 20
count. As long as the vehicle is traveling above 8 mph (13
km/h), the directional will always cancel after 20 flashes if the 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF (the security system will arm if
system does not recognize any other input. equipped). The four-way flashers will continue for two hours.
• If the vehicle speed drops to 8 mph (13 km/h) or less,

3. To cancel four-way flashing, disarm the security system if
equipped, turn the ignition switch ON or to ACC and press
including stopped, the directionals will continue to flash.
the hazard warning switch.
Counting will resume when vehicle speed reaches 8 mph (13
km/h) and will automatically cancel when the count total
equals 20 as stated above.
5-20 94000979
NOTE 2. Activate either turn signal.
To activate or deactivate hazards on vehicle equipped with 3. Turn signals should cancel after 20 flashes.
security system, the fob must be within range of the vehicle.
4. Do turn signals cancel?
This system allows a stranded vehicle to be left in the four-way a. Yes. System operating properly.
flashing mode and secured until help is found. b. No. Go to Test 4.
If the security system is disarmed while the four-way flashers are
active, the lights will flash as follows: 4. Speedometer Test
1. BCM stops four-way flashing mode. Vehicle sits for one 1, Does speedometer register vehicle speed?
second with turn signals off. a. Yes. Replace BCM.
2. BCM performs disarming confirmation (one flash). b. No. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
3. Vehicle sits for one second with turn signals off.
4. Vehicle restarts four-way flashing mode.
Tip Over Detection Operation

The BCM uses an internal accelerometer to monitor vehicle
position. Under normal driving conditions, the BCM uses the
accelerometer along with speed input provided from the ECM to
know when to automatically cancel the turn signals after a turn.
The BCM will disable accessory power and starter activation and
will shut down the Ignition and the fuel pump if the vehicle is
tipped over. The IM will display "TIP" and the hazard lamps will
activate when a tip-over condition is present. The hazard lamps
will activate with or without the IGN ON.
Tip Over Reset

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Return the vehicle to an upright position.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Turn hazard lamps OFF.
5. Start engine.
WILL NOT CANCEL UPON TURN
COMPLETION. NO DTCS _________________ _
Table 5-11. Will Not Cancel Upon Turn Completion, No

DTCs Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Conditions to self-cancel not met Improper configuration
1. BCM Mounting Test

1. Verify BCM is securely mounted in proper position.
2. Is BCM mounted correctly? a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b No. Mount correctly.
2. Correct Configuration Test

1. Check if BCM is configured correctly. See SERVICE AND
EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS.
2. Is BCM configured correctly?
b. No. Select proper vehicle configuration.
3. Turn Signals Cancel Test

1. Operate vehicle at a speed greater than 8 mph (13 km/h) in a
straight line.
94000979 5-21
FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS 5.6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 7. Turn IGN OFF, ON, activate hazard lights.
8. Verify DTCs.
See Figure 5-23, Figure 5-24 and Figure 5-25. The turn signals
NOTE
are controlled by the BCM. The BCM supplies power to the turn
This is necessary for the BCM to validate the proper front lighting
signals and controls the flash rate of the turn signals through the
configuration and which module is actually controlling them.
turn signals individual power circuit.
When the turn signal or hazard warning lamp switch is pressed,

the hand control module sends a message over the primary CAN
bus to the BCM. The BCM then controls the power to the turn Table 5-12. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
signal. The turn signals have a constant ground.
Left front turn signal output shorted to
Before troubleshooting errors after relocating front turn signals, B214111 ground
perform following steps: Left front turn signal shorted to voltage or
B214115 open
1. TurnIGNON.
B214119 Left front turn signal output overloaded
2. Activate hazard lights for ten flashes. Right front turn signal output shorted to
B214611 ground
3. Deactivate hazards.
Right front turn signal output shorted to
4. Activate hazard lights for ten flashes. B214615 voltage or open
B214619 Right front turn signal output overloaded
5. Deactivate hazards.
6. Clear DTCs.
5-22 94000979
1431993
RHCM [22-2]
Right front turn signal [31R]
Main fuse [5]
ARH [345] (if equipped)
AAT sensor [107]
RHCM [22-1] ______________
94000979 5-23
FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS 5.6
LHCM [24] ECM [78]

5-24 94000979
7. Fuse block [64] 14. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2 Ground 1
12. ABS/EHCU module [166] 25. Tail/stop lamp [94] ________
13. Heated gear [191-1] 26.
Conditions for Setting • DTC B214119 or B214619 will set if the corresponding front
turn signal circuit draws more than 3 Amps.
After clearing DTCs, test inoperative turn signal. Verify DTC does
not return. Connector Information
• DTC B214113 or B214613 will set if the corresponding front For additional information about the connectors in the following
turn signal circuit draws less than 120 milliamps. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
5-25 94000979
5. Does battery voltage turn on and off?
Ground Primary CAN High

Primary CAN Low
Secondary CAN Low
Secondary CAN High Left
Front Turn Signal Right
Front Turn Signal Left Rear Right Rear
Turn Signal Right Rear
Turn Lamp
Turn Signal
[242A-2] [242B-2]
Primary CAN Main Battery GND 1 GND 2 GND 3

Communication Fuse Fuse
Figure 5-26. Turn Signal Circuit

___________ 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), check for voltage [31 LA] terminals 2 and 3.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 4. Press left turn signal switch.
POSSIBLE CAUSES-
Open in left front turn signal ground circuit ___________
Open in left front turn signal power circuit ___________
Short to voltage in left front turn signal power circuit
Failed left front turn signal __________
PTC B214115
1. Left Front Turn Signal Circuit Test
1. Disconnect left front turn signal [31 LA] and inspect
connections.
5-26 94000979
4. Short To Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.

1445219
3. I
Figure 5-27.
f HD 10330 12 P "\
s
resis
a. Yes. Replace left front turn signal. OQq:ooo tanc
b. No. Go to Test 2. o e
less
ooooooo than
2. Ground Circuit Open Test mwmmm 0.5
1. Turn IGN OFF. MMM® m wflaare ohm
ISMIM® s?
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- ■
41404), test resistance between [31 LA] terminal 3 and Minrasimi
ground. ooooooo
Figure 5-30.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in BE/PK) wire.
DTCPART B214111.
NUMBER B214119 TOOL NAME
Figure 5-28.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. Table 5-14. DTC B214111, B214119 Diagnostic Faults
b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire. POSSIBLE CAUSES
Left front turn signal current exceeds 3.0A
Accessory lighting overloading circuit
Short to ground in left front turn signal power circuit _______
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 16 and [31
LA] terminal 2.
1. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test

2. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2] leaving [242A-2]
1-24).
41404), with [31 LB] disconnected, test continuity between
BOB terminal 16 and ground.
b. No. Repair open in (BE/PK) wire.
94000979 5-27
5. 4. Is battery
Does continuity present?
voltage turn on and off? 6. Is voltage present?
1445724 1445735
<*>
■
Figure 5-31.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in left front turn signal power
circuit (BE/PK). a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in horn power circuit
(BE/O) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 2,
b, No. Go to Test 2.
2. DTC Test 2. DTC Test

1. Connect [242-2], 1. Clear DTCs.
2. Clear DTC, 2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Turn IGN ON. 3. Check DTCs.
4. Turn on left turn signal. 4. Did the same DTC set?
5. With [31 LB] disconnected, check DTCs. a. Yes. Replace BCM.

29).
b. No. Replace turn signal assembly.
DTC B214615 ___________________________
DTC B214612 _________________ PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Table 5-16. DTC B214615 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Table 5-15. DTC B214612 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
Open in right front turn signal ground circuit Open in right front
CAUSES turn signal power circuit Short to voltage in right front turn signal
Short to voltage in right front turn signal power circuit power circuit Failed right front turn signal _________
1. Right Front Turn Signal Power Circuit Short to

Voltage Test 1. Right Front Turn Signal Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Disconnect right front turn signal [31RA] and inspect
2. Inspect BCM connection [242B-2], connections.
3. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2], See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
(Page 1-24). 41404), check for voltage [31 RA] terminals 2 and 3.
4. Turn IGN ON. 3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 4. Press right turn signal switch,
5-28 94000979
1153397
Figure 5-33.
a. Yes. Replace right front turn signal.

2. Ground Circuit Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.

41404), test resistance between [31RA-2] terminal 3 and 4. Short To Voltage Test
ground. 1. Turn IGN ON.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Figure 5-34.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire.
Table 5-17. DTC B214611, B214619 Diagnostic Faults

41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 17 and a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in BE/O) wire.
[31RA] terminal 2. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
DTC B214611. B214619

POSSIBLE CAUSES ______________________
Right front turn signal current exceeds 3.0A
Accessory lighting overloading circuit ______________
Short to ground in right front turn signal power circuit

41404), with [31RB] disconnected, test continuity between
BOB terminal 17 and ground.
b. No. Repair open in (BE/O) wire.
94000979 5-29
5. Does battery
4. Is voltage
continuity turn on and off?
present? 2. DTC Test
1445733
I l 1. Connect [242-2].
(' MUS0J90-12-P \
2. Clear DTC.
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB 3. Turn IGN ON.
QQQ»IOO 4. Turn on right turn signal.
BBBBBBB 5. With [31RB] disconnected, check DTCs.
BBBBBffiffl 6. Did the same DTC set?
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBBf a. Yes. Replace BCM.
BBBBBBB' b. No. Replace turn signal assembly.
BBBB°©B
Figure 5-37.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in right front turn signal
power circuit (BE/O) wire.
5-30 94000979
REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS 5.7

DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 5-38. The rear turn signals are controlled by the B215111 Left rear turn signal output shorted to ground
BCM. The BCM supplies power to the rear turn signals and Left rear turn signal output shorted to voltage or
controls the flash rate of the turn signals through the power B215115 open
circuit. B215119 Left rear turn signal output overloaded
B215611 Right rear turn signal output shorted to ground
Right rear turn signal output shorted to voltage or
B215615 open
B215619 Right rear turn signal output overloaded

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Conditions for Setting • DTC B215119 or B215619 will set if the corresponding rear turn
signal circuit draws more than 3 Amps.
After clearing the DTCs, operate the inoperative turn signal to
verify if the DTC has returned. Connector Information
• DTC B215113 or B215613 will set if the corresponding rear turn For additional information about the connectors in the following
signal circuit draws less than 120 milliamps. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
5-31 94000979
Left Front
Turn Lamp
Left Rear
[19A] [19B] Turn Lamp
Ground Primary CAN High

Primary CAN Low
Secondary CAN Low
Secondary CAN High Left
Front Turn Signal Right
Front Turn Signal Left
Right Rear
[18A] [18B] Turn Lamp
Rear Turn Signal Right
Rear Turn Signal
[242A-2] [242B-2]
fc"i
Primary CAN GND 1 GND2 GND3
£)
Communication
DTC B215115 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Figure 5-39. Turn Signal Circuit
41404), check for voltage between [19A] terminals 1 and 2.
3. Turn IGN ON.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. Press left turn signal switch.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL Open in left rear turn signal ground circuit
Open in left rear turn signal power circuit
Table 5-19. DTC B215115 Diagnostic Faults Short to voltage in left rear turn signal power circuit
Turn signal malfunction
1. Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit Test

1. Disconnect left rear turn signal [19] and inspect connections.
5-32 94000979
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Using 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal 22 from [242B-2],
4. Connect [242-2],
5. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Go to Test 2. ground

2. Left Rear Turn Signal Ground Circuit Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/V) wire.
41404), test resistance between [19A] terminal 2 and
ground.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? DTC B215111. B215119 ___________________
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Left rear turn signal circuit overloaded
Short to ground in left rear turn signal power circuit__________

1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 22 and
2. Inspect BCM connections. ground.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 22 and [19A]
terminal 1.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE/V) wire.

b. No. Repair open in (BEA/) wire.
94000979 5-33
5. Does battery voltage turn on and off? Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME terminal 1.
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL

CAUSES
Open in right rear turn signal ground circuit Open in right rear
turn signal power circuit Short to voltage in right rear turn signal
power circuit Turn signal malfunction
PTC B215615
1. Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit Test

1. Disconnect right rear turn signal [18] and inspect
connections.
41404), check for voltage between [18A] terminals 1 and 2.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Press right turn signal switch. b. No. Repair open in (BE/BN) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal 23 from [242B-2].
4. Connect [242-2],
5. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Replace right rear turn signal.
b. No. Go to Test 2. ground.
2. Right Rear Turn Signal Ground Circuit Test a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/BN) wire.
1. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
test resistance between [18A] terminal 2 and ground. and verify current DTC sets.
DTC B215611. B215619 ___________________

1. Turn IGN OFF.


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Right rear turn signal circuit overloaded __________________
Short to ground in right rear turn signal power circuit
3. Power Circuit Open Test 3. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
1. Turn IGN OFF. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
2. Inspect BCM connections. 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 23 and
3. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). ground.
5-34 94000979
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.8
1449837
HD-50390-12-P
aaaaaaa
oooooo o
aaaasaa
aamam Q
aaaaaaa «»i#t -
(SdBKSfflffltS
msmami
BHlMSKSIffl'
am®®®®
Figure 5-47.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE/BN) wire.
94000979 5-35
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • In the high position, BCM supplies power to the high beam
headlamp and sends a message to the speedometer over the
See Figure 5-48 and Figure 5-49. The headlamp switch activates CAN bus to illuminate the high beam indicator.
either the high beam or the low beam headlamps. When the
DTC DESCRIPTION
ignition is turned ON, the BCM defaults to the low beam position.
High beam output shorted to voltage or
Pressing the upper part of the switch toggles to the high beam
B213115 open
headlamp and the lower part of the switch toggles to the low
B213111 High beam output shorted to ground
beam headlamp.
B213119 High beam output overloaded
• In the low position, the BCM supplies power to illuminate the B213611 Low beam output shorted to ground
low beam headlamp. Low beam output shorted to voltage or
• Push the low position again, the BCM supplies power to the B213615 open
high beam headlamp to provide a flash to pass feature. B213619 Low beam output overloaded
5-36 94000979
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.8

7. 20. IMU [333]
Fuse block [64]
8. 21. Terminating resistor [319-2]
Rear WSS [168]
9. 22. License plate lamp [45]
Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2] BCM
3. 23. Right rear turn signal [18]
[242-3]
11. 24. Ground 2
BCM [242-1]
12. 25. Ground 1
ABS/EHCU module [166]
13. 26. Tail/stop lamp [94]
Heated gear [191-1]
Conditions for Setting Turn IGN to ACC.
The headlamp DTCs may require either the high or low beam • If low beam illuminates, this circuit is shorted to voltage.
headlamp be requested on in order to set the DTC. Toggle back • If high beam illuminates, this circuit is shorted to voltage.
and forth between the high and low beam headlamp positions to
check DTCs on both circuits. Connector Information
Diagnostic Tips For additional information about the connectors in the following
If the headlamp cannot be switched from one position to the
other with no codes it could be an open switch causing the
problem. See SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-40).
94000979 5-37
3. [24B] [24A]
1 1 Ground Headlamp
[39A] [39B) High/Low /
2 2 Can High
IM Switch
CAN High 2 2 •3 3 Can Low
System Power 5 5 4
-4 System Power
Ground 7 7
CAN Low 8 8
LHCM
Secondary ^
CAN Circuit
[242A-1] [242B-1]
BCM [38B] [38A]
Battery Power
DO A
Low Beam 5 5= ---- BE/Y d B

\
Ground 11 11 s High ^ Headlamp
Primary CAN High 12 12 E Position
Primary CAN Low 13 13 -
Secondary CAN Low 14 14 ?
_ _____ )
Secondary CAN High 15 15 =
High Beam 25 25 =
[242A-2] [242B-2]
o
DC m oc £ $ £
▲ ▲
11
Main Primary CAN Battery
Fuse Communication Fuse
Figure 5-50. Headlamp Circuit
PTC B213111. B213119 ___________ 6. Is continuity present?

1446156
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME maaam Figu
POSSIBLE CAUSES aaaaaaa re 5-
Short to ground in high beam headlamp circuit aaaaaaa 51.

a. Y
High beam circuit overloaded
es. aaaaaaa
Headlamp malfunction Rep
aaaaaaa
shor aaaaaaa/
1. High Beam Headlamp Circuit Test air
1. Turn IGN OFF. t to aaaaaaa\

gro aaaao®a
2.
3.
Disconnect headlamp [38] and inspect connections.
Inspect BCM connections.
und
in
|
(BE/W) wire.
4. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2] leaving [242A-2] b. No. Go to Test 2.
1-24).
2. DTC Test
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 25 and 1. Connect [242-2], leaving [38B] disconnected.
ground.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Check DTCs.

b. No. Replace headlamp.
5-38 94000979
HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP INOPERATIVE, PTC Test resistance between BOB terminal 25 and [38] terminal
B213115 _____________________________
4,
Table 5-25. High Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213115
Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in high beam ground circuit
Open in high beam power circuit ________________________
Short to voltage or open in high beam power circuit Headlamp
malfunction ________________________________________
1. Power Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect headlamp [38] and inspect connections.
Figure 5-54.
3. Turn IGN ON. C (BE/W).
4. Switch headlamp to HI beam. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
41404), test voltage between [38B] terminal C (BE/W) and
b. No. Repair open in (BE/W) wire between BCM and
ground.
headlamp.
4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal 25 from [242B-2].
4. Connect [242-2],
5. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 41404), test voltage between extracted terminal 25 and
ground.
2. Ground Circuit Open Test 7. Is voltage present?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a, Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/W) wire.
2. Test resistance between [38B] terminal A (BK) and ground. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q? and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace
BCM.
DTC B213611. B213619 ___________________


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in low beam headlamp circuit ____________
Low beam circuit overloaded _________________________
Headlamp malfunction _____________________ ________
a. Yes. Replace headlamp. 1. Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Test

b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Inspect BCM connections. 4. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2] leaving [242A-2]
2. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2], See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS disconnected from BCM. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page
(Page 1-24). 1-24).
94000979 5-39
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 6. Is
3. battery
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 5 and ground.
voltage
a. Yes. Repair short to present
6. Is continuity present? ground in (BE/Y) wire.
Figure 5-56.
?

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. DTC Test 2. Test resistance between [38B] terminal A (BK) and ground.
1. Connect (242-2], leaving [38B] disconnected. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Check DTCs.
b. No. Replace headlamp. Figure 5-57.
a. Yes. Replace headlamp.
LOW BEAM HEADLAMP INOPERATIVE, DTC
B213615 _______________________ b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in low beam ground circuit 3. Power Circuit Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Inspect BCM connections.
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL 3. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2], See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-24).
Table 5-27. Low Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213615
Diagnostic Faults 4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 5 and [38] B.
Open in low beam power circuit 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
Low beam output circuit shorted to voltage or open
Headlamp malfunction
1. Power Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Switch headlamp to low beam.
41404), test voltage between [38B] terminal B and ground.
5-40 94000979
b. No. Repair open in (BE/Y) wire between BCM and
headlamp.
94000979 5-41
4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.

NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal 5 from [242B-2],
4. Connect BCM [242B-2],
5. Turn IGN ON.

41404), test voltage between removed terminal 5 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/Y) wire.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace BCM.
5-42 94000979
STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The rear stop lamp switch is a normally open pressure switch
that closes when the rear brakes are applies. Closing the
See Figure 5-59. The BCM controls the stop lamp based off pressure switch grounds the rear brake circuit. The BCM
inputs from the front and rear stop lamp switches. The front stop supplies power to the rear stop lamp when the rear brake circuit
lamp switch is a mechanical switch. When the front brake lever is is grounded.
applied, the lever presses a mechanical switch and closes the Table 5-28. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
contacts on the switch. The front stop lamp switch is part of the
B216111 Brake lamp output shorted to ground
RHCM. When the switch is pressed, the RHCM sends a
message to the BCM over the CAN bus and the BCM supplies Brake lamp output open or shorted to
power to the stop lamp. B216115 voltage
B216119 Brake lamp output overloaded
14. PAC [325] 21. Terminating resistor [319-2]

15. Security siren [142] 22. License plate lamp [45]
17. Rear suspension [344] (if equipped) 24. Ground 2
18. PAC relay block [61] 25. Ground 1
19. Terminating resistor [319-1] 26. Tail/stop lamp [94]
20. IMU [333]
Conditions for Setting The brake switch is normally open and supplies a path to ground
when closed. In order to set a shorted brake switch code, the
The stop lamp circuit needs to see activation to set DTCs. vehicle needs to be operated over 45 mph (72.4 km/h) for at
Apply the front and rear brakes to verify stop lamp DTCs do least two minutes.
not return.
• DTC B216115 is set when the stop lamp circuit current draw Connector Information
is less than 120 milliamps. For additional information about the connectors in the following
• DTC B216119 is set when the stop lamp circuit current draw diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
is above 4 Amps.
• DTC B222311 is set when the brake switch input circuit is
grounded for 120 seconds and the vehicle speed is above 45
mph (72.4 km/h).
94000979 5-43
Figure 5-60. Stop Lamp Circuit
2. Stop Lamp Circuit Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME PTC B216115
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. With brake applied, test voltage between [94B] terminal 2
and ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Open in brake lamp ground circuit

Open or shorted to voltage in brake lamp power circuit
Stop lamp malfunction
1. Disconnect rear lighting [40] and inspect connections. Figure 5-62.
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- a. Yes. Repair open in (BK) wire.
41404), with brake applied, test voltage between [94B]
terminals 2 and 3. b. No. Go to Test 3.

1153378 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [94B] terminal 3 and ground.
5-44 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Table 5-30. DTC B216111, B216119 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Stop lamp overloading circuit
Short to ground in stop lamp power circuit
Stop lamp malfunction
1. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 5-63. 2. Inspect BCM connection.
3. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2J. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
b. No. Repair open in (BE/R) wire. (Page 1-24).
4. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 18 and
Test ground.
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal 18 from [242B-2]
(BE/R) wire.
2. Connect [242B-2],
3. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on stop lamp power circuit
(BE/R).
DTC B216111. B216119 ___________________

a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE/R) wire.

94000979 5-45
SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 5.10
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 5-65 and Figure 5-66. Switch DTCs pertain to stuck High beam switch circuit shorted to ground
switches or an internal fault in the LHCM or RHCM. If the B112E11
switches are open they will not set DTCs. In most cases, there High beam switch circuit shorted to voltage
will be symptoms depending on which switch is malfunctioning. B112E12
B112E13 High beam switch circuit open
Table 5-31. Switch Symptoms B112F11 FTP circuit shorted to ground
OPEN SWITCH SYMPTOM B112F12 FTP circuit shorted to voltage
High beam Headlamp will not toggle to high beam B112F13 FTP circuit open
Low beam Headlamp will not toggle to low beam B115300 RHCM internal error
Left turn signals will not function, PIN B116000 RHCM processor fault
Left turn signal cannot be entered B116508 RHCM invalid data received
Right turn signals will not function, PIN B116509 OFF switch fault
Right turn signal cannot be entered B116511 Stop switch circuit shorted to ground
Odometer will not cycle through different B116512 Stop switch circuit shorted to voltage
Trip settings B116513 Stop switch circuit open
Stop lamp will not function with brake lever B116608 RHCM run switch invalid data received
Front brake pulled in B116609 RUN switch fault
Clutch Vehicle will not start unless in neutral
B116611 Run switch circuit shorted to ground
Horn Horn will not sound
B116612 Run switch circuit shorted to voltage
Hazard Hazard lamps will not function
B116613 Run switch circuit open
Start switch Vehicle starter will not activate
B116711 Start switch circuit shorted to ground
Engine stop switch Vehicle will not run/stop
B116712 Start switch circuit shorted to voltage
B116713 Start switch circuit open
Table 5-32, Code Description Ride mode switch circuit shorted to ground
DTC DESCRIPTION B116811
B110300 LHCM internal error Ride mode switch circuit shorted to voltage
Cruise set switch circuit shorted to ground B116812
B112011 B116813 Ride mode switch circuit open
Cruise set switch circuit shorted to voltage B116A11 Hazards switch circuit shorted to ground
B112012 B116A12 Hazards switch circuit shorted to voltage
B112013 Cruise set switch circuit open B116A13 Hazards switch circuit open
Cruise resume switch circuit shorted to Traction control switch circuit shorted to
B112111 ground ground
B116B11
Cruise resume switch circuit shorted to Traction control switch circuit shorted to
B112112 voltage B116B12 voltage
B112113 Cruise resume switch circuit open B116B13 Traction control switch circuit open
B112211 Cruise on switch circuit shorted to ground Brake lever in switch circuit shorted to
B112212 Cruise on switch circuit shorted to voltage B116C11 ground
B112213 Cruise on switch circuit open Brake lever in switch circuit shorted to
B112311 Cruise off switch circuit shorted to ground B116C12 voltage
B112312 Cruise off switch circuit shorted to voltage B116C13 Brake lever in switch circuit open
B112313 Cruise off switch circuit open Brake lever out switch circuit shorted to
B112411 Left turn switch circuit shorted to ground B116D11 ground
B112412 Left turn switch circuit shorted to voltage Brake lever out switch circuit shorted to
B112413 Left turn switch circuit open B116D12 voltage
B112511 Right turn switch circuit shorted to ground B116D13 Brake lever out switch circuit open
Right turn switch circuit shorted to voltage High beam switch rationality fault, per
B112512 B11A292 formance or incorrect operation
B112513 Right turn switch circuit open FTP switch rationality fault, performance or
B112613 Clutch switch circuit open B11A392 incorrect operation
Clutch lever in switch circuit shorted to Cruise set switch rationality fault, perform
B112712 voltage B11A492 ance or incorrect operation
Clutch lever out switch circuit shorted to Cruise resume switch rationality fault,
B112812 voltage B11A592 performance or incorrect operation
Turn switch cancel circuit shorted to Cruise on rationality fault, performance or
B112911 ground B11A692 incorrect operation
Turn switch cancel circuit shorted to Cruise off switch rationality fault, perform-
B112912 voltage B11A792 ance or incorrect operation
B112913 Turn switch cancel circuit open Left turn switch rationality fault, perform-
B11A892 ance or incorrect operation
5-46 94000979
Table 5-32. Code Description Table 5-32. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION DTC DESCRIPTION
Right turn switch rationality fault, perform- B22929E RHCM traction control switch stuck on
B11A992 ance or incorrect operation B22939E RHCM auxiliary switch stuck on
Stop switch rationality fault, performance B22949E LHCM auxiliary switch stuck on
B11B192 or incorrect operation B22959E Information switch stuck on
Run switch rationality fault, performance or B22969E Heated grip switch stuck on
B11B292 incorrect operation B229A9E Spare/reserved switch stuck on
Start switch rationality fault, performance P057200 Brake switch to ground
B11B392 or incorrect operation P070400 Clutch switch input circuit
Ride mode switch rationality fault, per-
B11B492 formance or incorrect operation
Spare/reserved switch rationality fault,
B11B592 performance or incorrect operation
Traction control switch rationality fault,
Hazard switch rationality fault, perform-
B11B692 ance or incorrect operation
Voice recognition switch rationality fault,
Front brake switch rationality fault, per-
B11B992 formance or incorrect operation
B13149E LHCM VR PTT button stuck
B13159E LHCM up button stuck
B13169E LHCM left button stuck
B13179E LHCM center button stuck
B13189E LHCM right button stuck
3. LHCM [24-1] '
B13199E LHCM down button stuck
B13219E RHCM up button stuck
B13229E RHCM left button stuck
B13239E RHCM center button stuck
B13249E RHCM right button stuck
B13259E RHCM down button stuck
B13719E RHCM ride mode button stuck
B15A992 Front brake switch performance
B22509E Clutch switch stuck on
B22519E Horn switch stuck on
B22529E High beam switch stuck on
B22539E Low beam/FTP switch stuck on
B225481 Left turn signal error
B22549E Left turn switch stuck on
B22559E Trip switch stuck on
B22609E Starter switch stuck on
B226181 Right turn signal invalid data received
B22619E Right turn switch stuck on
Brake lever position RHCM invalid data
B226281 received
B22629E Front brake switch stuck on
B226381 Hazard switch error
B22639E Hazard switch stuck on Figure 5-66. RHCM Connector View
B226881 Ride switch mode invalid data received
B22689E Ride switch mode stuck on
Conditions for Setting
B22699E Voice recognition switch stuck on
B226A9E Cruise set switch stuck on If the switches are held or stuck for over 2 minutes with the IGN
B226B9E Cruise resume switch stuck on ON, a DTC will set for that switch.
B226C9E Cruise on switch stuck on
For LHCM or RHCM DTCs to be set, the vehicle has to be in
B226D9E Cruise off switch stuck on
operation for more than 2 minutes at speed above 30 mph (48
B226E9E LHCM navigation switch stuck on
km/h). Historic codes may indicate the rider continually applies
B226F9E RHCM navigation switch stuck on
the brake or clutch. For example, coasting downhill with the
B228700 Front brake state correlation
clutch lever pulled in for more than 2 minutes will set codes.
B228856 Front brake configuration invalid
Front brake Rx bus signal/message failure
B228908
B228981 Front brake Rx invalid data received
B229281 Traction control switch error
94000979 5-47
Clear the DTCs and operate the vehicle to verify the DTCs are For additional information about the connectors in the following
current. Stuck switch codes will take over two minutes to set. If diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
vehicle will only start in neutral, verify proper alignment of the left
hand control housing to the dutch perch. Misalignment or a gap
between the two parts may affect dutch switch operation.
17
[314BJX Clutch ' Front Brake A[ 17°B]
[314 A] ^ Switch Switch -— ■f [170A]
[224A]
12
3 f W/BK
4
5
LHCM 6 BK/GN RHCM
7 BE am
8 : TN —
■ BN am sjr [22A]
12345678 Y [22B]
[24A-1] [24B-1] — I , III M H n l ■
simogi
lfflll
[24B-2]X[
[24A-2]^[ I]
234
1
rn it i —
z £
[39A] [39B] <J $ > £ SAI22B-1]
CAN High 2
System Power 5
2
5
:W/RZ
R/O ■
II <^T\ Y[22A-1]
IM Ground 7 7 ! BK/GN C
CAN Low 8
15
8
§
Secondary ^ CAN
Circuit
]^[145A]
o o: i z >■
[242A-1] [242B-1] 525
BCM
Battery Power
HQ
Ground 11 11 BK/GN I
Primary CAN High 12 12
Primary CAN Low 13 13
Secondary CAN Low 14 14
Secondary CAN High 15 15
Run/Stop Switch 20
▲
20
[242A-2] [242B-2]
Main
Fuse
5g
IM
Primary CAN Communication
▲
Battery
Fuse GND2
Figure 5-67. Clutch Switch Faults
ANY HAND CONTROL SWITCH Table 5-33. Any Fland Control Switch Inoperative Diagnost-
INOPERATIVE _________________ ic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Clutch switch malfunction
Brake switch malfunction 1. Switch Operation Test
Hand control switch malfunction
1. Operate inoperative switch.
5-48 94000979
2. Does switch operate correctly? Figure 5-68.
a. Yes. Condition not currently present. a. Ye
b. No. Go to Test 2. s. Replace
jumper
2. Data View Test harness.
1. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD- b. N
48650), view the live data view screen.
o. Go to Test 2.
2. Operate each of the buttons from the suspect hand control
2. Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test
module.
1. Test continuity between [314B] terminal 4 and ground.
3. Do any of the switches function?
3. Communication Test
1. Verify no DTCs are present. See Retrieving Trouble Codes
(Page 1-20).
2. Disconnect inoperative hand control module.
3. Reconnect hand control module.
a. Yes. Replace jumper harness.
4. Test switch operation on suspect hand control.
5. Does hand control operate?
a. Yes. System working properly. 3. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to
b. No. Replace hand control module. Ground Test
1. Test continuity between [314B] terminal 1 and ground.
4. Switch Test 2. Is continuity present?
1. Inspect for mechanical issues with inoperative switch.

2. Inspect around and under switch cover.
3. Verify cover correctly contacts switch underneath.
4. Were any mechanical issues found?
a. Yes. Repair mechanical issue and retest.
b. No. Replace hand control module.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Go to Test 4.

Table 5-34. Clutch Switch Diagnostic Faults 4. Normally Opened Switch Circuit Shorted to
CLUTCH SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC FAULTS Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in clutch switch circuit 2. Test voltage between [314B] terminal 2 and ground.
Short to voltage in clutch switch circuit
Short to ground in clutch switch circuit ___________________
1. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to

Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [314B] and inspect connections.
ground.
94000979 5-49
3. Is voltage present? 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1447900
Figure 5-74.
Figure 5-71.
b. No. Replace jumper harness.
5. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to 8. Power Circuit Open Test

Voltage Test
1. Test resistance between [24B-1] terminal 7 and [314B]
1. Test voltage between [314B] terminal 1 and ground. terminal 4.
2. Is
resistance
less than 0.5
ohm?
1447950
Figure 5-75.
b. No. Go to Test6.
6. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test 9. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Open Test
1. Test voltage between [314B] terminal 4 and ground, 1. Test resistance between [24B-1] terminal 6 and [314B]
terminal 1.
2. Is voltage greater than 4 volts?
1448703
a. Yes. Replace jumper harness,

7. Normally Open Switch Circuit Open Test

10. Clutch Engaged Switch Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Connect [314].
2. Disconnect [24B-1] and inspect connections.
2. With clutch engaged, test resistance between [24B-1]
3. Test resistance between [24B-1] terminal 8 and [314B]
terminal 6 and 7.
terminal 2.
5-50 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 4. Is continuity present?
1447933
fooonl n
-if -ij
1
1
Figure 5-79.
Figure 5-77. a. Yes. Replace jumper harness.
a. Yes. Go to Test 11. b. No. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Replace clutch switch.
11. Clutch Disengaged Switch Test 2. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to
Ground Test
1. With clutch lever pulled in (clutch disengaged), test
resistance between [24B-1] terminal 7 and 8. 1. Test continuity between [170B] terminal 3 and ground.

1447983 „ filHru
aasa —
8SMB
—
Q
i*»f f i-i
Figure 5-78.
a. Yes. Go to Test 12, a. Yes. Replace jumper harness.
b. No. Replace clutch switch. b. No. Go to Test 3.
12. DTC Test 3. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to

Ground Test
1. Clear DTCs.
1. Test continuity between [170B] terminal 1 and ground,
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29).
FRONT BRAKE SWITCH FAULTS ___________
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Figure 5-81.

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT a. Yes. Replace jumper harness.
Table 5-35. Front Brake Switch Diagnostic Faults b. No. Go to Test 4.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in front brake switch circuit Short to
voltage in front brake switch circuit 4. Power Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test
Short to ground in front brake switch circuit 1. Turn IGN ON.
1. Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test 2. Test voltage between [170B] terminal 2 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
ground.
94000979 5-51
3. Is voltage greater than 4 volts? 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1447900
Figure 5-85.
Figure 5-82. a. Yes. Go to Test 8,
a. Yes. Replace jumper harness. b. No. Replace jumper harness.
5. Normally Open Switch Circuit Shorted to 8. Normally Open Switch Circuit Open Test
Voltage Test
1. Test resistance between [22B] terminal 6 and [170B]
Figure 5-86.
b, No. Go to Test 6.
6. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Shorted to 9. Normally Closed Switch Circuit Open Test
Voltage Test
Figure 5-87.
a. Yes. Replace jumper harness. a. Yes. Go to Test 10.

b. No. Go to Test 7. b, No. Replace jumper harness.
7. Power Circuit Open Test 10. Front Brake Switch Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Connect [170],
2. Disconnect [22B) and inspect connections. 2. Test resistance between [22B] terminal 6 and 7.
terminal 2.
5-52 94000979
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 20 and
ground.
Figure 5-88.
b. No. Replace front brake switch.
11. Front Brake Applied Switch Test

1. With front brake applied, test resistance between [22B]
terminal 7 and 8.
2, Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/GY) wire.

2. Run/Stop Circuit Open Test

Figure 5-89. 2. Test continuity between [22B] terminal 4 and BCB BOB
a. Yes. Go to Test 12. terminal 20.
b. No. Replace front brake switch.
12. DTC Test

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs,
b, No. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29).
RUN/STOP SWITCH FAULTS _____________
1. Run/Stop Circuit Shorted to Ground Test

HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL b. No. Repair open in (W/GY) wire.
Table 5-36. Run/Stop Switch Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in run/stop switch circuit 3. Run/Stop Circuit Shorted to Voltage Test
Short to voltage in run/stop switch circuit 1. Connect [22B],
Short to ground in run/stop switch circuit ~
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect BCM connections. NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal 20 from [242B-2],
3. Connect BCM BOB to [24B2-2], See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
4. Connect [242-2],
(Page 1-24).
5. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 5-53
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 4. Did the same DTC set?
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal 20 and a. Yes. Replace LHCM,
ground.
b. No. Condition are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets,
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/GY) wire.
RHCM FAULTS _________________________
Table 5-38. RHCM Diagnostic Faults
LHCM FAULTS __________________________ POSSIBLE CAUSES
RHCM internal faults __________
Table 5-37. LHCM Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. DTC Test
LHCM internal faults _________ ______________ 1. Clear DTC.
2. Turn IGN ON.
1. DTC Test
3. Check DTCs.
1. Clear DTC.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs. b. No. Condition are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
5-54 94000979
BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 5.11
See Figure 5-92 and Figure 5-93. The stop lamp circuit has two
brake switches that provide a signal to the BCM to supply power
to the stop lamp circuit.
• The front stop lamp switch is a mechanical switch located on

the right hand controls and communicates over the primary
CAN bus circuit to the BCM.
• The rear stop lamp switch is normally open pressure switch
located in the brake line under the seat. When the rear brake
is applied pressure in the brake system closes the pressure
switch grounding the brake switch input circuit.
During an ignition cycle, the ECM must receive a valid brake

switch input. During the same ignition cycle the vehicle has to RHCM heated grip (if equipped) RHCM [22]
reach 31 mph (50 km/h) in third gear or higher and return to a Front brake switch [170]
stop three times without any brake switch signals in order to set TGS [224]
DTC B222311. RHCM
DTC DESCRIPTION
B222311 Rear brake switch shorted to ground Figure 5-92. RHCM Connector View
B228400 Rear brake state correlation
B228556 Rear brake configuration invalid
B228608 Rear brake rx bus signal/message failure
B228681 Rear brake rx invalid serial data received
1420560

20. IMU [333]
94000979 5-55
Connector Information diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General
Figure 5-94. Brake Switch Circuit

STOP LAMP ALWAYS ON, BRAKE PRESSURE 3. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2] leaving [242A-2] disconnected
from BCM. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 19 and
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT ground.
Table 5-40. Stop Lamp Always On, Brake Pressure Switch
Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Brake switch malfunction __________________ __________
Short to voltage on stop lamp output circuit ________________
SWITCH _______________________
1. Brake Switch Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear brake switch [121-1] (BE/GN) wire and
inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Does stop lamp go out?
a. Yes. Replace rear brake switch.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground between [242B-2] and
[121B-1] (BE/GN) wire.
2. Brake Switch Input Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
5-56 94000979
3. Stop Lamp Power Test
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal 18 from [242B-2]
(BE/R) wire.
2. Connect [242B-2],
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Is stop lamp on?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on stop lamp power circuit.
4. DTC Test
1. Remove BOB.
2. Insert terminal 18 into [242B-2] (BE/R) wire.
3. Connect [242B-2].
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Operate system in the conditions for setting DTCs.
6. Check DTCs.
29).
94000979 5-57
RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.12

See Figure 5-96, Figure 5-97, Figure 5-98 and Figure 5-99. The Table 5-41. Code Description
running lamps consist of the front position lamp (HDI), located in DTC DESCRIPTION
the headlamp housing, the front running lamps, the license plate B216611 Running lights output shorted to ground
lamp and the tail lamp. The running lamps are powered by the Running lights output shorted to voltage or
BCM through terminal 27. B216615 open
B216619 Running lights output overloaded
5-58 94000979
3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
94000979 5-59
RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.12
Figure
1. 5-97. Nacelle Connector Location View
IM [39] Headlamp [38]
2. USB-C [265] Banking lamp [134]
5-60 94000979
1420560
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 5-61
jT™<

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
13. Heated gear [191 -1 ] 26. Tail/stop lamp [94]
Conditions for Setting Connector Information
The running lamps circuit powers up when the ignition is turned For additional information about the connectors in the following
on, On HDI models, the running lamp circuit is also powered in diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s). see General (Page A-
the ACC position. Any running lamp related DTCs will set shortly 21).
after the ignition is turned on. DTC B2169 will set if the running
lights circuit is above 3 Amps.
5-62 94000979
1420560
Secondary ^
CAN Circuit
Battery Power
30
Ground 11 11
Primary CAN High 12 12
Primary CAN Low 13 13
Secondary CAN Low 14 14
Secondary CAN High 15 15
Position Lamps 27 27
[242A-2] [242B-2]
co a:
11
a:
A
iA
Primary CAN Main Battery GND1 GND 2 GND 3
Communication Fuse Fuse [38B] [38A]
Figure 5-100. Running Lamps Circuit

PTC B216611. B216619 3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
Running lights circuit resistance too low Short to b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in
ground in running lights power circuit license plate running lamp power circuits.
Overloading in position lamp circuit
1. License Plate Lamp Circuit Test 2. Tail Lamp Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect license plate lamp [45] and inspect connections. 2. Disconnect tail lamp [94] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC.
94000979 5-63
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
6. Did same DTC set? 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 27 and
ground.
b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in tail
lamp running lamp power circuits. 1447057
Figure 5-101.
3. Right Front Running Lamp Circuit Test / M050M0 12P ■>
a. Yes. Repair short to
1. Turn IGN OFF. BBBBBBB ground in (BE) wire.
2. Disconnect front turn signal [31R] and inspect connections. BBBBBBB b. No. Conditions are not
BBBBaaa present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
3. Turn IGN ON. BBBBBBBT and verify current DTC sets. If
4. Clear DTC. BBBBaaa DTC sets, replace BCM.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB PTC B216615
6. Did same DTC set? BBBBBBB'
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. BBBB © ©If 1. License Plate Lamp
b. No. Repair short to ground in right front running lamps Circuit Test
circuit.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect license plate lamp [145] and inspect
4. Left Front Running Lamp Circuit Test connections.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Disconnect front turn signal [31L] and inspect connections. 4. Clear DTC.
3. Turn IGN ON. 5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
4. Clear DTC.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
6. Did same DTC set? Table 5-43. DTC B216615 Diagnostic Faults
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. POSSIBLECAUSES _________ ~
b. No. Repair short to ground in left front running lamp Short to voltage or open in running lights power circuit
circuit. 6. Did same DTC set?
5. Head Lamp Running Lamp Circuit Test b. No. Repair short to voltage or open in license plate
1. Turn IGN OFF.
running lamp power circuits.
2. Disconnect right rear turn lamp [38] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON. 2. Tail Lamp Circuit Test
4. Clear DTC. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON. 2. Disconnect tail lamp [94] and inspect connections.
6. Did same DTC set? 3. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 4. Clear DTC.
b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in head
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
lamp running lamp power circuits.
6. BCM Test a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
1. Turn IGN OFF. b. No. Repair short to voltage or open in tail lamp running
lamp power circuits.
4. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2] leaving [242A-2] disconnected
from BCM. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
94000979 5-64
3. Right Front Running Lamp Circuit Test 6. Did same DTC set?
BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
5.13
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair short to voltage or open in head lamp
2. Disconnect front turn signal [31R] and inspect connections.
running lamp power circuits.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC.
6. BCM Test
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair short to voltage or open in right front running 3. Inspect BCM connections.
lamps circuit. 4. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2], See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Left Front Running Lamp Circuit Test 5. Turn IGN ON.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front turn signal [31L] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC. Figure 5-102.
1448717
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON. a. Yes. Repair open in (BE) wire.
6. Did same DTC set? b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
MDS0S90-12-P 'N
and verify current DTC sets. If
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. OGQOQQQ
DTC sets, replace BCM.
b. No. Repair short to voltage or open in left front running oocoooo
lamp circuit.
ooooooe*
5. Head Lamp Running Lamp Circuit Test ISO

geqiooQO
1. Turn IGN OFF. MSltSM/
2. Disconnect right rear turn lamp [38] and inspect connections. 909(9(9(99
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
94000979 5-65
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 5-103 and Figure 5-104. The bank lamp is powered Banking lamp output circuit shorted to
from the BCM terminal H3. Communication between the BCM B227711 ground
and bank lamp is done over the Lin 1 circuit terminal 9. The Banking lamp output circuit current above
operation of the bank lamp is controlled internally within the bank B227719 threshold
lamp and not serviceable. Banking lamp output bulb out or com-
B227777 manded position not reachable
Banking lamp output unexpected opera-
B227794 tion
B227856 Bank light configuration invalid
B227955 Tilt sensing configuration default
5-66 94000979
BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.13
1. IM [39] 3. Headlamp [38]

2. USB-C [265] ________________________ ___________ 4^ Banking lamp [134]
94000979 5-67
7. 20. IMU [333]
Fuse block [64]
8. 21. Terminating resistor [319-2]
Rear WSS [168]
9. 22. License plate lamp [45]
Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2] BCM
3. 23. Right rear turn signal [18]
[242-3]
11. 24. Ground 2
BCM [242-1]
12. 25. Ground 1
ABS/EHCU module [166]
13. 26. Tail/stop lamp [94] ___
Heated gear [191-1] ________________
5-68 94000979
1443683
12V
Power P&A Relay
▲
[242B-1] [242A-1]
BCM
40A [5A] [5B]
Battery Power
Main Fuse
Accessory Power
Battery 2 2
Fuse Power
1 1
9 Lin 1
ZW/R31 Primary CAN High
W/BK; 2 Primary CAN Low
W/BKi 13 Secondary CAN Low
:W/R: 14 Secondary CAN High

15
[242B-2] [242A-2]
[134A] [134B] j. R/BE *jH3 H3 Bank Lamp Power
[242B-3] [242A-3J ARH-Electric

Bank 1 1
Lamp ©
Suspension Only
4 4
PAC
qg K ? go tr
5 5I
ft ft
Primary Secondary
GND 1 GND 3 CAN Bus
CAN Bus
Figure 5-105. LIN Bus Circuit

PTC B227711. B227719 ________ PTC B227777. B227794. B227856. B227955
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Table 5-46. DTC B227777, B227794, B227856, B227955
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Diagnostic Faults
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in bank lamp power circuit ________ __ ___________
Table 5-45. DTC B227711, B227719 Diagnostic Faults Open in LINT circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Banking lamp circuit short to ground _____________________ 1. Bank Lamp Power Circuit Open Test
Banking lamp circuit overloaded 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Bank Lamp Circuit Shorted to Ground Test 2. Inspect BCM connections.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Connect BCM BOB, leaving BCM [242A-3] disconnected.
2. Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections. 4. Test resistance between BOB terminal H3 and [134B]
terminal 1.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal H3 from [242B-2],
4. Connect [242-2].
5. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal H3 and
ground

a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/BE) wire,
94000979 5-69
1533431 1533444
ifi
i
Ml
(•
»
Figure 5-106.
b. No. Repair open in (TN/BK) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 3. Ground Circuit Open Test
b. No. Repair open in (R/BE) wire. 1. Test resistance between [134B] terminal 2 and ground.
2. LIN 1 Circuit Open Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal [9] and [134B]
terminal 4.

5-70 94000979
See FigureNo
SECURITY 5-109. The security lamp indicates system status.
LAMP
'“””© 9)
p
Headset
Connecte
A/ / / /REAR/ ©' /
@@
d L
(Jo)
^■A0
0 / ( ) ( )
(
«§))(
/©,
©J©
(§))f
(
@
6
@
@(
© © M3)
11
4 £
12
©
1
0 @
1. Left turn signal ( 14. Oil pressure
4. ABS
/T
5. Rear wheel ABS disabled 4
17.
18.
Right turn signal
Cruise control
12. Low fuel SYSTEM
SECURITY 25. Gear indicator 5.14
13. Check engine
SECURITY IMMOBILIZATION ______________ NOTE
The siren must be in the chirp mode for the siren to chirp on
arming or disarming. See Siren Chirp Mode Confirmation (Page 5-
NOTE 67).
Always disarm the vehicle by turning the IGN ON with the fob
present before removing or disconnecting the battery. This
prevents the siren (if installed) from activating. Conditions that trigger a security event when system is armed
include:
If the vehicle has a security system, the functionality is provided by
a security BCM. The BCM will disable the starter and ignition
system. Additional functions include the ability to alternately flash
the left and right turn signals and sound a siren (if equipped) if a
theft attempt is detected.
94000979 5-71
• Detecting tampering of the ignition circuit; Turn signals flash SECURITY SYSTEM WARNINGS
three times, optional siren chirps once and then turns off. If the
tampering continues, a second warning will activate after four A warning consists of three alternate flashes of the turn signals
seconds. Continued tampering will cause the alarm to activate and chirp from the optional smart siren. Warnings are issued from
for 30 seconds and then turn off. The two warnings/alarm cycle an armed security system in the following order:
is repeated for each tampering incident. The system will remain
armed and the vehicle will be immobilized. 1. First warning: A warning is issued whenever a person without
a fob present or with the system armed attempts to move the
• Detecting vehicle movement: Turn signals flash three times,
vehicle or turns the ignition switch to IGN.
optional siren chirps once and then turns off. If the vehicle is
not returned to its original position, a second warning will 2. Second warning: If the motion continues or the ignition switch
activate after four seconds. If the vehicle is not returned to its is not turned back to OFF, a second warning is issued within
original position, the alarm activates for 30 seconds then turns four seconds of the first.
off. The two warnings/alarm cycle may repeat a maximum of
10 times with a 10 second pause between cycles. 3. Alarm: If the motion continues or the ignition switch is not
turned to OFF past the second warning, the smart security
• Detecting that a battery or ground disconnect has occurred system will go into full alarm.
while armed: The optional siren activates its self-alarm mode.
Turn signals will not flash. ARMING ______________ _ ______________
SECURITY SYSTEM FEATURES ____________
The H-DSSS automatically arms within 5 s when the vehicle is
The following information applies only to vehicles equipped parked and the ignition switch is turned to OFF or ACC and motion
with the security. is not detected.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME On arming, the turn signals flash twice and the smart siren will
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II chirp twice if chirp function is activated. While armed, the security
lamp will flash once every 2.5 s.
• Personal code disarming: If the fob is not available or
inoperative, the BCM allows the rider to disable the security DISARMING ____________________________
alarm and immobilization functions with a five-digit personal
code. There are two ways to disarm the H-DSSS:
• Arming confirmation: When the security system is armed, the • Automatic disarming,
system provides visual feedback (confirmation) to the rider by
• Using the PIN.
flashing the turn signals and an audible "chirp" if equipped with
the optional smart siren and chirp mode is enabled.
Automatic Disarming
• Disarming confirmation: When the security system is
disarmed, the system provides an audible "chirp" (confirmation) Always have the fob present when riding, loading, fueling, moving,
if equipped with the optional smart siren and chirp mode is parking or servicing the vehicle. The vehicle can be moved in an
enabled. armed state with the fob present without triggering the alarm. The
H-DSSS disarms automatically when the ignition switch is turned
■ Transport mode: It is possible to arm the security system to ON.
without enabling the motion detector for one ignition cycle. This
allows the vehicle to be moved in an immobilized state. On disarming, the smart siren will chirp once (if chirp function is
activated) and the security lamp will turn ON solid for 4 s then go
■ Starter/ignition disable: When armed the starter and ignition out.
system are disabled.
• Security system alarm: See SIREN (Page 5-67). The system Disarming with a PIN
will alternately flash the left and right turn signals and sound an
optional Smart Siren if a vehicle security condition is detected See SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND
while the system is armed. CONFIGURATIONS (Page 5-68) to enter an initial PIN to enable
the system.
• Dealer service mode: This mode allows the dealer to disable
security system via DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: If you make an error while disarming the security system using the
HD-48650). Dealer service mode is exited when the IGN is PIN, the alarm will activate for 30 seconds after the last digit is
turned ON with the assigned fob in range. entered. Refer to Table 5-47.
5-72 94000979
Table 5-47. Entering a PIN to Disarm Harley-Davidson Smart Security System
STEP ACTION WAIT FOR CONFIRMATION NOTES
NO.
If necessary, verify the current 5-digit Should be recorded on wallet card.
1
PIN.
2 Turn ignition to IGN If armed, the odometer window display
will read: ENTER PIN and the security
lamp will be flashing at a fast rate. The
headlight will not be on.
3 Push the left turn signal to scroll The first digit space flashes.
through the numbers (1-9) until the
desired digit appears.
4 Input five digits of the PIN. The first digit in the odometer will be
the first digit in the PIN.
5 Push the right turn signal to move the The first digit is stored and the next Serves as enter key.
cursor to the right. digit will flash.
6 Push the left turn signal to scroll The display cycles to the next digit in
through the numbers (1-9) until the the PIN.
desired digit appears.
7 Repeat until all five digits of the PIN
have been entered.
Push right turn signal to enter PIN.
The fifth digit is stored. The security Smart Security System is disarmed.
8
system indicator lamp stops blinking.
ALARM ________________________________ If vehicle motion continues, the alarm will start again and
continue for another 30 seconds.
Activation The security system will repeat the alarm cycles 10 times for a
total of 5 minutes, with a 10-second pause between alarm cycles.
When the alarm system is activated:
During warnings and alarms, the starter motor and the ignition
• Turn signals alternately flash. remain disabled.
• Smart siren, if equipped, sounds.
Deactivation
After 30 seconds of alarm, if no further vehicle motion is
detected, the alarm will stop. Stop the alarm at any time by moving an assigned fob to the
vehicle. The presence of the fob will terminate the alarm.
NOTE
Vehicle must be returned to original parked position with ignition
OFF
94000979 5-73
KEY FOB 5.15
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1495497

The fob's reception range for the signal depends on a specific
receiver pattern. The typical range will be an arm's length.
See Figure 5-110. Replace the fob battery every year.
NOTE
• Environmental and geographic conditions impact signal
range.
• Place the fob on the seat and set the OFF/RUN switch to
RUN. After the system disarms, return the fob to a convenient
location.
• Move motorcycle at least 15 ft (5 m) from the spot of
interference.
• Do not place fob in metal enclosure. Do not place it closer
than 3.0 in (8 cm) to cellular phones, the hands-free antenna,
displays and other electronic devices while operating the 1. Thumbnail slot
vehicle. That may prevent the fob from disarming the security 2. Battery (CR1632)
system. 3. Latch __________________________
Figure 5-110. Replace Fob Battery
• The reusable label found on the fob packaging lists the serial
number of the fob. For reference, affix the label to a blank FOB ASSIGNMENT ______________ _
"NOTES" page in this Owner's Manual.
Use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to
• See Figure 5-110. The serial number of the fob is also found assign the fob to the H-DSSS. Follow the menu prompts in the
on the inside of the fob. DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) display
and scan the fob serial number with the bar code reader, or key-
1. See Figure 5-110. To open the fob, turn a thin blade in the in the number from the keyboard.
slot (1).

2. Remove the battery (2) and discard in accordance with local
regulations. HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
3. Install a new battery (Panasonic CR1632 or equivalent) with

the positive side up.
4. Align the two halves of the fob. Snap the halves together.
5-74 94000979
SIREN 5.16
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION _____________ circuit and the alarm signal circuit with the BCM. The siren
adds an audible warning to the visual warnings that are a
the securit s stem
See Figure 5-111. If equipped, the siren is attached at [142], standard func,ion of y y - Through
this connector it shares the battery circuit, the ground
1420560
SIREN CHIRP MODE CONFIRMATION _______ Switching Modes
Chirpless Mode Cycling quickly through three armings and disarmings will
switch chirp mode.
In the chirpless mode, the siren does not chirp on arming or
1. With the fob present, set the OFF/RUN switch to RUN.
disarming.
2. Count 2 seconds, then set the OFF/RUN switch to OFF.
NOTE
When armed in the chirpless mode, the siren still chirps warnings 3. Before the turn signals flash twice, set the OFF/RUN switch
on movement and will activate the alarm through the normal to RUN.
cycles.
4. Count 2 seconds, then immediately set the OFF/RUN switch
to OFF.
Chirp Mode 5. Before the turn signals flash twice, set the OFF/RUN switch
On arming in the chirp mode, the siren responds with two chirps. to RUN. The system changes mode. The siren chirps or
When disarming, the siren responds with a single chirp. remains silent accordingly.

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
94000979 5-75
SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND
CONFIGURATIONS 5.17
GENERAL ______________________________ 3. Cycle the ignition to save PIN.
Setting up a vehicle's security requires a BCM that is security Hand Control Entry
equipped. 1. Select the first digit of the PIN.
ACTUATION ____________________________
a. Push the left turn signal to scroll through the numbers (1-
9) until the desired digit appears.
Actuation consists of assigning the fob to the system and entering
an initial PIN. The PIN can be changed by the owner at any time.
2. Select the next digit.
1. Configure vehicles by assigning the fob to the vehicle.
a. Push the right turn signal to move cursor to the right.
2. Configure vehicles by entering a PIN picked by the owner.
The personal code allows the owner to operate the system if
b. Push the left turn signal to scroll through the numbers
the fob is lost or inoperable. Record the PIN in the owner's
(1-9) until the desired digit appears.
manual wallet card. Instruct the customer to always carry
this card when riding the motorcycle.
3. Repeat step 2 until all five-digits are filled in with the desired
Once the system has been activated, it will always arm within 5 PIN.
seconds of turning the ignition switch to OFF or ACC and no
vehicle motion. 4. Cycle the ignition to save PIN.
SELECTING A PIN _______________________
TRANSPORT MODE _____________________
The PIN consists of five digits. Each digit can be any number
from 1-9. There can be no zeros (0) in the PIN. The PIN must be Put the system in transport mode to transport the motorcycle.
used to disarm the security system in case the fob becomes Otherwise, the alarm activated by motion detection can discharge
unavailable. the battery.
INITIAL PIN ENTRY _______________________ In the transport mode, the security system is armed without
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME enabling the motion detector for one ignition cycle. This allows
the vehicle to be picked up and moved in an armed state. Any
attempt to start the engine when the fob is not within range will
trigger the alarm.
The initial PIN entry should be performed using DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) in conjunction with
fob assignment.
To Enter Transport Mode
1. With an assigned fob within range, set the OFF/RUN switch
CHANGING THE PIN______________________ to RUN.
• Ignition must be ON. 2. Simultaneously press both the left turn signal switch and the
flash to pass button for 10 seconds.
• Fob must be present.
• Can select numbers between 1-9. 3. While holding the switch/button, turn ignition OFF.
Navigate the dashboard menu: 4. The IM will display transport mode activated.
• Settings > General > Change Security PIN
To Exit Transport Mode
• Click OK/enter.
With the fob present, set the OFF/RUN switch to OFF to disarm
• The PIN screen will display. the system and exit transport mode.
NOTE
The zero is displayed and is only a default number. Zero cannot SERVICE MODE ________________________
be part of the PIN. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Touch Screen Entry With the fob present, the security system can be configured for
service by disabling the security system with DIGITAL
1. Touching the PIN screen (1) will display the keypad (2) entry. TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
2. Using the keypad enter the complete five-digit PIN. Once disabled, the vehicle can be operated without an assigned
fob present. To maintain the service mode, the assigned fob must
be kept out of range. If the fob appears in range, the service
mode is cancelled.
5-76 94000979
ARMING AND DISARMING Hand Control Entry
1. Select the first digit of the PIN.
Arming
a. Push the left turn signal to scroll through the numbers (1-
When the motorcycle is parked and the OFF/RUN switch is 9) until the desired digit appears.
moved to OFF, the security system arms automatically within 5
seconds if no motion is detected. Even when the fob is present,
2. Select the next digit.
the system arms. On arming, the turn signals flash twice and the
siren chirps twice if the siren is in the chirp mode (if equipped with
a siren). a. Push the right turn signal to move cursor to the right.
NOTE b. Push the left turn signal to scroll through the numbers
International models: The system must be in the chirp mode for (1-9) until the desired digit appears.
the siren to chirp on arming or disarming (if equipped with a
siren). See Siren Chirp Mode Confirmation (Page 5-67). 3. Repeat step 2 until all five-digits are filled in with the desired
PIN,
Disarming
4. Push right turn signal to enter PIN.
With the fob present, the rider may ride or move the motorcycle
for parking, storage or service without setting off the alarm.
Disarming is automatic as long as the fob is within range.
Fob
An armed security system is automatically disarmed when the fob
is present and the motorcycle is moved or the OFF/RUN switch is
moved to RUN. The range of the fob is approximately 5 ft (1.5 m).
When the system disarms, the siren chirps once and the security
indicator lamp illuminates for a solid four seconds and then turns
off.
Personal Identification Number (PIN)

If the fob is misplaced or if the present fob fails to communicate,
the system can be disarmed with the PIN.
Disarming with a PIN

Disarm the security system manually using the PIN if the fob is
lost, the fob battery is discharged or if where you parked there is
a strong electromagnetic interference. Do not turn handlebars,
straddle seat or lift motorcycle off the jiffy stand. During a PIN
disarm, if the security system detects motorcycle motion the
system will activate the alarm. The PIN screen will automatically
show up on the IM when the fob is not present and the vehicle
has be attempted to be turned ON.
NOTE
• If a mistake is made while entering PIN. move the OFF/RUN
switch to OFF before entering the last digit and then start the
procedure from the beginning.
• If the procedure fails to disarm the security system, wait 2
minutes before attempting another PIN disarm.
• The security system remains disarmed until the OFF/RUN
switch is moved to OFF.
• At any time during a PIN disarm if the fob is brought within
range, the security system disarms as the module receives
the coded signal from the fob.
Touch Screen Entry

1. Touching the PIN screen (1) will display the keypad (2) entry.
2. Using the keypad enter the complete five-digit PIN.
3. Push right turn signal to enter PIN.
94000979 5-77
ALARM DIAGNOSTICS 5.18
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3. Pull the main fuse from its holder.
NOTE 4. Disconnect the battery if needed.

This section applies only to those vehicles equipped with the
optional security system. NOTE
Set the OFF/RUN switch back to OFF before installing main fuse.
An alarm cycle is activated when the BCM is connected, the siren
has been armed by the BCM and a security event occurs. Under See Figure 5-112. An alarm cycle is activated when the BCM is
normal armed operation, the siren input (terminal 21) is driven connected, the siren has been armed by the BCM and a security
low by the BCM to trigger the audible alarm. When the siren input event occurs. See SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-63). Under
is driven high by the BCM, the audible alarm stops. normal armed operation, the siren input (terminal 2) is driven low
by the BCM to trigger the audible alarm. When the siren input is
When disconnecting the battery or removing the main fuse,
driven high by the BCM the audible alarm stops.
perform the following steps.
1. Verify that the fob is present. Table 5-48. Code Description
2. Set the OFF/RUN switch to RUN. DTC DESCRIPTION
B217211 Security output shorted to ground
B217212 Security output shorted to voltage

20. IMU [333]
Diagnostic Tips • If the siren does not chirp two or three times on a valid arming
command from the BCM, the chirp function has been
• If the siren is armed and the internal siren battery is dead, disabled, the siren is either not connected, not working or the
shorted, disconnected or has been charging for a period
siren wiring was opened or shorted while the siren was
longer than 24 hours, the siren will respond with three chirps
disarmed.
on arming instead of two.
• The internal siren battery may not charge if the vehicle's
battery is less than 12.5V.
5-78 94000979
• If the siren enters the self-driven mode where it is powered 1. Siren Circuit Short to Voltage Test
from the siren internal 9V battery, the turn-signal lamps will
not alternately flash. If the BCM activates the siren, the turn- 1. Disconnect siren [142] (if equipped) and inspect
signal lamps will flash. If the siren has been armed and a connections.
security event occurs, and the siren is in self-driven mode, 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
the siren will alarm for 20-30 seconds and then turn off for 5- 41404), test voltage between [142B] terminal 2 and ground.
10 seconds. This alarm cycle will be repeated ten times if the
siren is in the self-driven mode, 3. Is battery voltage present?
1153518
• If the siren does not stop alarming after it has been armed,
then either the BCM output or siren input may be shorted to
ground, the siren vehicle battery connection is open or the
siren vehicle ground connection is open or a security event
has occurred. See SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-63) for a
description of alarm functions.
For additional information about the connectors in the following Figure 5-114.
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A- a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BN) wire.
21).
1447227
BCM 2. DTC Test

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN OFF. Verify security activates,
s]^ [242A- 3. Check DTCs.

2] Y [242B- 4. Did the same DTC set?
2 2]
C a. Yes. Replace security siren.
O
Battery
Fuse and verify current DTC sets.
DTC B217211 ___________________________
GND 2
a1
c£ 03 £Q
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
X(142B] Short to ground in alarm signal
YT142A] Open ground circuit Open alarm
signal Siren malfunction
1. Siren Signal Short to Ground Test

Security Siren 1. Disconnect security siren [142] (if equipped) and inspect
connections.
Figure 5-113. Smart Siren Circuit 2. Turn IGN OFF.
PTC B217212 3. Inspect BCM connections.

4. Connect BCM BOB to [242B-2], leaving [242A-2]
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Table 5-49. DTC B217212 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE ground.
CAUSES
Short to voltage in alarm signal __________________
Siren malfunction
94000979 5-79
6. Is continuity present? 3. Power Circuit Open Test
1447228 1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test for voltage between (142B) terminal 1 and ground.
( HO-M390-12-P 'N
SB®®®®®
®a®a®®®
®®®®®®[®^'
B®®®®®®
BBBBBB®
BfflfflfflBffl®
fflfflfflBBB®
ooooooc
BBS®© ©ffl Figure 5-117.
Figure 5-115. b. No. Repair open in (R/O) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BN) wire between [142B]

and (242B). 4. DTC Test
b. No. Go to Test 2. 1. Connect [242].
2. Clear DTCs.
2. Ground Circuit Open Test 3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Test resistance between [142B] terminal 3 and ground. 4. Check DTCs.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 5. Did the same DTC set?
a. Yes. Replace security siren.
Figure 5-116.
5-80 94000979
SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS 5.19

DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 5-118 (all other models similar). DTC B2176, B2177 Security antenna output shorted to ground
or B2178 will set when a fault occurs to the security antenna B217611
circuit used to transmit to the fob. Refer to Table 5-51. Security antenna output shorted to voltage
B217612
If the security system does not respond, responds with limited B217613 Security antenna output open
range or will not consistently disarm with fob within normal range, B21762B Security antenna output shorted together
follow the fails to disarm diagnostic procedure.
1420560

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
94000979 5-81
1495497
The BCM will recognize the faults with IGN ON.
Diagnostic Tips
• Verify that cell phone is not within 3 in (80 mm) of key fob.
• Interference from physical surroundings impacts RF
transmission. Place fob next to vehicle or move vehicle to a
new location and retest.
• See Figure 5-118. Verify that antenna is in OE location. Make
sure that seat has not been replaced with a metal base seat.
• Check for damage to antenna wire.
• See Figure 5-119. Verify fob battery voltage is at least 2.9V.
• Fob serial number is located inside fob. Twist thin blade in
thumbnail slot to open.
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General
(Page A-21).
Figure 5-119. Replace Fob Battery
1. Thumbnail slot
1447231
2. Battery (CR1632)
[242B-2] [242A-2]
3. Latch [209A] [209B]
PTC B217613
Security Security Antenna Output B BK ■ 8 8 Security Antenna Output B
Antenna Security Antenna Output A R 7 7 Security Antenna Output A BCM
BK ■ 6 6 Security RF Antenna
Figure 5-120. Antenna Circuit
------------- 2. Security Antenna Visual Test

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Inspect security antenna for damage.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Is security antenna damaged?

Table 5-52. DTC B217613 Diagnostic Faults a. Yes. Repair or replace security antenna as needed.
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Go to Test 3.
Security antenna malfunction
Open antenna circuit ________________________________
3. Visual Water Test
NOTE 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged 2. Disconnect antenna [209] and inspect connections.
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged 3. Inspect for water or contamination.
4. Is water or contamination present?
a. Yes. Replace antenna.
1. Fob Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. With fob present, turn IGN ON. 4. Security Antenna Resistance Test
3. Does odometer read ENTER PIN?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 41404), test resistance between [209A] terminals 1 and 2.
5-82 94000979
2. Is resistance greater than 5700 ohms? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Figure 5-121.
a. Yes. Replace security antenna.
5. Antenna B Circuit Open Test

2. Connect BCM BOB to
Figure 5-122.
[242B-2] leaving [242A-2]
1-24). b. No. Repair open in (R) wire.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal 8 and [209B] terminal 4. Check DTCs.
2.
7. DTC Test
1. Connect [242] and [209],
2. Clear DTCs. and verify current DTC sets.
3. Turn IGN ON.
DTC B217612 ________________________
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Security antenna malfunction Short to
voltage in antenna circuit
NOTE
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
6. Antenna A Circuit Open Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 7 and [209B] terminal
1.
1. S
ecurity Antenna Visual Test
1. I
nspect security antenna for damage.
2. I
s security antenna damaged?
a.
es. Repair or replace security antenna as needed.
b.
o. Go to Test 2.
2. Visual Water Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect antenna [209] and inspect connections.
94000979 5-83
3. Inspect for water or contamination. 5. DTC Test
4. Is water or contamination present? 1. Clear DTCs.
a. Yes. Replace antenna. 2. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Connect [209]. Go to Test 3. 3. Check DTCs.
3. Security Antenna Output A Circuit Short to
Voltage Test
1. Inspect BCM connections. and verify current DTC sets.
2. Connect BCM BOB to [242-2], See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-24). DTC B217611. B21762B ___________________
3. Turn IGN ON.
Table 5-54. DTC B217611, B21762B Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1447239 Security antenna malfunction
Open antenna circuit
t ) Antenna outputs shorted together ___________ __________
HD-503Bfr12.P
mannas NOTE
aaaaaaa Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
aaaaaaa mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
aaaaaaa terminals, poor terminat-lo-wire connection and damaged
aaanaaa
, MMBM( aaaaaaa
0 1. Security Antenna Visual Test
naaa® ® 1. Inspect security antenna for damage.
2. Is security antenna damaged?
a. Yes. Repairer replace security antenna as needed, b
Figure 5-124.
No. Go to Test 2.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R) wire,
b, No. Go to Test 4. 2. Visual Water Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Security Antenna Output B Circuit Short to
2. Disconnect antenna [209] and inspect connections.
Voltage Test
3. Inspect for water or contamination.
2. Is voltage greater than 0.6V? 4. is water or contamination present?
a. Yes. Replace antenna.
1447241
f I
f HDM3B0i2-P
3. Security Antenna Output A Circuit Short to
Ground Test
aaaaam
Wiliam raiMBisa 1. Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections.
9in®®®® nmMm 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
09O:oou o
ground.
mmm © ®m
Figure 5-125.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK) wire
5-84 94000979
FAILS TO DISARM

Table 5-55. Fails to Disarm Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open antenna circuit
Short to ground in antenna circuit
Figure 5-126. RF interference
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R) wire. Antenna malfunction
b. No. Go to Test 4. Fob malfunction or dead battery
4. Security Antenna Output B Circuit Short to 1. Battery Test

Ground Test 1. Check fob battery voltage.
1. Test continuity between [209B] terminal 2 and ground. 2. Is battery voltage greater than 2.9V?
2. Interference Test
1. Move vehicle away from any possible interference sources.
2. Place fob on seat.
Figure 5-127. 3. Will security system disarm?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK) wire.
a. Yes. Inspect for electrical accessories or an aftermarket
b. No. Go to Test 5. seat that may be causing interference.
5. Security Antenna Outputs Shorted Together
1. Test continuity between [209B] terminal 1 and 2 with [242B- 3. Antenna Connection Test
2] disconnected.
2. Is continuity present? 1. Inspect antenna location and connection.
2. Is antenna properly located and connected?
b. No. Repair connection.
4. Security System Antenna Test

1. Replace security antenna with a known good security
antenna.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R) and (BK) wire. 2. Does security system now disarm?
b. No. Go to Test 6. a. Yes. Replace security antenna.
6. DTC Test
1. Connect BCM [242] and [209], 5. Non-Functional Fob Test
2. Clear DTC. 1. Replace non-functional fob with a known good fob.
3. Turn IGN ON. 2. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
4. Did the same DTC set? 48650), program known good fob to BCM.
a. Yes. Replace security antenna. 3. Turn IGN ON.

b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 4. Push TEST button on DT unit.
5. Did DT unit see fob?
a. Yes. Replace original fob.
94000979 5-85
TPMS DIAGNOSTICS 5.20
b. No. Verify fob serial number is correct. If so, replace
BCM.
5-86 94000979
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3. Drive mode: The sensor changes from park to drive mode
after detecting wheel acceleration for approximately 12
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) consists of the seconds. The sensor transmits a periodic burst to the BCM
approximately every minute. The sensor reverts to park
mode after detecting no wheel acceleration for
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II approximately 7 minutes.
HD-51794 TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL
DTC C0083 will accompany all other TPMS DTCs that are set
BCM, IM and a pressure sensor in each wheel. The BCM except DTC C0077. Address DTCs according to priority number.
receives a RF signal from the sensors on the RF antenna. The
pressure sensor measures tire pressure, temperature, and wheel DTC C0077 low tire pressure will result in an informational pop-
acceleration. up screen displayed on the IM.
NOTE DTC DESCRIPTION
The TPMS sensor will not communicate pressures above 50-60 C007700 Low tire pressure
psi (345—414 kPa) depending on altitude. Before beginning C008300 TPMS indicator malfunction
diagnostics, inflate both tires to specification based on the current C200000 Front TPMS communication fault
outside ambient temperature. See owner's manual. C200100 Rear or right rear TPMS communication fault
Front TPMS fault circuit voltage below
See Figure 5-129. The BCM converts the RF signal to a CAN C200316 threshold
signal and it is received by the IM. The IM displays tire pressure. Front TPMS faultfinvalid/incompatible config-
C200356 uration
The pressure sensor is powered by a non-replaceable long life Front TPMS fault component or system over
battery. The sensor is replaced when the battery is depleted. C200398 temperature
C2003F1 Front TPMS fault/acceleration error
The pressure sensor has three modes:
C2003F2 Front TPMS fault pressure error
1. Test mode: Prevents data transmission during shipping and Rear/right rear TPMS fault circuit voltage below
storage to maximize battery life. C200416 threshold
Rear/right rear TPMS fault configuration invalid
2. Park mode: The sensor changes from test to park mode
C200456
after detecting tire pressure of approximately 14 psi (100
Rear/right rear TPMS fault component or
kPa) for 4 minutes. The sensor transmits a periodic burst to
C200498 system over temperature
the BCM approximately every 4 hours. A replacement C2004F1 Rear/right rear TPMS fault acceleration error
sensor must be in park mode to be assigned to the BCM
C2004F2 Rear/right rear TPMS fault pressure error
using the TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-
C200600 TPMS IDs not loaded
51794) and DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
C200700 Low tire pressure thresholds not loaded
48650).
94000979 5-87
TPMS DIAGNOSTICS 5.20
(25) (24)

13. Check engine
Diagnostic Tips 1. Security System Test

1. Turn IGN OFF for 30 seconds.
• Pressure sensors must be assigned to the BCM using the
TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-51794) and 2. Turn IGN ON.
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
3. Is security system working properly?
■ The vehicle must be at rest for at least 7 minutes before
assigning replacement pressure sensors to the BCM. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
• The TPMS indicator illuminates when a TPMS DTC is set. b. No. See electrical diagnostic manual.
PTC C0077 _____________________________

2. Tire Pressure Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Using tire pressure gauge, inflate both tires to specification
HD-51794 TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL based on the current outside ambient temperature. See
owner’s manual.
Table 5-57. DTC C0077 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
2. Clear DTCs.
CAUSES
3. Turn IGN OFF.
RF antenna
Low tire air pressure 4. Using TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-
51794), activate front and rear pressure sensors.
5-88 94000979
ACTIVE
5.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM GENERAL3.INFORMATION
Turn IGN ON. Did the same DTC set? 5.21
6. Did the same DTC set? a. Yes. Replace affected pressure sensor.
a. Yes. Replace affected pressure sensor. b. No. System working properly.
DTC C2006. C2007 _____________
DTC C2000. C2001. C2003. C2004
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II Table 5-59. DTCs C2006, C2007 Diagnostic Faults
HD-51794 TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL POSSIBLE CAUSES
Table 5-58. DTCs C2000, C2001, C2003, C2004 Diagnostic RF antenna
Faults Pressure sensor not assigned __________________________
POSSIBLE CAUSES NOTE
RF antenna The vehicle must be at rest for at least 7 minutes before
Calibration issue assigning pressure sensor to BCM.
Pressure sensor not assigned ________________________
1. Security System Test
NOTE
The vehicle must be at rest for at least 7 minutes before 1. Turn IGN OFF for 30 seconds.
assigning pressure sensor to BCM. 2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Is security system working properly?
1. Security System Test
1. Turn IGN OFF for 30 seconds.
b. No. See electrical diagnostic manual.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Is security system working properly? 2. Assigning Pressure Sensors Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. See electrical diagnostic manual. 2. Connect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
48650).
2. Calibration Test 3. Turn IGN ON.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Configure vehicle settings in DTI I.
2. Connect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
48650). 5. Click on toolbox tab.
6. Click on vehicle setup.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Configure vehicle settings. 7. Click on TPMS.
8. Configure tire sizes. This is important to have the correct tire
5. Verify correct wheel size was selected for TPMS. size for accurate readings.
6. Is proper wheel size was selected? 9. Click on update vehicle.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. 10. Click on sensor assignment tab.
b. No. Select correct wheel size. 11. Follow the sensor assignment procedure as written in DTII.
12. Road test vehicle.
3. Assigning Pressure Sensors Test
1. Assign pressure sensors using TPMS ACTIVATION 13. Did the same DTC set?
TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-51794). a. Yes. Replace affected pressure sensor.
2. Road test vehicle. b. No. System working properly.
94000979 5-89
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION of "wheel velocity" and will detect zero crossing events within
calibratable values. It will output that a wheel control event
has occurred for front or rear wheels and will output
Adaptive Ride Height "true/false” as well as a counter for how many wheel control
events have occurred as "half cycle counts" (input:
Adaptive Ride Height (ARH) is a system that manages the
suspension velocity).
suspension height. The system has the following functions:
• Wheel control force calculation: This system will input the
• Lower the seat height and reduce the minimum reach to
wheel control detected flags, the half cycle counters, and the
ground for the rider when the bike is stopped or coming to a
front and rear suspension velocities and will output a wheel
stop.
control force front and rear. This subsystem shall have two
• Rest target is defined as no lower than 65% of vehicle wheel calculations for wheel control force. Subsystem 1 will
travel based on vehicle toad. calculate applied damping for a single wheel control event
(potholes, step-ups/downs, manhole covers). Subsystem 2
• Increase the ride height to a nominal position when the bike is will apply damping based on wheel velocity thresholds (input:
in motion to improve riding performance, rider comfort, suspension velocity).
ground clearance and lean angle.
• Rider control: The rider influence is due to braking events or
• Ride height target is determined to be 30% of vehicle wheel applied tractive torque and will damp vehicle pitch affects
travel. (Input: applied brake torque, rider requested torque).
• ARH solenoid subsystem ensures closed loop control of the • End stop control: This system will detect when the
preload target is maintained throughout the ride. suspension is as full extension (off a jump) or at full
• ARH solenoid subsystem ensures the vehicle is lowered compression (due to loading) and apply additional damping
smoothly when approaching a stop. force to mitigate hard contact (input: suspension position,
suspension velocity).
• ARH solenoid subsystem has a procedure to bleed excess air
in the front forks if preload is not increasing under expected Ride Modes
conditions.
Ride modes will affect some individual subsystems depending on
• Maintain neutral vehicle pitch when loaded with any
the overall ride quality/comfort settings defined by each mode.
combination of rider, passenger and gear.
This may include making damping more aggressive by
• Inputs: responding quicker or increasing damping force. Or conversely,
making the ride quality more comfortable by responding slower or
• Preload position sensors are required for closed loop
decreasing applied damping force.
control of ARH setting.
Semi-active suspension sub modes include:
• Stroke sensors are required to provide displacement
information which is used to calculate vehicle pitch and • Comfort: maximizes ride comfort by providing more
loaded weight of vehicle. compliance and body float.
■ Hydraulic pressure is generated by suspension deflection. • Balanced: optimized balance of ride comfort and ride control
for all-around riding.
• Outputs:
• Sport: maximum ride control by providing higher damping
• ARH solenoids control a tri-state hydraulic valve. rates and minimal body float.
• Off road soft: reduced initial damping to increase compliance
Semi-Active Suspension for larger amplitude events which reduces kickback and
Semi-active suspension is a system that manages the damping improves absorbability (logging roads, washboards, and rocky
force target based on specified conditions or by a set ride mode. terrain).
At a high level semi-active damping is based around four sub- • Off road firm: increased initial damping for aggressive riding or
systems: when less body float is desired (soft/loamy terrain).
• Body control: The system provides a base damping offset and ARH sub modes include:
is designed to damp inputs that would affect vertical
acceleration of the rider (input: body vertical accel). • Auto: lowers to achieve rest height at a stop based on
deceleration and speed.
• Roll damping: This subsystem calculates an offset to the
base body damping target from measured roll angle (input: • Short delay: towers once the vehicle drops below a set speed
body roll angle, body roll rate). threshold (2 mph (3 km/h)) and a timer expires (.5 seconds).
• Vehicle speed: This is used to increase damping when

greater than some nominal speed to assist with high speed
stability (input: vehicle speed).
• Wheel control: This system is designed to mitigate the higher
frequency wheel shake events by detecting high speed wheel
velocity direction switching and controlling damping
appropriately (input: suspension displacement, suspension
velocity).
• Wheel frequency detection: This subsystem will take inputs
5-90 94000979
ACTIVE
• Long SUSPENSION
delay: lowers SYSTEM
once the vehicle drops GENERAL
below a set speed TableINFORMATION
5-60. Code Description 5.21
threshold (2 mph (3 km/h)) and a time expires (2 seconds). DTC DESCRIPTION
B231509 Suspension ride mode component failure
• Lock at ride height: vehicle is kept at target ride height
B231556 Suspension ride mode configuration in-
throughout the key cycle. ARH telltale is commanded ON and
ARH will not drop at key on if the last ride mode. valid
B231562 Suspension ride mode signal compare
Vehicle ride modes will be used to achieve expected vehicle failure
performance. B23159A Suspension ride mode change not allowed
or system operating conditions
Vehicle Calibration B231600 Ride mode override fault
B231756 BCM ride mode configuration invalid
Vehicle calibration is required to minimize part to part variation of
C181014 Front preload piston position circuit
stroke and preload sensors based on production tolerances.
shorted to ground/open
C181064 Front preload piston (+) position invalid
Configuration Errors
data from BCM
The following DTCs will set if the BCM is configured incorrectly. C181214 Rear preload piston circuit shorted to
ground/open
• B231509 C181264 Rear preload piston position (+) invalid
• B231556 data from BCM
• B231562 C181414 Front stroke position circuit shorted to
ground/open
• B231600 C181464 Front stroke position (+) invalid data from
• B231756 BCM
Verify the BCM configuration is correct. C181614 Rear stroke position circuit shorted to
ground/open
C181664 Rear stroke position (+) invalid data from
BCM
C181712 Front and rear stroke position circuit
shorted to voltage
C181811
Front ARH control circuit shorted to ground
C181812 Front ARH control circuit short to voltage
C181813 Front ARH control circuit open
C181814 Front ARH control circuit shorted to
ground/open
C181911 ARH solenoid power circuit shorted to
ground
C181915 ARH solenoid power circuit shorted to
voltage/open
C181919 ARH solenoid power circuit overloaded
C182011 Rear ARH control circuit shorted to ground
C182012
Rear ARH control circuit shorted to voltage
C182014 Rear ARH control circuit shorted to
ground/open
C182112 Front damping control circuit shorted to
voltage
C182114 Front damping control circuit shorted to
ground/open
C182164 Front damping control invalid data from
BCM
C182211 Damping solenoid power circuit shorted to
ground
C182215 Damping solenoid power circuit shorted to
voltage/open
C182219 Damping solenoid power circuit over-
loaded
voltage
ground/open
C182364 Rear damping control invalid data from
BCM
94000979 5-91
4. RHCM [22-2]
5. Main fuse [5]
6. AAT sensor [107]
1. Right front turn signal [31R]

2. ARH [345] (if equipped)
3. RHCM [22-1]
94000979 5-92
1420560
warn ///
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 5-93
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2

When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector For additional information about the connectors in the following
for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
5-94 94000979
1474242
1420560
Rear [344B] [344A]
Suspension -<4-
Damping Power Rear
Damping Ground Rear
Stroke Position ♦ Rear
Stroke Position - Rear
Pre-Load ♦ Rear Pre-
Load - ARH Solenoid
[242B-3] [242A-3]
Power ARH Ground
BCM
Front Pre-Load Position +
Front Pre-Load Position -
Rear Pre-Load Position -
Front ARH Rear Pre-Load Position +
Control Front Stroke Position ♦ Front
Stroke Position - Rear Stroke
Front Preload Position + Position - Front Damping
Front Preload Position - Control Rear Stroke
ARH Power Solemoid Possition + Rear Damping
ARH Ground Control Rear ARH Control
ARH Solenoid Power
Damping Solenoid Power
Front ARH Control
Stroke
Sensor
Front Stroke Position -
Front Stroke Position ♦
Fork
Damping
Damping Solenoid Power |H W Z} 1
Front Damping Ground
Figure 5-133. Active Suspension System Circuit

DTC C181014, C181064, C181811, C181813,
C181814 _______________________________
t
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME y
b
Table 5-61. DTC C181014, C181064, C181811, C181813, e
C181814 Diagnostic Faults t
POSSIBLE CAUSES w
Short to ground in front ARH control circuit e
e
Open in front ARH control circuit ________________________
n
1. Terminal C2 Circuit Short to Ground Test B
1. Turn IGN OFF. O
B
2. Disconnect BCM [345AJ.
3. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1- t
24). Figure 5-134. e
r
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- m
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal C2 and i
n
ground. 12
a
l
12
C
T 3
e
s a
t n
d
c
o g
n r
t o
i u
n n
u d
i .
94000979 5-95
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (Y/GN) wire.
2. Terminal C3 Circuit Short to Ground Test
5-96 94000979
2. Is continuity present? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/GY) wire. and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace right
b. No. Go to Test 3. front fork.
3. Terminal C2 Circuit Open Test b. No. Repair open in (Y/GY) wire.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal C2 and [345A] DTC C181012 _____________
terminal 1.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 0?
Table 5-62. DTC 081012 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in ARH control circuit
1. Terminal C2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ARH [345A] and inspect connections.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal C2 from [242B-3],
5. Connect [242-3].
6. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Repair open in (Y/GN) wire 41404), test voltage between extracted terminal C2 and
ground.
4. Terminal C3 Circuit Open Test 8. Is voltage present?
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal C3 and [345A] a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/GN) wire.
terminal 2.
2. Terminal C3 Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal C3 from [242B-3].
4. Connect [242-3].
5. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 5-97
41404)), test voltage between extracted terminal C3 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/GY) wire.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace right
front fork.

Table 5-63. DTC C181214, C181264, C182011, C182014
Diagnostic Faults
DTC C181214. C181264. C182011. C182014
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Go to Test 3.
Short to ground in rear pre-load circuit 3. Terminal C4 Circuit Open Test
Open in rear pre-load circuit ___________________________
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal C4 and [344A]
terminal 5.
1. Terminal C4 Circuit Short to Ground Test 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 0?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear ARH [344A],

41404), test continuity between BOB terminal C4 and
ground.
b. No, Repair open in (Y) wire.
4. Terminal D1 Circuit Open Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal D1 and [344A]
terminal 6.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (Y) wire.

2. Terminal D1 Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Test continuity between BOB terminal D1 and ground.
5-98 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 0,5 Q?
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal D1 and
1478731
ground.
WO-503SO-12-P
BBBBBBB a, Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/BE) wire.

BBBBBBB b. No, Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
BBBBBBB and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace rear
M8B0IIS shock.
BBBOOBB
andstsw1 ) BBBBBBB / Figure 5-141. DTC C181414, C181464 ___________________
BBBBBBB a. Yes.
BBBB°@I3 Conditions are not Table 5-65. DTC C181414, C181464 Diagnostic Faults
present to set DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Clear DTCs and Front stroke position circuit open
-w verify current DTC
sets. If DTC sets, replace rear shock.
1. Terminal D2 Circuit Open Test
b, No. Repair open in (Y/BE)wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC C182012 2. Disconnect stroke sensor [346A] and inspect connections.
1. Terminal C4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test 4. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24)
1 Turn IGN OFF. 5. Test resistance between BOB terminal D2 and [346A]
terminal 1.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 Cl?
Table 5-64. DTC C182012 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in rear pre-load circuit
2. Disconnect rear ARH [344A] and inspect connections.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal C4 from [242B-3].
5. Connect [242-3],
6. Turn IGN ON
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal C4 and Figure 5-142.
ground.
b. No. Repair open in (Y/PK) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y) wire,
b. No. Go to Test 2. 2. Terminal D3 Circuit Open Test
1, Test resistance between BOB terminal D3 and [346A]
terminal 2.
2. Terminal D1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.

NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal D1 from [242B-3].
4. Connect [242-3].
5. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 5-99
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Q? 2. Terminal D4 Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal D4 and [344A]
1478526
terminal 4.
2, Is resistance less than 0.5 0?

MD.5B39(M2-P
as®®®®®
° v ° C1BBB
aa®®®® Figure 5-143.
s a. Yes.
a®®®®® Conditions are not
9 present to set DTC.
Clear DTCs and
9 9 99 v?'Q9
O Q O O C O verify current DTC
O sets. If DTC sets,
replace left front
iiaa® © fork.
©a b. No. Repair
open in (Y/R) wire.
DTC C181614. C181664

and verify current DTC sets If DTC sets, replace rear
shock.
Table 5-66. DTC C181614, C181664 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Repair open in (Y/BK) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~~
Rear stroke position circuit open _____________________ DTC C181712 _____________
1. Terminal E4 Circuit Open Test PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear ARFI [344A] and inspect connections.
CAUSES
4. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24)
Front and rear stroke position circuit short to voltage
5. Test resistance between BOB terminal E4 and [344A] 1. Terminal E4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
terminal 3.
6, is resistance less than 0.5 Q? 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [344A] and inspect connections.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal E4 from [242B-3].
5. Connect [242-3],
6. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal E4 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/BN) wire.
Figure 5-144.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 2. Terminal D4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Repair open in (Y/BN) wire. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal D4from [242B-3],
5-100 94000979
4. Connect [242-3], 4. Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
5. Turn IGN ON. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 41404), test continuity between BOB terminal G1 and
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal D4 and ground.
ground. 6. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/BK) wire.
3. Terminal D2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal D2from [242B-3],
5. Connect [242-3],
6. Turn IGN ON.
7. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R) wire.
ground. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/PK) wire. DTC C181915. C181919
b. No. Go to Test 4. POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in ARH power circuit
4. Terminal D3 Circuit Short to Voltage Test PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT

Table 5-69. DTC C181915, C181919 Diagnostic Faults
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal D3 from [242B-3], Overloaded ARH power circuit Open in
ARH power circuit
4. Connect [242-3].
5. Turn IGN ON. 1. Front ARH Power Circuit Open Test
ground. 2. Disconnect [345A].
a, Yes. Repair short to vottage in (Y/R) wire. 41404), test resistance between BOB terminal G1 and [345A]
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs terminal 3.
DTC C181911 ___________________________

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in ARH power circuit
1. Terminal G1 Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [345A],
3. Disconnect [344A].
94000979 5-101
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 3 Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
_
BaaaaaB r0000
MBMHS
aaaaaaa
0:0 O O O O Q
ooogggo
o stMaaa
uMaaaaa/
' n^ninic iinarm 1
aaaa°
Figure 5-147,
2. Front ARH Ground Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal G4 and [345A] 4. Rear ARH Ground Circuit Open Test
terminal 4, 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal F1 and [344A] terminal
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 2.
1478742
3. Rear ARH Power Circuit Open Test
-I n n l
1. Disconnect [344A], Hd-Mnso-is-p
2. BBaaaaa 0000
Test resistance between BOB terminal G1 and [344A] aaaaaaa
terminal 7.
aaaBBBB aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aaaaaaa
BBBBBBB
BBSBBBB
aaaaaaa aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aaaa©
0:00:0:00 ©a
mm © m

b. No. Repair open in (Y/O) wire. b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire.
5. Terminal G1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal G1 from [242B-3],
2. Connect [242-3],
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal G1 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R) wire.
5-102 94000979
6. Terminal G4 Circuit Short to Voltage Test 2. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
2. Using 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART 2. Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal G4 from [242B-3]. 3. Using 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART
3. Connect [242-3]. NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal F1 from [242B-
3],
4. Turn IGN ON.
4. Connect [242-3].
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal G4 and 5. Turn IGN ON.
ground. 6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
6. Is voltage present? 41404), test voltage between extracted terminal F1 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/O) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BK) wire.
7. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs
1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal F1 from [242B-3], PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
3. Connect [242-3]. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
4. Turn IGN ON. Table 5-71. DTC C182114, C182164 Diagnostic Faults
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- POSSIBLE CAUSES
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal F1 and Short to ground in front damping control circuit Open in front
ground. ARH damping control circuit
6. Is voltage present? DTC C182114. C182164 _____________ __
1. Terminal E1 Circuit Short to Ground Test
and verify current DTC sets. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [347A].
DTC C182112. C182312 ___________________
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal E1 and
ground.
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL 5. Is continuity present?

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage/open in front damping control circuit Short to
voltage/open in rear damping control circuit _______________
1. Terminal E1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn iGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal E1 from [242B-3],
4. Connect [242-3],
5. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal E1 and
ground. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK) wire.
7. Is voltage present? b. No. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Go to Test 2, 2. Terminal E1 Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal E1 and [347A] terminal
2.
94000979 5-103
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 6. Is continuity present?
1478775 1478777
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK) wire.
and verify current DTC sets. b. No. Go to Test 2.
DTC C182314. C182364 2. Terminal F1 Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal F1 and [344A] terminal
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in rear damping control circuit ____________
Open in rear ARH damping control circuit ________________
1. Terminal F1 Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear ARH [344A].
test continuity between BOB terminal F1 and ground.

and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace rear
shock.
DTC C182211 ___________


CAUSES
Short to ground in damping power circuit ___________
1. Terminal G2 Circuit Short to Ground Test

1, Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [347B],
3. Disconnect [344A],
5-104 94000979
4. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms on both circuits?
Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-
24).
HD-50350-12-F
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal G2 and 3;0|Q qs 9
ground.
6. Is continuity present? MMMKi
HBBBMB
BBtamra
MTOBM
ffl 9 ° v °
Figure 5-156.
Figure 5-155.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R) wire.

DTC C182215. C182219 ___________________

POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Repair open in (R) wire.
Short to voltage in damping power circuit
Open in damping power circuit Overload in
damping power circuit
2. Terminal G2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Terminal G2 Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal G2 and [344A]
terminal 1.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal G2 from [242B-3].
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal G2 and [347B]
terminal 1. 4. Connect [242-3].
5. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between extracted terminal G2 and
ground.
a, Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R) wire.
CONFIGURATION ERRORS
Table 5-75. Configuration Errors Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Wrong BCM configuration __________________________
94000979 5-105
1. Configuration Error Test 2. Is the correct software installed?
1. Verify BCM software. a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
b. No. Update BCM software.
5-106 94000979
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
6.1 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................. 6-1
6.2 MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................ 6-11
6.3 FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................... 6-21
6.4 AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................. 6-26
6.5 (AT DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................................................. 6-31
6.6 TPS DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................... .6-37
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS............................................................................................................... 6-52
6.8 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................ 6-69
6.9 CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................ 6-77
6.10 CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................. 6-82
6.11 WT DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................................................ 6-91
6.12 KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................................... 6-104
6.13 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS.................................................................................... 6-108
6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................ 6-114
6.15 ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................ 6-117
6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................ 6-123
6.17 ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................... 6-133
6.18 DTC P127000 ...................................................................................................................... 6-134
6.19 DTC P063000, P100900 ...................................................................................................... 6-135
6.20 COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................... 6-136
6.21 JSS DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................. 6-142
6.22 ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................. 6-148
6.23 ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................. .6-149
6.24 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................... 6-150
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
6.25 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................ 6-152
6.26 DTC P210500, P210700 ..................................................................................................... .6-158
6.27 STARTS, THEN STALLS .................................................................................................... .6-159
6.28 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................... 6-163
6.29 DTC P211900 ..................................................................................................................... .6-173
6.30 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START ......................................................................... 6-174
6.31 MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD ................................................................................. 6-176
6.32 TGS DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................... .6-182
6.33 DTC P217600 ..................................................................................................................... .6-192
6.34 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................ 6-196
6.35 ERRATIC IDLE ................................................................................................................... .6-204
6.36 GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................... 6-205
NOTES
SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 6.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The system power 1 circuit is energized when the ignition is
turned on.
See Figure 6-1, Figure 6-2, Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4. System
power supplies battery voltage to various components on the System Power 2 Circuit
vehicle. The BCM controls and monitors system power through
The BCM supplies and monitors the 12V system power 2 circuit
two separate circuits. These circuits are designated as system
from terminal 3 of the BCM to the following components:
power 1 and system power 2.
• Rear fuel injector
System Power 1 Circuit • Purge solenoid
The BCM supplies and monitors the 12V system power 1 circuit • Cooling fan
from terminal 4 of the BCM to the following components:
• Rear ignition coil
• Front fuel injector The system power 2 circuit is energized when the ignition is
• ECM turned on.
• Front H02S
• Rear FI02S Table 6-1. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
• Post catalyst H02S B210011 System power 1 circuit shorted to ground
• Block coil B210015 System power 1 circuit shorted to voltage
B210019 System power 1 circuit overloaded
• Front ignition coil B217011 System power 2 circuit shorted to ground
B217012 System power 2 circuit shorted to voltage
B217019 System power 2 circuit overloaded
94000979 6-1
8. Voltage regulator [77] 17. Rear H02S [137]
6-2 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-3
5. Rear exhaust cam sensor [14RE] Post 15. Coolant temperature sensor [98]
6. catalyst H02S [341] 16. Front intake cam sensor [14FI]
6-4 94000979
7. Fuse block [64] 14. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2 Ground 1
12. ABS/EHCU module [166] 25. Tail/stop lamp [94]
13. Heated gear [191-1] 26.
Conditions for Setting Diagnostic Tips

DTC B210019 will set if the system power 1 circuit draws more When disconnecting connectors, always inspect connector for
than 10 Amps. corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
DTC B217019 will set if the system power 2 circuit draws more
than 10 Amps.
21).
94000979 6-5
1520782
[242B-2] [242A-2]
Block [83A] [83B]
BCM
Coil
Aux Front Ignition Coil RyGN • 4 4 1 System Power 1
System Power 1 Aux Rear
Ignition Coil
[7 8A] [78BJ [137A] [137B]

Rear H02S
ECM ->>-
System Power 1 Rear 02
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3b Healer Ground Rear 02
System Power 5 5
Sensor Pre-Cat H02S Ground
Front Fuel Injector 6 6
Front H02 Heater Ground 14 14
Rear H02 Heater Ground 23 23
Front Ignition Coll 24 24
Post-Cat H02S Bank 1 26 26

Front HQ2 Sensor 47 47
[138A] [138B]
Front H02S
Rear H02 Sensor 48 48
—_i r-—
Aux Front ignition Coil 62 1 1 m v m System Power 1
62
Pre-Cat H02S Ground 65 65
IWI Front 02 Heater Ground
2 2
Post-Cat H02S Heater 80 80
Aux Rear Ignition Coil 3 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
81 81
4 4 1 GY * Pre-Cat H02S Ground
Front [130FA] [130FB]

Ignition Coil Post-Cat H02S
[341 A] [341B] (If Equipped)
Front Coil System
£—
Power t 1 1 ■V■ System Power 1
IWI Post-Cat H02S Heater

2 2
Front [84A] [84B] 3 3 ■ BK ■ Post-Cal H02S Bank 1

Fuel Injector
4 4 GY - 5V Sensor Ground 1
1*
System Power 1 1
Front Injector 2 2:
GND 2
Figure 6-5. System Power 1 Circuit
1520785
Cooling [97A] [97B]

Fan [242B-2] [242A-2]
System Power 2 A A
BCM
Cooling Fan Centre IB B Fuel Pump Power
System Power 2
System Power 1 WT
Purge [95A] [95B]
Power
Solenoid
System Power 2 A A
Purge Sdenod B B
Rear Fuel [85B] [85A]

Injector
[78B] [78A]
System Power 2 1 1 ECM
Rear Injector 2 2 «1 1 Cooling Fan
2 2 Ground
:3 3 Ground
Rear [130RA] [130RB] 7 7 Rear Fuel Injector
Ignition Coil - 16 16 Purge Solenoid
Rear Coil System « 43 43 Rear Ignition Coil
Power 1
GND 2
Figure 6-6. System Power 2 Circuit

PTC B210015 ___________ Table 6-2. DTC B210015 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Short to voltage in the system power circuit
6-6 94000979
1. System Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test 2. Front Block Coil Circuit Shorted to Ground
Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections. 41404), test continuity between [83B] terminal A and
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/BE) wire.

3. Rear Block Coil Circuit Shorted to Ground

Test
1. Test continuity between [83B] terminal C and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GN) wire.

DTC B210011. B210019 ___________________
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/BE) wire.
b. No. Replace block coil.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in the system 1 power circuit Block coil
resistance too low
Front coil shorted to ground
Front H02S resistance too low
Rear H02S resistance too low
Post-cat H02S resistance too low
Front fuel injector resistance too low ~~ ~
1. Block Coil Test 4. Front Ignition Coil Test

2. Disconnect block coil [83] and inspect connections. 2. Disconnect front ignition coil [130F] and inspect connections.
3. Clear DTCs. 3. Clear DTCs.
4. Turn IGN ON. 4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Check DTCs. 5. Check DTCs.
6. Did the same DTC set? 6. Did the same DTC set?
5. Front Coil Shorted to Ground Test
94000979 6-7
41404), test continuity between [130FB] terminal A and
ground.
6-8 94000979
3. Disconnect rear H02S [137] and inspect connections.
2, Is continuity present?
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Go to Test 10,
b. No. Replace post catalyst H02S.
Figure 6-10.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/BE) wire.
10. ECM Test
b. No. Replace front ignition coil.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Front Fuel Injector Test 2. Connect [341],
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.
2. Connect [85]. 4. Clear DTCs.
3. Disconnect front fuel injector [84] and inspect connections. 5. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTCs. 6. Check DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON. 7 Did the same DTC set?
6. Check DTCs. a. Yes. Go to Test 11.
7. Did the same DTC set? b. No. Replace ECM.
11. BCM Test
b. No. Replace front fuel injector.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
7. Front H02S Test 2. Connect [78],
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Inspect BCM connections.
2. Connect [84], 4. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
3. Disconnect front H02S [138] and inspect connections.
4. Clear DTCs. 6. Is continuity present?
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
b. No. Replace front H02S.
8. Rear H02S Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [138].
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs, a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/GN) wire.
7. Did the same DTC set? b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
b. No. Replace rear H02S. DTC B217012
9. Post Catalyst H02S Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
2. Connect [138],
6-9 94000979
Table 6-4. DTC B217012 Diagnostic Faults ~ 2. Rear Ignition Coil Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Short to voltage in the system power circuit _______________
2. Disconnect rear ignition coil [130R] and inspect connections.
1. System Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test 3. Clear DTCs.
1. Turn IGN OFF 4. Turn IGN ON.
2. Inspect ECM connections. 5. Check DTCs.

DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- b. No. Go to Test 3

5, Is battery voltage present?
3. Rear Coil Shorted to Ground Test
41404), test continuity between [130RB] terminal A and
ground.
Figure 6-13.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/BE) wire.
b. No. Replace rear ignition coil.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GN) wire.

4. Rear Fuel Injector Test
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets, 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [130R],
DTC B217011. B217Q19 __________________
3. Disconnect rear fuel injector [85] and inspect connections.
1. Purge Solenoid Test 4. Clear DTCs.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 5. Turn IGN ON.

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 6. Check DTCs.
Table 6-5. DTC B217011, B217019 Diagnostic Faults 7. Did the same DTC set?
POSSIBLE CAUSES -- a. Yes. Go to Test 5.

Short to ground in the system 2 power circuit ______________ ' b. No. Replace rear fuel injector.
Rear coil resistance too low Purge solenoid shorted to ground
Cooling fan shorted to ground
Rear fuel injector resistance too low _____________________ 5. Cooling Fan Test
1 Turn IGN OFF. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect purge solenoid [97] and inspect connections. 2. Connect [85].
3. Clear DTCs. 3. Disconnect cooling fan [95] and inspect connections.
4. Turn IGN ON. 4. Clear DTCs.
5. Check DTCs. 5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Did the same DTC set? 6. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 7. Did the same DTC set?
b. No. Replace purge solenoid. a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
b. No. Replace cooling fan.
6-10 94000979
6. BCM Test 4. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1531088
5. Test continuity between BOB
2. Connect [78]. terminal 3 and ground.

aamaa
IMMMB
o o o o o o oF
mBBftin i
MBinm g
u
MOTMB r
e
©QOOOOQ
6-14.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BN/BE) wire.
94000979 6-11
MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION See Figure 6-15 and Figure 6-16. The MAP sensors are supplied
5V from ECM [78] terminal 66. It sends front MAP and rear MAP
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME signals back to ECM [78] terminal 53 and terminal 54,
respectively. Refer to Table 6-6.
HD-23738 VACUUM PUMP Table 6-6. Code Description
The two MAP sensors are mounted in the side of the front and DTC DESCRIPTION
rear intake manifold. Within each intake manifold, the MAP P010600 Front MAP sensor performance
sensors are used to measure the difference between Front MAP sensor open/shorted to ground
atmospheric pressure and vacuum pressure. The ECM P010700
processes information from the MAP sensors (and other P010800 Front MAP sensor to voltage
sensors) to adjust valve timing, ignition timing and fuel to achieve P010900 Front MAP sensor erratic
optimum engine performance. P2A0B00 Rear MAP sensor performance
Rear MAP sensor open/shorted to ground
The MAP signal varies in accordance with engine vacuum and
P2A0C00
atmospheric pressure. Changes in atmospheric pressure are P2A0D00 Rear MAP sensor to voltage
influenced by weather and altitude. P2A0E00 Rear MAP sensor erratic
1. VVT solenoid (4) 6. Front intake VVT phaser [270FI-2]

2. Rear MAP sensor [80R] 7. TPS [88]
3. Engine harness [145] 8. Knock sensor [315]
4. Front MAP sensor [80F] 9. Rear intake VVT phaser [270RI-2]
5. Front exhaust VVT phaser [270FE-2] 10. Rear exhaust VVT phaser [270RE-2]
Figure 6-15. Right Side Connector Location View
94000979 6-12
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
Diagnostic Tips ■ The front and rear MAP and TGS2 are connected to the same
reference line (+5V Vref). If the reference line (Pin 53) is
• DTCs P010700, P2A0C00, P010800 or P2A0D00 set if the shorted to battery, VREF2 gets corrupted and then multiple
MAP sensor signal is out of range. DTC P010600,P010800, codes will set (P2A0C00, P065100, P212700, P151000). If
P2A0B00 or P2A0D00 can only be detected with the engine the reference line (Pin 54) is shorted to battery, VREF2 gets
running. corrupted and then multiple codes will set (P010700,
• Using the VACUUM PUMP (PART NUMBER: HD-23738), P065100, P212700, P151000).
apply a vacuum to the pressure port of the MAP sensor. The
MAP signal voltage should lower as the vacuum is applied.
94000979 6-13
Connector Information diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]

BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 1 [4] [~4^i -»-
• R/GN
JSS (HDI)
[98 B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground ECT
JSS Signal Sensor 1
Ground 5V Sensor Ground

- 2
2
ECM
Ground Ground [269B] [269A1 Gear Position
System Power TPS 2 -<<- Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 R/W 1 5V Sensor Power
1
JSS W2 Gear Position
2
Twist Gnp Sensor 1 IBK/WI 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Twist Grip Sensor 2 ECT
Front Ex Cam Sensor
TPS 1 Front MAP Rear
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Power 2 Battery Fuse
[88B] [88A]
Rear Ex Cam Sensor 5V
-<<-
Sensor Power 1 AAT
TPS1
IAT 1 1
5V Sensor Ground 1 2 2 5V Sensor Power
Front Int Cam Sensor 3 3 TPS2 TPS
Gear Position Sensor 4 4 5V Sensor Ground
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
-
= R/W: :R/W =
2 fc=GN/W=J 3
3 = BK/W = 2
4 • i FWGY - 4
rGY/W=
Front Intake [14FIA] [14FIB] I BK/GY C
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3
JJ R/GYl 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
~rr
4
0
2 5V Sensor GND 2
3 3 Front MAP
Front Exhaust [14FEA] [14FEB]
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1
1 T1 ':R/W [89 B] [89A]
Ground 2 2 IAT
Front Ex Cam Position 3 1 1 IAT
BK/W: 2 2 5V Sensor GND
Rear Intake [14RIA] [14RIBJ [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1
Ground 2 2
2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
Rear Int Cam Position 3 3
3 3 Rear MAP
Rear Exhaust [14REA] [14REB] [107B] [107A]

CMP Sensor AAT
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1:
Ground 2 2 xtK :BK/W: 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3 Battery
Fuse GND2
Figure 6-17. Sensor Circuit

PTC P010600 _______ 1. MAP Sensor Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front MAP sensor [80F] and inspect connections.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP sensor malfunction 3. Remove front MAP sensor and inspect vacuum port for
Restricted vacuum signal obstruction.
4. Install front MAP sensor and reconnect [80F].
6-14 94000979
5. Clear DTCs. 5. Is voltage approximately 5 V?
6. Start engine. 1446630
7. Turn IGN ON.

8. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Replace front MAP sensor.
and verify current DTC sets. Figure 6-19.
DTC P010700 ___________________________

3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test
Table 6-8. DTC P010700 Diagnostic Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.

~ ________ POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP sensor malfunction DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Open or shorted to ground signal wire 4. Test resistance between [80FB] terminal 3 (GY) wire and
Open or shorted to ground 5V reference circuit BOB terminal 53.
1. MAP Sensor Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1446631
MD^OW-t
2. Disconnect front Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
/ HD-S0W0-1-JM "\
[80F] and inspect connections.
BBBBBBB
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- o o o o ooo
41404), jumper between [80FB] terminals 3 (GY) wire and 1
(R/GY) wire.
BBBBBBB
4. Clear DTCs.
aaaaaBB
5. Start engine.
Q BBBBBBB
6. Turn IGN ON.
: BBBBBBB
oooooo
7. Check DTCs. dj't***j M y y
o
8. Did the same DTC set? y
BBBBBBB
Figure 6-20.
^ A 1
b, No. Repair open in (GY) wire.
^
4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground

Test
b. No. Replace front MAP sensor.
2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove jumper.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between [80FB] terminal 1 (R/GY) wire and
ground.
94000979 6-15
2. Is continuity present? 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 O?
Figure 6-23.
b. No. Go to Test 5. b. No. Repair open in (R/GY) wire.

5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
Ground Test 7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal
1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 53 and terminal 29. Ground Test
2. Is continuity present? 2. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY) and (BK/GY) wires. a. Yes. Repair short between the (R/GY) and (BK/GY)
wires.
and verify current DTC sets. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace MAP
sensor.
6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. DTC P010800 _______________
4. Test resistance between [80FB] terminal 1 (R/GY) wire and POSSIBLE CAUSES
BOB terminal 66. MAP sensor malfunction
Short to voltage
1. MAP Sensor Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-16
2. Disconnect front MAP sensor [80F] and inspect connections. 3. Is voltage present?
3. Clear DTC. 1442269
Figu
4. Start engine. re 6-
26.
5. Turn IGN OFF. O 000003
OOOQOOO a. Y
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did the same DTC set? qoqoooG es.
oqoocoo Rep
qoqqooo
air
b. No. Replace front MAP sensor.
: short
2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test to
1. Turn IGN OFF. '??;?S2J2 voltage in (GY) wire.

2. Inspect ECM connections. L b. No. Go to Test 4.
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See QOOOOOQ
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery
Voltage Test
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 53 and [78] 1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 66 and ground.
terminal 66.
5. Is continuity present? 2. Is voltage greater than 5.25V?
OOOQOOO O
V
0 0 0-0
Figure 6-27.
J
a.
b.
L
Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GY) wire.
No. Go to Test 5.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GY) and (GY) wires.

5. MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test
1. Test resistance between [80FB] terminal 2 and BOB terminal
29.
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
6-17 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 2. Disconnect rear MAP sensor [80R] and inspect connections.
41404), jumper between [80RB] terminals 3 (V) wire and 1
(R/GY) wire.
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Start engine.
6. Turn IGN ON.
7. Check DTCs.
Figure 6-28.
a. Yes. Replace front MAP sensor.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GY) wire.
PTC P2A0B00 ___________________________

b. No. Replace rear MAP sensor.
Table 6-10. DTC P2AOBOO Diagnostic Faults

2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP sensor malfunction 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Restricted vacuum signal
2. Remove jumper.
1. MAP Sensor Test 3. Turn IGN ON.

4. Test voltage between [80RB] terminal 1 (R/GY) wire and
1. Turn IGN OFF. ground.
2. Disconnect rear MAP sensor [80R] and inspect connections.
5. Is voltage approximately 5V?
3. Remove front MAP sensor and inspect vacuum port for
obstruction. Figure 6-30.
4. Install rear MAP sensor and reconnect [80R]. a. Y
es. Go to
5. Clear DTCs. Test 3.
6. Start engine. b. N
o. Go to
7. Turn IGN ON.
Test 6.
8. Check DTCs.
9. Did the same DTC set? 3. MAP
Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test
a. Yes. Replace rear MAP sensor.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P2A0C00 ___________________________ DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Test resistance between [80RB] terminal 3 (V) wire and BOB
terminal 54.

Table 6-11. DTC P2A0C00 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP sensor malfunction

Open or shorted to ground signal wire
Open or shorted to ground 5V reference circuit
1. MAP Sensor Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-18
Figure 6-31.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. a. Yes. Repair short between (V) and (BK/GY) wires.
b. No. Repair open in (V) wire. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground 6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test
Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is continuity present? 3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
4. Test resistance between [80RB] terminal 1 (R/GY) wire and
MO-56190-1P1
BOB terminal 66.
BBOOBBO 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
OOGGOO
D
9000000
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB ,
BBBBBBB
'mMiw
(9900(9(9(9
Figure 6-32.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (V) wire.
5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Figure 6-34.

Ground Test a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 54 and [78] terminal b. No. Repair open in (R/GY) wire.
29.
7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal

Ground Test
94000979 6-19
HMMf
TP "\
aaaaaaa
BfflBBWS* £}
WH91H9
BBHuaad
mmm
HBBBffla®
COC.OOO©
'BBBBBBB
BlKKSIMfil
Figure 6-35.
a. Yes. Repair short between the (R/GY) and (BK/GY) a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GY) and (V) wires.
wires. b. No. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test
and verify current DTC sets. 1. Turn IGN ON.
DTC P2A0D00 2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 54 and ground.

Table 6-12. DTC P2A0D00 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP sensor malfunction

Short to voltage
1. MAP Sensor Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear MAP sensor [80R] and inspect connections.
3. Clear DTC.
4. Start engine.
5. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (V) wire.
b. No. Replace rear MAP sensor. 4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery
Voltage Test
2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test 1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 66 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal 66.
6-20 94000979
2. Is voltage greater than 5.25V? 5. 5.MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test
2. Is continuity present? Is continuity present?
1. Test resistance between [80RB] terminal 2 and BOB [78]
terminal 29.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GY) wire.

a. Yes. Replace rear MAP sensor.

b. No. Repair open in (BK/GY) wire.
94000979 6-21
FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS 6.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • The fuel pump contains a pressure regulator which maintains
consistent fuel pressure to each of the fuel injectors. Excess
fuel flow is bypassed into the fuel tank by the pressure
See Figure 6-40 and Figure 6-41. The fuel pump, mounted inside
regulator.
the fuel tank, is a submersible pump used to provide fuel to the
fuel injectors. The fuel pump is powered by the BCM. The BCM supplies and monitors the 12V system power circuit
from BCM [242-2] terminal 2 to the fuel pump. The fuel pump is
• When the IGN is ON, the BCM supplies voltage to the fuel
constantly grounded. The BCM controls the fuel pump by turning
pump.
on and off the power to the pump on the (R/BN) wire.
■ The fuel pump also runs when the start button is pressed for up
to 10 seconds, as long as the ECM is receiving input from the Table 6-13. Code Description
CKP sensor. If no CKP pulses are received, the ECM sends a DTC DESCRIPTION
message to the BCM to turn off the fuel pump within 2 B211611 Fuel pump output shorted to ground
seconds after the ignition is turned on, the engine has stalled Fuel pump output shorted to voltage/open
or immediately after the engine is shut off, B211615
B211619 Fuel pump output overloaded
94000979 6-22
1. 11. TCA [211]
2. 12. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. 13. Front fuel injector [84]
4. 14. Block coil [83]
5. 15. Coolant temperature
6. sensor [98]
7. 16. Front intake cam
8. sensor [14FI]
9. 17. Front VVT intake
10. phaser [270FI-1]
Figure 6-40. Left Rear Connectors 18. Front ignition coil
Intake air temperature sensor [89] [130F]
Fuel pump [86] 19. Front exhaust cam sensor
Rear intake cam sensor [14RI] 20. Front VVT exhaust phaser [270FE-1]
Rear ignition coil [130R]
Rear exhaust cam sensor [14RE] Post
catalyst H02S [341]
Gear position sensor [269]
Rear exhaust VVT phaser [270RE-1]
Rear intake VVT phaser [270RI-1]
Sensor jumper [343]
94000979 6-23
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Conditions for Setting run out of gas, prime the pump and clear the code. Start the
vehicle and check DTCs to see if the code returns.
DTC B211615 will set if the fuel pump circuit draws less than 500
milliamps. Any circuit that is powered up continually with IGN ON could
cause DTC B211615 or B211619 to set if shorted to the fuel
DTC B211619 and B21164B will set if the fuel pump circuit draws pump circuit. If a short to voltage or overload conditon is found,
more than 6 Amps. test continuity between fuel pump circuit and the other power
circuits from the BCM,
Diagnostic Tips
DTC B211619 can set if the BCM sees an excessive load on the Connector Information
fuel pump circuit. This could be caused by a fuel pump being run For additional information about the connectors in the following
dry. If the fuel pump was replaced or the vehicle was diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
6-24 94000979
Fuel Level
BCM Pump Sender
◄ Main
Harness 1
<5
tL
Q. _
1 f!
CL
e
B Battery ]
!§i
=> -O
CL C
Fuse i a> o if 6
It o Q
: [242A-2] 2 12 13 12
Dj [64B], [242B-2]
[86A] ^
[86B] Y
12
m
2 12 13 ■ II I I II T ■
Y Z
e* CD
>$
a: $ j^[141A] ] Y
11
r-
§1
l Q. O CD >2
[141B]
9: ? £ * $ $ m oQ
_ LO i ii
[145B)X[ _ 3 7
h 2
I1 3 7 31
2
[78A] [78B]
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3
Fuel Level Signal 31 31
ECM CAN Low 38 38
CAN High 39 39
Battery Fuse 67 67
GND 2 GND 3
Figure 6-42.
Fuel Sensor 5. Was battery voltage displayed for a short time?
Circuit
PTC B211615

CAUSES
Open in the fuel pump power circuit _______________
Fuel pump fault or malfunction ___________________
1. Fuel Pump Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test a. Yes. Replace fuel pump.
1. Turn IGN ON. b. No. Go to Test 3.
2. Does fuel pump continue to run after the initial 2 second start
up? 3. Ground Circuit Open Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/BN) wire. See 1. Turn IGN OFF.
diagnostic tips. If no source of short is found, replace 2. Test resistance between [86B] terminal 2 and ground
BCM.
3. Is
resistance
2. Fuel Pump Circuit Test less than
1. Turn IGN OFF. 0.5 ohms?
2. Disconnect fuel pump [86] and inspect connections.

3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- Figure 6-
41404), test voltage between [86B] terminals 1 and 2. 44.
4. Turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire.
94000979 6-25
4. Power Circuit Open Test 3. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Inspect BCM connections. 1 Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See 2. Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 3. Test continuity between [86B] terminal 1 (R/BN) wire and
ground.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal 2 and [86B] 4. Is continuity present?
terminal
1.
Figure 6-46.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (R/BN) wire.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace fuel
pump.

b. No. Repair open in (R/BN) wire.
DTC B211611. B211619. B21164B _________
Table 6-15. DTC B211611, B211619, B21164B Diagnostic

Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in the fuel pump power circuit
Fuel pump malfunction
1. Fuel Test
1. Verify there is fuel in fuel tank.
2. Is fuel present in tank?
b. No. Fill tank with fuel and clear DTCs. If the DTC
returned, then continue with tests. Go to Test 2.
2. Fuel Pump Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump [86] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Clear DTC.
5. Turn IGN OFF-ON.
6. Check DTCs.
b. No. Replace fuel pump.
6-26 94000979
AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.4
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • At low temperatures, the resistance is very high. This allows
the voltage to rise close to 5V. The ECM monitors this voltage
See Figure 6-47 and Figure 6-48. The ECM supplies and to update the ambient temperature on the IM display.
monitors a voltage signal from [78] terminal 71 to one side of the • Temperature reading will update when vehicle is moving over
AAT sensor. The other side of the AAT sensor is connected to a 3 mph (5 km/h) for at least one minute.
common sensor ground. The ground is also connected to the Table 6-16. Code Description
ECM [78] terminal 74. DTC DESCRIPTION
P007100 AAT sensor circuit range/performance
The AAT sensor is a thermistor device. At a specific temperature P007200 AAT sensor circuit shorted to ground
it will have a specific resistance across its terminals. As this
AAT sensor circuit shorted to voltage/open
resistance varies, so does the voltage on ECM [78] terminal 71.
P007300
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very low. P011E00 ECT - AAT sensor correlation error
This lowers the signal voltage on ECM [78] terminal 71.

3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
6-27 94000979
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
21).
6-28 94000979
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
1431993
System Power 1 13 01
JSS (HDI) [98B] [98A]

ECT
JSS Signal ECT
1 1
2 2 5V Sensor Ground
Sensor Ground
ECM
Ground Ground System Gear Position
Power TPS 2 Sensor
JSS 2 2 Gear Position
Twist Gnp Sensor 1 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Sensor Power 1 AAT IAT
1 1 TPS1
5V Sensor Ground 1
2 2 5V Sensor Power
Front Int Cam Sensor
3 3 TPS2 TPS
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]
1
1 fc=GN/W =
5 =TGY/W —
Front Intake [14FIA] [14FIB]

CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R/W [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 i BK;GN =I Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 : Y/BE =J| R/GY ' 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
3 3 Front MAP
CMP Sensor
[89B] [89A]
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 IAT
Ground 2 2
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3 1 1 IAT
2 2 5V Sensor GND
Rear Intake [14RIA] [14RIB] [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 5V Sensor Power 2
Ground Rear Int Cam 5V Sensor GND 2
Position Rear MAP
[107B] [107A]
Rear Exhaust [14REA] [14REB] AAT
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 1 1 AAT
Ground 2 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
2
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3

PTC P007100. P007200. P011E00 ________ 1. AAT Sensor Test
NOTE
Vehicle and sensor must be at ambient room temperature before
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT starting diagnostic test.
Table 6-17. DTC P007100, P007200, P011E00 Diagnostic
Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect AAT sensor [107] and inspect connections.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AAT sensor malfunction 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404)
Short to ground in 5V reference circuit test resistance between [107A] terminals 1 and
2.
94000979 6-29
4, Is resistance between 11,000-12,000 ohms? PTC P007300

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AAT sensor malfunction
Open or short to voltage in 5V reference circuit
Figure 6-50.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. AAT Signal Voltage Test
b. No. Replace AAT sensor. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect AAT sensor [107] and inspect connections,
2. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Test 41404), test voltage between [107B] terminal 1 (W/V) wire
and ground.
1. Test resistance between [107B] terminal 1 (WA/) wire and 4. Turn IGN ON.
ground.
2. Is resistance less than 1 ohm?
Figure 6-53.
Figure 6-51.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (W/V) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (WA/) wire.
3. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor 2, AAT Sensor Signal Wire Open Test
Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
3. Test continuity between BOB [78] terminal 29 and terminal DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
71. 4. Test resistance between [107B] terminal 1 (W/V) wire and
4, Is continuity present? BOB [78] terminal 71.
a. Yes. Repair short between [107B] terminals 1 (W/V) wire

and 2 (BK/W) wire.
and verify current DTC sets. b. No. Repair open in (W/V) wire.
94000979 6-30
3. AAT Sensor Open Ground Wire Test 5. AAT Sensor Test
1.
IAT DIAGNOSTICS
Test resistance between [107B] terminal 2 (BK/W) wire and 1. Connect [107]. 6.5
BOB [78] terminal 29. 2. Test continuity between BOB [78] terminal 29 and terminal
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 71.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
4. AAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor

Power Test
1. Test continuity between BOB [78] terminal 70 and terminal
71.

a. Yes. Repair short between (W/V) and (R/W) wires. and verify current DTC sets.
b. No. Replace AAT sensor.
94000979 6-31
The IAT sensor is a thermistor device that varies the sensor's

internal electrical resistance. As this resistance varies, so does
the voltage at [78] terminal 72.
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very low, Table 6-19. Code Description
which effectively lowers the signal voltage on [78] terminal 72. DTC DESCRIPTION
P011100 IAT sensor circuit range/performance
• At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing the P011200 IAT sensor shorted to ground
voltage to rise close to 5V. P011300 IAT sensor shorted to voltage/open
The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate for changes in P011B00 ECT - IAT sensor correlation error
temperature of the air entering the throttle body.
See Figure 6-58 and Figure 6-59. The ECM supplies and
monitors a voltage signal on [78] terminal 72 to the IAT sensor.
The other side of the IAT sensor is connected to a common
sensor ground, which is also connected to the ECM [78] terminal
74.
6-32 94000979
IAT DIAGNOSTICS 6.5
V/wfll
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-33
Connector Information procedure(s), see Connector
1432001
11. TCA [211] 17. Front VVT intake phaser [270FI-1]

12. Rear fuel injector [85] 18. Front ignition coil [130F]
13. Front fuel injector [84] 19. Front exhaust cam sensor
14. Block coil [83] 20. Front VVT exhaust phaser [270FE-1]
15. Coolant temperature sensor [98]
16. Front intake cam sensor [14FI]
Diagnostic Tips • Shifted sensor resistance value: Compare the temperatures

of the ECT and IAT sensors with the engine at ambient
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed temperature. Evaluate the possibility of a shifted (out of
through wire insulation or an open wire inside the insulation. calibration) sensor which may result in driveability problems.
The sensor temperatures should be within 10 degrees of
Check the following conditions:
each other.
• Poor connection: Inspect ECM and harness connector [78] • A faulty sensor can negatively affect the signal voltage of the
for backed out terminals, improper mating, inoperative locks, other sensors sharing the same 5V reference. If the wiring
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminal-to- passes the following tests, disconnect one sensor at a time
wire connection and damaged harness. on the 5V reference and verify the DTC is still present.
• Perform Wiggle Test (Page 1-29) to locate intermittents: If Additional DTCs will be set as each sensor is disconnected,
connections and harness check out OK, use a multimeter to clear DTCs after this test. Be sure to perform this test before
check the IAT sensor voltage while moving related replacing a component.
connectors and wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the
IAT voltage will change.
6-34 94000979
diagram(s) and diagnostic
Locations (Page A-35).
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 1
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI) [98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground ■R ECT
1
JSS Signal w ECT
2 1 1
Sensor Ground mm BK ■ 3 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Ground Ground System [269B] [269A] Gear Position
Power TPS 2 Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 JSS 5V Sensor Power
1 1
Twist Grip Sensor 1 Twist 2 2 Gear Position
Gnp Sensor 2 ECT 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor Power
2 Battery Fuse Rear Ex
Cam Sensor 5V Sensor [88B] [88A]
Power 1 AAT IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
1 1 TPS1
Gear Position Sensor 2 2 5V Sensor Power
3 3 TPS2 TPS
:4 4 5V Sensor Ground
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
RJW:
2 t=GN/W=| 3
:BK/W:
m R/GY 4 6 5
]1
6 = BK/GY :
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 5V Sensor Power 2
1 1
2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
3 3 Front MAP
CMP Sensor
[89B] [89A]
IAT
Ground 2 2
2 2 5V Sensor GND
Rear Intake [14RIA] [14RIB] [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP —<<-

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R/W 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
Ground 2 2 I BK/GN ■ 1 'I 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
Rear Int Cam Position 3 3 3 3 Rear MAP
[107B] [107A]
CMP Sensor
Ground 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
2 2 2
GND 2
PTC P011100. P011200. P011B00 Table 6-20. DTC P011100, P011200, P011B00 Diagnostic
Faults
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Short to ground in 5V reference circuit
NOTE
starting diagnostic test.
94000979 6-35
1. IATInformation
Sensor Test 2. Is continuity present?
Connector procedure(s), see Connector
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect IAT sensor [89] and inspect connections.
41404), test resistance between [89A] terminals 1
(GN/GY) wire and 2 (BK/W) wire.
4. Is resistance between 500-5000 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair short between [89B] terminals 1 (GN/GY)

wire and 2 (BK/W) wire.
b. No. Replace IAT sensor.
b No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
2. Signal Grounded Test and verify current DTC sets.
1. Inspect ECM connections. DTC P011300 ___________________________

3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) is HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
in position on BOB.
4. Test continuity between BOB terminals 72 and ground.
5. Is continuity present? CAUSES
Open or short to voltage in 5V reference circuit
NOTE
1. IAT Sensor Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.

41404), test resistance between [89A] terminals 1 (GN/GY)
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/GY) wire.

3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test

b. No. Replace IAT sensor.
2. IAT Signal Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-36 94000979
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 4. Open Ground Wire Test
41404), test voltage between [89B] terminal 1 (GN/GY) wire
4. Turn IGN ON. 2 (BK/W) wire.
5. Is voltage greater than 6V? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/GY) wire.
3. Signal Wire Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
2. Inspect ECM connections. b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
5. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
4. Test resistance between [89B] terminal 1 (GN/GY) and BOB Power Test
terminal 72.
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is continuity present?
Figure 6-68.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/GY) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Repair open circuit. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
6-37 94000979
TPS DIAGNOSTICS 6.6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The two TP sensors work opposite each other. When one sensor
reads high, the other reads low. The sum of TPS1 and TPS2
signals should measure around 5.0V.
See Figure 6-69 and Figure 6-70. A dual TPS is mounted to the
induction module. See Figure 6-71 for TCA (TPS1 and TPS2) circuitry diagram.
Within the TPS, a set of potentiometers are designated as TPS1 Refer to Table 6-22 for DTCs associated with TPS1 and TPS2 of
and TPS2. The ECM drives the motor in the TCA to open and the TCA.
close the throttle plates based on the signals from the twist grip
sensor. The TPS (TPS1 and TPS2) send signals back to the
ECM based on throttle plate position to verify the throttle plate Table 6-22. Code Description
movement. DTC DESCRIPTION
P012000 TPS1 range error
The ECM supplies a 5.0V signal from [78] terminal 70. The P012200 TPS1 shorted to ground/open
signals from TPS1 and TPS2 are sent back to the ECM [78] P012300 TPS1 shorted to voltage
terminals 52 and 27 and vary in voltage according to actual P022000 TPS2 range error
throttle plate position. P022200 TPS2 shorted to ground/open
P022300 TPS2 shorted to voltage
94000979 6-38
1431993
6. ECM [78]
9. JSS [133]
6-39 94000979
1. VVT solenoid (4) 6. Front intake WT phaser [270FI-2]
5. Front exhaust VVT phaser [270FE-2] 10. Rear exhaust VVT phaser [270RE-
NOTE • An intermittent may be caused by poor connection, rubbed
The TGS, JSS, and TCA sensors are connected to the same through wire insulation or an inoperative wire within the wire
reference line (5 V reference). If the reference line goes to insulation.
ground or open, multiple codes will be set (DTC P012200,
P022200, P150100, P212200). Start with the trouble code having Diagnostic Tips
the highest priority DTC. Refer to Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
A faulty sensor can negatively affect the signal voltage of the
other sensors sharing the same 5V reference. If the wiring
Check for the following conditions: passes the following tests, disconnect one sensor at a time on
• Poor connection: Inspect ECM harness connector [78B] for the 5V reference and verify the DTC is still present. Additional
backed out terminals, improper mating, inoperative locks, DTCs will be set as each sensor is disconnected, clear DTCs
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminal-to- after this test. Be sure to perform this test before replacing a
wire connection and damaged harness. component.
• Perform Wiggle Test (Page 1-29) to locate intermittents: If Connector Information

connections and harness check out OK, monitor TPS voltage
using a multimeter while moving related connectors and For additional information about the connectors in the following
wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the TPS voltage will diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
change.
6-40 94000979
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 1 R/GN
[133A] [133B]
JSS(HDI)
[98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground * R
1 1
-
JSS Signal W 2 2 ECT
1 1
Sensor Ground mm BK M 3 3 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Ground Ground System
Power TPS 2
5V Sensor Ground 2 JSS
Twist Gnp Sensor 1 Twist
Grip Sensor 2 ECT
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Cam Sensor 5V Sensor
Power 1 AAT IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
Gear Position Sensor

CMP Sensor
Ground 2 2
Front Int Cam Positton 3 3

CMP Sensor
Ground 2 2
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3
Rear Intake [14RIA] [14RIB]

CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R/W
Ground 2 2 i BK/GN : -
Rear Int Cam Position 3 3 ■ Y/RN ------ ----
Rear Exhaust [14REA] [14REB]

CMP Sensor
Battery Fuse GND
2 5V Sensor Ground 1
Ground 2 2 2 2
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3 3 • Y/GN —

PTC P012000 __________ Table 6-23. DTC P012000 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Open in sensor power circuit
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Short to voltage in TPS1 circuit
Open in TPS1 circuit
Short to ground in TPS1 circuit
Open sensor ground circuit
1. Sensor Power Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-41
2. Inspect ECM connections. 2. Is1447956
resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See MBJ0380-1 |
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). HD-I.03SO-1-P1
4. Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections.

aaaaam
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- aaaaaaa
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and [88B] aaaaas©
terminal 2. aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
HBaaaBB
OCOOOOG n
y v v
iiasirara i
i /=■
---------
Figure 6-75.
*-*
b. No. Repair open In (GN/V) wire. a. Yes. Repair

short to ground on
(GN/V) wire.
2. Is continuity present? 5. TPS1 Circuit Short to

Voltage Test
6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 1. TurnIGNON.
b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire. 2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 52 and ground.
2. TPS1 Circuit Shorted Test

1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 70 and terminal 52.
4. TPS1 Circuit Short to Ground Test

a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/V) and (R/W) wires.
3. TPS1 Circuit Continuity Test
94000979 6-42
6. Is voltage greater than 0.2V? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
1.
94000979 6-43
6. Is voltage between 0.4-4.8V?
1447979
HD-scusat
' HD-5OW0-1-PI
BMMTO
aamaaa
aanMM
OOOOO
QO V
ft
aBBBBB
MMM® 1
3.
B
Is voltage present?
, SMMM (Figure 6-76.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GNA/) wire. and verify current DTC sets.
b. No. Go to Test 6. b. No. Replace induction module.
6. Sensor Ground Continuity Test DTC P012200

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 74 and [88B] terminal POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Open in sensor power circuit __________________________
1. TPS1 Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 52 and terminal
74.
Figure 6-77.
7. TPS Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [78A] to BOB.
3. Connect [88],
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Test voltage between BOB terminal 52 and terminal 74.
6-44 94000979
6. Is voltage greater than 0.2V? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Replace induction module.
b. No. Go to Test 4. b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire.
2. TPS1 Circuit Short to Ground Test 4. TPS Sensor Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Connect TPS [88],
2. Disconnect ECM [78A] from BOB and inspect connections. 2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections. 3. Test voltage between BOB terminal 70 and ground.
4. Test continuity between BOB terminal 52 and ground. 4. Is voltage greater than 4V?
1447956
C --------------------H5363B5TJn -------------------- N
aaaaara
as®®®®®
aammis
aSBMM
maaam
oaaoBaa
aaaaaaa
mamaa
N 1 fi-— ■
Figure 6-80.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire. b. No. Replace induction module.
5. ECM Test
3. TPS Power Circuit Open Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and [88B] terminal 2. Disconnect ECM [78A] from BOB and inspect connections.
2. 3. Test continuity between BOB terminal 52 and ground.
94000979 6-45
4. Is continuity present? 6. Is voltage less than 4.8V?
1447956 1447984
HD-50590-1 Pi
' _ HO-SOMO-l Pt r~ MDMJKM1-P \
o c o. O; Q Q q
ooqqsro©
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB IIMB®
ooooooo ooooooo BBBBB
BBBBBBB OO00600
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB ooooooo
/1 BBBBBBB/
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB

a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire. a. Yes. Go to Test 8.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs b. No. Go to Test 2.
DTC P012300 ___________________________
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections.
Table 6-25. DTC P012300 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE 3. Turn IGN ON.
CAUSES 4. Test voltage between [88B] terminal 1 and ground.
Open in TPS1 circuit ________________________________
Short to voltage in TPS1 circuit 5. Is voltage between 4-5.25V?
Short to voltage in sensor power circuit
Open in sensor ground circuit __________________________
1. TPS1 Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- b. No, less than 4V. Repair open in (GNA/) wire.
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 52 and terminal c. No, greater than 5.25V. Repair short to voltage in
74. (GNA/) wire.

1. Test voltage between [88B] terminal 2 and ground.
2. Is voltage less than 5.25V?
b. No. Repair short to voltage in (R/W) wire.
6-46 94000979
4. TPS Test
1. Jumper [88B] terminals 1 and 4.
2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 52 and terminal 74.
3. See Figure 6-85. Is voltage greater than 1,0V?
5. Sensor Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [88B] terminal 4 and ground. 8. TPS1 Circuit Function Test
3. Is resistance less than 2 ohms? 1. Turn IGN ON.
3. See Figure 6-85. Is voltage between 2-5.25V?
b. No. Less than 2V. Repair open in (GN/V) wire.
c. No. Greater than 5.25V. Repair short to voltage on
(GN/V) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6 9. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Go to Test 7. 1. Test voltage between [88B] terminal 2 and ground.

6. Sensor Ground Circuit Shorted Test 2. See Figure 6-86. Is voltage less than 5.25V?
1. Test continuity between [88B] terminals 1 and 2. a. Yes. Go to Test 10.
2. Is continuity present? b. No. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM [78A] and inspect connections.
3. Test resistance between [88B] terminal 4 and BOB terminal
74.
4. See Figure 6-89. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/V) and (R/W) wires. a. Yes. Go to Test 11.
b. No. Replace ECM. b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
7. Sensor Ground Circuit Test 11. TPS1 Continuity Test

1. Disconnect ECM [78A] and inspect connections.
52.
74.
94000979 6-47
1447955
2. Is resistance less than 0.5
ohms?
{ MOSOMO-I-Pt
BBBBBBB
mamma
BBBBBBffl
BMMIBB
OOOOOiDO
Q Q Q Q Q '" >' - >
HBBBfflBB Figure 6-92.
Figure 6-91. b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire.

a. Yes. Replace induction module.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/V) wire.
PTC P022000 2. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 70 and ground
Table 6-26. DTC P022000 Diagnostic Faults 1447986
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in sensor power circuit
Short to voltage in TPS2 circuit
Open in sensor ground circuit

1. Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 6-93.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage (R/W) wire.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and [88B] b. No. Go to Test 3.
terminal 2.
3. TPS2 Circuit Shorted Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-48 94000979
1447957
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
O O OQOOO
o o o o —
0000ooo
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa®/
aaaaaaa■
aaaaaaa
Figure 6-96.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/V) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (GY/V) wires.
4. TPS2 Circuit Resistance Test 6. TPS2 Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 27 and [88B] terminal 1. TurnIGNON.
3. 2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 27 and ground.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 3. Is voltage present?
HO-SOWO-t
MO3C350-1
aaaaaaa OOOOOOO
t'CV50360 t FI
ooooooo
aaaaBffl® ooooooo
BBBBBBB OGOOCO&m
oc
•
— BBBBBBB
o o o o 0
BBBBBBB o o
ooooooo BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB 1 ooooooo
BBBBBBB BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/V) wire. b. No. Go to Test 7.
5. TPS2 Circuit Short to Ground Test 7. Sensor Ground Resistance Test

1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 27 and ground. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
4.
94000979 6-49
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 6. Is voltage greater than 0.2V?
b. No. Repair open in (BK7W) wire.
8. TPS Test 2. TPS2 Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Connect [78A] to BOB. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [88]. 2. Disconnect [78A] from BOB and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON. 3. Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections.
4. Test voltage between BOB terminals 27 and 74. 4. Test continuity between BOB terminal 27 and ground.
5. Is voltage between 0.4-4.8V? 5. Is continuity present?

1447957
b. No. Replace induction module. — -
MO-WIJW-t-Pi
OOOOOGC
DTC P022200 ___________________________ o o o q>
q> q o
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME qqqqoG
O
O O o G O
Table 6-27. DTC P022200 Diagnostic Faults aoaaaaa
o o o o
POSSIBLE CAUSES
o q o HIM/
9©©©©qq
ooooooo
1. TPS2 Circuit Test Figure 6-100.
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GYA/) wire.
2. Inspect ECM connections. b. No. Go to Test 3.
3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See
3. TPS Power Circuit Open Test
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 2.
6-50 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? DTC P022300

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in TPS2 circuit
Open in sensor ground circuit
1. TPS2 Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 6-101. 2. Inspect ECM connections.
a. Yes. Replace induction module. 3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire. TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Turn IGN ON.
4. TPS Power Circuit Short to Ground Test 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
1. Turn IGN OFF. 6. Is voltage less than 4.8V?
2. Disconnect [88] and inspect connections.

3. Turn IGN ON.

5. ECM Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect [78A] from BOB and inspect connections.
4. See Figure 6-100. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/V) wire.
94000979 6-51
3. Is voltage less than 0.2V? 3. Is continuity present?
Figure 6-104.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/V) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Go to Test 5. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
1. Test voltage between [88B] terminal 2 and ground. 6. Sensor Ground Circuit Test
2. Is voltage less than 5.25V? 1. Test resistance between [88B] terminal 4 and BOB terminal
74.
Figure 6-105.
b. No. Repair short to voltage in (R/W) wire.
4. Sensor Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Is resistance less than 2 ohms?

a. Yes. Replace induction module. a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
b. No. Go to Test 6. and verify current DTC sets.
5. TPS Circuit Shorted Test
2. Test continuity between [88B] terminals 3 and 2.
3. Turn IGN ON.
5. See Figure 6-104. Is voltage less than 1.0V?
6-52 94000979
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire.
8. Sensor Short to Voltage Test

2, See Figure 6-105. Is voltage less than 5.25V?
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.
94000979 6-53
9. DIAGNOSTICS
H02S Ground 4.
6.7
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Replace induction module.
2. Disconnect [78A] and in b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
3. Test resistance between

[88I
74
6-54 94000979
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 6-109, Figure 6-110 and Figure 6-111. The H02S P003000 Front H02S heater open
provides a signal to the ECM which indicates whether the engine P003100 Front H02S heater shorted to ground
is running rich or lean. There are two H02S, used for fuel control P003200 Front H02S heater shorted to voltage
and in some regions one post catalytic converter H02S used for P003600 Post catalyst H02S heater open
catalyst monitoring. Each H02S samples the exhaust oxygen P003700 Post catalyst H02S heater shorted to ground
content and provides specific voltage to the ECM. The fuel P003800 Post catalyst H02S heater shorted to voltage
control H02S, one mounted in each of the two exhaust pipes, are P005000 Rear H02S open
used to monitor the exhaust gas air/fuel mixture ratio. The ECM P005100 Rear H02S shorted to ground
continuously adjusts the air/fuel mixture to maintain an optimal P005200 Rear H02S shorted to voltage
air/fuel mixture. When properly mixed, the H02S voltage(s) will P005300 Front H02S heater resistance
measure approximately 0.45V, each when measuring across the P005400 Post catalyst H02S heater resistance
sensor. The post catalyst H02S if equipped, is used to track the P005900 Rear H02S heater resistance
fluctuation of 02 levels coming out of the catalytic converter. High POOD100 Front H02S heater performance
steady H02S voltage(s) will measure approximately 0.7V, P00D200 Post catalyst H02S heater performance
indicating normal activity. A fluctuating signal of approximately P00D300 Rear H02S heater performance
0.45V indicates the catalytic converter is either, not up to P013100 02 sensor low/engine lean (front)
operating temperature or not functioning properly. P013200 02 sensor high/running rich (front)
• P013100 (front) or P015100 (rear) or P015700 (post cat) is P013300 02 sensor slow (front)
set when the ECM detects an excessively lean condition for a P013400 02 sensor open (front)
specified length of time. DTCs may also set if H02S fails. P013500 02 sensor timeout at startup (front)
H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit shorted to
• P013200 (front) or P015200 (rear) or P015800 (post cat) is
P013700 ground
set when the ECM detects an excessively rich condition for a
H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit shorted to
specified length of time. This can be caused by oil
P013800 voltage
contamination or fuel injector malfunctions. DTCs may also
P013A00 H02S post catalyst front cylinder slow response
set if H02S fails.
P013B00 H02S post catalyst front cylinder slow response
• P013300 (front) or P015300 (rear) or P013A00, P013B00, H02S post catalyst front cylinder circuit no activity
P013C00, P013D00 (post cat) is set when the sensor is P014000 detected
switching too slowly. H02S post catalyst front cylinder heater circuit
P014100 slow response
• P013400 (front) or P015400 (rear) or P014000 (post cat) is
P015100 02 sensor low/engine lean (rear)
set when the sensor circuit is open or too cold to respond.
P015200 02 sensor high/running rich (rear)
• P013500 (front) or P015500 (rear) or P014100 (post cat) is P015300 02 sensor slow (rear)
set when the sensor takes too long to respond at startup. P015400 02 sensor open (rear)
P015500 02 sensor timeout at startup (rear)
When the air/fuel mixture is ideal, approximately 14.6 parts air to
P219500 02 sensor stuck low (front)
1 part fuel, the voltage will be approximately 0.45V when
P219600 02 sensor stuck high (front)
measuring across the sensor.
P219700 02 sensor stuck low (rear)
P219800 02 sensor stuck high (rear)
P227000 02 sensor stuck low (post cat)
P227100 02 sensor stuck high (post cat)
P227200 02S post catalyst rear cylinder signal lean
P227300 02S post catalyst rear cylinder signal rich
The heater portion of the H02S is powered by the BCM. The

front and rear H02S heaters have separate control circuits
monitored by the ECM.
94000979 6-55
H02S DIAGNOSTICS 6.7

6-56 94000979
1420560

94000979 6-57
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Diagnostic Tips • Leaking injectors: This causes fuel imbalance and poor idle
quality due to different air/fuel ratios in each cylinder. To
The ECM requires a H02S fault be present for three drive cycles check for leaky injectors, first remove the air box and air filter.
before it sets a code. After clearing codes, operate the vehicle for Then, with the throttle wide open, turn IGN ON for 2 seconds
three drive cycles before checking for codes. and then OFF for 2 seconds five consecutive times. Replace
the fuel injector if there is any evidence of raw fuel in the
The heater circuits in the H02S are powered from the system
bores. See Fuel Injectors in the service manual.
power circuit. This circuit voltage is supplied by the BCM.
• Loose H02S: If an H02S is loose, engine performance may
The multimeter displays the signal from the H02S in Volts. This be affected. This could also show up as a slow changing
voltage will have an average value tending towards lean, rich or H02S voltage.
ideal value depending on operating temperature of the engine,
engine speed and throttle position. An open/short to voltage or • Loose/leaking exhaust: This can allow fresh air into the
short to ground in the (GN/BN) wire (front) and (GY/BN) wire exhaust system. If fresh air enters exhaust system, the H02S
(rear) will cause the engine to run rich (short to ground) or lean will read a lean condition, causing the system to go rich.
(short to voltage) until the fault is detected. Once fault is ■ Engine misfire: See Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-
detected, vehicle will run in open loop. 176).
Check for the following conditions: • Intake leaks: See the service manual.
• Poor connection: Inspect the ECM [78], fuel injector [84, 85]
and H02S [137, 138] connectors for backed out terminals,
improper mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or For additional information about the connectors in the following
damaged terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General
damaged harnesses. (Page A-21).
• Dirty/stuck open injectors: The vehicle may run lean

(dirty/clogged injectors) or rich (stuck open injectors) if there
are injector problems. This could also cause poor fuel
economy and performance.
6-58 94000979
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 1
1420560 R/GN
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI) [98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground Rm ECT
ECT
JSS Signal Sensor IW“ 1 1
Ground I BK ■ 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[7 8A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2 Sensor
JSS 2 2 Gear Position
Twist Grip Sensor 1 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Sensor Power 1 AAT
TPS1
IAT 1 1
2 2 5V Sensor Power
5V Sensor Ground 1 TPS
Front Int Cam Sensor 3 3 TPS2
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
3 = BKAIV = 2

CMP Sensor ->>-
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R/W = [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP —<<-
Ground 2 2 1BK/GN =3 Sensor
>
CD
in
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 R/GY 1 5V Sensor Power 2

1
1
1
m
BK/GY = 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2

■ GY 3 3 Front MAP
CMP Sensor
[89B] [89A]
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 IAT
Ground 2 2
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3 GN/GY a 1 1 IAT
— BK/W: 2 2 5V Sensor GND

CMP Sensor ->>- Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 ' RAM R/GY 1 5V Sensor Power 2
1
Ground 2 2 BK/GY = 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2

AAT
CMP Sensor ->>-
Ground 2 Battery 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
2
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3 Fuse
GND 2

PTC P003000. P003100. P005300. P013700 1. Front H02S Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
Table 6-30. DTC P003000, P003100, P005300, P013500,
P014100, P016100 Diagnostic Faults 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 1 (R/GN) wire
POSSIBLE CAUSES and ground.
Short to ground on front H02S heater circuit
Open front H02S heater circuit
Open in sensor power
circuit
94000979 6-59
5, Is battery voltage present? 2. Is continuity present?
1449833
-Pi
GOQOOCG
BBBBBBl
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
Figure 6-113. mmn
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. BBBBBBB
\BBBBBBB
b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire. 'BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
2. Open Ground Test Figure 6-115.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK/O) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 4. Resistance Test
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 14 and [138A] 1. Test resistance between [138B] terminals 1 (V) wire and 2
terminal 2 (BK/O) wire. (W) wire.
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 2, Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms?
Figure 6-116.
b No. Replace front H02S.
DTC P003200 _______________________
b. No. Repair open in (BK/O) wire. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
3. Short to Ground Test Table 6-31. DTC P003200 Diagnostic Faults
1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 14 and ground. POSSIBLE CAUSES
Front H02S circuit shorted to 12V
1. Front H02S Shorted to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) is
in position on BOB.
5. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 6-60
7. Is voltage present? 5. Is battery voltage present?
1449838 114535
5
MD-50MO-1-P1
BMMM MBBM
(SBIlLltlBffl
BBIMSBfflB
BfflMlMB
BMB8HM Figure 6-119.
OiOOOOO a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
O b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
OGOOOO
O
2. Open Ground Test
[MllBMffl
Figure 6-117. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/O) wire. 2. Inspect ECM connections.
b. No. Go to Test 2. 3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
2. Resistance Test 4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 80 and [341A]
1. Turn IGN OFF. terminal 2 (BN/O) wire.
3. Test resistance between [138B] terminals 1 (V) wire and 2
(W) wire.
4. Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms?

b. No. Repair open in (BN/O) wire.

DTC P003600. P003700. P005400
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 3. Short to Ground Test
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 80 and ground.
Table 6-32. DTC P003600, P003700, P005400 Diagnostic
Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground on post-cat H02S heater circuit
Open post-cat H02S heater circuit
Open in sensor power circuit ___________________________
1. Post-Cat H02S Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect post-cat H02S [341] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [341 A] terminal 1 (R/GN) wire
and ground.
6-61 94000979
2. Is continuity present? 7. Is voltage present?
1454461
HD-50190-UP \
SMiiraa anmna
MMBM
MMBBB
—

a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BN/O) wire. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BN/O) wire.
4. Resistance Test 2. Resistance Test
1. Test resistance between [341B] terminals 1 (V) wire and 2 1. Turn IGN OFF.
(W) wire.
(W) wire.

b. No. Replace post-cat H02S.
DTC P003800
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Replace post-cat H02S.
Table 6-33. DTC P003800 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
CAUSES Table 6-34. DTC P005000, P005100, P005900 Diagnostic
Post-cat H02S heater circuit shorted to 12V Faults
DTC P005000. P005100. P005900
1. Post-Cat H02S Shorted to Voltage Test POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or short to ground on rear H02S circuit
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See 1. Rear H02S Voltage Test
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) is 2. Disconnect rear H02S [137] and inspect connections.
in position on BOB.
3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Turn IGN ON. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
6. Test voltage between BOB terminal 80 and ground. 41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 1 (R/GN) wire
and ground.
94000979 6-62
Figure 6-125.
b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
2. Open Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK/PK) wire.
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See b. No. Go to Test 4.

4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 23 and [137A] 4. Resistance Test
terminal 2 (BK/PK) wire.
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? (W) wire.

b. No. Replace rear H02S.
DTC P005200 ___________________________
b. No. Repair open in (BK/PK) wire.
3. Short to Ground Test

1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 23 and ground
Table 6-35. DTC P005200 Diagnostic Faults 1. Rear H02S Shorted to Voltage Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Rear H02S circuit shorted to voltage
4. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 6-63
5. Is battery voltage present? 2.
4. IsUsing
continuity
TESTpresent?
CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN)
wire and ground.
5. Is voltage approximately 5V?
Figure 6-131.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/PK) wire.

2. H02S Test
b. No. Go to Test 2. 1. Test continuity between [138B] terminal 3 (BK) wire and
ground.
2. Resistance Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
(W) wire.
a. Yes. Replace H02S.
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
and verify current DTC sets. 2. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.
3. Test continuity between [138A] terminals 3 (GN/BN) wire
and 4 (BK/W) wire.
DTC P013100

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in signal circuit
Figure 6-133.
Fuel system malfunction a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/BN) and (BK/W) wires.
NOTE
Vehicle and sensor must be at ambient room temperature
before starting diagnostic test.
1. Front H02S Voltage Test 4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Test continuity between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN) wire and
ground.
3. Turn IGN ON.
6-64 94000979
Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See
2. Is continuity present? 3.
4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.

5. With engine speed at a steady rpm, using TEST
CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), test
voltage between BOB terminal 47 and terminal 65.
6. Is voltage approximately 0.45V?
Figure 6-134.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/BN) wire and ground.
5. Operation Test
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
3. Connect (138).
5. With engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between
BOB terminal 47 and terminal 65.
6. Is voltage approximately 0.45V? and verify current DTC sets.
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs b. No. (0.6-1.0V) Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
1449840
incorrect ECM calibration, high fuel pressure, stuck open
or leaking injectors. If no issues are found, replace H02S.
DTC P013400 ___________________________

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Open or short to voltage in signal circuit
Open sensor ground _________________________________
Figure 6-135.
and verify current DTC sets. 1. Front H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage
b. No. (0.0-0.4V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
Test
incorrect ECM calibration, low fuel pressure, air leaks 1. Turn IGN OFF.
and dirty injectors. If no issues are found, replace H02S.
DTC P013200 3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN)
wire to ground.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Fuel system malfunction
1. Front H02S Operation Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-65 94000979
5. Is voltage greater than 5V? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Figure 6-137.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/BN) wire.
b. No, greater than 4V. Go to Test 2. c No, less
than 4V. Go to Test 3.
2. Open Sensor Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections. and verify current DTC sets.
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See b. No. Repair open in (GN/BN) wire.
4. Test resistance between [138A] terminal 4 (BK/BN) wire and DTC P013800 ______________
BOB terminal 65.

CAUSES
Open or short to voltage in signal circuit________
Open sensor ground ________________________________
1. Post-Cat H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit
Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [341 A] terminal 3 (GY/R) wire
to ground.
a. Yes. Replace front 02 sensor.
b. No. Repair open on (BK/BN) wire.

1. Test resistance between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN) wire and
BOB terminal 47.
Figure 6-140.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/R) wire.
b. No, greater than 4V. Go to Test 2. c No, less
than 4V. Go to Test 3.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-66 94000979
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See 1. Post-Cat H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). Voltage Test
4. Test resistance between [341A] terminal 4 (BK/BN) wire and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
BOB terminal 65. 2. Disconnect post-cat H02S [341] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
to ground.
Figure 6-143.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/R) wire, b
a. Yes. Replace post-cat 02 sensor. No, greater than 4V. Go to Test 2. c. No, less
b. No. Repair open on (BKAAI) wire. than 4V. Go to Test 3.
3. Signal Wire Open Test 2. Open Sensor Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test resistance between [341 A] terminal 3 (GY/R) wire and
BOB terminal 26. 2. Inspect ECM connections.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
4. Test resistance between [341A] terminal 4 (BK/BN) wire and
BOB terminal 65.

b. No. Repair open in (GY/R) wire.
DTC P013A00. P013B00 a. Yes. Replace post-cat 02 sensor.

b. No. Repair open on (BK/W) wire.

Table 6-40. DTC P013700, P013A00, DTC P013B00, P014000 1. Test resistance between [341 A] terminal 3 (GY/R) wire and
Diagnostic Faults BOB terminal 26.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or short to voltage in signal circuit
Open sensor ground
94000979 6-67
1454479
Figure 6-145.
/ MD-SOS8&1-P1 N
BBBBBBB
occoooo
MMtlM
HTWHM
atafflaaaffl Figure 6-147.
ooooooo a. Yes. Replace H02S.
OOOCGOO
; b. No. Go to Test 3.
aaaaaaa
aaaaaBffi
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/R) wire.
DTC P015100 3. Test continuity between [137A] terminals 3 (GY/BN) wire and
4 (BK/BN) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 4. Is continuity present?

Fuel system malfunction
NOTE
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/BN) and (BK/BN) wires.
1. Rear H02S Test

4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test continuity between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN) wire and
2. Disconnect rear H02S [137] and inspect connections. ground.
3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Is
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- continuity
41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN) present?
wire to ground.
5. Is voltage approximately 5V? Figure 6-
149.
a. Ye
s. Repair
short
between
(GY/BN) wire and ground.
Figure 6-146.
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. 5. Operation Test
2. H02S Test
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
1. Test continuity between [137B] terminal 3 (GY) wire and
ground.
4. With engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between
94000979 6-68
5. Is voltage approximately 0.45V? 6. Is voltage approximately 0.45V?

b No. (0.6-1.0V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
b. No. (0.0-0.4V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
incorrect ECM calibration, high fuel pressure, stuck open
incorrect ECM calibration, low fuel pressure, air leaks and
or leaking injectors. If no issues are found, replace H02S.
dirty injectors. If no issues are found, replace H02S.
DTC P015200 ___________________________ DTC P015400 ___________________________
1. Rear H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
POSSIBLE CAUSES Table 6-43. DTC P015400 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
Fuel system malfunction CAUSES
Open or short voltage in signal circuit ____________________
1. Rear H02S Operation Test Open sensor ground _________________________________
1. Turn IGN OFF. Test
2. Inspect ECM connections. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC 2. Disconnect rear H02S [137] and inspect connections.
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), 41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN)
with engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between wire to ground.
1145351
(1
v, V
£3 S
I
33 g@ § L
B Figure 6-152.
p
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/BN) wire.
b. No, greater than 4V. Go to Test 2.
a
c. No, less than 4V. Go to Test 3.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-69
2. Inspect ECM connections. Voltage Test
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See 1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Test resistance between [137A] terminal 4 (BK/BN) wire and 3. Turn IGN ON.
BOB terminal 65.
5. Is resistance less than 0,5 ohms? 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
to ground.
Figure 6-155.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/R) wire.

b. No, greater than 4V. Go to Test 2.
c. No, less than 4V, Go to Test 3.
a. Yes. Replace rear H02S
b. No. Repair open on (BK/BN) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Signal Wire Open Test 2. Inspect ECM connections.
3. Connect ECM BOB, leaving ECM disconnected. See
1. Test resistance between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN) wire and DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
BOB terminal 48,
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 4 Test resistance between [341 A] terminal 4 (BK/W) wire and
BOB terminal 74.

b. No. Repair open in (GY/BN) wire.

b. No. Repair open on (BK/W) wire.
DTC P016000 ____________________ ______
Table 6-44. DTC P016000 Diagnostic Faults 1, Test resistance between [341 A] terminal 3 (GY/R) wire and
BOB terminal 26.
1. Post Cat Rear H02S Signal Wire Short Circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or short voltage in signal circuit
Open sensor ground"
6-70 94000979
1. Test
1543864 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HIV50TOO-UM 3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See
BBMMB
Qooooo 4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
o 5. With engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between
ffffWMll BOB [78] terminal 26 and [78] terminal 65.
oooooco
6. Is voltage approximately 0.7-0.8V and steady?
ooooooo
OOOO' OQO
Eli
1458537
aooaaoa
asmaaffl
Figure 6-157.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BN) wire.
DTC P042000. P043000 ___________________
Table 6-45. DTC P042000, P043000 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES Figure 6-158.
Fuel system malfunction Leaks a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
in the muffler Leaks in the and verify current DTC sets.
exhaust manifold
Exhaust pipe leaks ________________________________ b. No. Verify exhaust system has no leaks. If no issues are
Replace catalytic converter (most common) found, replace the bank 1 catalytic converter
6-71 94000979
1431993
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION NOTE

System power failures or wiring harness problems will cause 12V
power to be tost to both injectors and the ignition coils,
See Figure 6-159 and Figure 6-160. There are two fuel injectors
mounted to the induction module. The ECM controls the injectors
by actuating the injector solenoid enabling fuel to be metered Table 6-46. Code Description
through the injector and atomized into the intake manifold. The DTC DESCRIPTION
injectors are timed to the combustion cycle and are triggered
Fuel injector shorted to ground/open
sequentially. When the ECM determines that fuel is required, the (front)
P026100
ECM supplies a short duration ground to the fuel injector, which P026200 Fuel injector shorted to voltage (front)
opens and releases fuel into the air intake manifold.
Fuel injector shorted to ground/open (rear)
P026400
P026500 Fuel injector shorted to voltage (rear)
6-72 94000979
FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.8
6. ECM [78]
9. JSS [133]
94000979 6-73
When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector For additional information about the connectors In the following
94000979 6-74
[242B-2] [242A-2]
BCM
PTC
Cooling P026100
[97A] [97B] 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Fuel Pump Power
Fan
System Power 2
System Power 2
System Power 1 WT
Cooling Fan Canto IB
Power
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid ->>-
System Power 2 A A
Purge Sdenod B B

Injector Rear H02S
System Power 2 System Power 1 ' W H

1 1
Rear Injector 2 2 Rear 02 Heater Ground Rear 02
Sensor Pre-Cat H02S Ground

Rear [130RA] [130RB] Ignition
Coil ->>—
Rear Coil A A iGN/BEl System Power 1
B B I BN/BE I
Front H02S
Block [83A] [83B]
Coil 1 mv System Power 1
1 m
Aux Front Ignition Coil A A
2 2 ~ w~ Front 02 Heater Ground
System Power 1 B B
3 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
Aux Rear Ignition Coil C C
4 4 s GY w Pre-Cat H02S Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Post-Cat H02J
Cooling Fan 1 1 (If Equipped)
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3 1 ■V■ System Power 1
System Power 5 5 ft]
Front Fuel Injector 6 6 IWI Post-Cat H02S Heater
2 2
Rear Fuel Injector 7 7
Rear Int WT 13 13 3 3 ■ BK ■ Post-Cat H02S Bank 1
Front H02 Heater Ground 14 14 -4 GY
4 4 5V Sensor Ground 1
Purge Solenoid 16 16 PX
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22
Front Ignition Coll 24 24 [130FB] [130FA] Front
Ignition Coil
Rear Ignition Coil 43 43 GN/BE I A A Front Coil
Front H02 Sensor 47 47 wmmmmm B B System Power 1
Rear H02 Sensor 48 48 R/GN
Aux Front Ignition Coil 62 62

Rear Ex WT 64 64
[84A] [84B] Front ->>- Fuel
Battery Fuse 67 67 Injector
R/GN ■ System Power 1
Aux Rear Ignition Coil 1 1
81 81
GN/Yq 2 2 Front Injector
Rear Exhaust [270FEA-1] [270FEB-1] Front Exhaust

VVT Phaser WT Phaser
IV/GN d 1 1 L BK I 1 I Y/O i 2 WT Power
7 GY ■ 1
WT Power 1
Rear Ex WT
1
i GY a
1
2 L BK I 2 Front Ex
2 2 2 2
WT
[270REA-2] [270REB-2) [270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]
Rear Intake [270FIA-1] [270FIB-1] Front Intake

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 i i V/GN >
: Y/GN •
I 1 GY ■
. GY
1 1 WT Power
Front Int WT
Rear Int WT
2 2 rT 2 2 2
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]
GND2 GND 3
Figure 6-161. System Power Circuit
94000979 6-75
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Front fuel injector malfunction Open signal circuit Open power
circuit
1. Front Fuel Injector Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front fuel injector [84] and inspect connections.
3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER:
HD-34730-2E) to [84A],
4. Crank engine.
5. Does light flash when engine is cranking (or running)? b. No. Repair open in (GN/Y) wire.
b. No, lamp does not illuminate. Go to Test 2. 4. Injector Resistance Test
c. No, lamp is on steady. Go to Test 5. 1. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between [84B] terminals 1 and
2.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector test light.
3. Inspect ECM connections,
terminal 1 (R/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace front injector.
5. Driver Short to Ground Test

41404), test continuity between [84A] terminal 2 and
ground.
Figure 6-162.
4
3. Control Circuit Open Test 13 a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/Y) wire.
13 Test resistance between BOB terminal 6 and [84A] terminal

2 (GN/Y) wire.
6-76 94000979
PTC P026200 2. Is resistance between 10-20 ohms?

CAUSES
Short to ground in signal circuit __________________
1. Front Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to
Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. and verify current DTC sets.
2. Disconnect front injector [84] and inspect connections b. No. Replace front injector.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- DTC P026400
41404), test voltage between [84A] terminal 2 (GN/Y) wire
and ground.
5. Is voltage less than 5.0V?
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT

CAUSES
Open signal circuit _______________
Open power circuit ______ ______
1. Rear Fuel Injector Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear fuel injector [85] and inspect connections.
b. No. Go to Test 2. 3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER:
HD-34730-2E) to [85A]
2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test 4. Crank engine.
5. Does lamp flash when engine is cranking (or running)?
1 Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test continuity between [84A] terminals 1 and 2.
b. No, lamp does not illuminate. Go to Test 2.
c. No, lamp is on steady. Go to Test 5,

1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GN) and (GN/Y) wires.
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GN/Y) wire. 41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 5 and [85A]
terminal 1 (BN/BE) wire.
3. Injector Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between [84B] terminals 1 and 2.
6-77 94000979
5. Is voltage less than 5,0V?
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs

b. No. Replace rear injector.
5. Driver Short to Ground Test

1. Remove fuel injector test light,
b. No. Repair open In (R/GN) wire. 41404), test continuity between [85A] terminal 2 and
3. Control Circuit Open Test ground.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 7 and [85A] terminal 2
(GY/Y) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/Y) wire.

DTC P026500
1. Rear Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to

b. No. Repair open in (GY/Y) wire. Table 6-50. DTC P026500 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. Injector Resistance Test Short to ground in signal circuit
Voltage Test
test resistance between [85B] terminal 1 and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear injector [85] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [85A] terminal 2 (GY/Y) wire
and ground.
6-78 94000979
1. Front Fuel Injector Supply Circuit Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front injector [84] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4 Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
test voltage between [84A] terminal 1 (R/GN) wire and
2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test continuity between [85A] terminals 1 (BN/BE) wire and Figure 6-176.
2 (GY/Y) wire. ground.
a. Yes, Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs
DTC P214900 _________________________ __
Figure 6-174. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME


CAUSES
Open in rear injector supply voltage circuit _________
a. Yes. Repair short between (BN/BE) and (GY/Y) wires.
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GY/Y) wire.
3. Injector Resistance Test 1. Rear Fuel Injector Supply Circuit Voltage Test
1. Test resistance between [85B] terminals 1 and 2, 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is resistance between 10-20 ohms? 2. Disconnect front injector [85A] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [85A] terminal 1 (BN/BE) wire
and ground.
5, Is battery voltage present?

b. No. Replace rear injector.
DTC P214600
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT verify current DTC sets.
Table 6-51. DTC P214600 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE b. No. Repair open in (BN/BE) wire,
CAUSES
Open in front injector supply voltage circuit _________
94000979 6-79
CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION If the CKP sensor signal is weak or absent, DTC P037100 or
P037400 sets. DTC P037100 usually sets when several
See Figure 6-178 and Figure 6-179. The CKP sensor, located attempts to crank the engine have failed.
on the left front of the lower crankcase half, is a variable
NOTE
reluctance sensor that generates AC voltage as the teeth on the
If signal is not detected or cannot synchronize (DTC P037400),
flywheel pass by the sensor. The signal is routed to the ECM
engine will not start.
where it is used to determine crankshaft position (TDC) and
engine speed (RPM). Without the presence of the CKP signal,
the ECM will not allow the ignition and fuel injection drivers to
operate, and thus the engine will not run. Table 6-53. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
P037100 CKP sensor wrong number of pulses
P037400 CKP sensor no pulses
94000979 6-80
94000979 6-81
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
Diagnostic Tips When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector
for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
Engine must be cranked for more than five seconds without CKP
signal to set P037400 code. Intermittent MAP wiring or sensor Connector Information
issues may cause these codes to set prior to setting MAP codes.
Verify MAP wiring and sensor prior to replacing the ECM. For additional information about the connectors in the following
21).
6-82 94000979
[79A] [79B]
[78A] [78B]
BK 1 2 2 CKP Sensor Low
CKP
Ground Ground System Sensor
R 1 1 CKP Sensor High
Power CKP Sensor
Low CKP Sensor High
ECT Battery Fuse 5V
ECM Sensor Ground 1
mm GY/GN ECT
1 mm 1 1 ECT
Sensor
2 = BK7W------------ 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[98B] [98A]
Fuse Block r
[64 B]
|
[242A-2] [242B-21
Battery 7.5A
BCM System Power 1 5GHN
GND 2
Figure 6-180. ECT Sensor and CKP Circuit

PTC P037100. P037400 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1452420
MOSOJKMPt
Table 6-54. DTC P037100, P037400 Diagnostic Faults OOOOOQO <D C

© ©Q©QO© UE l
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BBBBBBB
CKP sensor malfunction
Open or short to ground in signal circuit
(5r935©i!!5
May be set if there are incorrect fluctuations from MAP that BBBBBBB j|
does not set MAP codes (examples - intermittent sensor or MUMS,
wiring issue)_______________________________________ 'BBBBBBB
©GOOG©©
1. CKP Sensor Connections Test
__________ X 1 •'
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections. Figure 6-181.
3. Inspect connection for corrosion or backed out terminals. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
4. Are terminal problems present? b. No. Repair open on (R) wire.
a. Yes. Repair terminals as required.
b. No. Go to Test 2. 3. Ground Wire Continuity Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 11 to [79A] terminal 2
2. Signal Wire Continuity Test (BK) wire.
1. Disconnect CKP sensor [79] and inspect connections.


41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 30 to [79A]
terminal 1 (R) wire.
94000979 6-83
5. Output Test
1. Connect CKP sensor [79],
2. Test AC voltage between BOB terminals 30 and 11.
3. Crank engine for 5 seconds while observing multimeter.
4. Is AC voltage greater than 2V?
1452426
HO-60390-1
f MO-50 JfiO-1 PI '
oqoooQO
q o o u q t.mj
aaaaaaa
o o©o .c©c qo p5 o
@ V
o
BBBBBBB o
OoOOOG
b. No. Repair open on (BK) wire.
BBBBBBB
- ^ 1 ^
^
4. Signal Wire Shorted to CKP Ground Wire MO-90390-1
Test " HD503&M-P1 '
1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 30 and 11. 9BBBBBB

2. Is continuity present? BBBBHBH
1452422 ooooooo ?
"QQOQQ
1
w°9 u
Q
Baaaaaa • t->
ooooooo
©©ooooo
aaaaaaa
Figure 6-184.
b. No. Replace CKP sensor.
Figure 6-183.
a. Yes. Repair short between [79A] terminals 1 (R) and 2
(BK).
6-84 94000979
CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.10

DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 6-185 and Figure 6-186. The camshaft position
P001200 Camshaft front intake timing over-retarded
sensor (CMP) is a Hall-effect sensor that monitors the precise
angle of rotation of the camshaft by producing a unique signal
P001500 Camshaft front exhaust timing over-re-
pattern as notches on each camshaft flange pass by the sensor.
There are 4 CMPs used, one for each camshaft. The CMPs work tarded
P002200 Camshaft rear intake timing over-retarded
with the camshaft phasers to control variable valve timing (VVT).
The CMPs are powered and monitored by the ECM. The ECM
P002500 Camshaft timing rear exhaust over-re-
supplies the 5V reference to the CMPs. Each CMP sends a
signal back to the ECM. This signal is used by the ECM to tarded
P034100 Camshaft position sensor front intake
determine how far each camshaft is advanced or retailed. The
CMPs are grounded through a GND2. A DTC will set if one of the circuit range/performance
CMP signals is not detected. P034600 Camshaft position sensor rear intake
NOTE P036600 Camshaft position sensor front exhaust
The ECM supplies 5V reference voltage to the JSS, TCA and circuit range/performance
TGS in addition to the CMPs. Problems on the 5V reference will P039100 Camshaft position sensor rear exhaust
cause other DTCs. circuit range/performance
6-85 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

6-86 94000979
9. Rear intake WT phaser [270RI-1] 19. Front exhaust cam sensor

for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
94000979 6-87
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM _____________ ->>“ [145A] [145BJ
| System Power 1 OJGn- RJGN
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI)
(98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground i mm R I *i
1‘ -<4- ECT
1
JSS Signal GY/GN H ECT
w 2 2= 1 1
Sensor Ground Mi BK mm 3 3 BK/W: 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2 Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 JSS RJW-
1 1 5V Sensor Power
Twist Grip Sensor 1 Twist Gear Position
2 2
Grip Sensor 2 ECT 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor TPS
1 Front MAP Rear MAP
Rear Ini Cam Sensor 5V
Sensor Power 2 Battery
Fuse Rear Ex Gam Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 AAT
IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
TPS1
Front Int Cam Sensor Gear 1 1
Position Sensor 2 2 5V Sensor Power
3 3 TPS2 TPS
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

r<«r TGS
R/W =
ZZGN/W= 3 3 = BKAV
=2
Jt
:GY/W= 6
31
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power i 1 1: [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3
5V Sensor Power 2 SV
Sensor GND 2 Front
MAP
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1: [89B] |89A]
Ground 2 2
IAT
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3■ IAT
1 1
5V Sensor GND
2 2
Rear Intake [14R1A] [14RIB] [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP

CMP Sensor
Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 RA/V
5V Sensor Power 2 5V
Ground 2 2 p BK/GN "T Sensor GND 2 Rear
Rear int Cam Position 3 3 . Y/BN — --------------
MAP
Rear Exhaust [14REA] [14REB] [107B] [1 OTA]

CMP Sensor AAT
5V Sensor Power 1 t 1 1 1 AAT
Ground 2 2 SV Sensor Ground 1
2 2
GND 2

PTC P034100 __________ Table 6-56. DTC P034100 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Open ground
Short to voltage in signal circuit
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Short to ground in signal circuit
Open 5V reference circuit
Open in signal circuit
1. CMP Ground Wire Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-88
2. Disconnect front intake CMP [14FI] and inspect connections. 2. Test
3. Is voltage
voltagebetween
greater[14FIB] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and
than 4.8V?
ground.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), 3. Is voltage greater than 4.8V?
test resistance between [14FIB] terminal 2 and ground.
Figure 6-191.
b. No. Repair open (R/W) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test

b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. 1. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test 2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 77 and [14FIB]
1. TurnIGNON. terminal 3 (Y/BE) wire.
2. Test voltage between [14FIB] terminal 3 (Y/BE) wire and 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
ground.
Figure 6-189.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (Y/BE) wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Replace CMP.
2. Disconnect front intake CMP [14FI] and inspect connections. b. No. Repair open on (Y/BE) wire.
3. Test continuity between [14FIB] terminal 3 (Y/BE) wire and PTC P034600
ground. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
4. Is continuity present? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT

CAUSES
Open ground _____________ __________________
Short to voltage in signal circuit ___________________
Short to ground in signal circuit ___________________
Open in signal circuit ___________________________
Figure 6-190.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/BE) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear intake CMP [14RI] and inspect connections.
4. 5V Reference Wire Test
1. TurnIGNON.
94000979 6-89
41404), test resistance between [14RIB] terminal 2 and
ground.
Figure 6-196.
Figure 6-193. b. No. Repair open (R/W) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 5. Signal
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire. Wire Open Circuit Test
2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
1. TurnIGNON. 2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 58 and [14FIB]

terminal 3 (Y/BN) wire.
2. Test voltage between [14RIB] terminal 3 (Y/BN) wire and
ground. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1454492
' Mt> WJ&O 1 P1 s
BBBBBBB
ooocooo
BBBBBB®
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
\ BBBBBB® (
Figure 6-194. ogyoooQ
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (Y/BN) wire. 11-
BBtSMfffl-
b. No. Go to Test 3. --- 1
--- ^
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/BN) wire.
2. Disconnect rear intake CMP [14RI] and inspect connections.
3. Test continuity between [14RIB] terminal 3 (Y/BN) wire and 4. 5V Reference Wire Test
ground.
1. TurnIGNON.

CAUSES
Open ground
Open 5V reference circuit Open
in signal circuit
4. Is continuity present? 2. Test voltage between [14RIB] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and
ground.
Figure 6-195.
6-90 94000979
Figure 6-197.
a. Yes. Replace CMP.
b. No. Repair open on (Y/BN) wire.
PTC P036600 _____________

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front exhaust CMP [14FE] and inspect
connections.
41404), test resistance between [14FEB] terminal 2 and
ground.
94000979 6-91
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 3. Is voltage greater than 4.8V?
Figure 6-198.
Figure 6-201.
b. No. Repair open (R/W) wire.
2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test
1. TurnIGNON. 1. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
2. Test voltage between [14FEB] terminal 3 (Y/BK) wire and
ground. 2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 50 and [14FEB]
3. Is voltage greater than 5V? terminal 3 (Y/BK) wire.
Figure 6-199.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (Y/BK) wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front exhaust CMP [14FE] and inspect
connections.
a. Yes. Replace CMP.
3. Test continuity between [14FEB] terminal 3 (Y/BK) wire and
ground. b. No. Repair open on (Y/BK) wire.
Open ground
DTC P039100

CAUSES
Figure 6-200. Short to ground in signal circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/BK) wire.
Open in signal circuit _________________________________
4. 5V Reference Wire Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. TurnIGNON. 2. Disconnect rear exhaust CMP [14RE] and inspect
2. Test voltage between [14FEB] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and connections.
ground. 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between [14REB] terminal 2 and
ground.
6-92 94000979
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 3. Is voltage greater than 4.8V?
Figure 6-203.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. Figure 6-206.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) a. Yes. Go to Test 5,
wire.
b. No. Repair open (RAW) wire.
2. CMP Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test 5. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN ON. 1. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
2. Test voltage between [14REB] terminal 3 (Y/GN) wire and
ground. 2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 69 and [14REB]
terminal 3 (Y/GN) wire.
Figure 6-204.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (Y/GN) wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear exhaust CMP [14RE] and inspect
connections. b. No. Repair open on (Y/GN) wire.
3. Test continuity between [14REB] terminal 3 (Y/GN) wire and CAMSHAFT OVER-RETARDED DIAGNOSTICS
ground. ___________________________
Table 6-60. Camshaft Over-Retarded Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low oil pressure
Cam timing
Worn cam chain guides
VVT phaser and control valve malfunction
Figure 6-205.
Broken valve spring
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/GN) wire, b
NOTE
No. Go to Test 4.
Camshaft over-retarded faults can be caused by camshaft drive
train mechanical issue. Diagnose higher priority DTC faults
4. 5V Reference Wire Test before investigating mechanical issues.
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [14REB] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and 1. DTC Verification Test
ground. 1. Verify no other higher priority DTCs are set.
94000979 6-93
2. Are higher priority DTC set?
a. Yes. Diagnose higher priority DTCs.
b. No. Investigate camshaft drive train mechanical issues.

Refer to Table 6-60.
6-94 94000979
WT DIAGNOSTICS 6.11
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 6-208, Figure 6-209 and Figure 6-210. The variable B217511 WT power circuit shorted to ground
valve timing (WT) solenoids control the flow of engine oil used to B217519 WT power circuit overloaded
operate the WT camshaft phasers. There are 4 WT solenoids, P001600 Camshaft front intake correlation error
one for each camshaft. Power for the WT solenoids is supplied P001700 Camshaft front exhaust correlation error
by the BCM. The ECM provides a path to ground to control the P001800 Camshaft rear intake correlation error
WT solenoids using a duty cycle to properly position each P001900 Camshaft rear exhaust correlation error
camshaft as sensed by the CMPs. WT control solenoid front intake circuit
P002600 range/performance
Engine crankshaft to camshaft synchronization is accomplished
WT control solenoid front exhaust circuit
by the ECM using inputs from the CKP sensor and 4 CMP
P002700 range/performance
sensors located on each of 4 camshafts. Input from the 4 CMP
sensors is also used to monitor each camshaft during adjustment WT control solenoid rear intake circuit
of the WT in response to changing engine operating conditions. P002800 range/performance
The ECM also monitors each CMP sensor in relation to the CKP WT control solenoid rear exhaust circuit
to detect synchronization or WT actuator malfunctions. P002900 range/performance
P178500 WT solenoid front intake circuit open
WT solenoid front intake circuit shorted to
P178600 voltage
WT solenoid front intake circuit shorted to
P178700 ground
P179000 WT solenoid front exhaust circuit open
WT solenoid front exhaust circuit shorted
P179100 to voltage
WT solenoid front exhaust circuit shorted
P179200 to ground
P179500 WT solenoid rear intake circuit open
WT solenoid rear intake circuit shorted to
P179600 voltage
WT solenoid rear intake circuit shorted
P179700 to ground
P180000 WT solenoid rear exhaust circuit open
WT solenoid rear exhaust circuit shorted to
P180100 voltage
WT solenoid rear exhaust circuit shorted to
P180200 ground
94000979 6-95
1547807
1. VVT solenoid (4) 6. Front intake WT phaser [270FI-2]

5. Front exhaust VVT phaser [270FE-2] 10. Rear exhaust WT phaser [270RE-2]
6-96 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-97
1432001


6-98 94000979
[242B-2] [242A-2]
Cooling [97A] [97B] BCM
Fan 2 2 Fuel Pump Power
System Power 2 Cooling 3 3 System Power 2
4 4 System Power 1
Fan Control B
26 26 WT Power
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid
System Power 2 A A
Purge SdenoiJ B B

Injector Rear HQ2S
System Power 2 System Power 1 r W ~
1 1
Rear Injector 2 2 Rear 02 Heater Ground Rear 02
Rear [130RA] [130RB] Sensor Pre-Cat H02S Ground

Ignition Coil
Rear Coll System
Power 1
Block (83A] [83Bj Front H02S

Coil — —
•* 1 1 ■ VI System Power 1
Aux Front Ignition Coil
2 2 IWI Front 02 Heater Ground
System Power 1 Aux
Rear Ignition Coil 13 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
4 4 • GY « Pre-Cat H02S Ground

[78A] [78B]
ECM
Goofing Fan 1 1 Post-Cat H02S
Ground 2 2 (If Equipped)
Ground 3 3
System Power 5 5 System Power 1 Post-Cat
Front Fuel Injector 6 6 H02S Healer Post-Cat
Rear Int WT 13 13 H02S Bank 1 5V Sensor
Ground 1
Purge Solenoid 16 16
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22
Front Ignition Coil 24 24 [130FB] [130FA] Front

Post-Cat H02S Bank 1 26 26 Ignition Coil
Rear Ignition Coil 43 43 Front Coil System
Front H02 Sensor 47 47
Rear H02 Sensor 48 48 Power 1

Rear Ex WT 64 64
Battery Fuse 67 67 [84AJ [84B] Front
Fuel Injector
Aux Rear Ignition Coll
81 81 1 1 System Power 1
2 2 Front Injector
Rear Exhaust Front Exhaust

VVT Phaser VVT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 GY i 1 1: l1 1 ■ BK I 1 1 WT Power
Rear Ex WT 1 GY t 1 BK ■ Front Ex WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
[270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]
[270REA-2] [270REB-2]
Rear Intake [270RIB-1] [270RIA-1] [270FIA-1] [270FIB-1] Front Intake

WT Phaser WT Phaser
VVT Power 1 1 GY 1 1 WT Power
Rear Int WT l GY ■ Front Int WT
2 2 2 2
[270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2]
GND 2 GND 3
94000979 6-99
PTC P178500 4. Is continuity present?
1. Turn
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME IGN ON.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Test
Table 6-62. DTC P178500 Diagnostic Faults voltage
POSSIBLE between
CAUSES [270FIA-1]
terminal 1
WT solenoid
malfunction (V/GN)
Open power wire and
circuit ground.
Open control 3. Is
battery
circuit ________________________________________ voltage
present?
1. VVT
Solenoi
d Test
1. Turn IGN
OFF.
2. Disconnec
t front
intake
VVT Figure 6-
213.
solenoid
[270FI-1] a. Y
and
es. Go to
inspect
connectio Test 3.
ns.
b. N
3. Using
o. Repair
TEST
CONNEC open in
TOR KIT
(V/GN)
(PART
NUMBER wire.
: HD-
41404),
test 3. Cont
resistanc rol Wire
e Shorted
between a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
[270FIB- and verify current DTC sets.
1] b. No. Repair open in (Y/GN) wire.
terminals
1 and 2 of
DTC P178600
the WT
solenoid.
to
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
HD-45928 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL
REMOVER
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Short to voltage in control circuit __________________
Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or VVT solenoid. 3. Test continuity between [270FIA-1] terminal 2 (Y/GN) wire
and ground.
2. VVT Solenoid Voltage Test
6-100 94000979
Figure 6-214.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/GN) wire.
4. Control Wire Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.

4. Test resistance between [270FIA-1] terminal 2 (Y/GN) wire
and BOB terminal 17.
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-101
3. Using PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER (PART
NUMBER: HD-45928), remove terminal 17 from [78B], 1445733
4. Connect [78B],
5. Turn IGN ON. /' H 0^0090-12-P
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- BBBBMB

41404), test voltage between extracted terminal 17 and p o o r . . .
ground. BBBBBBB-
7. Is battery voltage present? OOOOOQP
OOOQOOO
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/GN) wire.
BBBBBBB
and verify current DTC sets. ooooooo
0,000000
DTC P178700 ___________________________ mm ©
©a Figure 6-217.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Repair short to ground on Y/GN wire.
Table 6-64. DTC P178700 Diagnostic Faults and verify current DTC sets.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC P179000
1. VVT Solenoid Test PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front intake VVT solenoid [270FI-1] and inspect
connections.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- VVT solenoid malfunction
41404), test resistance between [270FIB-1] terminals 1 and Open power circuit Open
2 of WT solenoid. control circuit
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? 1. VVT Solenoid Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front exhaust WT solenoid [270FE-1] and
41404), test resistance between [270FEB-1] terminals 1
and 2 of the WT solenoid.
b. No. Replace WT jumper harness or VVT solenoid.
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ECM connections. Figure 6-218.
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 17 and ground. b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or VVT solenoid.
1. Test voltage between [270FEA-1] terminal 1 (V/GN) wire
and ground.
2. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 6-102
1. VVT Solenoid Test 1. VVT Solenoid Test
3. Is battery voltage present? 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
1454501
HD-50 >90-1
HO 5019O1P1
3033333
3333003
3300003
1303333
3/ 333333LS1
3333033
Figure 6-219.
b. No. Repair open in (V/GN) wire.
3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test Figure 6-221.
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
b. No. Repair open in (Y/O) wire.
3. Test continuity between [270FEA-1] terminal 2 (Y/O) wire and
ground. DTC P179100 ___________________________
1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test

REMOVER
4. Is continuity present? Table 6-66. DTC P179100 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Figure 6-220. Short to voltage in control circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/O) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Using PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER (PART
4. Control Wire Open Test NUMBER: HD-45928), remove terminal 22 from [78B],
1. Turn IGN OFF. 4. Connect [78B],
2. Inspect ECM connections. 5. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test resistance between [270FEA-1] terminal 2 (Y/O) wire ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/O) wire.
DTC P179200


CAUSES
Short to ground in signal circuit __________________
94000979 6-103
2. Disconnect front exhaust WT solenoid [270FE-1] and inspect 2. Disconnect rear intake VVT solenoid [270RI-1] and inspect
connections. connections.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between [270FEB-1] terminals 1 and 41404), test resistance between [270RIB-1] terminals 1 and
2 of WT solenoid. 2 of the WT solenoid.
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? 4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms?
b. No. Replace WT jumper harness or VVT solenoid. b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or VVT solenoid.
2. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test 2. VVT Solenoid Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Test voltage between [270RIA-1] terminal 1 (V/GN) wire and
ground.
2, Inspect ECM connections,
2. Turn IGN ON.
3, Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 3. Is battery voltage present?
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 22 and ground. Figure 6-225.

a. Yes.
Go to Test 3.
b. No.
Repair open
in (V/GN)
wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test continuity between [270RIA-1] terminal 2 (Y/O) wire
and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on Y/O wire.
Figure 6-226.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (Y/O) wire.
b. N
DTC P179500 o. Go
POSSIBLE CAUSES to
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Test
4.
VVT solenoid malfunction Open power circuit
Open control circuit
6-104 94000979
4. 1. VVT Solenoid
Control Test
Wire Open Test 1.b.VVT Solenoid
No. Repair open inTest
(Y/O) wire.
DTC P179600

CAUSES
Short to ground in signal circuit ___________________

REMOVER
1. Turn IGN OFF. POSSIBLE CAUSES ____________________________
2. Inspect ECM connections. Short to voltage in control circuit
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 11620 1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test
02
4. Test resistance between [270RIA-1] terminal 2 (Y/O) wire 1. Turn IGN OFF.
MO-603901 PI
2. Disconnect ECM [78B]
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? BBB®BBB
OOOOOTO- and inspect connections.
3. Using PACKARD MICRO-
00.00 000
64 TERMINAL REMOVER
BBBBBBB (PART
BBBBBBB NUMBE
©BBBBBB R: HD-
BBBBBBB 45928),
'LBBBBBBB remove
terminal
IIBBUM®
L
- 1 x -
13 from
Figure 6-229.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on Y/V wire.
and BOB terminal 13. [78B],

94000979 4. Connect [78B], 6-105
5. Turn IGN ON. PTC P179700
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 1. VVT Solenoid Test
ground. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear intake VVT solenoid [270RI-1] and inspect
connections.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/V) wire.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 41404), test resistance between [270RIB-1] terminals 1 and
and verify current DTC sets. 2 of WT solenoid.
Figure 6-228.
b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or VVT solenoid.
1. Turn IGN OFF.

6-106 94000979
1454497 Figure 6-
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 232.
a. Y
POSSIBLE CAUSES es. Repair
WT solenoid malfunction Open power short to
circuit Open control circuit
ground on
1. VVT Solenoid Test (Y/W) wire.

2. Disconnect rear exhaust WT solenoid [270RE-1] and inspect
connections. 4. Control Wire Open Test
41404), test resistance between [270REB-1] terminals 1
and 2 of the WT solenoid.
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Test resistance between [270REA-1] terminal 2 (Y/W) wire

b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or WT solenoid.

b. No. Repair open in (Y/W) wire.
DTC P180100 __________________

1. Test voltage between [270REA-1] terminal 1 (V/GN) wire
Figure 6-233. REMOVER
and ground.
2. Turn IGN ON. POSSIBLE CAUSES
3. Is battery voltage present? Short to voltage in control circuit
Figure 6-231.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. 1. Control Circuit Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Repair open in (V/GN) wire. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test continuity between [270REA-1 ] terminal 2 (Y/W) wire and ground.
94000979 6-107
3. Using PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER 5. Is continuity present?
(PART NUMBER: HD-45928), remove terminal 64 from
1621167
[78BJ.
4. Connect [78B],
MD-SOMKM1
5. Turn IGN ON. P 'N
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- aaaaaiitt-

41404), test voltage between extracted terminal 64 and )OOOGO
ground.

a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (Y/W) wire.
DTC P180200 _________________________

Figure 6-235.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT a. Yes. Repair short to ground on Y/W wire.
Table 6-73. DTC P180200 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
POSSIBLE CAUSES and verify current DTC sets.
DTC B217511. B217519
1. VVT Solenoid Test Table 6-74. DTC B217511, B217519 Diagnostic Faults
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear exhaust VVT solenoid [270RE-1] and
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 1. VVT Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test
41404), test resistance between [270REB-1] terminals 1
and 2 of VVT solenoid. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? 2. Inspect BCM connections.

3. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
Figure 6-234.
b. No. Replace VVT jumper harness or WT solenoid.

1. Turn IGN OFF.

2. [270FEA-1] Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect [270FE-1] and inspect connections.
6-108 94000979
3. See Figure 6-236. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Replace front exhaust VVT jumper harness or WT
solenoid.
3. [270FI-1] Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect [270FI-1] and inspect connections.
3. See Figure 6-236. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Replace front intake WT jumper harness or VVT
solenoid.
4. [270RI-1] Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect [270RI-1] and inspect connections.
a. Yes. Replace rear intake VVT jumper harness or VVT
solenoid.
5. [270RE-1] Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect [270RE-1] and inspect connections.
a. Yes. Replace rear exhaust WT jumper harness or WT

solenoid.
b. No. Repair short to ground in V/GN wire.
CAMSHAFT CORRELATION ERROR AND

P002600, P002700, P002800, P002900
DIAGNOSTICS __________________________
Table 6-75. Camshaft Correlation Error and P002600,

P002700, P002800, P002900 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low oil pressure
Cam timing _______________________________________
Worn cam chain guides
WT phaser and control valve malfunction
Broken valve spring
NOTE
Camshaft correlation errors can be caused by camshaft drive
train mechanical issue. Diagnose higher priority DTC faults
before investigating mechanical issues.
1. DTC Verification Test

1. Verify no other higher priority DTCs are set.
2. Are higher priority DTC set?
a. Yes. Diagnose higher priority DTCs.
b. No. Investigate camshaft drive train mechanical issues.

Refer to Table 6-75.
94000979 6-109
KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.12

See Figure 6-237 and Figure 6-238. The knock sensor is a Table 6-76. Code Description
piezoelectric sensor that creates a voltage signal based on the DTC DESCRIPTION
vibrations caused by detonation. The ECM uses this signal to P032500 Knock sensor front or single open circuit
alter the ignition timing and prevent detonation. Knock sensor front or single circuit shorted
P032700 to ground
Knock sensor front or single circuit shorted
P032800 to voltage

6-110 94000979
94000979 6-111
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

Diagnostic Tips
The symptoms of a bad knock sensor show up at highway
speeds or under load. A fault in the knock sensor circuit may
impact acceleration and fuel mileage due to incorrect ignition
timing.
21).
6-112 94000979
[315A] [315B] 1453881
1 HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT

Knock Sensor LO 1 “LGN/W. MO-SftJM-l
Knock
Sensor Knock Sensor HI 2 2 CBNW Table 6-78. DTC P032700, P032800~ Diagnostic Faults~'N
HO-B93BO-1-PI _
|
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Short to ground in front knock sensor °circuit 9
° Q _____________
QQQ
Short to voltage in front knock sensor circuit _____________
[343B1 A \ * 5\ [343A]
^^45\ nanam1
III58fflrai9
[78A] [78B]
Knock Sensor HI 36 ^ BNA'V-

ECM Knock Sensor LO
Figure 6-239. Knock Sensor Circuit Figure 6-240.
PTC P032500 ____________________ a. Yes. Go to Test 3.

b. No. Repair open in (LGN/W).
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 3. Sensor HI Open Test
1. Test resistance between [315B] terminal 2 (BN/W) and BOB
terminal 36.
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Loose front knock sensor ______________________ ______ 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Open in front knock sensor circuit _______________ ______
1. Knock Sensor Attachment Test

1. Verify knock sensor is secured to front cylinder. ramma
BaaaaiBB
2. Is sensor secured?
MSMBB
OODOO'OQ
b. No. Secure sensor. aaiiana aataama
2. Sensor LO Open Test

1. Disconnect front knock sensor [315] and inspect
connections.
2. Inspect ECM connections,
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC Figure 6-241.
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
a. Yes. Replace front knock sensor.
41404), test resistance between [315B] terminal 1 (LGN/W) b. No. Repair open in (BN/W),
and BOB terminal 37,
DTC P032700. P032800
1. Sensor LO Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000979 6-113
4. Turn IGN ON. 2. Is voltage between 2-3 V?
41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 37 and ground,
6. Is voltage between 2-3 V?
b. No. Greater than 3V. Repair short to voltage on

(BN/W),
c. No. Less than 2V. Repair short to ground on (BN/W).
b. No. Greater than 3V. Repair short to voltage on 3. C

(LGN/W).
onnection Test
c. No. Less than 2V. Repair short to ground on (LGN/W).
1. T
urn IGN OFF.
2. Sensor HI Test 2. D
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 36 and ground. isconnect BOB, connect ECM to main harness and inspect
connections.
3. C
lear DTCs.
4. T
urn IGN OFF for 1 minute.
5. S
tart and run engine for 1 minute.
6. C
heck DTCs.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace Knock
Sensor (KS).
b. No. System operating properly.
6-114 94000979
PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS 6.13
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION and is disabled during startup, low engine temperature, low
engine speed or low vehicle speed.
See Figure 6-244 and Figure 6-245. The purge solenoid Power for the purge solenoid is supplied by the BCM. The ECM
connects to a fuel tank vent line and a charcoal canister. provides a path to ground to activate the purge solenoid.
A return line from the canister connects to the air intake manifold
allowing vented fumes to be recirculated, for emission efficiency. DTC DESCRIPTION
The purge solenoid is timed to the throttle position
P044400 Purge solenoid shorted to ground/open
P044500 Purge solenoid shorted to voltage
6-115 94000979
L
1433664

13. Starter post
6-116 94000979
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

Diagnostic Tips When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector

for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
The purge solenoid is powered from the BCM cooling system
power circuit. Any short causing the cooling system power to Connector Information
overload will cause the ECM to set DTC P044400 and P169100.
21).
94000979 6-117
[242B-2] [242A-2]
Cooling [97A] [97B]
Fan
Syslem Power 2 BN/BE B b
Cooling Fan Control B GY/BK
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid 4>-
System Power 2 A A
Purge Sdenoti B B

Injector -«r
System Power 2
1 1
Rear Injector 2 2
Rear [130RA] [130RB]

Ignition Coil
Rear Coil System A |l GN/BE I
Power 1 BN/BE I
Block [83A] [83B]

Coil
Aux Front Ignition Coll A A
System Power 1 B B
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Cooling Fan 1 1
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3
System Power 5 5
Rear Int WT 13 13
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22
; =•:
I GN/BE —
Front Ignition Coil 24 24
IGY/R
Rear Ignition Coil 43 43
Rear Ex WT 64 64
Battery Fuse 67 67 Front
Fuel Injector
Aux Rear Ignition Coil —•R/GN« System Power 1
81 81 1 1
GN/Y 2 2 Front Injector
Rear Exhaust [270REB-1] [270REA-1) Front Exhaust

WT Power 1 1 « GY 4 1 1 1 1 1 BK ■ 1 1 WT Power
Rear Ex WT » GY st 1 BK ■ Front Ex WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
[270REA-2] [270REB-2] [270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]
Rear Intake [270RIB-1] [270RIA-1] [270FIA-1 ] [270FIB-1] Front Intake

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1
Rear Int WT
1 1 BK ■ 1
1 BK ■
1 1 1 LGY •
2 U GY I
1 1 WT Power
Front Int WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
—
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2J
GND 2 GND 3
6-118 94000979

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Purge solenoid malfunction Short
to ground in signal circuit
1. Purge Solenoid Test a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (LGN/BK) wire.

2. Disconnect purge solenoid [95] and inspect connections.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 4. Control Wire Open Test
41404), test resistance between [95A] terminals A and B of
the purge solenoid.
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
3. Test resistance between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire and
BOB terminal 16.
1453885 Figure 6-250.

a, Yes. Conditions are not present to
set DTC. HD-50590-1-Pi
Clear DTCs 3BBBBBB

and verify
current DTC -0 ©© oooooo
0Q>@[email protected]
b. No. Replace purge solenoid. sets.
BBMfflOT
b. No. Repair open in
2. Purge Solenoid Voltage Test (LGN/BK) wire. ;
BBMBISS
1. Test voltage between [95B] terminal A (BN/BE) wire and BBBBBBB
ground. 5. Power Wire Open Test Q'Qmm®
2. Turn IGN ON. 1. Inspect BCM connections.
3. Is battery voltage present? 2. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
3. Test resistance between [95B] terminal A (BN/BE) wire and
BOB [242-2] terminal 3.
Figure 6-248.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test continuity between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire and
ground.
6-119 94000979
41404), test resistance between [95A] terminals A and B of
purge solenoid.
b. No. Replace purge solenoid.

and verify current DTC sets. 2. Purge Solenoid Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Repair open in (BN/BE) wire. 1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire and
DTC P044500 ground.

~ _______________ POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Purge Solenoid Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect purge solenoid [95] and inspect connections.

94000979 6-120
IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS 6.14
LOSS OF IDLE SPEED CONTROL Before replacing the TCA, cycle the ignition four times when idle
is high.
The TCA uses a two wire DC motor to move the throttle plate 1. Start engine.
from the spring loaded off-idle detent. The ECM supplies a pulse
2. Increase rpm to 2500 rpm and bring engine back to idle.
width modulated voltage signal through [78] terminals 20 and 21.
The ECM monitors throttle position through the dual position 3. Turn IGN OFF.
sensors (TPS1 and TPS2). This code will set if the idle speed
4. Repeat previous steps a total of four times.
becomes unstable. This can be caused by a fuel or ignition
This process will help the controller learn throttle plate position.
related issue, throttle actuator friction or an intermittent air leak.
NOTE Connector Information

Although the ECM monitors [78] terminals 20 and 21, faults on
these terminals will not cause this DTC. Faults on these
terminals will be higher priority DTCs, address them first.
21).
Diagnostic Tips
DTC DESCRIPTION
P050500 Idle speed control unstable
P050600 Idle speed control RPM too low
P050700 Idle speed control RPM too high
6-121 94000979
6. Does battery pass
1441669 tests?
[242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 1 130* R/GN
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI) [98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground -R■ 1: ECT
1
JSS Signal W 2 2
5V Sensor Ground
Sensor Ground mm BK HI 3 3
2 2
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2 Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 JSS 1 1 5V Sensor Power
Twist Grip Sensor 1 Twist 2 2 Gear Position
Gnp Sensor 2 ECT 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Power 1 AAT IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
1 1 TPS1
TPS
3 3 TPS2
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

y— — TGS
Li=R/W-"
2 =GN/W= 3
]l
CMP Sensor ->>-
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 - R/W = (80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
—
Ground 2 2 1 BK/GN 3 Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 : Y/BE =
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor GND 2
Front MAP
Front Exhaust [14FEA] [14FEB] CMP
Sensor ->>-
5V Sensor Power 1 1 R/W --------
[89B] [89A]
1 —
Ground 2 E BK/GN =3
IAT
2
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3 • Y/BK ■ ■ 1 1 IAT
2 2 5V Sensor GND
Rear Intake [14RIA] [14RIBJ [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 SV Sensor Power 2
Ground 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
Rear MAP

CMP Sensor AAT
5V Sensor Power 1 1 11 j-n/w --- 1 1 AAT
Ground 2 2 BK/GN 5V Sensor Ground 1
2 2
GND 2
IDLE SPEED CONTROL FAULTS Figure 6-254. Sensor Circuit

_________ 1. Preliminary Engine
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Tests
HD-26792 SPARK PLUG TESTER 2. Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated.
Table 6-83. Idle Speed Control Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE 3. Verify spark plugs are firmly connected.
CAUSES 4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
Vacuum/air leaks Fuel system problems Ignition system 5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-
problems Loss of engine compression 1).
6-122 94000979
b. No. Charge or replace battery.
2. Vacuum Leak Test

t. Start the motorcycle and check for vacuum leaks,
2. Were any leaks found?
a. Yes. Repair the vacuum leak.
3. Spark Present Test

1. Check spark plug condition. Replace if fouled.
2. Using SPARK PLUG TESTER (PART NUMBER: HD-
26792), check spark at both plugs while cranking engine.
3. Is spark present?
b No. The spark plugs will not spark if there is low or no
compression. If spark is not present, test compression
before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good
compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition
coils, coil primary wiring and spark plug boots. See CKP
SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-77).
4. Compression Test
1. Perform compression test.
2. Does engine pass compression test?
a. Yes, Go to Test 5.
b. No. Repair engine loss of compression.
5. Fuel System Test

1. Check fuel system and perform fuel pressure test.
2, Does fuel pressure meet specification?
a. Yes, Replace induction module,
b. No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
found, replace fuel pump assembly.
94000979 6-123
ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.15
See Figure 6-255 and Figure 6-256. The ECM supplies and
monitors a voltage signal from [78] terminal 49 to one side of the
ECT sensor. The other side of the ECT sensor is connected to a
common sensor ground. The ground is also connected to the
ECM [78] terminal 74.
The ECT sensor is a thermistor device that varies the sensor's

internal electrical resistance. As the engine coolant temperature
changes, the resistance in the ECT sensor changes. As this
resistance varies, so does the voltage on ECM [78] terminal 49.
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very low.

• At low temperatures, the resistance is very high. This allows the
voltage to rise close to 5V.
The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate for various

operating conditions and to determine when to start the cooling
fan.
DTC DESCRIPTION
P011600 ECT sensor performance
P011700 ECT sensor shorted low
P011800 ECT sensor shorted to voltage/open
P011900 ECT sensor intermittent
Coolant thermostat temperature below
P012800 regulating temperature
94000979 6-124
1432001
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-125
7. Gear position sensor [269] 17. Front WT intake phaser [270FI-1]
8. Rear exhaust WT phaser [270RE-1] 18. Front ignition coil [130F]
10. Sensor jumper [343] 20. Front WT exhaust phaser [270FE-1]
Diagnostic Tips • Perform Wiggle Test (Page 1-29) to locate intermittents: If

connections and harness check out OK, use a multimeter to
Once the engine is started, the temperature should rise steadily check the engine temperature reading while moving related
to operating temperature. connectors and wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the
engine temperature display will change.
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed
through wire insulation or an inoperative wire inside the • Shifted sensor resistance value: Measure ECT and IAT
insulation. sensor temperatures with a cool engine. The sensor
temperatures should be within 42.1 °F (5.6 °C) of each other.
Check the following conditions: If the two sensors are not within the specified range replace
• Poor connection: Inspect ECM harness connector [78] for the inaccurate sensor.
backed out terminals, improper mating, inoperative locks,
improperly formed or damaged terminals, poor terminal-to- Connector Information
wire connection and damaged harness. For additional information about the connectors in the following
6-126 94000979
1441669
BCM [242A-2] [242B-2] [145A] [145B]
1432001 > R/GN -»
System Power 1 HO
JSS (HDI)
[98B] [98A]
JSS Signal Sensor GY/GN * ECT
1 1
BK/wd
Ground 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
(78 A]
ECM
Power TPS 2 —<<- Sensor
— R/W 1 1 5V Sensor Power
Twist Grip Sensor 1 Twist w: 2 2 Gear Position
Grip Sensor 2 ECT : BK/wd 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Power 1 AAT IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
TPS1
Front Int Cam Sensor 1 1
TPS
3 3 TPS2
[22A-1J [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
= R/W
2 |=GN/W^ 3
— BK'W —
■ R/GY ■
GY/W-
BK/GYE
Front Intake [14FIA] CMP
Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 Sensor
5V Sensor Power 2 5V
Sensor GND 2 Front
MAP
Front Exhaust [14FEA) [14FEB] CMP
Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1
[89B] [89A]
1
Ground 2
IAT
2
2 2 5V Sensor GND

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 -4 R/GY* 1 5V Sensor Power 2
1
Ground 2 2 BK/GY I 5V Sensor GND 2
2 2

CMP Sensor AAT
Ground 2 2
4*, 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
Fuse GND 2

PTC P011700
________ 1. ECT Sensor Test
NOTE
1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT sensor malfunction 2. Disconnect ECT sensor [98] and inspect connections.
Short to ground in 5V reference circuit 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between [98A] terminals 1 and
2.
94000979 6-127
4. Is resistance between 900-10,000 ohms? PTC P011600. PQ11800. P011900. P012800
Table 6-86. DTC P011600, P011800, P011900, P012800
Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT sensor malfunction _________________ __ _________
Open or short to voltage in 5V reference circuit ____________
b. No. Replace ECT sensor. 1. ECT Signal Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground 2. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor [98]
Test and inspect connections.
1. Test resistance between [98B] terminal 1 (GY/GN) wire and 41404), test voltage between [98B] terminal 1 (GY/GN) wire
ground. and ground.
2. Is resistance less than 1 ohm? 4. Turn IGN ON,
5. Is voltage greater than 6 V?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/GN) wire.

b. No. Go to Test 3. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/GN) wire.
3. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
Ground Test
2. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test continuity between BOB terminals 49 and 74. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
4. Is continuity present? 4. Test resistance between [98B] terminal 1 (GY/GN) wire and
BOB terminal 49.
a. Yes. Repair short between [98B] terminals 1 (GY/GN)
Figure 6-260.
94000979 6-128
1453889
f HtVMMM-ri A
BBBBBBB
aaaaaaa
aaBaaiia
BBBBaaa
BBBBBBB
aaaBBBB
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB'
BBBBBBB
5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS 6.16
Figure 6-262.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/GN) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/GN) wire. b. No. Go to Test 5.
3. ECT Sensor Open Ground Wire Test 5. ECT Sensor Test

1. Test resistance between [98B] terminal 2 (BK/W) wire and 1. Connect [98],
BOB terminal 74. 2. Test continuity between BOB terminals 49 and 74.
Figure 6-263.
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace ECM.
b. No. Replace ECT sensor.
4. ECT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
Power Test
94000979 6-129
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 D? 2. Is continuity present?
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • DTC P064100 is displayed when sensor power-1 is out of
range. The 5V sensor power-1 circuit supplies the TCA,
See Figure 6-266, Figure 6-267, Figure 6-268, Figure 6-269, JSS, CMPs and sensor 2 of the TGS with a 5V reference
Figure 6-270, Figure 6-271 and Figure 6-272. The ECM signal.
supplies 5V to the TGS, JSS, TCA, and CMP sensors from [78] • DTC P065100 is displayed when sensor power-2 is out of
terminal 70, as well as the MAP sensors and TGS from [78] range. The 5V sensor power-2 circuit supplies both MAP
terminal 66. These sensors may have individual codes along sensors and sensor 1 of the TGS with a 5V reference signal.
with this code since they all share the 5V reference circuit.
Table 6-87, Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
P064100 5V reference out of range
P065100 5V reference 2 out of range
1. WT solenoid (4) 6. Front intake WT phaser [270FI-2]

4. Front MAP sensor [80F] 9. Rear intake WT phaser [270RI-2]
5. Front exhaust WT phaser [270FE-2] 10. Rear exhaust WT phaser [270RE-:
6-130 94000979
Figure 6-267. Right Side 4. RHCM [22-2]
5. Main fuse [5]
6. AAT sensor [107]
Right front turn signal [31R]

ARH [345] (if equipped)
RHCM [22-1] ____
6-131 94000979
1431993

8. Voltage regulator [77] 17. Rear HQ2S [137]
6-132 94000979
I(
f '' \j M '
/
.
6. ECM [78]
9. JSS [133]
94000979 6-133
1431993

6-134 94000979
1420560

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Any of these conditions will set these DTCs: • JSS (HDI) fault or malfunction.
• Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit. • TGS fault or malfunction.
• Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit. Connector Information

• MAP sensor fault or malfunction.
• TCA fault or malfunction. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
6-135 94000979
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM ______________ ->>- [145A] [145B]
| System Power 11^4~|[4~)» R/GN ->>-
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI)
[98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground R
JSS Signal Sensor :w: 1 1 ECT
Ground I BK I 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2
5V Sensor Ground 2
JSS
Twist Grip Sensor 1
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Sensor Power 1 AAT
IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1
Gear Position Sensor

CMP Sensor
Ground 2 2

CMP Sensor ->>—
Ground 2 2 : BK'GN =a
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3 ■ Y/BK ----------

CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 ' R/W
Ground 2 2

CMP Sensor
Ground 2 2 Battery 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3 Fuse
GND 2

DTC P064100 __________ Table 6-88. DTC P0641 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME TCA fault or malfunction
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT JSS (HDI) fault or malfunction
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test
Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit
Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit
3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM DIAGNOSTIC
TGS fault or malfunction connected. See
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
6-136 94000979
4. Turn IGN ON. 4. Test voltage between BOB terminals 70 and 2.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- 5. Is voltage less than 4V?
6. Is voltage between 4-6V?
Figure 6-276.
b. No. Replace TGS.
a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-
29). 4. JSS Circuit Below Range Test
b. No, greater than 6V. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) 1. Turn IGN OFF.
wire.
2. Disconnect JSS [133] and inspect connections.
c No, less than 4V. Go to Test 2. 3. Turn IGN ON.
2. TCA Test
5. See Figure 6-277. Is voltage less than 4V?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace JSS.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between BOB terminal 70 and terminal 74. 5. Circuit Short to Ground Test
5. Is voltage less than 4V?
1. Disconnect ECM from BOB and inspect connections.
b. No. Replace TCA.
3. TGS Power Circuit Below Range Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect TGS [224] and inspect connections. 6. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test
3. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 6-137
2. Is continuity present? 6. Is voltage between 4-6V?
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (BK/W) wires. a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs 29).
and verify current DTC sets. b. No, greater than 6V. Repair short to voltage on (R/GY)
wire.
DTC P065100 _____________________
c. No, less than 4V. Go to Test 2.
“ POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
2. TGS Circuit Below Range Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit 2. Disconnect TGS [224] and inspect connections.
Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit
3. Turn IGN ON.
MAP sensor fault or malfunction TGS fault or
malfunction 4. Test voltage between BOB terminals 66 and 2.
5. Is voltage less than 4V?
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Turn IGN ON.
Figure 6-280.
b. No. Replace TGS.
3. Front MAP Power Circuit Below Range Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front MAP sensor [80F] and inspect
connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.

94000979 6-138
See Figure 6-280. Is voltage less than 4V? 5. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test
ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS 6.17
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 66 and 29.
b. No. Replace front MAP sensor. 2. Is continuity present?
1449835
4. Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect ECM from BOB and inspect connections.
Figure 6-282.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GY) and (BK/GY) wires.

94000979 6-139
5.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC Test

1. Clear DTCs.
The DTCs listed indicate a failure which requires replacement of
2. Verify ECM has latest software.
the ECM. Refer to Table 6-90.
3. Attempt to program ECM using correct calibration
NOTE
After replacing ECM, perform password learning procedure and 4. Start engine.
clear DTCs using odometer self-diagnostics. See Odometer Self- 5. Check DTCs.
Diagnostics (Page 1-21).
DTC DESCRIPTION b. No. System operating properly.
P060300 ECM EEPROM memory error
P060500 ECM flash memory error
Internal control module software incom-
U030000 patibility
6-140 94000979
DTC P127000 6.18

DTC DESCRIPTION
P127000 TGS 2 A/D validation error
DESCRIPTION DTC P127000

AND
OPERATION
TGS2 Validation
Within the ECM, there are two independent Analog/Digital (A/D) using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
converter modules used to validate the input of Twist Grip 48650) and
________________ POSSIBLE CAUSES
Sensor 2 (TGS2). TGS2 inputs are sent into both converter clear
ECM internal fault
modules and if the output of the two readings are not within the codes.
designated value of each other for a specified time, then DTC
P127000 fault is initiated.
Unless the ECM has a poor or intermittent connection, DTC

P127000 indicates the ECM is defective and requires
replacement.
NOTE
After replacing the ECM, perform password learning procedure
6-141 94000979
COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS 6.20
1. DTC P127000 Test

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs.
6-142 94000979
DTC P063000, P100900 6.19
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 6-94. DTC P063000, P100900 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECM malfunction BCM malfunction
Password Problem 1. Incorrect Password Test

1. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
The ECM and BCM exchange passwords during operation. An 48650), attempt to calibrate the ECM using the module
incorrect password sets a DTC. If any U-codes exist, replace feature found in vehicle set up.
troubleshoot the higher priority codes prior to performing the
tests in this section. See Diagnostics (Page 1-2). 2. Clear DTCs.
3. Turn IGN OFF.
NOTE
Vehicle will not start if BCM is disconnected. 4. Check DTCs.
DTC DESCRIPTION 5. Did the same DTC set?
VIN not programmed or incompatible a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
P063000 ECM/PCM
P100900 VTD disabled fuel due to bad password
Diagnostic Tips 2. BCM Replacement Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
This code will usually appear after replacing the ECM or BCM.
New modules must be programmed using DIGITAL 2. Replace BCM.
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). After parts are 3. Attempt to calibrate the BCM using the module replace
programmed and matched correctly for specific vehicle, clear feature found in vehicle set-up.
codes.
4. Clear DTCs.
DTC P063000. P100900___________________ 5. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Check DTCs.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Install original BCM and replace ECM.
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II b. No. System operating properly.
94000979 6-143
COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS 6.20
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • At low temperatures, the resistance is very high. This allows the
voltage to rise. The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate
for various operating conditions.
See Figure 6-283 and Figure 6-284. Power is supplied to the
cooling fan from the BCM system power 2 circuit. The ECM [78] Once the ECT reaches 221 °F (105 °C), the ECM will supply
terminal 1 controls fan off/on. ground to the cooling fan circuit turning the fan on.
The cooling system uses a thermistor device to monitor coolant
temperature. At a specific temperature it will have a specific DTC DESCRIPTION
resistance across its terminals. As this resistance varies, so does P169100 Cooling fan left circuit shorted to ground
the voltage on ECM [78] terminal 49.
P169200 Cooling fan left circuit shorted to voltage
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very low.
6-144 94000979
1433664

13. Starter post
94000979 6-145
1431993
6. ECM [78]
Diagnostic Tips 7. Oil pressure switch [120] • Poor connection:
8. Terminating resistor [319-3] Inspect ECM harness
Once the engine is started, the temperature should rise steadily connector [78] for backed
9. JSS [133]
to operating temperature. out terminals, improper
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed mating, inoperative locks,
through wire insulation or an inoperative wire inside the improperly formed or
insulation. Check the following conditions: damaged terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and
damaged harness.
• Perform Wiggle Test (Page 1-29) to locate intermittents:
If connections and harness check out OK. use a multimeter to
check.
The cooling system is designed for an operational test through
the ECM. The following steps will cause the ECM to activate the
fan to verify system operation.
6-146 94000979
1. Turn IGN ON. Do not start engine.
2. Hold the throttle in the wide open position.
3. After a few seconds, the fan will turn on.
This will verify if any components are not operating.
21).
94000979 6-147
1441149 [242B-2] [242A-2]
[97A] [97B] BCM
Cooling
Fan Fuel Pump Power
System Power 2 Cooling System Power 2

System Power 1 WT
Fan Contrcjl B
Power
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid
System Power 2 A A
Purge Sdenoti B B

Injector -«r
Rear H02S
System Power 2 1 1 i System Power 1
Rear Injector 2 2 2 t W _ Rear 02 Heater Ground I Rear
Rear [130RA] [130RB] Ignition 02 Sensor Pre-Cat H02S Ground

Coil ->>—
Rear Coil System
Power 1
Front H02S
Block [83A] [83B]
Coil «1 71 ■ V ■ System Power 1
Aux Front Ignition Coil A A IWI Front 02 Heater Ground

System Power 1 B B 2 2
Aux Rear Ignition Coil C C a3 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
14 4 ~ GY ■ Pre-Cat H02S Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Post-Cat H02S
Ground 2 2:
Ground 3 32
■V■ System Power 1
System Power 5 5• 1 1
Front Fuel Injector 6 6: IWI Post-Cat H02S Heater
2 2
Rear Fuel Injector 7 7:
Rear Int WT 13 13 E J3 3 ■ BK ■ Post-Cat H02S Bank 1
Front H02 Heater Ground 14 14 :
4 4 " GYi 5V Sensor Ground 1
Purge Solenoid 16 16 - ■ ■
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22 :
Front Ignition Coil 24 24 [130FB] [130FA] Front —<<-
Ignition Coil
Rear ignition Coil 43 43 Front Coil System
Power 1
Rear Ex WT 64 64
Pre-Cat H02S Ground 65 65 [84A] [84B] Front

Battery Fuse 67 67
Fuel Injector
Aux Rear Ignition Coil System Power 1
81 81 1 1
2 2 Front Injector

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 1 1 WT Power
Rear Ex WT Front Ex WT
2 2 2
[270REA-2] [270REB-2]
[270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]
Rear Intake [270FIA-1] [270FIB-1] Front Intake

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 1 BK ■ 1 1 1 1 « GY ■ 1 1 WT Power
Rear Int WT 1 BK ■ * GY ■ Front Int WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
-<<-
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]
GND 2 GND3
6-148 94000979
PTC P169100
4. Did left cooling fan turn on?
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. System operating normally.

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT b. No. Go to Test 4.
Table 6-96. DTC P169100 Diagnostic Faults 4. Left Cooling Fan Power Test
Cooling fan left malfunction
2. Inspect [97] connections.
Open in left cooling fan control circuit
Open in system power 2 power circuit 3. Start engine.
Short to ground in left cooling fan control circuit 4. Test voltage between [97B] terminal A and ground.
1. Left Cooling Fan Short To Ground Test 5. Is battery voltage present?
1, Start engine,
2. Does left cooling fan run as soon as engine is started?
2. Left Cooling Fan Control Circuit Short to

Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Is continuity present? and verify current DTC sets.
b. No. Repair open between in (BN/BE) wire.
DTC P169200 __________________


CAUSES
Short to voltage in left cooling fan control circuit
Left cooling fan malfunction

41404), test continuity between BOB [78] terminal 1 and
ground.
1. Left Cooling Fan Control Circuit Short to Battery Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect [97],
3. Turn IGN ON.
test voltage between [97B] terminal B and ground. 5. Is voltage present?
a. Yes, Repair short to ground in (GY/BK) wire.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
verify current DTC sets.
3. Left Cooling Fan Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Hold throttle at wide open for several seconds.
94000979 6-149
JSS DIAGNOSTICS 6.21
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY/BK) wire.
6-150 94000979
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION when the jiffy stand is retracted or extended. The JSS is
grounded through the ECM.
See Figure 6-289 and Figure 6-290. The jiffy stand sensor (JSS) The JSS also has a Fail Enable Mode. This mode allows the
uses a Hall-effect sensor to monitor jiffy stand position. engine to start and run if the system recognizes a problem with
• When the jiffy stand is fully retracted the sensor picks up the the JSS circuit. When a problem exists or if the transmission is
presence of the metal tab mounted to the jiffy stand. The put in gear with the jiffy stand extended the odometer will display
metal tab is moved away from the sensor as the jiffy stand is "SldE Stand." DTC P150100 or P150200 will set if the JSS
extended. circuits are out of range.
• When the jiffy stand is extended the engine will only start NOTE
and run if the BCM determines the transmission is in neutral The ECM supplies 5V reference voltage to the TCA and TGS in
or a signal from the clutch switch indicating the clutch lever is addition to the JSS. Problems on the 5V reference will cause
pulled in. This is done by monitoring the gear position sensor other DTCs.
signal to the BCM and communicating that input over the
CAN bus circuit to the ECM.
The JSS is powered and monitored by the ECM. The ECM Table 6-98. Code Description
supplies the 5V reference to the JSS. The JSS sends a signal DTC DESCRIPTION
back to the ECM. This signal is used by the ECM to determine P150100 JSS shorted to ground
P150200 JSS shorted to voltage/open
94000979 6-151
JSS DIAGNOSTICS 6.21
1433664
p
t#'i

13. Starter post
6-152 94000979
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM ->>- [145A] [145B]
System Power 1 SO R/GN
[133A] [133B]
JSS(HDI)
[98B] [98A]
5V Sensor Ground wmRmm 1 1 -«r ECT
JSS Signal w 2 2 GY/GN ■ 1 1 ECT
1431993
Sensor Ground ■■ BK mm 3 3 — BK/W
=
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2 Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 5V Sensor Power
1 1
JSS Gear Position
2 2
Twist Grip Sensor 1 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Sensor Power 1 AAT
TPS1
IAT 1 1
3 3 TPS2 TPS
Gear Position Sensor 4 4 5V Sensor Ground
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
1 1 R/W 1
____ it
2 —- IT
= BK/W = 2 2
4 R/GY 4 4
___ ii
6 6
—^4
S BK/GY S 5 5
Front Intake [14FIA] [14FIB] 6
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 ‘ R/W [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 Sensor
- ---------- R/GY 1 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
- BK/GY S 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
■»■ GY i 3 3 Front MAP
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1: [89B] [89A]
Ground 2 2
IAT
2 2 5V Sensor GND

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
Ground 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
Rear MAP

CMP Sensor AAT
Ground 2 2 Battery 2 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
Fuse
GND 2
Figure 6-291. 6. ECM [78]

PTC P150100 Sensor Circuit 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
___________ 3. 8. Terminating resistor [319-3]
Test continuity between [133B] terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire 9. JSS [133]

When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector for For additional information about the connectors in the following
corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
and ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
6-153 94000979
4. Is continuity present? 3. Is voltage greater than 5V?

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-154 94000979
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (LGN/GY) wire. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/GY) wire.
b. No. Replace JSS. b. No. Go to Test 3.
PTC P150200 3. 5V Reference and Signal Shorted Together

Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 6-100. DTC P150200 Diagnostic Faults 2. Disconnect ECM [78] and inspect connections.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 3. Test continuity between [133B] terminals 1 (R/W) wire and 2
Short to voltage in signal circuit (LGN/GY) wire.
Open ground _________________________________
Short between 5V reference circuit and signal circuit
Open in signal circuit ___________________________
1. JSS Ground Wire Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.

Figure 6-295.
41404), test resistance between [133B] terminal 3 and
ground. a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (LGN/GY) wires.
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? b. No. Go to Test 4.
4. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test

2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 34 and [133B]
terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire.
Figure 6-293.
1453896
ooooooo
2. JSS Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test ooooooo
1. Turn IGN ON. HIMSSM

—
2. Test voltage between [133B] terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire and
aaaaaaa
ground.
Figure 6-296.
a. Yes. Replace JSS.
b. No. Repair open on (LGN/GY) wire.
94000979 6-155
4. Is SIDE STAND
continuity ON SPEEDOMETER 3. Is 2.
DISPLAYED
present?
Is clearance less than 0.18 in (4.6 mm)?
voltage greater than 5V?
__________________________ a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Install JSS and jiffy stand correctly.
4. 5V Reference Open Circuit Test
Table 6-101. Side Stand Displayed on Speedometer Dia-
gnostic Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Jiffy stand is down
Jiffy stand out of adjustment 3. Inspect ECM connections.
Open 5V sensor power wire 4. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
1. Starts, Then Stalls Test 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
1 Start engine. 41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and
[133B] terminal 1 (R/W) wire.
2. Does engine start and stall?
a. Yes. See STARTS, THEN STALLS (Page 6-159).
2. Neutral Test
1. Verify transmission is in neutral.
2. Is neutral indicator illuminated?
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-16).
3. JSS Clearance Test

1. Inspect JSS and jiffy stand for correct mounting and
clearance to jiffy stand tab.
b. No. Repair open on (R/W) wire.
6-156 94000979
ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS 6.22
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • P151200 Forced Idle Mode: Provides extreme limitation of
driveability, due to a failure of both TGS, TGS validation error
or failure of one TGS and the brake switch. The TCA is de-
Throttle Control Actuator Management energized and the throttle plate is forced to a fast idle position
providing enough torque to operate at a high idle speed.
The ECM constantly monitors throttle actuation and throttle plate
positioning. Several features are programmed into the ECM to PTC P151000. P151100. P151200 ___________
limit performance when an error or fault in throttle actuation is
detected. These DTCs always accompany another code. Refer Table 6-103. DTC P151000, P151100, P151200 Diagnostic
to Table 6-102. Faults
Table 6-102. Code Description POSSIBLE CAUSES

DTC DESCRIPTION Other DTCs set
P151000 ETC limited performance mode
P151100 ETC power management mode 1. DTC Verification Test
P151200 ETC forced idle mode
1. Clear DTCs.
Performance limitations are identified by code, as follows:
2. Start and run engine for a few seconds.
• P151000 Limited Performance: Enables near normal
operation of the vehicle, guarding against inadvertent wide 3. Cycle the engine on and off, for a few seconds each time a
open throttle conditions. Typically this code is the result if one total of three times.
of the TGS or TP sensors, or one of each, has failed. 4. Did DTC P151000, P151100 or P151200 set with no other
• P151100 Power Management: Provides more limitation on DTCs?
driveability, due to failure of the TCA, without a TGS, TMAP a. Yes. Replace ECM.
or airflow faults. The TCA is de-energized and the throttle
b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
plate returns to its idle detent position. The ECM monitors the
operation of the TGS and adjusts the spark advance and c. No, no DTCs set. DTC was properly cleared.
cylinder shutoff/rev limiting, allowing the vehicle to reach
traffic speeds (limp-home).
6-157 94000979
ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS 6.23
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC P151400 ___________________________

Air Flow Fault
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
The ECM uses the MAP sensors to monitor air flow past the Other DTCs set ________________________ ____________
throttle plate. This ensures proper throttle plate positioning when
the throttle is released and allowed to return to the unpowered 1. DTC Verification Test
position, The unpowered position is typically 7% of throttle plate
range. 1. Clear DTCs.
In order to avoid inconsistent readings at low rpm (or at idle), 2. Start and run the engine for a few seconds.
testing air flow is only performed at engine speeds above normal
idle (10% of throttle plate range or approximately 1300 rpm). 3. Cycle engine on and off, for a few seconds each time a total
of three times.
The ECM compares the intake manifold pressure value from the
MAP to the throttle plate position value from the TPS. DTC 4. Did DTC P151400 set with no other DTCs?
P151400 sets if the manifold pressure is higher than it should be a. Yes. Replace ECM.
for that given throttle plate position. If a MAP sensor error is b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
present, then the ECM does not check P151400 parameters and (Page 1-24).
instead P210500 (forced shutdown mode) is initiated, shutting
c. No, no DTCs set. DTC was properly cleared.
down the fuel pump and fuel injectors. See DTC P210500,
P210700 (Page 6-158). The ECM only checks for DTC P151400
if power management mode (DTC P151100) is present. DTC P160000 _________________ ________
The ECM uses a main microprocessor and a monitoring
microcontroller to communicate with the throttle actuation control
system. POSSIBLE CAUSES
Other DTCs set _______________________________
The microcontroller monitors the main microprocessor of the
ECM, When a communication failure is identified, the 1. DTC Verification Test
microcontroller shuts down the TCA and fuel injectors.
1. Clear DTCs.
An internal ignition delay timer monitors when the ignition circuit
is energized. The microcontroller issues DTC P160000 if no 2. Start and run the engine for a few seconds.
communication is established between the main microprocessor 3. Cycle engine on and off, for a few seconds each time a total
or if a monitoring failure occurs within three consecutive ignition of three times.
cycles.
4. Did DTC P160000 set with no other DTCs?
b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
Table 6-104. Code Description (Page 1-24),
DTC DESCRIPTION
P151400 TCA airflow error
P160000 TCA internal error
94000979 6-158
ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS 6.24
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 6-109. Hesitation or Loss of Power Test Diagnostic
Faults
Improper fuel system pressure may contribute to hesitation or POSSIBLE CAUSES
Loss of engine compression __________________________
Fuel system issues _________________________________
Table 6-107. Code Description Battery condition and connections
DTC DESCRIPTION Spark plug condition ________________________________
P150500 Power limit violation Air filter condition ___________________________________
Poor chassis ground connections
loss of power.
Performance modifications ____________________________
Electrical modifications_______________________________
PTC P150500
Throttle valve malfunction ____________________________
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II 1. Preliminary Engine Tests
Table 6-108. DTC P150500 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE 1. Verify battery connections are in good condition.
CAUSES 2. Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated.
Intake leak ________________________________________
Throttle plate damage ____________________ __________ 3. Verify coil to spark plug connections.
4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
1. DTC Validation Test 5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-
1. Verify no other engine sensor DTCs are present. 1).
6. Does battery pass tests?
2. Are other DTCs present?
a. Yes. Diagnose other DTCs first.
b. No. Charge or replace battery.
2. Vacuum Leak Test
2. Vacuum Leak Test 1. Start engine. Check for vacuum leaks.
1. Start engine. 2. Were any leaks found?
2. Check for vacuum leaks. a. Yes. Repair vacuum leak.
3. Are any leaks found? b. No. Go to Test 3.
a. Yes. Repair vacuum leak.
3. Spark Present Test
1. Check spark plug condition and replace if fouled.
3. Throttle Plate Test 2. Using INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
1. Inspect throttle plate.
3. Is spark present?
2. Has throttle plate been modified or damaged?
b. No. Go to Test 4. b. No. The spark plugs will not spark if there is low or no
before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good
4. DTC Confirmation Test compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition
1. Clear DTCs. coils, coil primary wiring and spark plug boots. See CKP
2. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD- SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-77).
48650), attempt to calibrate ECM using module replace
feature found in vehicle set up. 4. Compression Test
3. Did DTC return? 1. Perform compression test.
a. Yes. Replace ECM. 2. Does engine pass compression test?
b. No. Repair complete.
b. No. Repair engine loss of compression.
HESITATION OR LOSS OF POWER TEST

HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT
6-159 94000979
ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.25
5. Fuel System Test
1. Perform fuel pressure test.
2. Does fuel pressure meet specification?
a. Yes. Inspect and clean throttle body and repair as
needed.
b. No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
found, replace fuel pump assembly.
STARTS HARD OR EMITS BLACK SMOKE
Table 6-110. Starts Hard or Emits Black Smoke Diagnostic

Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Clogged air filter Poor compression Leaking injectors Manifold
leak
1. Air Filter Inspection

1. Inspect air filter.
2. Is air filter clean and in good condition?
b. No. Replace air filter.
2. Compression Test
1. Perform compression test.
2. Is compression within normal specifications?
3. Intake Leak Test

1. Perform intake leak test.
2. Did leak test pass?
4. Fuel Injector Test

1. Inspect fuel injectors for mechanical failure.
2. Were any issues found?
a. Yes. Repair as needed.
5. EVAP Test
1. Inspect EVAP hose for leak.
2. Is EVAP hose in good condition?
a. Yes. Perform misfire diagnostics.
6-160 94000979
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION and terminal 20 for electronic throttle control - LOW. The TCA
motor drives a series of gears to rotate the position of the throttle
See Figure 6-298 and Figure 6-299. The TCA, mounted to the plate. Refer to Table 6-111 for DTCs associated with TCA drive
intake manifolds, operates the throttle plates internal to the motor.
induction module on the engine. Two corresponding TP sensors
DTC DESCRIPTION
receive input from the ECM, corresponding to the position of the
P210000 ETC driver circuit open
TGS, to adjust the position of the throttle plates, accordingly. The
P210100 ETC actuation error
ECM incorporates an H-Bridge and WatchDog microprocessor,
P210200 ETC driver circuit shorted to ground
used to control inadvertent or unexpected operations/conditions
P210300 ETC driver circuit shorted to voltage
of the TCA and TGS.
The TCA motor receives input (position data) from the ECM
connector [78] terminal 21 for electronic throttle control - HI

6, Post catalyst H02S [341] 16. Front intake cam sensor [14FI]
94000979 6-161
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

P210000 TCA Motor Circuit Open: Indicates the ECM • P210300 TCA Motor Control Circuit Shorted High:
identified an open load fault for the TCA motor driver. Indicates the drive motor is shorted high within the TCA drive
motor circuit.
P210100 TCA Motor Circuit Range/Performance:
Indicates the actual position of the throttle plate is out of range
from the commanded throttle plate position.
P210200 TCA Motor Control Circuit Shorted Low:
Indicates the ECM identified that the drive motor is shorted to
21).
ground within the TCA drive motor circuit.
94000979 6-162
1443186 [242A-2] [242B-2]
[211B] [211 A] Throttle
PTC P210000 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
-<<- Motor
System Power 2
System Power 1 1 1 ETC Low
2 2 ETC High
[85A] [85B]
BCM
3B] [88A]
-«- TPS
TPS1
1 1
Rear Fuel Injector
[84A] [84B] 2 2 5V Sensor Power
System Power 2 A A 3 3 TPS2
Rear Injector B B
System Power 1 4 4 5V Sensor Ground
Front Injector
Front
Fuel Injector 3B] [98A]
[83A] [83B] ECT
1 1 ECT
5V Sensor Ground
2 2
Block
Coil Rear
Aux Rear Ignition Coil A A H02S
System Power 1 B B
[78Aj [78B] System Power 1
Aux Front Ignition Coil C C
2 In W H Rear 02 Heater Ground Rear 02
Sensor Pre-Cat H02S
Ground
ECM
Groun
d Ground System Power 1 Front
Front Fuel Injector Rear H02S
Fuel Injector CKP Sensor
I System Power 1 Front 02
Low Front H02 Healer
Ground ETC Low ETC Heater Ground Front 02
High Rear H02 Heater
Ground Front Ign Coil Sensor Pre-Cat H02S Ground
TPS 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
CKP Sensor High
TGS 1 TGS 2 Rear
Ign Coil Front H02 CKP
Sensor Rear H02 Sensor
Sensor ECT TPS 1
Front MAP Input Rear 1 1 CKP Sensor Low
MAP Input Aux Front 2 2 CKP Sensor High
Ignition Coil Pre-Cat
H02S Ground 5V
Sensor Power 2
Battery Fuse 5V [22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]
Sonsor Power 1 5V
TGS
Sensor Ground 1 Aux
Rear Ignition Coil
]1
Front
Coil [130FA] [130FBJ
Front Coil A A
System Power 1 B B [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Sensor
• R/GY • 1 1 5V Sensor GND 2
BK/GY fl 2 2 5V Sensor Power 2
Rear
mm GY « 3 3 Front MAP Input
Coil [130RA] [130RB]
Rear Coil A A
System Power 2 B [80RB] [80RA] Rear MAP
-«r Sensor
• R/GY f* 1 1 5V Sensor GND 2
BK/GY = 2 2 5V Sensor Power 2
3 3 Rear MAP Input
Battery
Fuse GND 2
Figure 6-300. Simplified EFI Circuit
94000979 6-163
MB-M390-TP1
ra."
Table 6-112. DTC P210000 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE BBBBBBB lal)
CAUSES GOGGOO-
Open in throttle actuator control circuit high __________
Open in throttle actuator control circuit low BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
OOOCUGG
1. TCA Test
BBBBBBB(
1. Inspect ECM connections. BBBBBBB1
2. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See BBBBBBB
41404), test resistance between BOB terminals 20 and 21. Figure 6-302.
4. Is resistance greater than 10 ohms?
b. No. Repair open In (GN/O) wire.
1453898
f Hosewo-t-p) 3. TCA Low Circuit Test

G QOO© 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 20 and TCA [211B]
BBBBBBB terminal 1.

BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB 0-50380-1
BBBBBBB
-j'jgooo g HP-20330-1-P1
1 BBBBBBB1 BBBBBBB
Q
BBBBBBB
BSaBBIMt
BBBBBBB
BBBBBBB
Figure 6-301. BBBBBBB ii
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. BBBBBBB:
b. No. Perform wiggle test, See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29), If

BBBBBBB'
resistance Is below 10 ohms, replace ECM.
BBBBBBB
2. TCA High Circuit Test Figure 6-303.

1. Disconnect TCA [211] and inspect connections. a. Yes. Replace induction module.
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- b. No. Repair open in (GY/O) wire.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 21 and TCA
[211B] terminal 2.
DTC P210100

" POSSIBLE CAUSES

Short between throttle actuator control circuits
Open in throttle actuator control circuit high
Open in throttle actuator control circuit low
1. TCA Circuit Resistance Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-164 94000979
3. Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See 4. TCA Low Circuit Test
PTC P210000
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 20 and [211B]
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- terminal 1.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminals 20 and 21. 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 O?
5, Is resistance less than 2 0?

and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace TCA.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/O) wire.
2. TCA Test DTC P210200

1. Disconnect TCA [211] and inspect connections.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 20 and terminal
21.
3. See Figure 6-304. Is resistance less than 2 Q?
a. Yes. Repair short between the (GN/O) and (GY/O) wires.
CAUSES
b. No. Replace induction module.
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit low Short to
ground in throttle actuator control circuit high ______________
3. TCA High Circuit Test 1. TCA High Circuit Test
1. Test resistance between BOB [78] terminal 21 and [211B] 1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal 2.
2. Disconnect TCA [211] and inspect connections.
41404), test resistance between [211B] terminal 2 and
ground.
2, Is resistance less than 0,5 Q?
b No. Repair short to ground in (GN/O) wire.
2. TCA Test
b. No. Repair open in (GN/O) wire.
94000979 6-165
2. Is resistance less than 2 ohms? 6. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/O) wire.

PTC P210300

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/O) and (R/GN) wires.
CAUSES
2. TCA Low Circuit Test
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit low Short to
ground in throttle actuator control circuit high 1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 5 and terminal 20.
1. TCA High Circuit Test 2. Is continuity present?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1453900
4. Disconnect TCA [211] and inspect connections. isramw
OOOOOQG
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 5 and terminal
21. QQQOOOO
occoooo
QOOQOOO
ooooooc
F
igure 6-310.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/O) and (R/GN) wires.
and verify current DTC sets. If DTC sets, replace TCA.
94000979 6-166
DTC P210500, P210700 6.26
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC P210500. P210700 ___________________
The ECM sets DTC P210500 and provides a forced shut down of Table 6-117. DTC P210500, P210700 Diagnostic Faults
the engine when the performance of the TCA cannot be verified.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Initially, the ECM commands the fuel pump and fuel injectors to Internal ECM fault
be disabled until the actual fault is cleared.
1. DTC Verification Test
The ECM sets DTC P210700 to identify an internal over-
temperature shutdown or a power supply failure. Refer to Table 1. Clear DTCs.
6-116. 2. Start and run the engine for 30 seconds.
3. Check DTCs.
Table 6-116. Code Description 4. Did DTC P210500 set with no other DTCs?
DTC DESCRIPTION
P210500 ETC forced shutdown mode a. Yes. Replace ECM.
P210700 ETC driver internal error b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
6-167 94000979
STARTS, THEN STALLS 6.27
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION section. The DTCs that may be involved with starts, then stalls
are:
See Figure 6-311. The starts, then stalls condition may be • Fuel injectors: DTCs P026100, P026200, P026400 and
created by the fuel system, the idle air control system or an ECM P026400
failure.
• Password problem: DTC P100900
There may be DTCs set causing this condition. Solve the
• TPS1: DTCs P012200 and P012300
problems with the DTCs before performing the tests in this
• ECM errors: DTCs P060300 and P060500
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-168
Diagnostic Tips
• The vehicle will stall if the jiffy stand is extended when the
transmission is in gear.
• If this condition is fuel related, perform fuel pressure test.
21).
94000979 6-169
1441149 [242B-2] [242A-2]
Cooling [97A] [97B] BCM
Fan Fuel Pump Power
System Power 2 BN/BE System Power 2
Cooling Fan Contrc ■ R/GN H 4 System Power 1 WT
26 Power
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid
System Power 2 A A|
Purge Sdenod B B■
Rear Fuel [137A] [137 B]

Injector Rear H02S
System Power 2 1 1 System Power 1
Rear Injector 2 2 _ W __ Rear 02 Heater Ground
Rear [130RA] [130RB] I BK ■ Rear 02 Sensor

Ignition Coil
• GY « Pre-Cat H02S Ground
Rear Coil System
Power 1
[138A] [138B]
Block [83A] [83B] Front HC2S
Coil m \J m System Power 1
1 1
Aux Front Ignition Coil A Aj 2 2 IWZ Front 02 Heater Ground
System Power 1 B B
Aux Rear Ignition Coil C C 3 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
4 4 GY Pre-Cat H02S Ground
ECM
Cooling Fan Ground Ground [341 A] [341B] Post-Cat H02J
System Power Front Fuel (If Equipped)
Injector Rear Fuel Injector
-1 ■ va System Power 1
Rear Int WT Front H02 Heater 1
Ground Purge Solenoid Front -2 2 IWI Post-Cat H02S Heater
Int WT Front Ex WT Rear H02
I3 3 ■ BK ■ Post-Cat H02S Bank 1
Heater Ground Front Jgnttion
Coil Post-Cat H02S Bank 1 4 4 GY SV Sensor Ground 1
Rear Ignition Coil Front H02
Sensor Rear H02 Sensor Aux
Front Ignition Coil Rear Ex WT
Pre-Cat H02S Ground Battery
Fuse Post-Cat H02S Heater
[130FB] [130FA] Front
Aux Rear Ignition Coil Ignition Coil
Front Coil System
Power 1
[84A] [84B] Front

Fuel Injector
R/GN System Power 1
1 1
:GN/Y: 2 2 Front Injector

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 GY 1 1 it 1 1 WT Power
Rear Ex WT GY Front Ex WT
2 2 2 2 2 2
[270REA-2] [270REB-2] [270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 1 BK ■ 1 1 1 1 GY 1 1 WT Power
Rear Int WT 1 BK ■ GY Front int WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]

GND 2 GND 3
6-170 94000979
4. System Power Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Inspect ECM connections.
Table 6-118. Starts, Then Stalls Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Fuel system malfunction _____________________________ 4. Turn IGN ON
Idle air control system malfunction 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
STARTS. THEN STALLS 41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground.
1. Throttle Test
1. Will engine start with throttle partially opened and then stall
when closed?
a. Yes. See IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 6-114).
2. Fowled Spark Plug Test.

1. Check spark plugs for fowling.
2. Are spark plugs fowled?
a. Yes. Replace spark plugs.
3. Fuel System Test a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
1. Perform fuel pressure test.
2. Is fuel pressure normal?
a. Yes. If fuel injectors are okay, then continue with tests.
Go to Test 4.
b. No. Repair fuel pressure problem.
94000979 6-171
IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS 6.28
DTC DESCRIPTION
The ignition coils provide high voltage output to the spark plugs. Ignition coil driver shorted to ground/open
Each ignition coil is made up of a primary winding where low P230000 (front)
voltage input creates a high voltage spike when the collapsible Ignition coil driver shorted to voltage (front)
magnetic field passes the secondary winding. The front and rear P230100
coils are mounted directly to the spark plug (COP) and fired Ignition coil driver shorted to ground/open
independently (one cylinder at a time). An auxiliary ignition P230300 (rear)
system is also used on this model to provide faster, more Ignition coil driver shorted to voltage (rear)
complete fuel burn. The auxiliary ignition system consists of two P230400
additional spark plugs, plug cables and a dual ignition coil. Auxiliary ignition coil driver shorted to
P230600 ground/open (front)
See Figure 6-314 and Figure 6-315. Ignition coil DTCs set if the
Auxiliary ignition coil driver shorted to
ignition coil primary voltage is out of range. This could occur if
P230700 voltage (front)
there is an open coil or loss of power to the coil. If front, rear and
auxiliary coil DTCs are set simultaneously, it is likely a coil power Auxiliary ignition coil driver shorted to
failure. The coil receives power from the BCM at the same time P230900 ground/open (rear)
the H02S heaters, ECM and injectors are activated. Auxiliary ignition coil driver shorted to
P231000 voltage (rear)
94000979 6-172
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
94000979 6-173
8. Rear exhaust WT phaser [270RE-1] 18. Front ignition coil [130F]
10. Sensor jumper [343] 20. Front WT exhaust phaser [270FE-1]

for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required, diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see General (Page A-
21).
6-174 94000979
[242B-2] [242A-2]
[97A] [97B] BCM
Cooling
Fan R/BN ■■f2 2 Fuel Pump Power
3 3 System Power 2
System Power 2
4 4 System Power 1
Cooling Fan Control B
26 26 WT Power
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid
System Power 2 A A
Purge Sdenoti B B
Rear Fuel [137B]

Injector Rear H02S
——,
System Power 2 1 1 1 1 ■ v System Power 1
Rear Injector 2 2
m
iwz Rear 02 Heater Ground
2 2
Rear [130RA] [130RB] 3 3 ■ BK ■ Rear 02 Sensor

Ignition Coil
Rear Coil System
Power 1
[138B]
Front H02S
Block [83A] [83B]
Coil System Power I
1 1
Aux Front Ignition Coil
“W~ Front 02 Heater Ground
2 2
System Power 1 Aux
■3 3 ■ BK ■ Front 02 Sensor
Rear Ignition Coil
ECM
Post-Cat H02S
[341B]
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3 —i-. —
1 1 ■ VH System Power 1
System Power 5 5
Front Fuel Injector 6 6 IWZ Post-Cat H02S Heater
2 2
Rear Int WT 13 13 3 3 ■ BK ■ Post-Cat H02S Bank 1
4 4 GY 5V Sensor Ground 1
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22
Front Ignition Coil 24 [130FB] [130FA] Front —<<-
Ignition Coil
Rear Ignition Coil 43 43 Front Coil System
Power 1
Rear Ex WT 64 64
[84A] [84B] Front
Battery Fuse 67 67
Fuel Injector
FUGN - System Power 1
81 81
GNJY : 2 2 Front Injector

WT Power 1 1 BK I t WT Power
Rear Ex WT Front Ex
2 2
WT
*^
[270REA-2] [270REB-2] [270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]

WT Phaser VVT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 1 BK ■ 1 1 1 1 ■ GY 1 1 WT Power
Rear Int WT 1 BK ■ GY * Front Int WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]

GND 2 GND 3
94000979 6-175
PTC P230000 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Ignition coil malfunction ______________________________
Open power circuit
1. Ignition Coil Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front ignition coil [130F] and inspect connections.

41404), test resistance between [130FA] terminals B and A.
a, Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BE) wire.

a. Yes. Replace front ignition coil.

2. Input Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [130FB] terminal B (R/GN) wire and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/BE) wire.

b. No. Repair open on (R/GN) wire. DTC P230100
3. Control Wire Continuity Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
TOOLS (Page 1-24). CAUSES
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 24 and [130FB]
terminal A (GN/BE) wire.
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front ignition coil [130F] and inspect connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
94000979 6-176
41404), test voltage between [130FB] terminal A (GN/BE)
wire and ground.
5, Is voltage greater than 5.0V?
a, Yes. Replace rear ignition coil,

a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GN/BE) wire.

1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Open Test 2. Test voltage between [130RB] terminal B (BN/BE) wire and
ground.
1, Test resistance between [130FA] terminals B and A. 3. Is battery voltage present?
2. Is resistance greater than 0.4 ohms?
a. Yes. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace front ignition coil. 3. Control Wire Resistance Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P230300
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME TOOLS (Page 1-24).
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 43 and [130RB]
Table 6-122. DTC P230300 Diagnostic Faults terminal A (GN/BE) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Open power circuit ____________________________
1. Turn IGN OFF.

41404), test resistance between [130RA] terminals B and A.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/BE) wire.
94000979 6-177
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test 4. Isa.resistance
Yes. Conditions arethan
greater not present
2 ohms?to set DTC. Clear DTCs and

3. is continuity present?
Figure 6-328.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
b. No. Replace rear ignition coil. Auxiliary ignition coil
malfunction Open or
DTC P230600 ___________ short to ground in signal
circuit Open power


circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/BE) wire.
b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs 1. Ignition Coil Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P230400 2. Disconnect auxiliary ignition coil [83] and inspect
connections.
41404), test resistance between [83A] terminals A and B.
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON. Figure 6-329.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- a. Yes. Replace auxiliary ignition coil.
41404), test voltage between [130RB] terminal A (GN/BE)
wire and ground.
5. Is voltage more than 5.0V?
1162069
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [83B] terminal B (R/GN) wire and
ground.
Figure 6-327.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GN/BE) wire.

2, Open Test
1. Test resistance between [130RA] terminals B and A.
6-178 94000979
3. Is battery voltage present? 3. Is continuity present?
1552581
Figure 6-
332.
HD-50390-!-Pi
a. Ye
3B CO © G O O
s.
Re o o o o o o o
pai aaasaaa
r oqqqq©©
sh |<-
ort OBoaooa i
to MTOOTB
gro O O © O G O Q
b. No. Repair open on (R/GN) wire. un ~ O Q O Q o o o
d in
(GN
3. Control Wire Continuity Test /BE) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF. b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
3. Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC DTC P230700
TOOLS (Page 1-24). PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 62 and [83B] terminal HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
A (GN/BE) wire.
CAUSES-

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary ignition coil [83] and inspect
connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.

41404), test voltage between [83B] terminal A (GN/BE) wire
and ground.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BE) wire. 5. Is voltage greater than 5.0V?

a. Y
e
s
.
Repair short to voltage in (GN/BE) wire.
2. Open Test
1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals A and B.
6-179 94000979
and verify current DTC sets. b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace auxiliary ignition coil. 3. Control Wire Resistance Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P23Q900
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Table 6-126. DTC P230900 Diagnostic Faults C (GY/BE) wire.
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES
5. Is resistance less than 0,5 ohm?
Open power circuit

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary ignition coil [83] and inspect
connections.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER; HD-
41404), test resistance between [83A] terminals B and C.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BE) wire.
a. Yes. Replace auxiliary ignition coil. 4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test
b. No. Go to Test 2. 1. Disconnect [78] and inspect connections,
2. Input Voltage Test 3. Is continuity present?
1. Turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/BE) wire.
2. Test voltage between [83B] terminal B (R/GN) wire and b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC, Clear DTCs
ground. and verify current DTC sets.
DTC P231000
POSSIBLE CAUSES
6-180 94000979
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test 2. Open Test
2, Is resistance greater than 0.4 ohms? 3. Is battery voltage present?
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals B and C.
2. Disconnect auxiliary ignition coil [83] and inspect 2. Is resistance greater than 2 ohms?
1153671
connections.
3. Turn IGN ON.
41404), test voltage between [83B] terminal C (GY/BE) wire
and ground.
5. Is voltage more than 5.0V?
Figure 6-339.
b. No. Replace auxiliary ignition coil.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY/BE) wire.

94000979 6-181
DTC P211900 6.29
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1. Air Inlet Interference Test

1. Inspect air inlet. Check for foreign debris and/or mechanical
The ECM sets DTC P211900 when it determines the throttle
interference to the throttle plates.
plate does not return to the correct de-energized position. This
error primarily indicates there may be non-electrical conditions 2. Were any issues found?
which affect the throttle body range/performance. Refer to Table a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
6-128.
DTC DESCRIPTION 2. Validation Test
P211900 ETC actuator return error
This DTC may have the following conditions: 1. Clear inlet. Check throttle plate movement.
2. Clear DTCs.
* Something may be physically interfering with the throttle plate
operation such as foreign material, debris, physical 3. Start the engine and operate the throttle.
obstruction or loosely/improperly mounted throttle plates. 4. Check DTCs.
* Damaged or inoperative throttle plate return spring. 5. Did the same DTC set?
* Defective mechanical component(s) internal to the TCA. a. Yes. Replace induction module.
DTC P211900 ___________________________ b. No. Repair complete.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Mechanical interference
94000979 6-182
See Figure 6-340. If the starter will not crank the engine, the
problem is not EFI related. See STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
or SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-63).
There may be DTCs associated with this problem. Check for

DTCs and clear them before proceeding with this test.
NOTE
To set a CKP DTC, a start attempt must last at least five
seconds.
C
o
n
n
e
ctor Information
[78A] [78B]
1441678 Level
Fuel
^ Main * Ground 2 2
BCM Pump Sender
Harness Ground 3 3
Fuel Level Signal 31 31
CAN Low 38 38
CAN High 39 39
E
Battery Fuse 67 67 IiI Q. C
XJ
OL X -l Q; Z Z _3
5 < < u. o o <Ji O

[242A-2] 4, 2 12 13 [86A14, if 6 if o Q
n] (64B] [242B-2] Y 2 12 13 [86B] Y TTT

12Z
CD CD KKm
11■ ]sH141A]
£ *g
1
TT]Y[141B]
L
o V
& i $
8
[145B]X[
1 2 3
3
7
7
L
1
2
I!
*
i- 21).
BK/GN
BK/GN
ECM
RIO
GND 2 GND3
Figure 6-341. Fuel Sensor Circuit

ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START
FID-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
94000979 6-183
Table 6-130. Engine Cranks but Will Not Start Diagnostic Fuel Pump Voltage Test
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START
Faults
6.30
Turn IGN OFF.
~ POSSIBLE CAUSES
~ Disconnect fuel pump [86] and inspect connections.
~ Turn IGN ON.
Battery voltage too low
Ignition system issues Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
Fuel system issues 41404), test voltage between [86B] terminals 1 and 2 during
Electrical system issues the first 2-3 seconds after IGN ON.
No or low compression 5, Is battery voltage present?
Open ground circuit_________________________________
1. Preliminary Engine Tests

2. Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated.
3. Verify spark plug connection to the coiis.
4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-
1). b. No. Go to Test 7.
6. Does battery pass tests?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. Fuel System Test
b. No. Charge or replace battery. Check fuel system and perform fuel pressure test.
Does fuel pressure meet specification?
2. Check Engine Lamp Test Yes. Inspect and clean throttle body and repair as needed.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
2. Wait 30 seconds, then turn IGN ON. Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
3. Does check engine lamp illuminate for 4 seconds found, replace fuel pump assembly.
immediately after IGN ON?
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. Fuel Pump Open Circuit Test
b. No. Verify all fuses are good. See Initial Diagnostics Turn IGN OFF.
(Page 1-2).
Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
3. Spark Present Test Test resistance between [86B] terminal 1 and BOB terminal
Check spark plug condition. Replace if fouled. 2.
Using INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Is spark present? Figure 6-343.
1449049
Yes. Go to Test 4.
No. The spark plugs will not spark if there is low or no
MD-5G1«M2-P ""’-i
before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good Balaam ■
compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition
coils, coil primary wiring and spark plug boots. See CKP 13BBBBBB
SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-77). 5M3SI3I1
IMBBML®
Compression Test SBMMB
puma®® /
Perform compression test,
Does engine pass compression test?
Yes. Go to Test 5.
No. Repair engine loss of compression.
Yes. Repair open on (BK) wire to ground.
No. Repair open (R/BN) wire.
6-184 94000979
MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD 6.31
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ___________ See Figure 6-344. Using a INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART
NUMBER: HD-51724) can help determine whether a problem
exists in the ignition or fuel systems.
Misfire conditions may be caused by:
Battery condition and connections. If the test light flashes without interruption on both cylinders
during the misfire event, verify spark plug condition and gap
Fuel system problems. See ENGINE PERFORMANCE and inspect the fuel system for proper operation.
DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-150).
If the test light does not flash or the flash is interrupted during the
Ignition system faults. misfire event, the problem is ignition related.
Table 6-131. Code Description Turn IGN OFF.

DTC DESCRIPTION Remove front ignition coil.
P030000 Random/multiple cylinder misfire detected
Install inline spark tester between ignition coil and spark
P030100 Front cylinder misfire detected
plug.
P030200 Rear cylinder misfire detected
P135300 No combustion detected front cylinder Start engine and inspect tester light. The light will flash on
P135600 No combustion detected rear cylinder each spark event if power is transmitted to the plug.
P135800 Intermittent secondary detected rear cylinder
Install and repeat procedure on rear cylinder.
Diagnostic Tips
NOTE
A WARNING Use an inline spark tester and a toad applying dynamometer to
Wipe up spilled fuel and dispose of rags in a suitable diagnose misfire under load.
manner. An open spark around gasoline could cause a fire
or explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. (00518b)
When performing the steps in the diagnostic tests, use a known

good part to verify whether a suspected part is faulty.
The ignition coil does not require full installation to be functional.
Verify faulty ignition coil by performing resistance test.

INLINE SPARK TESTER ___________________

Figure 6-344. Inline Spark Tester Kit
6-185 94000979
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
6-186 94000979
94000979 6-187
1420560
Left rear turn signal [19] PAC [325]

Security antenna [209] Security siren [142]
Tail/stop lamp [40] BCM [242-2]
Battery tender [281] Rear suspension [344] (if equipped)
Heated gear [191-2] PAC relay block [61]
DLC [91] Terminating resistor [319-1]
Fuse block [64] IMU [333]
Rear WSS [168] Terminating resistor [319-2]
Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2] License plate lamp [45]
BCM [242-3] Right rear turn signal [18]
BCM [242-1] Ground 2
ABS/EHCU module [166] Ground 1
Heated gear [191-1] Tail/stop lamp [94]
21).
94000979 6-188
1441149 [242B-2] [242A-2]
Cooling [97A] [97B]
Fan
System Power 2
Cooling Fan Contrc IB
Purge [95A] [95B]

Solenoid
System Power 2 A A I BN/BE Purge
Sdenod B B ■ LGN/BK
Rear Fuel
Injector
System Power 2
1 1
Rear Injector 2 2

Ignition Coil
Rear Coil A A ■ GN/BE System Power
1 B B I BN/BE
Block [83A] [83B]

Coil
Aux Front Ignition Coil A A
System Power 1 B B
ECM
Cooling Fan 1 1
Ground 2 2
Ground 3 3
System Power 5 5
Rear Int WT 13 13
Front Int WT 17 17
Front Ex WT 22 22
Front Ignition Coil 24 24
Rear Ignition Coil 43 43
Rear Ex WT 64 64
[84A] [84B] Front
Battery Fuse 67 67
Fuel Injector
Aux Rear Ignition Coil 81 81 1 1 System Power 1
2 2 Front Injector

WT Power 1 1 1 GY 1 1 [7 1 ■ BK 1 1 1 WT Power
Rear Ex WT ■ GY 2 ■ BK ■ Front Ex WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
M
[270REA-2] [270REB-2] [270FEB-2] [270FEA-2]
Rear Intake [270RIB-1] [270RIA-1] [270FIA-1J [270FIB-1] Front Intake

WT Phaser WT Phaser
WT Power 1 1 1 BK 1 1 1 V/GN 1 1 GY 1 WT Power
Rear Int WT 1 BK 1 ■ GY Front Int WT
2 2 2 2 2 2 r< 2 2
q 2 *
[270RIA-2] [270RIB-2] £ m no [270FIB-2] [270FIA-2]
Battery
Fuse GND 2 GND 3
94000979 6-189
MISFIRE DTC, MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER Did spark jump gap on both coils?
LOAD __________________________________ Yes. Check for faulty, worn or cracked spark plugs, plug
fouling due to mechanical problems or faulty connection
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME at plug or coils. Repair as required.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT No. Go to Test 3.
Table 6-132. Misfire DTC, Misfire At Idle or Under Load Carbon Tracking Inspection Test
Diagnostic Faults
Inspect ignition coil boots for carbon tracking.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Ignition system malfunction Fuel system malfunction Electrical Is carbon tracking present?
system malfunction Yes. Replace ignition coil.
No. Switch ignition coil with known good unit and perform
1. Power Ground Resistance Test previous test. If spark jumps gap, replace ignition coil. If
not, then continue with tests. Go to Test
Turn IGN OFF.
4.
Inspect ECM connections.
Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). 4. Ignition Coil Primary Wire Continuity Test
Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD- Disconnect front and rear ignition coils [130F, 130R] and
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 2 and then inspect connections.
terminal 3 to ground. Inspect BCM connections.
Yes. Go to Test 2. Connect BCM BOB leaving BCM disconnected. See
Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-
41404), test resistance between BOB [242B-2] terminal 4
and [130FB] terminal B (R/GN) wire.
Wiggle connectors while measuring.
Test resistance between BOB [242B-2] terminal 4 and
[130RB] terminal B (R/GN) wire.
Wiggle connectors while measuring.
Is resistance continuously less than 0.5 ohms on both
wires?
Figure 6-349.
No. Repair open on (BK/GN) wire.
2. Spark Test
Connect INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-51724) front ignition coil and ground. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Crank engine for a few seconds.
Remove tester from front ignition coil. Connect rear ignition
coil and ground.
Crank engine for a few seconds. Yes. Check for corrosion or damage at BCM [242-1].
No. Repair intermittent on (R/GN) wire.
6-190 94000979
TGS DIAGNOSTICS 6.32
See Figure 6-351 and Figure 6-352. The TGS is part of an

electronic system that replaces the conventional cable operated
throttle. As the twist grip is rotated by the rider, two opposing
Hall-effect sensors located within the twist grip transmit signals to
the ECM. The ECM uses these signals to determine the desired
throttle plate position. The ECM controls the throttle motor in the
TCA to move the throttle plates to the desired position. The TGS
receives a 5V reference signal from the ECM. As the twist grip is
moved toward full throttle, the TGS1 signal voltage Increases
and TGS2 signal voltage also increases about half of the signal
of TGS1. TGS1 voltage will max out at 4.5V and TGS2 voltage
will max out at 2.4V.
The ECM monitors and controls the TCA system and generates
DTCs when errors are reported by the ECM. Refer to Table 6-
133.
Table 6-133, Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
P212100 TGS1 range/performance
P212200 TGS1 shorted to ground/open
P212300 TGS1 shorted to voltage
P212400 TGS1 circuit intermittent
P212700 TGS2 shorted to ground/open
P212800 TGS2 shorted to voltage
P212900 TGS2 circuit intermittent
6-191 94000979
LHCM [24] ECM [78]
21).
6-192 94000979
1441669
BCM [242A-2] [242B-2] [145A] [145B]

1431093
System Power 1 R/GN —
[133A] [1338]
JSS (HDI) [98B] [98A]
JSS Signal Sensor ECT
1 1
Ground 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A]
ECM
Power Sensor
TPS 2 1 1 5V Sensor Power
5V Sensor Ground 2 2 2 Gear Position
JSS 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Twist Grip Sensor 1
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
TPS1
Sensor Power 1 AAT 1 1
2 2 5V Sensor Power
IAT
TPS
5V Sensor Ground 1 3 3 TPS2
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224A]

TGS
1
2 =GN/W= 3 ___ ^ it
^
2 2
4 4
—
6 6
5
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R/W [80FB] [SOFA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 I BK/GN S Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 Y/BE R/GYl 1
---------- BK/GY S 2
1
2 I
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor GND 2

GY i 3 3 Front MAP
il
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1
Ground 2
1
2
[89B] [89A] I IAT
2 2 5V Sensor GND

CMP Sensor Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 1 1 5V Sensor Power 2
Ground 2 2 2 2 5V Sensor GND 2
[107B] [107A]
CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 1
Ground 2 2 Battery 2 2
Rear Ex Cam Position 3 3 Fuse GND 2

PTC P212100. P212200. P212400 NOTE
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT harnesses when disconnecting any connector.
Table 6-134. DTC P212100, P212200, P212400 Diagnostic
Faults
1. Power Open Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES Turn IGN OFF.
Open in TGS-1 circuit
Short to ground in TGS-1 circuit
94000979 6-193
Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See 2. Is continuity present?
Disconnect TGS [224] and inspect connections.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and
[224B] terminal 1 (R/W).
Figure 6-356.
Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/W).
No. Go to Test 4.
Ground Short to Voltage Test

Connect [78A] to BOB.
Connect [224].
b. No. Repair open in (R/W). Turn IGN ON

Test voltage between BOB terminal 74 and terminal 2.
2. Signal Open Test 5. Is voltage greater than 1,0V?
Test resistance between BOB terminal 41 and [224B]

terminal 3 (GN/W).
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test

Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/W).
Signal Short to Ground Test Turn IGN ON.

Test continuity between BOB terminal 41 and terminal 2.
94000979 6-194
5. Is voltage greater than 1 .OV? See Figure 6-359. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
Yes, with JSS. Go to Test 9.

Yes without JSS. Repair short to ground in (R/W) wire.
No. Replace induction module.
JSS Short to Ground Test

Disconnect JSS [131] and inspect connections.
Test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and terminal 2.
See Figure 6-359. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/W) wire.
No. Replace JSS.
DTC Test
Clear DTCs.
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/W).
No. Replace TGS. Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute.
Start vehicle and operate throttle.
Check DTCs.
Power Short to Ground Test
Did DTC return?
Turn IGN OFF.
Yes. Go to Test 11.
No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test.
Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
11. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test

Is voltage greater than 4.6V?
1443587
HD- HD-5035D-1-
P1
GC3&:m.p
Lr'jkhjferllkri qm real
aaam ©©
O GO
in
fjugro
€
b. No. Go to Test 11. Figure 6-360.

Yes. Go to Test 12.
Sensor Short to Ground Test No. Replace ECM.
Test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and terminal 2. Signal Voltage Test
See Figure 6-359. Is resistance less than 200 ohms? Test voltage between BOB terminal 41 and terminal 2.
Yes. Go to Test 8. Slowly turn throttle to wide open position and observe voltage.
No. Replace TGS.
TCA Short to Ground Test

Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections.
94000979 6-195
1. Power Short to Voltage Test
1443595 Turn IGN OFF.
HO-SO360-'
' HO-50360-1 Pt ">
Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
■ tm y u u TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Turn IGN ON.
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
aaaaaaa V
<•) ■-)
test voltage between BOB terminals 70 and 2.
aaaaaaa
iBMaaas*
aaaaaaa
1
aaaaaaa1
aaaaaaa 1
f
Does voltage steadily increase to greater than 4.5V?
Figure 6-361.
Yes. Go to Test 13.
No. Replace TGS.
ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test

Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute.
Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/W).
No. Go to Test 2.
2. Signal Short to Voltage Test

Yes. Replace TGS.

No. Replace ECM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GNA/) or (GYA/) wires.
Short to voltage in sensor signal
Short to voltage in sensor power No. Go to Test 3.
PTC P212300
DTC Test
NOTE Clear DTCs.
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute.
6-196 94000979
Start vehicle and operate throttle. 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Check DTCs.
Did DTC return?
Yes. Replace TGS.
No. I ssue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test.
DTC P212700. P212900 __________________

Table 6-136. DTC P212700, P212900 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in TGS-2 circuit
Short to ground in TGS-2 circuit ________________________
NOTE a. Yes. Go to Test 3.

Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper b. No. Repair open in (GY/W).
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged Signal Short to Ground Test
1. Power Open Test Is continuity present?

1443619 I ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 6-367.
Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See Yes. Repair short to
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). ground in (GY/W).
Disconnect TGS [224] and inspect connections. No. Go to Test 4.
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 66 and Ground Short to
[224B] terminal 4 (R/GY). Volt <
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? age •)
Test
Connect [78A] to BOB.
Connect [224].
Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Repair open in (R/GY).
2. Signal Open Test

6 (GY/W).
94000979 6-197
5. Is voltage greater than 1 .OV? 3. See Figure 6-369. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
Yes. Go to Test 8.
No. Replace TGS.
MAP Short to Ground Test

Disconnect front MAP [80F] and inspect connections.
Disconnect rear MAP [80R] and inspect connections.
Test resistance between BOB [78] terminal 66 and terminal
2.
See Figure 6-369. Is resistance of both less than 200
ohms?
Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/GY) wire.
No. Replace MAP.
DTC Test
Clear DTCs.
5. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test
Turn IGN OFF.
Check DTCs.
Turn IGN ON.
Did DTC return?
Yes. Go to Test 10.
Is voltage greater than 1 .OV?
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/GY).
No. Replace TGS.
10. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test
6. Power Short to Ground Test
Turn IGN OFF.
Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
1460873
Q- €• © §s ©
BBSS®®®
HD-5C3SO-H- P
G 4 A- O © © © C
Mk J[fc-'[Ik i G'G P O "6 Q
BBS®!
aisaai
snn
Figure 6-370.
Yes. Go to Test 11.
No. Replace ECM.
Figure 6-369.
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. 11. Signal Voltage Test
Slowly turn throttle to wide open position and observe
7. Sensor Short to Ground Test voltage.
6-198 94000979
3. Does voltage steadily decrease to less than 0.5V? EC 1. Power Short to Voltage Test
Turn IGN OFF.
Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Turn IGN ON.

Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
test voltage between BOB terminal 66 and terminal 2.
b. No. Replace TGS.

M 5V Sensor Ground Test
I
3. Is resistance less than 1.0 ohm? (gmpggifgg
gi
Figure 6-373.
Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GY).
No. Go to Test 2.
2. Signal Short to Voltage Test

1443636
BMaaaa maratim
§i Q Q
OOQOOOC^
b. No. Replace ECM.
ISSMEi
PTC P212800
asaasaa

CAUSES
Short to voltage in sensor signal __________________
Short to voltage in sensor power __________________
Figure 6-374.
Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY/W).
No. Go to Test 3.
NOTE terminals, poor terminai-to-wire connection and damaged

Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper harnesses when disconnecting any connector.
6-199 94000979
DTC Test
DTC P217600 6.33
Clear DTCs.
6-200 94000979
4. Check DTCs. 5. Did DTC return?
Yes. Replace TGS.

94000979 6-201
DTC P217600 6.33
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION is held briefly then verified against the expected minimum and
maximum range of throttle. If the zero position is found within
range, then the position is stored.
See Figure 6-375. The ECM sets DTC P217600 when it
determines the zero position of the throttle plates has not been If the ECM is not able to learn the minimum position or if the
successfully learned. learning fails four consecutive ignition cycles, the ECM sets DTC
P217600. Refer to Table 6-138.
At power up, the ECM adjusts the throttle plates to the limp-
home position, then begins to move the throttle plate closed. The
ECM monitors and verifies the amount of movement that DTC DESCRIPTION
occurred. The throttle plate minimum position
P217600 ETC zero position learning error
6-202 94000979
1431993
LHCM [24] ECM [78]

94000979 6-203
1443186 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [211BJ [211 A] Throttle
-<4- Motor
System Powei 2
ETC Low
System Power 1 1 1
2 2 ETC High
Rear Fuel [85A] [85B]
Injector
System Power 2 A A 1 BN/BE ------
Rear Injector B B : GY/Y -------------------

TPS1
1 1
Front Fuel [84A] [84B] 2 2 5V Sensor Power
Injector 3 3 TPS2
-FUGN 4 4 5 V Sensor Ground
System Power 1 A A
■
Front injector B B
3B] [98A]
Block [83A] [83B] ECT
Coil 1 1 ECT
5V Sensor Ground
System Power 1 Aux
Front Ignition Coil
Rear
H02S
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Ground 2 2:
Ground 3 33
System Power 1 5 5
Front Fuel Injector 6 6:
Rear Fuel Injector 7 7:
CKP Sensor Low ^ 11 11
Front H02 Healer Ground 14 14 :
ETC Low 20 20
ETC High 21 21 3
Front Ign Coil 24 24 1
TPS 2 27 27
5V Sensor Ground 1 29 29
CKP Sensor High 30 30
TGS 1 41 41
TGS2 42 42
Rear Ign Coil 43 43
ECT 49 49
TPS 1 52 52
Front MAP Input 53 53
Rear M AP inpu t 54 54
Battery Fuse 67 67
ftV Sensor Power 1 70 70
5V Sensor Ground 1 74 74
Front [130FA] [130FB]

Coil
Front Coil System
Power 1
1 1 5V Sensor GND 2
3 3 Front MAP Input

Coil
Rear MAP
Rear Coil A A1
System Power 2 B
Sensor
1 1 5V Sensor GND 2
3 3 Rear MAP input
GND 2
Figure 6-376. Simplified EFI Circuit
6-204 94000979
PTC P217600 2. Internal Damage Test
Test voltage between BOB terminal 20 and ground and terminal
21 and ground.
Is battery voltage present?
1453898 HO-5Q3SO-1 |
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Induction module malfunction MMWH
Mechanical interference
aaaaaaa
1. System Voltage Test BBBBBaB
Turn IGN OFF. BB ° ° 9 9 a
Inspect ECM connections. aaaaaaa
BBBBBBB
Connect ECM BOB with ECM connected. See DIAGNOSTIC BMBBBB1
TOOLS (Page 1-24). aaaaaaa
Turn IGN ON. ,.*- Figure 6-
=th 378.
Yes. Go to Test 3.
6. Is battery voltage present? No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
Air Inlet Interference Test

Inspect air inlet. Check for foreign debris and/or mechanical
interference to throttle plates.
Were any issues found?
Yes. Go to Test 4.
No. Replace induction module.
Validation Test
Clear inlet. Check throttle plate movement.
Clear DTCs.
Start engine and operate throttle.
Check DTCs.
b. No. See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-26). Did the same DTC set?
Yes. Replace induction module.
No. Repair complete.
94000979 6-205
CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS 6.34
See Figure 6-379 and Figure 6-380. The TGS is part of an

electronic system that replaces the conventional cable operated
throttle. As the twist grip is rotated by the rider, two opposing
Hall-effect sensors located within the twist grip transmit signals to
the ECM. The ECM uses these signals to determine the desired
throttle plate position. The ECM controls the throttle motor in the
TCA to move the throttle plates to the desired position. The TGS
receives a 5V reference signal from the ECM. As the twist grip is
moved toward full throttle, the TGS1 signal voltage increases and
TGS2 signal voltage also increases about half of the signal of
TGS1. TGS1 voltage will max out at 4.5V and TGS2 voltage will
max out at 2.4V. If either component fails to correlate the proper
voltage or has out-of-range voltage conditions, the ECM will set a
DTC. Refer to Table 6-140.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P213500 TPS correlation error
P213800 TGS correlation error
6-206 94000979
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
Figure 6-380, IM and Left Steering Caddy Connectors
21).
94000979 6-207
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [MSB]
System Power jEtJ0*R'GN -»
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI)
[98 B] [93A]
5V Sensor Ground R 1:
1
JSS Signal “W~ 2 2 ECT
1 1
Sensor Ground ■■ BK Mi 3 31 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
[78A] [78B]
ECM
Power TPS 2
Twist Grip Sensor 1 Twist
Grip Sensor 2 ECT
Front Ex Cam Sensor TPS 1
Front MAP Rear MAP Rear
Int Cam Sensor 5V Sensor
Power 2 Battery Fuse Rear
Ex Cam Sensor 5V Sensor
Power 1 AAT IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1 Front
Int Cam Sensor

CMP Sensor ->>-
Ground 2 2 1 BK/GN ■
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 ; Y' B E

CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1:
Ground 2 2
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3

CMP Sensor
Ground 2 2

CMP Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1: 1 1 AAT
Ground 2 5V Sensor Ground 1
2 2 2
GND 2

PTC P213500 POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Short to ground in TPS1 circuit
Short to voltage in TPS1 circuit __________
Open in TPS2 circuit ________ __________ _______
Short to voltage in TPS2 circuit __
Short to voltage in sensor power circuit _____________
6-208 94000979
1. TPS2 Resistance Test 2. Is continuity present?
Turn IGN OFF.
Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS {Page 1-24).
Disconnect TPS [88] and inspect connections.

Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: FID-
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 52 and [88B]
terminal 1.
Figure 6-384.
Yes. Repair short between (GNA/) and (R/W) wires.
No. Go to Test 4.
TPS2 Continuity Test

Test resistance between BOB terminal 27 and [88B] terminal 3.
b. No. Repair open in (GNA/) wire.

2. TPS1 Short to Ground Test
Is continuity present?
b. No. Repair open in (GYA/) wire.
TPS2 Short to Ground Test

Test continuity between BOB terminals 27 and 74.
Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire,

No. Go to Test 3.
TPS1 Short to Voltage Test

94000979 6-209
2, Is continuity present? 4, Is voltage greater than 5.25V?
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 6. No. Go to Test 8,

Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/V) wire.
TPS2 Short to Voltage Test
Test voltage between BOB terminals 52 and terminal 74.
Figure 6-387.
No. Go to Test 9,
Yes. Repair short between (GY/V) and (R/W) wires.
No.TPS2
7. Circuit
Go to Test 7. Test Ground Circuit Open Test
Connect [78A], Connect [88],
Turn IGN ON. Clear DTCs.
Test voltage between BOB terminals 27 and 74. Start vehicle. Operate throttle.
Did DTC return?
Yes. Replace induction module.
No. Operation normal.
DTC P213800 _____________

6-210 94000979
Table 6-142. DTC P213800 Diagnostic Faults 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. TPS1 Signal Wire Resistance Test

Turn IGN OFF.

41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 41 and
[224B] terminal 3.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or high resistance in TPS1 circuit Open or high b. No. Repair open in (R/W).
resistance in TPS2 circuit Open or high resistance in
sensor ground 1 ~ TPS2 Ground Wire Resistance Test
Open or high resistance in sensor ground 2 Test resistance between BOB terminal 74 and [224B] terminal 2.
NOTE Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?

1478722
/ HD 50380 J Pt \
mm am
Baadtaa®
MMM®
coooooc
o o o o o —
aamons
Figure 6-390.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. b. No. Repair open in (BKA/V).
b. No. Repair open in (GN/W).
2. TPS2 Power Wire Resistance Test TPS2 Signal Wire Resistance Test
Test resistance between BOB terminal 70 and [224B] terminal 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 42 and [224B] terminal 6.
94000979 6-211
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Figure 6-395.
Yes. Go to Test 7.
No. Repair open in (BK/GY).
b. No. Repair open in (GY/W).
TPS2 Power Wire Resistance Test Sensor Ground 1 Test

Test resistance between BOB terminal 66 and [224B] Connect [78A] to BOB.
terminal 4. Test resistance between BOB terminal 74 and ground.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? Is resistance less than 1 ohm?
b. No. Repair open in (R/GY). b. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs
TPS2 Ground Wire Resistance Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 29 and [224B] terminal Sensor Ground 2 Test
5.
6-212 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 1 ohm? DTC Test
Connect [224],
Clear DTCs.
Check DTCs.
Did DTC return?
Yes. Replace TGS.
No. Operation normal.

94000979 6-213
ERRATIC IDLE 6.35
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated.
Verify ignition coil connection to the spark plugs.
Erratic idle conditions may be caused by: Verify heat management system is not operating.
Fouled spark plugs.
Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
Damaged spark plug cables. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-
■ Fuel system problems. 1).
Ignition system faults. Does battery pass tests?

Yes. Go to Test 2.
Diagnostic Tips
No. Charge or replace battery.
A WARNING
Wipe up spilled fuel and dispose of rags in a suitable 2. Spark Test
manner. An open spark around gasoline could cause a fire
or explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. (00518b) Connect INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-51724) between front ignition coil and ground. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24),
When performing the steps in the diagnostic tests, use a known
good part to verify whether a suspected part is faulty. Crank engine for a few seconds.
ERRATIC IDLE __________________________ Remove tester from front ignition coil. Connect rear ignition
coil and ground.
1. Preliminary Engine Tests Did spark jump gap on both cables?
Yes. Check for faulty, worn or cracked spark plugs, plug
fouling due to mechanical problems or faulty connection
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT at plug or coils. Repair as required.
Table 6-143. Erratic Idle Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES No. Go to Test 3.
Bad fuel ____________________________
Faulty ignition coil or boot Fuel System Test
Malfunctioning fuel system______________________
Fouled spark plugs ___________________________ Perform fuel pressure test.
Verify battery connections are in good condition.
Is fuel pressure normal?
Yes. If fuel injectors are okay, replace the fuel.
No. Repair fuel pressure problem.
6-214 94000979
GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.36

See Figure 6-398 and Figure 6-399. The ECM provides voltage Table 6-144. Code Description
and sensor ground to the three wire gear position sensor. The DTC DESCRIPTION
voltage signal returned to the ECM is determined by which gear P073000 Incorrect gear ratio
is currently selected. The gear status is communicated over the P091500 Position sensor out of range
CAN bus. The BCM will not allow the engine to start unless the P091600 Circuit shorted to ground
transmission is in neutral or the clutch lever is pulled in. P091700 Circuit shorted to voltage
1431993
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

94000979 6-215
1441669 [242A-2] [242B-2]
BCM [145A] [145B]
System Power 11^4^| [^4^] •R/GN
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI)
[98B] [98A]
5V Sensor R warn ECT
Ground JSS Signal ECT
Sensor Ground 2 2 5V Sensor Ground
ECM
Power TPS 2 Sensor
1 1 5V Sensor Power
Twist Grip Sensor 1
2 2 Gear Position
Twist Grip Sensor 2 ECT 3 3 5V Sensor Ground
Front Ex Cam Sensor
MAP Rear Int Cam
Sensor 5V Sensor
Sensor Power 1 AAT
IAT
5V Sensor Ground 1 1 1 TPS1
2 2 5V Sensor Power
Gear Position Sensor 3 3 TPS2 TPS
[22A-1] [22B-1] [224B] [224Aj

TGS
1 1
3 3 __ ^ it
2 2 ft
4 4
5 — GY/W — 66
5
6
5
— il
CMP Sensor ->>-
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 RA'V [80FB] [80FA] Front MAP
Ground 2 2 BK'GN =3 Sensor
Front Int Cam Position 3 3 Y/BE = 5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor GNO 2
[14FEB] Front MAP
Front Exhaust [14FEA]
CMP Sensor ->
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 R.W [89B] [89A]
Ground 2 2 BK'GN ^=1 IAT
Front Ex Cam Position 3 3 y/RK — GN/GY a 1 1 IAT
— BK/W = 2 2 5V Sensor GND
Rear Inlake [14RIAJ [14RIB]

[SORB] [80RA] Rear MAP
CMP Sensor
Sensor
5V Sensor Power 2
Ground 2 2
5V Sensor GNO 2
Roar MAP

CMP Sensor ->>- AAT
5V Sensor Power 1 1 1 AAT
1 1
Ground 2 2 Ak 2 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
Fuse GND 2

PTC P09150Q Disconnect gear position sensor [269B] and inspect connections.
Remove gear position sensor and inspect for damage.
Install gear position sensor and reconnect [269],
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Gear position sensor malfunction Clear DTCs.
Vehicle mechanical issue
Turn IGN ON.
1. Gear Position Sensor Test Check DTCs.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Did the same DTC set?
Yes. Replace gear position sensor. 5. Is voltage approximately 5V?
No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
DTC P073000. P091600 ___________________

Gear position sensor malfunction
Open or shorted to ground signal wire
Figure 6-402.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Yes. Go to Test 3.
Table 6-146. DTC P073000, P091600 Diagnostic Faults No. Go to Test 6.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 7“
Open or shorted to ground 5V reference circuit
Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test
1. Gear Position Sensor Test Turn IGN OFF.
Turn IGN OFF. Inspect ECM connections.
Disconnect gear position sensor [269] and inspect Connect ECM BOB leaving ECM disconnected. See
connections. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Test resistance between [269B] terminal 2 (W) wire and
41404), jumper between [269B] terminals 1 (R/W)wire and 2
BOB terminal 78.
(W) wire.
Clear DTCs. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Turn IGN ON.
Check DTCs.
1484283
Figure
6-401.
Yes. Go to Test 2.
No. Replace gear position sensor.
b. No. Repair open in (W) wire.
2. Gear Position Sensor Signal Voltage Test
Turn IGN OFF. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to
Ground Test
Remove jumper.
Turn IGN ON.
Test voltage between [269B] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and
ground.
2, Is continuity present? Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
1484286 1484288
Yes. Repair short to ground in (W) wire.

No. Go to Test 5. b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire.
Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Gear Position Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to
Sensor Ground Test Signal Ground Test
Test continuity between BOB terminal 78 and terminal 74. Test continuity between BOB terminals 70 and 74.
1484287
Figure 6-405.
Yes. Repair short between (W) and (BK/W) wires.
Yes. Repair short between the (R/W) and (BK/W) wires.
verify current DTC sets. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
Gear Position Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open DTC P091700

Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Gear position sensor malfunction
Test resistance between [269B] terminal 1 (R/W) wire and
BOB terminal 70.
Short to voltage _____________________________________
1. Gear Position Sensor Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Disconnect gear position sensor [269) and inspect
connections.
Clear DTC.
Turn IGN ON.
Check DTCs.
Yes. Go to Test 2.
No. Replace gear position sensor.
2. Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V

Test
Turn IGN OFF.
41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 70 and b. No. Go to Test 4.
terminal 78.
Is continuity present? Gear Position Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to
Battery Voltage Test
1484500
Test voltage between BOB terminal 70 and ground.

Figure 6-408.
Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (W) wires.

No. Go to Test 3.
Gear Position Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage

Test b. No. Go to Test 5.
Turn IGN ON.

Gear Position Sensor Ground Wire Open Test
Disconnect gear position sensor [269] and inspect
connection. 1. Test resistance between [269B] terminal 3 and BOB terminal
74.
6-220 94000979
2. Is resistance less than 0.5
ohms?
Yes. Replace gear position sensor.

No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
94000979 6-221
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................... 7-1
CONFIGURATION FAULT DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................ 7-4
INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................................... 7-6
WSS DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................................................................... .7-10
IMU DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................................................... .7-19
INVALID VIN DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................ 7-24
ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON, FLASHING OR INOPERATIVE ........................................ 7-25
ABS
NOTES
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL INFORMATION 7.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION During anti-lock braking on dry pavement, intermittent chirping
noises may be heard. Tires under heavy braking force may
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME make noise without reaching lock.
HD-48650 [DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II When the EHCU is replaced, use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
The ABS/ECC system includes the: (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to program and bleed the EHCU.
ECM Inertia Measurement Unit (IMU)

BCM The IMU provides vehicle orientation information over the CAN
bus to the EHCU.
IM
EHCU. ABS Indicator
Front WSS. See Figure 7-1. The IM illuminates the ABS indicator if:
Rear WSS. The EHCU detects an ABS disabling malfunction. The EHCU
IMU. sends a message to the IM requesting illumination.
The EHCU manages wheel slip and spin to provide a balance The IM performs a telltale check.
between traction and stability. To manage wheel slip, the EHCU
controls brake pressure and sends signals to the ECM. To The IM detects a loss of communication with the EHCU.
manage wheel spin, the EHCU sends signals to the ECM to
reduce torque. The ABS light will slowly flash when the run/stop switch is turned
to RUN. This will continue until the vehicle is driven to verify
During normal ABS operation: WSS operation.
A series of rapid solenoid valve pulsations may be felt in either The EHCU sends a message to the instrument when a
the front brake lever or rear brake pedal but only during malfunction that disables ABS operation is detected. Depending
initialization and anti-lock braking. on the fault, the ABS indicator may stay on even after the
malfunction is corrected. The indicator will not go off until the
A ticking or popping noise may be heard as the solenoid valves vehicle is switched off long enough for the EHCU to enter into its
cycle rapidly. sleep state. It is important to verify that this is not the cause of an
ABS indicator, which is illuminated when no DTCs are set, before
attempting to diagnose other possible causes.
94000979 7-1
Odometer999999 mi i 29psi

13. Check engine
Rider Safety Enhancements The rider selects different modes depending on the riding
conditions. These modes change the way the rider safety
Rider Safety Enhancements include features to enhance the enhancements react. The modes include:
riders' control of the motorcycle by adjusting brake pressure
and/or powertrain output to help maintain control of the Road
motorcycle. Rain
The ABS/ECC consist of the following Rider Safety Sport
Enhancement functions:
Off-Road
ABS - anti-lock brake system.
Off-Road Plus
C-ABS - cornering ABS.
Custom Off-Road
TCS - traction control system.
Custom Off-Road Plus
C-TCS - cornering TCS.
Custom A
DSCS - drag-torque slip control system.
Custom B
C-DSCS - cornering DSCS.
7-2 94000979
ABS Activation: The rider activates HHC by applying extra pressure to
either the front brake hand lever or the rear brake foot control
The EHCU uses the wheel speed sensor signals and vehicle after the motorcycle has come to a complete stop. A HHC
attitude signal from the IMU to determine if the front, rear, or both indicator light will illuminate to confirm that the rider has activated
wheels have excessive slip. HHC and the ABS system will hold brake pressure after the rider
releases the brake control or until the rider deactivates the
Cornering Enhanced ABS (C-ABS) system.
Optimizes brake pressure based on lean angle to deliver the best
Deactivation: HHC is deactivated automatically as the rider
possible braking performance.
begins to pull away from a stop, or if the rider applies and
releases either brake control. HHC may deactivate if rider
Traction Control aggressively revs the engine with clutch lever pulled in. HHC will
also deactivate if the rider lowers the side stand on models with a
The EHCU monitors the wheel speed sensors and vehicle lateral
side stand sensor (not in all markets) or shifts into neutral on
acceleration from the IMU to identify excessive wheel spin. The
models without a side stand sensor. HHC will deactivate when
system implements cornering enhanced traction control based on
engine stops running.
lean angle. TCS may be disabled when the vehicle is stopped.
TCS can be re-enabled at any time, including while moving. The The HHC system automatically deactivates after 10 seconds.
cornering enhanced traction control system constantly monitors The HHC indicator light will blink for a couple of seconds before
the vehicles lateral acceleration when going straight and during the system deactivates to inform the rider that they will need to
turns, and will adjust torque to the drive wheel when it senses a take action. The 10 second timer can be extended again if more
loss of traction. This adjustment is designed to limit wheel spin time is needed by performing the activation criteria.
and help the rider maintain the desired course of travel in
corners. During start up, the traction-control lamp flashes
simultaneously with the ABS lamp, this indicates that both
systems are waiting for the vehicle to complete a wheel speed
sensor check. The traction control system is operational after
startup even during the wheel speed sensor check. The traction
control lamp should turn off when the sensor check is complete.
NOTE
When running a vehicle on a dyno, it is advised that traction
control be disabled to prevent intervention based on tire speed
differences front to rear. The EHCU sets a fault after a short
period of time for front and rear wheel speeds not in agreement.
Cornering Enhanced Traction Control System

(C-TCS)
Designed to keep the rear wheel from excessive spinning when
the motorcycle is accelerating while cornering.
Drag-Torque Slip Control (DSCS)

Monitors wheel speed to reduce excessive rear-wheel slip under
deceleration, which typically occurs when the rider makes an
abrupt down-shift gear change or decelerates on wet or slippery
road surfaces.
Cornering Enhanced Drag-Torque Slip Control (C-

DSCS)
Designed to reduce excessive rear-wheel slip under deceleration
while factoring in lean angle.
Hill Hold Control (If Equipped)

HHC uses brake pressure to keep the motorcycle from rolling
backward when it is stopped on an incline, making it easier to
ride away when starting on an incline, such as a hill, a bridge or a
parking ramp. The HHC holds brake pressure when activated
and prevents the motorcycle from moving after the rider has
released the brake controls. The system holds brake pressure
until the rider actuates the throttle and clutch to pull away.
NOTE
HHC is not intended to be used as a parking brake.
94000979 7-3
CONFIGURATION FAULT DIAGNOSTICS 7.2

DTC DESCRIPTION
The ECM and BCM software is configured for specific vehicle B231009 ABS/EHCU ride mode component failure
options. The wrong software configuration can cause several B231056 ABS/EHCU ride mode configuration invalid
DTCs to set. B231062 ABS/EHCU ride mode signal compare failure
ABS/EHCU ride mode change not allowed or
B23109A system operating conditions
B231109 ECM ride mode component failure
B231156 ECM ride mode configuration invalid
B231162 ECM ride mode signal compare failure
ECM ride mode change not allowed or system
B23119A operating conditions
B231362 Ride mode signal compare failure
B231400 Traction control change timeout
C110000 Traction control fault indicated by ECM
1. Heated gear [191-2] 11. DLC [91]

2. Heated gear [191-1] 12. BCM [242-2]
3. Battery tender [281] 13. PAC [325]
4. Post Catalyst H02S [341] 14. Terminating resistor [319-1]
5. Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2] 15. Ground 2 Ground 1
6. Intake air temperature sensor [89] 16. Security antenna [209]
7. ABS/EHCU module [166] 17. Terminating resistor [319-2]
8. Security siren [142] 18. IMU [333]
9. Rear WSS [168] 19.
10. BCM [242-1] Figure 7-2. Under Seat Connector Location View

These DTCs will set if the wrong configuration software is
installed on the ECM or BCM.
Connector Information Table 7-2. Configuration Fault DTCs Diagnostic Faults

— POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wrong ECM configuration
CONFIGURATION FAULT DTCS Wrong BCM configuration
7-4 94000979
1. ECM Software Validation Test
Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650),
verify latest software is installed on the ECM.
Is the correct software installed?
Yes. Go to Test 2.
No. Install software.

2. BCM Software Validation Test
Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
48650), verify latest software is installed on the BCM.
Is the correct software installed?
Yes. System working properly.
No. Install software.
94000979 7-5
INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS 7.3
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 7-3. The EHCU is replaced as a unit. It contains the C101400 ABS/EHCU relay error
pump, valves and solenoids along with all the controlling C104000 ABS/EHCU pump/motor error
circuitry. ABS/EHCU front apply solenoid circuit open/high
C106100 resistance
The ABS/EHCU module monitors the voltage level available for
ABS/EHCU front release solenoid circuit
system operation. A low voltage condition prevents the system
C106200 open/high resistance
from operating properly. The ABS/EHCU module also performs ABS/EHCU rear apply solenoid circuit open/high
several self-tests for internal problems.
C106500 resistance
ABS/EHCU rear release solenoid circuit
C106600 open/high resistance
C107100 Rear prime valve error
C107200 Rear isolation valve error
C107300 Front isolation valve error
C107400 Front prime valve error
C107500 Front linked inlet valve error
C107600 Front linked outlet valve error
C107700 Front circuit pressure sensor error
C107800 Rear circuit pressure sensor error
C108100 Front master pressure sensor error
C108200 Front master pressure sensor offset error
C108300 Front wheel pressure sensor error
C108400 Front wheel pressure sensor offset error
C108500 Rear master pressure sensor error
C108600 Rear master pressure sensor offset error
C108700 Rear wheel pressure sensor error
C108800 Rear wheel pressure sensor offset error
C108900 Pressure sensor external supply error
C121300 Front caliper pressure system fault
C121400 Rear caliper pressure system fault
7-6 94000979
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Conditions for Setting the DTC Diagnostic Tips
These DTCs will set if one of the following conditions exists in the If improper voltage is supplied to the EHCU, these codes may
EHCU: set. Using an improper or high voltage charger may cause these
codes to inadvertently set when there is nothing wrong with the
Low battery voltage.
ABS system.
High resistance in the ABS/EHCU power or ground circuits.
EHCU malfunction.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Connector
Locations (Page A-35),
ABS is disabled.
The ABS indicator is illuminated.
94000979 7-7
1427181 40A ABS EHCU
IMU
BCM
Figure 7-4. ABS Schematic

INTERNAL FAULT DTCS _________ 8. Is voltage between 10.5-16.0V on both circuits?
1161885
HD-50J90-1
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT HffiOMCMln ---------- -v,
Table 7-4. Internal Fault DTCs Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE

CAUSES
High resistance in the ABS/EHCU power or ground circuits Low
battery voltage
1. Battery Voltage Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Verify battery terminals are properly connected, tightened and
clean.
Inspect ABS connections.
Figure 7-5.
Connect ABS BOB leaving ABS module disconnected. See
Turn IGN ON.
7-8 94000979
Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), b. No. Go to Test 4,
test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
Test voltage between BOB terminal 18 and ground. 2. Ground Circuit Resistance Test
Turn IGN OFF.
Test resistance between BOB terminal 1 and ground.
Test resistance between BOB terminal 10 and ground
94000979 7-9
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms on both circuits?
Battery Power Open Test
Turn IGN OFF.
Remove main fuse [64],
Test resistance between BOB terminal 9 and [64B] socket
Test resistance between BOB terminal 18 and [64B] socket

1174418
Figure 7-6.
Yes. Go to Test 3.
No. Repair high resistance or open condition on ground
circuit.
ABS/EHCU DTC Test

Clear DTCs.
Turn IGN ON. Figure 7-7.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms on both circuits?
Check DTCs.
Yes. Inspect battery and charging system. See CHARGING
Do any of the internal fault DTCs set? SYSTEM (Page 3-15).
Yes. Replace EHCU. No. Repair open in (R) wire.
No. System working properly.
94000979 7-10
See Figure 7-8 and Figure 7-9. The active WSS is supplied
system voltage from the EHCU. The sensor returns a 7mA or
14mA signal back to the EHCU.
DTC DESCRIPTION
Front WSS high circuit: The EHCU monitors ignition voltage C102100 ABS/EHCU front WSS always zero
from terminal 12 of the EHCU through terminal 1 of the front C102300 ABS/EHCU rear WSS always zero
WSS. C102500 ABS/EHCU front wheel speed intermittent
C102700 ABS/EHCU rear wheel speed intermittent
Front WSS low circuit: The EHCU monitors the signal from
C102900 ABS/EHCU wheel speed difference too high
terminal 2 of the front WSS through terminal 3 of the
ABS/EHCU. ABS/EHCU front wheel speed circuit
C103200 open/shorted
Rear WSS high circuit: The EHCU monitors ignition voltage ABS/EHCU rear wheel speed circuit
from terminal 13 of the EHCU through terminal 1 of the rear C103400 open/shorted
WSS.
Rear WSS low circuit: The EHCU monitors the frequency
signal from terminal 2 of the rear WSS through terminal 14 of
the EHCU.
94000979 7-11
WSS DIAGNOSTICS 7.4
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]

7-12 94000979
1420560

Conditions for Setting the DTC Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in the
rear high or low WSS circuits.
WSS codes set if the following conditions exist in the WSS
circuit: WSS malfunction.
Interference on the WSS circuit. ABS/EHCU malfunction.
Dynamometer testing. Action Taken When the DTC Sets

WSS malfunction.
ABS is disabled.
ABS/EHCU malfunction.
All functions within ECC system are disabled (ABS, TCS, DSCS,
Incorrect or worn bearing assembly.
HHC).
Mismatched or improperly sized tires.
Worn suspension components.
Riding over rough terrain. Diagnostic Tips
External or internal wheel speed circuit intermittent open. All the DTCs that set in this diagnostic are related to terminals 1
and 2 of the WSS, either internally in the EHCU or WSS, or
Electrical noise on the WSS wires. externally in the wire or connectors. If a DTC is intermittent, it
DTC C103200 sets if one of the following conditions exist in the may be a connection problem from terminal 1 or 2 of the WSS to
front high or low WSS circuit: the harness wiring.
Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in the Check for these issues prior to part replacement:
front high or low WSS circuits.
A correctly installed ABS wheel bearing will have a gray seal
WSS malfunction. facing outward.
ABS/EHCU malfunction. If the red seal is showing, the bearing is installed backward.
DTC C103400 sets if one of the following conditions exist in the If the wheel bearing has a metallic shield, it is a non-ABS bearing
rear high or low WSS circuit: and should be replaced with the correct bearing.
Open in WSS circuit.
WSS circuit short to voltage.
7-13 94000979
5. Is voltage greater than 1 .OV?
Short to ground in WSS circuit. Connector Information
Short between WSS circuits. For additional information about the connectors in the following
External or internal wheel speed circuit intermittent open. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Connector
Locations (Page A-35).
ABS/EHCU module malfunction.
ABS Module
2 o> .2> J I I in j) Yl s
3
14 13 12 3 w
§ ss
14 13 12
3
tn
---- r » t --------- 3
c
S
wm BK tm Rear WSS Low

Rear WSS
Rear WSS High
58A]
O/BK-
Front WSS Low
Front WSS
Front WSS High
\J/[166A] Y [166B]
[167B] [167A]
Figure 7-10. Wheel Speed Sensor Circuits

PTC C1021. C1023. C1025, C1027. C1029 Connect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-
POSSIBLE CAUSES 48650).
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Clear historic DTCs using DTI I.
Turn IGN OFF.
Table 7-6. DTC C1021, C1023, C1025, C1027, C1029 Dia-
Wait at least 30 seconds.
gnostic Faults
Electrical interference Turn IGN ON.
Poor connections
WSS malfunction Check for recurrence of any current DTCs.
Worn bearing assembly Operate vehicle above 3 mph (5 km/h) for at least 90
seconds.
1. Electrical Interference Test Check DTCs. See Odometer Self-Diagnostics (Page 1-

21).
Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with the wheel speed sensors.
Electrical interference present?
7-14Yes, Remove or relocate interference. 94000979
No. Go to Test 2.
Yes. Go to Test 3. Worn or Damaged Components Test
No. See diagnostic tips. Inspect for worn, damaged or incorrect bearing assembly.
2. Validation of Current DTC Test NOTE

A correctly installed ABS wheel bearing will have a gray seal
Turn IGN OFF. facing outward.
94000979 7-15
5. Is voltage greater than 1 .OV?
If the seal is red, the bearing is installed backward. 1161914
If the wheel bearing has a metallic shield, it is a non-ABS bearing

and should be replaced with the correct bearing.
Were worn, damaged or incorrect components found?
Yes. Repair as needed.

No. Go to Test 4. QBBBBBB
Front Short to Voltage Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Disconnect front WSS [167] and inspect connections.
Inspect ABS connections. Figure 7-12.
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/PK) wire.
No. Go to Test 6.
Turn IGN ON.
Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: FID- Circuit Test

Inspect WSS connector for proper fit and damage.
Is voltage greater than 1,0V?
Is WSS connector secure and in good condition?
1161910 Yes. Replace with appropriate bearing assembly and WSS
and retest. If code comes back during retest replace
ABS/EHCU module.
No. Repair or replace WSS connector.
PTC C1032 _____________________________

FID-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WSS malfunction
Intermittent open in the front high or low WSS circuits
Figure 7-11. Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in the
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/BE) wire. front WSS circuits
No. Go to Test 5.
1. Electrical Interference Test
Rear Short to Voltage Test Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with the WSS.
Turn IGN OFF.
Inspect front wheel bearing.
Disconnect rear WSS [168] and inspect connections.
Is electrical interference or wheel bearing malfunction
Turn IGN ON. present?
Test voltage between BOB terminal 13 and ground. Yes. Remove or relocate interference or correct wheel
bearing issues.
No. Go to Test 2.
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Inspect for loose or damaged connections on front WSS circuits.
7-16 94000979
3. Were poor connections found? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes. Repair connections and circuits. 1174458
No. Go to Test 3.
3. Front WSS Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front WSS [167] and inspect connections.
3. Connect WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART
NUMBER: HD-50341) between [167B] terminals 1 and 2. See
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Cycle IGN OFF, ON, wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete
initialization test.
Figure 7-14.
7. Check DTCs.
Yes. Go to Test 6.
No. Repair open in (O/BE) wire.
Yes. Go to Test 4.
6. Shorted Wires Test
No. Replace front WSS.
4. (O/BK) Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect ABS connections.

3. DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
Remove sensor test lead.
4.
5. test resistance between BOB terminal 3 and [167B] terminal 2
(O/BK) wire.
6.
Yes. Repair short between (O/BE) and (O/BK) wires.

No. Go to Test 7.
(O/BK) Ground Test

Figure 7-13.
Yes. Go to Test 5.
No. Repair open in (O/BK) wire.
(O/BE) Open Test

1 (O/BE) wire.
94000979 7-17
2. Is continuity present? 3. Is voltage present?
Figure 7-16.
Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BK) wire. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/BK) wire.
No. Go to Test 8. No. Conditions are not present to set DTC. Clear DTCs and
(O/BE) Ground Test
DTC C1034
Test continuity between BOB terminal 12 and ground. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Is continuity present? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
1161977

CAUSES ~
WSS malfunction _________________________ __ ________
Intermittent open in the rear high or low WSS circuits ________
Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in
the rear WSS circuits _________________________________
MD50S9Q1
1. Electrical Interference Test
Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with the WSS.
Inspect rear wheel bearing.
Is electrical interference or wheel bearing malfunction
present?
Yes. Remove or relocate interference or correct wheel
bearing issues.
No. Go to Test 2.
1
Figure 7-17. 2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test
Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BE) wire. Inspect for loose or damaged connections on rear WSS
circuits.
No. Go to Test 9.
Were poor connections found?
(O/BK) Voltage Test
Yes. Repair connections and circuits.
TurnIGNON.
No. Go to Test 3.
Rear WSS Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Disconnect rear WSS [168) and inspect connections.
7-18 94000979
Connect WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART 2, Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
NUMBER: HD-50341) between [168B] terminals 1 and 2.
Clear DTCs.
Cycle IGN OFF, ON, wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete
initialization test.
Check DTCs.
Yes. Go to Test 4.
No. Replace rear WSS.
(O/BN) Open Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Figure 7-20.
Yes. Go to Test 6.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24). No. Repair open in (O/PK) wire,
Remove sensor test lead.
Shorted Wires Test
41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 14 and 1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 14 and 13.
[168B] terminal 2 (O/BN) wire. 2. Is continuity present?
1174462
WM0390-1-P1 "'V
COOQOOO
Qoooopo
o o o o o
o -
c
o°oo
©©©Q©QO
o ooog:
OOTOOOO
O 0 o o o
o o
Yes. Repair short between (O/BN) and (O/PK) wires.
No. Go to Test 7.
Figure 7-19.
b. No. Repair open in (O/BN) wire.
(O/PK) Open Test 1 (O/PK) wire.
Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 and [168B] terminal
94000979 7-19
(O/BN) Ground
2. Is continuity Test
present? 3. Is voltage present?
7-20 94000979
2. Is continuity present? (O/BN) Voltage Test
1161998 TurnIGNON.
Figure 7-22.
Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BN) wire.
No. Go to Test 8.
(O/PK) Ground Test
Test continuity between BOB terminal 13 and ground.
Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/BN) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/PK) wire.
7-21 94000979
DTC DESCRIPTION
See Figure 7-25. The IMU is a multi-axis acceleration sensor that
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibration
provides a signal over the can bus circuit for the ABS/EHCU
C051DF2
module.
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibration
The BCM will disable turn signal lamps and starter activation and C051DF3
will send a message to the ECM to shut down the ignition and Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibration
the fuel pump if the vehicle is tipped over. The instrument will C051DF4
display an icon stating "Warning - Bike Tipped" when a tip-over Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibration
condition is present. C051DF5
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra
C051DF6 tion
DTC DESCRIPTION Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibration
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C051DF7
C051CF0 ance Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C051DF8 tion
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C051DF9 tion
C051DFA tion
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform
C051DFB tion
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C051DFC tion
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/performance C051DFD tion
C051CF6 Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermittent/errat
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C051E08 ic
C051CF7 ance Multi-axis acceleration sensor intermittent/errat
C051CFA ance C052004 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
Multi-axis acceleration sensor range/perform C052006 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
C051CFB ance C052044 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra C052045 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
C051D46 tion C052048 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra C052092 Multi-axis acceleration sensor internal failure
C051D56 tion C104125 IMU error
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra C104129 IMU error, signal invalid
C051DF0 tion C10412A IMU error, signal stuck in range
Multi-axis acceleration sensor missing calibra C10412F IMU error, signal erratic
C051DF1 tion C104200 IMU mounting error
C119500 Wake up error
7-22 94000979
IMU DIAGNOSTICS 7.5

7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2

Several IMU DTCs are related to the IMU mounting. Verify the For additional information about the connectors in the following
IMU is properly mounted before proceeding with diagnostics. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Wiring (Page A-1).
94000979 7-23
40A ABS EHCU
Main Fuse
3
U
LU
I -J CO
CO
CO
£
111 Jill
t 2 3 4 9 1011 12 1314 IB 4/[166A]
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 13 14 18 -Ttr Y [166B]
R Battery
IMU
Front
WSS
BCM
Rear
WSS
t*
Primary
CAN Bus
GND2 GND 1

IMU DIAGNOSTICS __________ 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
POSSIBLE CAUSES HD-41404), test voltage between [333B] terminal 4 and
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME ground.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 5. Is battery voltage present?
Table 7-10. IMU Diagnostic Faults
Communication error
IMU internal fault
IMU mounting issue
1. IMU Test
Verify IMU mounting & correct PN for the IMU.
Is the IMU mounted correctly? Figure 7-27.
Yes. Go to Test 2. Yes. Go to Test 4.
No. Mount IMU properly, No. Repair open in (RIO) wire.
2. Verify Correct IMU Part Number IMU Test

Is the correct IMU installed? Test voltage between [333B] terminals 1 and 4.
Yes. Go to Test 3.
No. Install correct IMU.
IMU Voltage Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Disconnect IMU [333],
Turn IGN ON.
94000979 7-24
CAN High Circuit Continuity Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Inspect BCM connection.
Connect BCM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-
24). b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 12 (W/R) wire

and [333B] terminal 3. DTC Validation Test
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? Connect IMU [333).
Turn IGN ON.
Clear DTCs.
Turn IGN OFF.
Wait 30 seconds.
Turn IGN ON.
Check DTCs.
Do any of the previous DTCs reset?
Yes. Replace IMU module.
No. System working properly.
DTC B217111. B217119

Figure 7-29. ~ ________ POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Yes. Go to Test 6,
No. Repair open in (W/R) wire.
Table 7-11. DTC B217111, B217119, C119500 Diagnostic
CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test Faults
Test resistance between BCM BOB terminal 13 (W/R) wire Wake up power circuit shorted to ground
and [333B] terminal 2. Wake up power circuit overloaded
1. Wake Up Power Circuit Shorted to Ground Test

Turn IGN OFF.
test continuity between ABS BOB terminal 4 and ground.
94000979 7-25
2. Is battery voltage present? Using TESTless
2. Is resistance CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
than 0.5 ohm?
test voltage between ABS BOB terminal 4 and ground.

b. No. Repair open in (O/W) wire.
DTC B217115 ___________

2. Wake Power Circuit Short to Ground Test
Turn IGN OFF.
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR Disconnect BCM [242-2] and inspect connections.
Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-50085),
Table 7-12. DTC B217115, C119500 Diagnostic Faults remove terminal 24 from [242B-2],
POSSIBLECAUSES Connect [242-2],
Open in wake power circuit
Short to voltage in wake power circuit ___________________ Turn IGN ON.
1. Wake Power Circuit Open Test Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404),
test voltage between extracted terminal 24 and ground.
Turn IGN OFF.
Is battery voltage present?
Connect ABS BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1- Yes. Repair short to voltage in (O/W) wire.
24).
Turn IGN ON. verify current DTC sets.
7-26 94000979
INVALID VIN DIAGNOSTICS 7.6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 7-14. DTC C115900, C117800, C118400, U3510000
Diagnostic Faults
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II An EHCU that is not calibrated correctly or has an internal
fault
The EHCU is calibrated to maximize ABS performance. If the
ECM VIN does not match ABS |
correct calibration is not in the module the ABS may not perform
correctly. The ECM and ABS/EHCU modules also compare VINs
to verify the correct ABS/EHCU module is installed. These VINs
1. Validation of Current DTC Test
must match before the ABS will operate properly. Clear DTC.
DTC DESCRIPTION Start engine, wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete initialization
C115900 ABS/EHCU invalid stored VIN test.
ABS/EHCU no VIN received from Turn engine off.
C117800 ECM/VSC
C118400 ABS/EHCU invalid VIN from ECM/VSC NOTE
U351000 ECM calibration error If more than one DTC resets, make sure to diagnose the DTC
with the higher priority first. Refer to Diagnostics (Page 1-2)
Conditions for Setting the DTC
VIN reported by the ECM does not match the configuration in the Check DTCs.
EHCU.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
Yes. Go to Test 2.
ABS is disabled.
No. See diagnostic tips.
All functions within ECC system are disabled (TCS, DSCS,
HHC).
2. Successful Calibration Test
Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650),
Diagnostic Tips attempt to calibrate the EHCU using the reflash icon and
selecting ABS.
These codes will usually appear after replacing the ECM or the
Clear DTCs.
EHCU. The new modules must be programmed using DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). After the parts are Turn IGN ON.
programmed and matched correctly for the specific vehicle, clear
the codes. Check DTCs.

DTC C115900. C117800. C118400___________
Yes. Go to Test 3.
No. Calibration complete.
IM Test
Cycle IGN OFF and ON.
Does IM display "VINERR"?
Yes. Replace ECM.
No. Replace EHCU.
7-27 94000979
1420560
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ____________ The ABS indicator will normally come on and then begin to
flash when the vehicle is turned ON. It will continue to flash
See Figure 7-33 and Figure 7-34. The IM illuminates the ABS until thfe EHCU sees at least 3 mPh <4-8 km/h>from both WSS indicator. The ABS/EHCU
roper
module sends a message on the to ven y P operation.
CAN bus to the IM in order to command the indicator ON or OFF.
3. Traction control 16. Battery discharge11J Q2) (13) (14) (15)(16) (17)
4. AABS
/ / / / REAR'' /
17. Right turn signal
/REAR
6. ^■A©(®)(W
Maintenance required 0 19. Device battery
4
11. Headlamp high beam 24. ARH (if equipped) 190 °F 250 °F
12. Low No
fuel 25. Gear indicator
13. CheckHeadset
engine
Connected
12.2
V
Range
Front Tire
Odomefer999999 29 psi
Trip A Trip B
0.0 mi 0.0 mi mi Rear Tire
20 psi
Odometer
PM
999999 mi
1000
El I 1 I I
F
10:31 HARLEY- DAVI OSON
AM
7-28 94000979
ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON, FLASHING OR INOPERATIVE 7.7
-H
- (15)
1
_
II
hi Q x_<

The malfunction must be present during diagnosis in order to For additional information about the connectors in the following
prevent unnecessary parts replacement. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see Connector Locations
(Page A-35).

94000979 7-29
1427181 40A ABS EHCU
Main Fuse
©
0?
© s
§
Li- ro
CD 7- W
0. > I
[5A]\[/ 1 2 Si?
[5B]Y OI2
1
2
'
II I i l l s
■
a: a: 1 2 3O4 9O1011 121314 18
\|/[166A] Y
U-
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 1213 14 18
[166B]
R ^Battery
il l ---------- Bin -----------
ir ^4 out z a
[333A]
1 Ground
[167A] [167BJ 2 CAN-

IMU
3 CAN +
4 Wake
Front Front WSS High O/BE « '
BK
WSS Front WSS Low O/BK ■ [242A-1]
11 Ground
[168A] [168B] 12 CAN-
13 CAN + BCM
24 Wake
Rear Rear WSS High 1 7] O/PK
WSS Rear WSS Low ■ BK ■ 2 O/BN
2
$$
ft
Primary 1. Inspect for worn, damaged or incorrect bearing assembly on the
CAN Bus GND2 GND 1

front wheel.

Table 7-15. ABS Indicator Continuously Flashing, No DTCs
Diagnostic Faults
ABS INDICATOR CONTINUOUSLY FLASHING.
NO DTCS ______________________
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Incorrect wheel bearing
Bearing not properly installed
Damaged wheel bearing
NOTE
A slow flash of the ABS/TCS slow flash 1 second on and 1 second
off is normal operation after turning the ICN ON.
1. DTC Test
Verify vehicle is equipped with ABS and has appropriate IM.
Clear and check DTCs. See Odometer Self-Diagnostics (Page 1-
21).
Yes. Go to Test 3.
No. Go to Test 2.
2. Wheel Bearing Inspection Test
94000979 7-30
4. Is battery voltage present on both circuits?
NOTE
A correctly installed ABS wheel bearing will have a gray seal facing
outward.
If the seal is red, the bearing is installed backward.

If the wheel bearing has a metallic shield, it is a non-ABS bearing
and should be replaced with the correct bearing.
Inspect for worn, damaged or incorrect bearing assembly on both

wheels.
Were worn, damaged or incorrect components found on either
wheel?
Yes. Repair wheel bearing as needed.
No. Go to Test 3.
WSS Speed Verification Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Connect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).

Place bike on lift.
Turn IGN ON.
Rotate each wheel one at a time and verify speed is being reported
for each wheel.
Was wheel speed observed for each wheel?
Yes. System working properly.
No. Replace faulty WSS.
94000979 7-31
ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON OR 7. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
INOPERATIVE __________________

Table 7-16. ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative Diagnostic

Faults POSSIBLE CAUSES ~
Open battery circuit __________________________________
Open ground circuit
Short to ground in battery circuit _____________________
1. DTC Test
Verify vehicle is equipped with ABS and has appropriate IM.
Clear DTCs.
Turn IGN OFF.
Check DTCs.
Yes. See appropriate diagnostic procedure.
No. Go to Test 2. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
Turn IGN OFF.
2. ABS Lamp Function Test
Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 11 and IM BOB
Perform a "WOW" test. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2). terminal (BK) 8.
Does ABS lamp function properly during the "WOW" test? Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes. Go to Test 3.
No. Replace IM.
CAN High Circuit Continuity Test

Turn IGN OFF.
Inspect IM connections.
Connect IM BOB. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-24).
41404), test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 2 and
IM BOB terminal (BK) 2. Figure 7-37.
Yes. Go to Test 5.
No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
ABS/EHCU Power Circuit Test

Turn IGN ON.
Test voltage between ABS BOB terminal 9 and ground.
Test voltage between ABS BOB terminal 18 and ground.
7-32 94000979
4. Is battery voltage present on both circuits? ABS/EHCU Switched Power Circuit Test
Turn IGN ON.
Test voltage between ABS BOB terminal 4 to ground.
Figure 7-38.
Yes. Go to Test 6.
No. Repair open in ABS/EHCU module battery circuit.
ABS/EHCU Ground Circuit Test

b. No. Repair open in (0/W)wire.
Turn IGN OFF.
Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 1 and ground.
ABS/EHCU Test
94000979 7-33
Remove ABS BOB and connect [166],
Remove IM BOB and connect [39].
Clear DTCs.
Start vehicle. Operate in the parameters for initialization self-test.

Turn IGN OFF.
Check DTCs.
Yes. Replace EHCU.
No. Concern is intermittent. See Wiggle Test (Page 1-29).
7-34 94000979
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
A.1 WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................. A-1
A.2 WIRE HARNESS CONNECTORS ............................................................................................ A-21
NOTES
WIRING DIAGRAMS A.1
GENERAL
Wire Color Codes

Wire traces on wiring diagrams are labeled with alpha codes.
Refer to Table A-1.
For Solid Color Wires: See Figure A-1. The alpha code identifies
wire color.
For Striped Wires: The code is written with a slash (/) between
the solid color code and the stripe code. For example, a trace
labeled GN/Y is a green wire with a yellow stripe.
Wiring Diagram Symbols

See Figure A-1. On wiring diagrams and in service/repair
instructions, connectors are identified by a number in brackets [
]. The letter inside the brackets identifies whether the housing is
a socket or pin housing.
A=Pin: The letter A and the pin symbol after a connector

number identifies the pin side of the terminal connectors.
B=Socket: The letter B and the socket symbol after a connector Connector number
number identifies the socket side of the terminal connectors. Terminal code (A=pin, B=socket)
Other symbols found on the wiring diagrams include the Solid wire color
following: Striped wire color
Diode: The diode allows current flow in one direction only in a Socket symbol
circuit. Pin symbol
Diode
Wire break: The wire breaks are used to show option variances Wire break
or page breaks. No connection
Circuit to/from
No Connection: Two wires crossing over each other in a wiring Splice
diagram that are shown with no splice indicating they are not Ground
connected together. Twistedpair
Circuit to/from: This symbol indicates a more complete circuit
Figure A-1. Connector/Wiring Diagram Symbols
diagram on another page. The symbol is also identifying the
direction of current flow.
Splice: Splices are where two or more wires are connected

together along a wiring diagram. The indication of a splice only
indicates that wires are spliced to that circuit. It is not the true
location of the splice in the wiring harness.
Ground: Grounds can be classified as either clean or dirty

grounds. Clean grounds are identified by a (BK/GN) wire and
are normally used for sensors or modules.
NOTE
Clean grounds usually do not have electric motors, coils or
anything that may cause electrical interference on the ground
circuit.
Dirty grounds are identified by a (BK) wire and are used for
components that are not as sensitive to electrical interference.
Twisted pair: This symbol indicates the two wires are twisted
Figure A-2. Fuse Blocks and Socket Terminals
together in the harness. This minimizes the circuit's
electromagnetic interference from external sources. If repairs
are necessary to these wires they should remain as twisted
wires.
94000979 A-1
Table A-1. Wire Color Codes WIRING DIAGRAMS
ALPHA CODE WIRE COLOR
BE Blue Refer to the table below for wiring diagram information.
BK Black
BN Brown
GN Green
GY Gray
LBE Light Blue
LGN Light Green
0 Orange
PK Pink
R Red
TN Tan
V Violet
W White
Y Yellow
WIRING DIAGRAM LIST

FIGURE NUMBER
Power Distribution: 2022 Pan America Figure A-3.
Sensor Grounds: 2022 Pan America Figure A-4.
Ground Circuit: 2022 Pan America Figure A-5.
Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2022 Pan America Figure A-6.
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2022 Pan America Figure A-7.
Main Harness 2 of 2: 2022 Pan America Figure A-8.
Engine Harness 1 of 2: 2022 Pan America Figure A-9.
Engine Harness 2 of 2: 2022 Pan America Figure A-10.
Rear Lighting: 2022 Pan America Figure A-11.
A-2
94000979
BCM
Left Front Right Front
Turn Lamp Headlamp Turn Lamp
40A [5A] [5B]

Main Fuse ->>- r J. 1 1
o:
Fuse
□
HI
^Y[38B] □
UJ
CO
Fuse Power 1 1 r E Block CO

I
UJ
r T PAC CO
Battery 2 2 Infotainment Battery )
10A
I
7.5A f LU OAP1rb1 [242A-2]»]/ 2
'L L 1
CO
[T]t[31RA] 3 4 26 27 | l 1 2 |N|/[242A-1]
F [64B] [T] A [31 LB] [242B-2] Y 3 4 26 27 | [ryiYt2426-1!
2
.T . . . . T. ... [TJYI31LA]
[145B] [145A]
UJ 2 2 CD 0 0
2£$
I 'BE»I
>- ■ > [86A] [86B]

o ■ o ->>-
Sag Fuel
ii ■ n At61B] 7}R/BN. [85A] [85B]
Pump
't' (61 A] Rear Fuel
Voltage Injector
Regulator
Starter
Solenoid [97B] [97A] [145A] [145B]
PAC Relay Purge Rear

D‘ I/BE ■0EH Br Ignition
AI77A] Solenoid
Coil
[39A] [39B] Y [77B] [95A] [95B] tR/GNI 1 1
IM 5 5 IR/PK Cooling ~A~|l [130RB] [130RA]

Fan [325B] [91B]
BN >- RfGNI B B -<
>- PAC QJR/Y: :R/Y:jT] DLC
Heated Gear|Tji BK
[191-2B]
[78B] [78A]
>— _l
Heated Gear|T^ BK
(142A] [142B] I R/ G N* ECM
Security Siren [281B]
(Optional) IR/OS >— [83B] [83A]
Battery Tender [T^ F
Block
ja R ON B B Coil
[24B] [24A] SAIi45B]
[T]A[ 40B
] [llAi 458
] [7]Y[145A] [84A] [84B]
[145B]A[s]
Left Hand [T]Y[40A] [T]t[45A] [145A]Y[F]
RIOS
Controls Front Fuel
r
.R/GN{7
Injector
[130FB] [130FA]
A1166B] Front
t
[T]A[145Bi |R/ G N^ B Ignition
[i]t[145Al Y(166A] Coil
[270REA-114I[T] [270RIA-1]A[T] [270FIA-1) s\, [T] [270FEA-1] A0
[270REB-1JYQ] [270RIB-1]f[T] [270FIB-1] Y[T] [270FEB-1]t[T] [137A] [137B]
Rear
IR/GNJT
EHCU H02S
ABS
[22B-2] [22A-2] □- R/O 430 UJ [270REB-2J4, 1 [270RIB-214, 1 [270FIB-214, 1 [270FEB-2]4, 1
L[78B] [78A] [94B]A[l 0 [270REA-2] Y 1 [270RIA-2] Y 1 [270FIA-2] Y 1 [270FEA-2] Y 1
[138A] [138B]
Right,Hand RIO E 67 67 Front
R/OI ECM [94A]t
WTPowt
Controls LP Lamp i Y LL .R/GN^T
H02S
cQ.
0.
[341 A] [341B]
Tail/Stop Lamp Rear Exhaust Rear Intake Front Intake Front Exhaust Post Cat
«R/GN^
VVT Phaser VVT Phaser WT Phaser WT Phaser H02S
Figure A-3. Power Distribution: 2022 Pan America

1422030
[24B] [24A] [22A-2] [22B-2]

1422034
Left
Hand [325B]
Bank Lamp
Controls Headlamp —<
Figure A-4. Sensor Grounds: 2022 Pan America

Figure A-5. Ground Circuit: 2022 Pan America
1416036
Left Front Right Front

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
[314B]X Clutch '

[314A]f Switch
[24A-1] [24B-1]
ZlD>iD CD
ee*.
COdCQ
® a L
ID ID C o
Heated Grip (If o> o>
Equipped) .2 =
111 8
§ £ £ 1MA
]YIB]
12 3 4
Bank
Headlamp Lamp
(0 nsr- 0
J?5O £
UJ 03
m$$S x: ID UJ ID CD
CO CD
. in in CD CD CD
■111.
[24B)AI 1 2 3 4 I [31 LB) A | 1 2 3 [38A)4, [134A]\J/ 78 [22B-2)X 12 3 4
See Main Harness

(1 of 2)
Figure A-6. Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2022 Pan America
1412353
See Front
Lighting
and «
Hand
Controls
Figure A-7. Main Harn ess 1 of 2: 2022 Pan America

1412345 40A PAC Relay Fuse Block [191-1]
Fuel Security Security
Main Fuse
Pump Siren Antenna Heated
<U
Gear
Terminating Terminating 1
w
Resistor Resistor c [191-2]
LF Antenna Out A
LF Antenna Out B
%2
Heated
Fuel Pump
Gear
Ground
1P§
TO <D £
[319A-1]vJ, [319A-2]xJ/ 12
m </) O
[142AJ4, 1 2 3 [209A14, 12
[319B-1] Y [319B-2] Y [142B] Y 1 2 3 [209B] Y
12 12 Battery
■
Tender
[242B-1 [242A-1]
Battery
Accessory Power
[145B] Starter Solenoid Fuel

>- Pump System Power 2
System Power 1 Low
Beam UHF Antenna In LF
Antenna Out A LF
Antenna Out B LIN 1
Ground
See Primary CAN + Primary
Engine CAN - Secondary CAN •
Harness Secondary CAN + Left
(2 of 2) Front Turn Right Front
Turn Stop Lamp Rear
Brake Switch Run/Stop
Switch Security Siren
Enable Left Rear Turn
Right Rear Turn Wake
Power High Beam WT
Power Position Lamps
Horn
BCM
See
Main
Harness 3-2] [242A-2]
d of 2)
Ground
Ground
Ground
Front Pre-Load Position +
Front Pre-Load Position - Rear
Pre-Load Position - Rear Pre-
Load Position + Front Stroke
Position +■ Front Stroke
Position - Rear Stroke Position
- Front Damping Control
Ground
Rear Stroke Possition + Rear
Damping Control Ground
Rear ARH Control ARH
Solenoid Power Damping
Solenoid Power Front ARH
Control Bank Lamp Power
[242B-3] [242A-3]
ARH-Electric Suspension Only

GND 1
Rear Suspension
Rear WSS ABS EHCU IMU If Equipped Rear Lighting
Figure A-8. Main Harness 2 of 2: 2022 Pan America

1412349
Oil Pressure Throttle Gear Position

Switch ECT I AT JSS Motor TPS Sensor
£ »-
l ? T> > r n 7" 7* TJ
. 5*
1
g. e
C
fj
a
§ §
T 5 =
<S 5 O Je
s
2
)
E ^ Q
» 0 10
*s § "O <0 <D
B B S » § **■ §
1 o "1 J 2 2 *“ < D CM < D
(0 W CO «
10 ro w
<
Q5. SSo f= £ SSS
8Z
[120AJ4, 1 2 3 12 3 4 1 2 3
1 [98A] 4 , 1 2 [89A] ^ 1 2 [133AJ4, [211 A] 4 , 1 2 [8 8 A]\|/ [269A] 4,
[120B] Y 1 [98B] Y 1 2 [89B] Y 1 2 [133B] Y 1 2 3 [ 2 1 1 B] Y 1 2 [8 8 B] Y 12 3 4 [269B] Y 1 2 3 n 1 1
wn ■w n
mr
See
> Engine
Flarness
(2 of 2)
Knock AAT Fuel Level Front MAP Rear MAP

Sensor Sender
Figure A-9. Engine Harness 1 of 2: 2022 Pan America

Post Cat
1408931 Rear Exhaust Rear Intake Front Front Intake Front Rear Front Rear Front H02S Rear H02S
Cam Sensor Cam Sensor Exhaust Cam Cam Block Ignition Ignition Fuel Fuel (If Equipped)
Sensor Injector Injector HQ2S
Sensor Coil Coil Coil
v>
a
E
O
CL
5
0 £
1 I£p?
'i c0
m O a:
[UREA] 4 , 1 23 [14RIAJ4 [14FEA14 [14FIA] [130FA] [130RAJ4 (85B]A
[14REBJY 1 23 - [14RIB] , 4- \J/ , [130RB] [85A]t
Y [14FEBJY [14FIB] Y [130FB] Y Y 1 23
4I
[137B] XI 1 2 3 4 I’ 34|
2
34I
23 41
[137A]YfTTTT Ur 2 ~ 11
£ BK/GY
£ R/GY :
$1 BK/GN
y BK
■■
See ^W/B
Main , K
Harness
( 1 of 2 )
GN/W:
GY/W
^BKrt IR/Ot 1
V. lkw/RE 2
W/BK ■ 3
V/GN E 4
R/GNI 5
Main
BN/BE ■ 6
Harness
y GY/V » ( 2 of 2 )
‘y GN/V ■ BK/GNi 7
y GN/O* BKI 8
GY/O ■ W/GY
LGN/GY
y GY/GN
y GN/GY
See
Engine _ y BK/W
Harness'
BK/GN
< 1 of 2 )
LGN/W
BN/W
BK/GY
[270REA-1]4/[ [270RIA-1] XI 1 2 [270FIA-1 ] [270FEA-1]X[

[270REB-1] Y[ [270RIB-1]Y|~TT 4/ [ [270FIB- [270FEB-1]f[ [78B1A 1 2 3 5 6 7 11 1314 1617 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 34 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 47 48 49 50 52 53 54 58 62 64 65 66 67 69 70 71 7 2 74 77 78 80 81
A B
1] Y[ [78A]Y 1 2 3 5 6 7 11 13 14 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 34 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 47 48 49 50 52 53 54 58 62 64 65 66 67 69 70 71 72 74 77 78 80 81
A B
O T5
* 1 2
O
Q.
0 [270REB- [270RIB- [270FIB- [270FEB-
2I E 1
w 2J4/ 2J4/ 2J4, 2J4/ 1 2
a)
I* 1 [270REA-2] [270RIA-2] [270FIA-2] [270FEA-2]
c/) P
3
gg c Q. Y Y Y Y X
UJ
s0 >
c
p
U.
CKP Coolin Purge Rear Rear Intake Front Intake Front
Sensor g Solen Exhaust WT WT Phaser WT Phaser Exhauist WT ECM
Fan oid Phaser Phaseir
Figure A-10. Engine Harness 2 of 2: 2022 Pan America

1416040 LP Lamp
Ri Lef
ght t
Re Re
ar z*: ar
CD CO
Tu Tu
rn rn LU X. CO
CO
La La
mp mp
Tail/Stop
Lamp
r
[94A] ^ 12 34
[94B] Y 12 3 4
LU QT ^
CD QJ CD
UJ
CO
01 CO w^
LU UJ ^ CO CO CO LU ^ CO
LU ^
CO CO CO CO CO
[40A]\|/[j_ |~T~~2""3~
T [18B]1 1 2 [19B]A 1 2 [45A] A
L_
See Main
Harness
(2 of 2)
Figure A-11. Rear Lighting: 2022 Pan America
WIRE HARNESS CONNECTORS A.2
GENERAL ______________________________ Connector Number

On wiring diagrams and in service instructions, connectors are
Function/Location identified by a number in brackets.
All vehicle connectors are identified by their function and Repair Instructions
location. Refer to Table A-2.
The repair instructions in Appendix B of the electrical diagnostic
Place and Color manual (EDM) are by connector type. Refer to Table A-2.
The place (number of wire cavities of a connector housing) and

color of the connector can also aid identification.
Table A-2. Connector Locations

TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION TYPE PROBE COL- LOCATION
NO. OR
[5] Main fuse 2-way SWS J-case (YW) Red Right steering head caddy
3-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Sealed
[14RE] Rear exhaust cam sensor (BK) Light blue Top of cylinder head

[14RI] Rear intake cam sensor Light blue Top of cylinder head
(BK)
[14FE] Front exhaust cam sensor Light blue Top of cylinder head
(BK)
[14FI] Front intake cam sensor (BK) Light blue Top of cylinder head
[18] Right rear turn signal 2-way JAE MX19 (BK) Yellow Top of rear fender (under seat)
[19] Left rear turn signal 2-way JAE MX19(BK) Yellow Top of rear fender (under seat)
[22] RHCM 8-way JST JWPF Sealed (W) Light blue RHCM
[22-1] RHCM 8-way JST JWPF Sealed (W) Light blue Right steering head caddy
[22-2] RHCM 4-way JST JWPF Sealed (W) Light blue Right steering head caddy
[24] LHCM 4-way JST JWPF Sealed (W) Light blue Left steering head caddy
[24-1] IfiCM 8-way JST JWPF Sealed (W) Light blue LHCM
[31L] Left front turn signal 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Left steering head caddy
[31R] Right front turn signal 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Right steering head caddy
4-way Delphi 150 Metri-Pack
[38] Headlamp (BK) Gray Back of headlamp
12-way Delphi Micro 64 Sealed
[39] IM (GY) Breakout Box Back of IM
[40] Tail/stop lamp 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under seat
[45] License plate lamp 2-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under seat
3-way Aptiv Ducon 6.3 sealed Left side of voltage regulator ((lower
[47] Stator (BK) Green front)
Bosch 5-way relay block sealed
[61] PAC relay block (BK) Blue Under seat
6-way Delphi fuse block un
[64] Fuse block sealed (BK) Gray Under seat
Left side of voltage regulator (lower
[77] Voltage regulator 2-way Aptiv 6.3 Ducon (BK) Green front)
[78] ECM 81-way Delphi MTS (BK) Breakout Box Under fuel tank (left side)
2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 sealed
[79] CKP sensor Light blue Lower left side of engine
(BK)
[80F] MAP sensor 3-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Sealed Light blue Top right between cylinders
[80R] MAP sensor 3-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Sealed Light blue Top right between cylinders
[83] Block coil 3-way Delphi GT 150 3.5mm Gray Left side of engine
[84] Front fuel injector 2-way Bosch SL Mini (BK) Purple Below fuel tank (left side)
[85] Rear fuel injector 2-way Bosch SL Mini (BK) Purple Below fuel tank (left side)
[86] Fuel pump 2-way Bosch Compact 4 Orange Under fuel tank
[88] TPS 4-way TE Connectivity Econo Gray Between cylinder heads (induction
seal (BK) module)
[89] I AT 2-way Tyco [GY] Gray Under fuel tank
[91] DLC 6-way JST MWT (R) Light blue Under seat
[94] Tail lamp 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under seat
94000979 A-21
TERMINAL
NO. OR
[95] Purge solenoid Gray Lower front below radiator
Sealed (R)
[97] Cooling fan Gray Behind fan
Sealed (BK)
2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 sealed
[98] Coolant temperature sensor Light blue Left side of engine
(GY)
2-way Molex MX64 Unsealed
[107] AAT sensor Light blue Right steering head caddy
(BK)
Push-on Right Angle Molded
[120] Oil pressure switch Black Left side of engine
terminal (BK)
[121-1] Rear brake switch Push-on Molded terminals (BK) Red Mid-chassis under seat
[121-2]
[122-1] Horn Flag terminals (BK) Red Front center of frame
[122-2]
[128] Starter solenoid 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 (GY) Light blue Top of starter
[130F] Front ignition coil 3-way Delphi GT150(BK) Gray Top of cylinder
[130R] Rear ignition coil 3-way Delphi GT 150 (BK) Gray Top of cylinder
3-way Molex MX 150 Sealed
[133] JSS (BK) Gray Lower left side by stand
[134] Bank lamp 4-way JAE MX19(BK) Yellow Under the headlamp
4-way Molex MX 150 Sealed
[137] H02S rear (BK) Gray Front of engine (behind radiator)
[138] H02S front 4-way Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Front of engine (behind radiator)
(GY)
[141] Fuel level sender 3-way Tyco MCON 1.2 (BK) Light blue Under fuel tank
3-way Delphi GT 150 Sealed
[142] Security siren (BK) Gray Under seat
[145] Engine harness 12-way Molex MX150 Unsealed Gray Between cylinder heads (right side)
(BK)
[166] ABS/EHCU module 18-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Sealed Breakout box Under seat
[167] Front WSS 2-way Deutsch DTM (BK) Brown Left steering head caddy
[168] Rear WSS 2-way Deutsch DTM (BK) Brown Under seat
[170] Brake switch 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow RHCM brake switch
[191-1] Heated gear 2-way Coliant barrel style Under seat
[191-2] Heated gear 2-way Coliant barrel style Under seat
2-way Molex MX64 Unsealed
[209] Security antenna (BK) Light blue Under seat
Between cylinder heads (induction
[211] TCA 2-way Furukawa FW Purple module)
[224] TGS 6-way JST JWPF Sealed Light blue RHCM
[242-1] BCM 2-way TE Connectivity NG1 Red Under seat

(BK)
[242-2] BCM 28-way Molex CMC sealed Breakout Box Under seat
(BK)
[242-3] BCM 28-way Molex CMC sealed Breakout Box Under seat
(BK)
[265] USB-C 7-way
[269] Gear position sensor 3-way Tyco MCON 1.2 sealed Light blue Left side of transmission
Light blue/yel
[270FE-1] Front VVT exhaust phaser 2-way Tyco Slimseal (BK) low Top of cylinder
[270FE-2] Front VVT exhaust phaser 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Light blue Under valve cover
[270FI- Light blue/yel
Front VVT intake phaser 2-way Tyco Slimseal (W) low Top of cylinder
1]
[270FI- Front VVT intake phaser 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Light blue Under valve cover
2]
[270RE- Light blue/yel
Rear VVT exhaust phaser 2-way Tyco Slimseal (W) low Top of cylinder
1]
[270RE-
2] Rear VVT exhaust phaser 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Light blue Under valve cover
Light blue/yel
[270RI-1] Rear VVT intake phaser 2-way Tyco Slimseal (BK) Top of cylinder
low
[270RI-2] Rear WT intake phaser 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Light blue Under valve cover
[281] Battery tender 2-way overmold (BK) Under seat
A-22 94000979
Table A-8. Right Rear Turn [18]
TERMINAL
NO. OR
[314] Clutch switch 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow LHCM
[315] Knock sensor 2-way Tyco MCON 1.2 (GY) Light blue Between cylinders
[319-1] Terminating resistor 2-way PKC Sealed Gray Under seat
[319-2] Terminating resistor 2-way PKC Sealed Gray Under seat
[319-3] Terminating resistor 2-way PKC Sealed Gray Front left side of engine
[325] PAC 3-way Molex MX 150 Gray Right steering head caddy
[333] IMU 4-way AMP MQS Yellow Under seat
[341] Post cat H02S 4-way Molex MX150 (BK) Gray Right side of engine
[343] Sensor jumper harness 5-way Tyco MCON 1.2 Light blue Left side of engine
[344] Rear suspension 8-way Molex MX150 (BK) Gray Under seat
[345] Front ARH Control 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (GY) Yellow Right steering head caddy
[346] Stroke sensor 2-way JAE MX19 Sealed (GY) Yellow Left steering head caddy
[347] Fork damping 2-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Left steering head caddy
[GND1] Ground stud Ring terminals Under seat
[GND2] Ground stud Ring terminals Under seat
[GND3] Engine block ground Ring terminals Front of engine, left side
1423927
CONNECTOR END VIEWS
Table A-3. Main Fuse [5]

TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 R Battery
2 R Main fuse
1422860
Figure A-14. Front Exhaust Cam Sensor [14FE]

--' ---- ' -
Table A-6. Rear Intake Cam Sensor [14RI]
HKfl' [ TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 R/W Sensor power 1
w 2
3
BK/GN
Y/BN
Ground
Rear intake cam position
1423927
Figure A-12. Main Fuse [5]
Table A-4. Front Intake Cam Sensor [14FI]

2 BK/GN Ground
3 Y/BE Front intake cam position
1423927
Figure A-15. Rear Intake Cam Sensor [14RI]
Table A-7. Rear Exhaust Cam Sensor [14RE]

2 BK/GN Ground
3 Y/GN Rear exhaust cam position
1423927
Figure A-13. Front Intake Cam Sensor [14FI]
Table A-5. Front Exhaust Cam Sensor [14FE]

2 BK/GN Ground
3 Y/BK Front exhaust cam position
A-24 94000979
ed03730

1 BE/BN Right turn signal —In nl—j.
2 BK GND
1482277
[ {0000H
,llll^
JT; Figure A-20. RHCM [22-2]
00Rear Turn Signal [18]
Figure A-17. Right Table A-12. RHCM [22-2]
V ./ _j-
Table A-9. Left Rear Turn Signal [19] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR hl
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 R/O Battery fuse
1 BE/V Left turn signal 2 W/R CAN high
2 BK Ground 3 W/BK CAN low
1482277
4 W/GY Redundant engine stop
5 BK/GN Ground
6 BE Brake lever switch (N.O.) In
7 O/BK Brake switch power
8 BN Brake lever switch (N.l.) In
1427631
7
if ' ^ J=U=L 11
■i 00 ,_
- V J X-
L.
Figure A-18. Left Rear Turn Signal [19]
Figure A-21. RHCM [22]
Table A-10. RHCM [22-1]
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Table A-13. LHCM [24]
1 R/W 5V sensor power 1 TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
2 GN/W TGS 1 1 BK/GN Ground
3 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1 2 W/R CAN high
4 R/GY 5V sensor power 2 3 W/BK CAN low
5 GY/W TGS 2 4 R/O Battery fuse
6 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
7 W/GY Run/stop ed03730
8 BK NIC
1 l~~l f~l I ---------
--------
C \
- 0000 - v
□
ui (j) ffi m
y
□□□
□ □□□ H) (D BO 51
[A]<- Figure A-22. LHCM [24]
Figure A-19. RHCM [22-1]

Table A-11. RHCM [22-2]
1 BK/GN Ground
2 W/R CAN high
3 W/BK CAN low
4 R/O Battery fuse
Table A-14. LHCM [24-1]
1 R/O Battery
2 W/R CAN high
3 W/BK CAN low
4 BK N/C
5 BK/GN Ground
6 BE Clutch switch A
7 TN Clutch switch power
8 BN/BE Clutch switch A
Figure A-16. Rear Exhaust Cam Sensor [14RE]

94000979 A-23
Table A-18. IM [39]

1 R/O +5 USB
2 W/R CAN high
3 BK OV USB
4 - N/C
5 R/PK Battery
6 BE USB Data +
Figure A-23. LHCM [24-1] 7 BK/GN Ground
8 W/BK CAN low
Table A-15. Front Left Turn Signal [31L]
9 BE/O CC1
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 10 BE/PK CC2
1 BE Position 11 BK Shield
2 BE/PK Left front turn signal 12 BE/W USB Data -
3 BK Ground ed03709
4 - N/C
UTT f \ \\
i f |rj dP® SP®
_ l MdP®@3S>
Figure A-27. IM [39]
Figure A-24. Front Left Turn Signal [31L] Table A-19. Center Lighting [40]
Table A-16. Front Right Turn Signal [31R] 1 BE Running/position lamps
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 BE/R Brake lamp power
1 BE Position 3 BK Ground
2 BE/O Right front turn signal 4 - N/C
3 BK Ground ed0367l
4 - N/C
[A]<-
Figure A-28. Center Lighting [40]
Figure A-25. Front Right Turn Signal [31R] Table A-20. LP Lamp [45]
Table A-17. Headlamp [38] 1 BE Running lamps
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 BK Ground
A BK Ground 1482277
B BE/Y Low beam

C BE/W High beam
D BE Running/position lamp
ill
i 11 i,
BCD
- ^
Lc
Figure A-29. LP Lamp [45]
Table A-21. Stator [47]

1 BK Stator
2 BK Stator
3 BK Stator
94000979 A-25
Table A-25. ECM [78] Table A-28. MAP [80R]

1 GY/BK Cooling fan control
2 BK/GN Ground
3 BK/GN Ground
4 - N/C
5 R/GN Powertrain system power
6 GN/Y Front fuel injector
Figure A-30. Stator [47]
7 GY/Y Rear fuel injector
8 - N/C
Table A-22. PAC Relay [61]
9 - N/C
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 10 - N/C
1 BK Ground 11 BK Crank position sensor
2 R/Y Accessories power 12 - N/C
3 R/GY PAC fuse 13 Y/V Rear intake VVT control
4 R Battery tender 14 BK/O Front 02S pre-cat heater
5 R/GY Heated gear ground
15 - N/C
ed04006 r-HP-i 16 LGN/BK Purge solenoid
17 Y/GN Front intake VVT control
■=3? 18 - N/C
19 - N/C
20 GY/O Throttle motor lo
21 GN/O Throttle motor hi
n—V 22 Y/O Front exhaust VVT control
23 BK/PK Rear 02S pre-cat heater ground
Figure A-31. PAC Relay [61]
24 GN/BE Front coil A out

Table A-23. Fuse Block [64] 25 - N/C
26 GY/R Post-cat 02 sensor
A R Infotainment
27 GY/V Throttle position sensor 2
B R/PK Infotainment - N/C
28
C R Battery 29 BK/GY 5V Sensor ground 2
D R/O Battery tender fuse 30 R Crank position sensor +
E R PAC tender 31 Y/PK Fuel level
F R/GY PAC tender 32 W/O Oil pressure
33 " N/C
34 LGN/GY Jiffy stand

35 “ N/C
36 BN/W Knock sensor hi

37 LGN/W Knock sensor lo
38 W/BK CAN low
39 W/R CAN high
40 - N/C
41 GN/W Twist grip sensor 1
Table A-24. Voltage Regulator [77] 42 GY/W Twist grip sensor 2
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 43 GN/BE Rear coil A out
A BK Ground 44 - N/C
B R Battery 45 - N/C
46 - N/C
47 GN/BN Front H02S
48 GY/BN Rear H02S
49 GY/GN Coolant sensor
50 Y/BK Front exhaust cam position
51 LGN/Y Vehicle speed
52 GN/V Throttle position sensor 1
53 GY Front MAP sensor
54 V Rear MAP sensor
Figure A-33. Voltage Regulator [77] 55 - N/C
56 - N/C
57 - N/C
58 Y/BN Rear intake cam position
59 - N/C
Figure A-36. MAP [80F]
94000979 A-27
Table A-25. ECM [78]
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
60 - N/C 1 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
61 - N/C 2 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
62 GN/BE Front coil B out 3 V Rear MAP sensor
1423634
63 - N/C
64 Y/W Rear exhaust VVT control
65 BK/BN Pre-cat 02 sensor ground
66 R/GY 5V Sensor power 2
67 R/O Battery fuse
68 - N/C
69 Y/GN Rear exhaust cam position
70 R/W 5V Sensor power 1
71 W/V Ambient air temperature
72 GN/GY Intake air temperature Figure A-37. MAP [80R]
73 - N/C
74 BK/W 5V Sensor Ground 1 Table A-29. Block Coil [83]
75 - N/C
A GN/BE Front ignition coil B out
76 - N/C
77 Y/BE Front intake cam position B R/GN System power
78 W Gear position C GY/BE Rear ignition coil B out
ed03695
79 - N/C
80 BN/O 02 Sensor heater post-cat
81 GY/BE Rear coil B out
Figure A-38. Block Coil [83]
Table A-30. Front Fuel Injector [84]

Table A-26. CKP Sensor [79] 1 R/GN System power
2 GN/Y Front fuel injector
1423643
1 R CKP sensor high
2 BK CKP sensor low
ed03698
Figure A-39. Front Fuel Injector [84]
Table A-31. Rear Fuel Injector [85]

Figure A-35. CKP Sensor [79] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 BN/BE System power
Table A-27. MAP [80F] 2 GY/Y Rear fuel injector
1 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
2 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
3 GY Front MAP sensor
Figure A-40. Rear Fuel Injector [85]
A-26 94000979
Table A-32. Fuel Pump [86] Table A-36. Tail Lamp [94]
1 R/BN Fuel pump 1 BE Position lamp
2 BK Ground 2 BE/R Brake lamp power
1404523 3 BK Ground
4 - N/C
Figure A-41. Fuel Pump [86]
Table A-33. TPS [88] Figure A-45. Tail Lamp [94]

1 GN/V Throttle position sensor 1 Table A-37. Purge Solenoid [95]
2 R/W 5V sensor power 1 TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
3 GY/V Throttle position sensor 2 A BN/BE Cooling system power
4 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1 B LGN/BK Purge solenoid
1417848 1515035
Figure A-42. TPS [88]

Figure A-46. Purge Solenoid [95]
Table A-38. Cooling Fan [97]

Table A-34. IAT [89] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A BN/BE Cooling system power
1 GN/GY IAT B GY/BK Cooling fan control
2 BK/W 5 Volt sensor ground ed03703
Figure A-47. Cooling Fan [97]

Table A-35. DLC [91]
Table A-39. Coolant Temperature Sensor [98]
1 GY/GN Coolant temperature
1 - N/C
2 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1
2 W/R CAN high 1423922
3 BK Ground
4 R/Y Accessory power
5 W/BK CAN low
6 - N/C
1325424
Figure A-48. Coolant Temperature Sensor [98]
Figure A-44. DLC [91]

A-28 94000979
ed03805 ed03657
A-30 94000979
Table A-40. AAT [107]

1 W/V Air temperature
2 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1
ed03644
Figure A-53. Starter Solenoid [128] Table A-45. Front Ignition
Coil [130F]
A GN/BE Rear ignition coil
Figure A-49. AAT [107] B R/GN System power
C - N/C
Table A-41. Oil Pressure Switch [120]
1 w/o Oil pressure
Figure A-54. Front Ignition Coil [130F]
Table A-46. Rear Ignition Coil [130R]

Figure A-50. Oil Pressure Switch [120] Table A-42. Rear
A GY/BE Rear ignition coil
Brake Switch [121-1] [121-2] B BN/BE System power
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION C - N/C
1 BE/GN Rear brake switch
1 BK Ground
ed0359S
Figure A-55. Rear Ignition Coil [130R]
Table A-47. Jiffy Stand [133]

Figure A-51. Rear Brake Switch [121-1] [121-2]
Table A-43. Horn [122-1] [122-2] 1 R/W 5 Volt sensor power
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 LGN/GY JSS signal
1 R/V Horn power 3 BK/GN Sensor ground
1 BK Ground
ed03594
Figure A-56. Jiffy Stand [133]

Figure A-52. Horn [122-1] [122-2]
Table A-48. Bank Lamp [134]
Table A-44. Starter Solenoid [128] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 R/BE Bank lamp power
1 R/BK Power 2 BK Ground
2 BK Ground 3 - N/C
4 TN/BK LIN 1
94000979 A-29
ed03805 ed03657
Figure A-57. Bank Lamp [134] Figure A-61. Security Siren (Optional) [142]
Table A-49. H02S Rear [137] Table A-53. Engine Harness [145]
1 R/GN System power 1 R/O Battery power
2 BK/PK Rear H02S heater 2 W/R CAN +
3 GY/BN Rear H02S 3 W/BK CAN-
4 BK/BN Pre cat H02S ground 4 V/GN WT power
5 R/GN System power
6 BN/BE Cooling system power
7 BK/GN Ground
8 BK Ground
9 W/GY Run/Stop
10 BE/O Right turn
11 BE Position
12 - N/C
Figure A-58. H02S Rear [137]
Table A-50. H02S Front [138]

1 R/GN System power
2 BK/O Front H02S heater
3 GY/BN Front H02S
4 BK/BN Pre cat H02S ground
Figure A-62. Engine Harness [145]
Table A-54. ABS/EHCU [166]

1 BK/GN Ground
2 W/R CAN high
3 O/BK Front WSS low
4 o/w Wake power
5 - N/C
Figure A-59. H02S Front [138] 6 - N/C
7 - N/C
Table A-51. Fuel Level Sender [141] 8 - N/C
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 9 R Battery power (ECU)
1 Y/PK Fuel level 10 BK Ground (Motor)
2 BK/GN Fuel level ground 11 W/BK CAN low
3 BK Ground 12 O/BE Front WSS high
13 O/PK Rear WSS high
14 O/BN Rear WSS low
15 - N/C
16 - N/C
17 - N/C
18 R Battery power (Motor)
Figure A-60. Fuel Level Sender [141]
Table A-52. Security Siren (Optional) [142]

1 R/O Battery fuse
2 BN Security siren enable
3 BK/GN Ground
A-30 94000979
Table A-55. Front WSS [167] Table A-59. Heated Gear [191-2]
1 O/BE Front WSS high 1 BK Power
2 O/BK Front WSS low 2 BK Ground
ed03596
Figure A-64. Front WSS [167]
Table A-56. Rear WSS [168] Table A-60. Security Antenna [209]
TERMINAL rwiRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 O/PK Rear WSS high 1 R LF antenna out A
2 O/BN Rear WSS low 2 BK LF antenna out B
ed03596
ed03723
CZJ
J
ft -\
hi 21
//
^ ------
Figure A-65. Rear WSS [168] Figure A-69. Security Antenna [209]
Table A-57. Brake Switch [170] Table A-61.TCA [211]

1 BE Brake lever switch (N.O.) IN 1 GY/O Throttle motor LO
2 O/BK Brake lever switch 2 GN/O Throttle motor HI
3 BN Brake lever switch (N.C.) IN 1423971
4 - N/C
ed03805
Figure A-70. TCA [211]
Figure A-66. Brake Switch [170]

Table A-62. TGS [224B]
Table A-58. Heated Gear [191-1] 1 R/W 5V sensor power 1
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 BK/W Ground 1
1 BK Power 3 GN/W TGS sensor 1
2 BK Ground 4 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
5 BK/GY Ground 2
6 GY/W TGS sensor 2
Figure A-71. TGS [224B]

94000979 A-31
Table A-63. BCM [242-1] Table A-65. BCM [242-3]
1 R Battery A1 BK/GN Ground
2 R/Y Accessory power A2 BK/GN Ground
1417852 A3 BK/GN Ground
A4 - N/C
B1 - N/C
B2 - N/C
B3 - N/C
B4 - N/C
C1 - N/C
C2 Y/GN Front pre-load position +
C3 Y/GY Front pre-load position -
Figure A-72. BCM [242-1] C4 Y Rear pre-load position +
D1 Y/BE Rear Pre-load position -
Table A-64. BCM [242-2] D2 Y/PK Front stroke position +
D3 Y/R Front stroke position -
1 R/BK Starter solenoid
D4 Y/BK Rear stroke position
2 R/BN Fuel pump
E1 BK Front damping control
3 BN/BE System power 2 E2 - N/C
4 R/GN System power 1
E3 BK/GN Ground
5 BE/Y Low beam E4 Y/BN Rear stroke position +
6 BK UHF antenna in F1 BK Rear damping control
7 R LF antenna out A F2 - N/C
8 BK LF antenna out B F3 BK/GN Ground
9 TN/BK LIN 1 F4 BK/BE Rear ARH solenoid power
10 - N/C G1 R ARH solenoid power
11 BK/GN Ground
G2 R Damping solenoid power
12 W/R Primary CAN + G3 - N/C
13 W/BK Primary CAN - G4 Y/O Front ARH power
14 W/BK Secondary CAN - H1 - N/C
15 W/R Secondary CAN + H2 - N/C
16 BE/PK Front left turn H3 R/BE Bank lamp power
17 BE/O Front right turn H4 - N/C
18 BE/R Stop lamp 1417860
19 BE/GN Rear brake switch
20 W/GY Run/stop switch
21 BN Security siren enable
22 BE/V Rear left turn
23 BE/BN Rear right turn
24 O/W Wake power
25 BE/W High beam
26 V/GN VVT power
27 BE Position lamp
28 R/V Horn
Figure A-74. BCM [242-3]

1 R/W 5V Sensor power 1
2 W Gear position
2 BK/W 5V Sensor ground 1
Table A-66. Gear Position Sensor [269]
1423927
A-32 94000979
Figure A-75. Gear Position Sensor [269]
Table A-67. Front Exhaust VVT Phaser [270FE-1]
1 V/GN VVT Power
2 Y/O Front exhaust VVT control
94000979 A-33
Figure A-76. Front Exhaust WT Phaser [270FE-1] Figure A-80. Rear Exhaust VVT Phaser [270RE-1]
Table A-68. Front Exhaust VVT Phaser [270FE-2] Table A-72. Rear Exhaust VVT Phaser [270RE-2]
1 BK WT power 1 GY VVT power
2 BK Front exhaust VVT control 2 GY Rear exhaust WT control
Figure A-81. Rear Exhaust VVT Phaser [270RE-2]

Figure A-77. Front Exhaust VVT Phaser [270FE-2] Table A-69.
Table A-73. Rear Intake VVT Phaser [270RI-1]
Front Intake VVT Phaser [270FI-1] jTERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 Y/GN VVT power
1 Y/GN VVT power
2 Y/V Rear intake VVT control
2 Y/GY Front intake WT control
Figure A-82. Rear Intake VVT Phaser [270RI-1]

Figure A-78. Front Intake WT Phaser [270FI-1] Table A-70. Front
Intake VVT Phaser [270FI-2]

TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Table A-74. Rear Intake VVT Phaser [270RI-2]
1 GY WT power TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
2 GY Front intake VVT control 1 BK WT power
2 BK Rear intake VVT control
Figure A-83. Rear Intake VVT Phaser [270RI-2]

Figure A-79. Front Intake WT Phaser [270FI-2] Table A-71. Rear
Exhaust VVT Phaser [270RE-1]

1 V/GN WT Power
2 Y/W Rear exhaust VVT control
Table A-75. Battery Tender [281]
1 R Battery power
2 BK Ground
A-34 94000979
ed03682
I1 12
C )j
Figure A-84. Battery Tender [281] Figure A-88. Termination Resistor [319-2]
Table A-76. Clutch Switch [314] Table A-80. Termination Resistor [319-3]
BE Clutch lever out (Full clutch 1 W/R CAN High
1 W/BK CAN Low
engagement) 2
1164766
BN Clutch lever in (Full clutch dis-
2
engagement)
3 - N/C
4 TN Clutch lever switch
ed03805
Figure A-89. Termination Resistor [319-3]
Table A-81. PAC [325]

Figure A-85. Clutch Switch [314] 1 R/Y Accessory power
2 BK Ground
Table A-77. Knock Sensor [315] 3 TN/BK LIN 1
1 LGNA/V Front knock sensor LO
2 BN/W Front knock sensor HI
1478744
Figure A-90. PAC [325]
Table A-82. IMU [333]

Figure A-86. Knock Sensor [315] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 BK/GN Ground
Table A-78. Termination Resistor [319-1] 2 W/BK CAN low
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 3 W/R CAN high
1 W/R CAN high 4 O/W Wake power
2 W/BK CAN low 1164767
1164766
Figure A-91. IMU [333]

Figure A-87. Termination Resistor [319-1]
Table A-83. Post Cat H02S [341]
Table A-79. Termination Resistor [319-2] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 R/GN System power
1 W/R CAN High 2 BN/O Rear H02S heater
2 W/BK CAN Low 3 GY/R Rear H02S
4 BK/BN Pre cat H02S ground
94000979 A-35
Table A-86. Front ARH Control [345]

1 Y/GN Front pre-load position (+)
2 Y/GY Front pre-load position (-)
3 R ARH solenoid power
4 Y/O NIC
ed03730
Table A-84. Engine Jumper Harness [343]

\0000 -
1 GY/GN Coolant temperature v y
2 BK/W 5V sensor ground

3 W/O Oil pressure
4 LGN/W Knock sensor low Figure A-95. Front ARH Control [345]
5 BN/W Knock sensor high
Table A-87. Stroke Sensor [346]
1 Y/PK Front stroke position (+)
2 Y/R Front stroke position (-)
1482277
.i im
rli /\ ill
Figure A-93. Engine Jumper Harness [343] ©0

v y
U_L_ —
Table A-85. Rear Suspension [344]
1 R Damping power
Figure A-96. Stroke Sensor [346]
2 BK Damping ground Table A-88. Fork Damping [347]
3 Y/BN Rear stroke position (+) TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
4 Y/BK Rear stroke position (-) R Damping solenoid power
1
5 Y/BE Rear pre-load (+) BK Damping ground
2
6 Y Rear pre-load (-) 1482276
7 R ARH Solenoid power
8 IB] < BK/BE ARH ground
[A] <-
Figure A-94. Rear Suspension [344]
Figure A-97. Fork Damping [347]

CONNECTOR LOCATIONS________
Some components and connectors are not easily located on the

motorcycle. The following figures show locations for these
components and connectors. The figures are generally ordered
from front to back around the motorcycle.
94000979 A-36
Figure A-98. Right Side Connector Location View

3. RHCM [22-1] 6. AAT sensor [107]
Figure A-99. Right Side

A-37 94000979
1547859
IM [39] Headlamp [38]

USB-C [265] Banking lamp [134]
Figure A-100. Nacelle Connector Location View
1518458
Clutch switch [314]

LHCM heated grip (if equipped)
LHCM [24-1] _____________________
Figure A-101. LHCM Connector View

94000979 A-38
1433664
RHCM heated grip (if equipped)

RHCM [22]
Front brake switch [170]
TGS [224]
RHCM
Figure A-102. RHCM Connector View
94000979 A-39
Horn [122-1] Solenoid to battery
Horn [122-2] Solenoid to starter
JSS [133] Battery ground post
Cooling fan [97] Starter post
CKP [79] Battery positive post
Purge solenoid [95] Front H02S [138]
Stator [47] Ground 3
Voltage regulator [77] Rear HQ2S [137]
Starter solenoid [128]
Figure A-103. Front Upper Connectors
A-40 94000979
1. LHCM [24] 6. ECM [78]
Figure A-104. IM and Left Steering Caddy Connectors
A-41 940009/9
Figure A-105. Left Rear Connectors
A-42 94000979
7. Fuse block [64] 20. IMU [333]
11. BCM [242-1] 24. Ground 2
Figure A-106. Under Seat
94000979 A-43
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
B.1 AMP MQS SEALED CONNECTORS.......................................................................................... B-1
B.2 APTIV 3-WAY DUCON 6.3 SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................ B-3
B.3 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED CONNECTORS .................................................................. B-5
B.4 BOSCH TRAPEZ AND SL MINI SEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................ B-6
B.5 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................................................ B-8
B.6 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED CONNECTORS ....................................................................... B-10
B.7 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS ............................................................................ B-13
B.8 DELPHI MTS SEALED CONNECTORS ..................................................................................... B-15
B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED CONNECTORS .................................................................. B-17
B.10 FURUKAWA QLW SEALED CONNECTORS .......................................................................... B-19
B.11 FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS............................................................................. B-20
B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR ......................................................................................... B-21
B.13 JST MWT SEALED CONNECTORS........................................................................................ B-22
B.14 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS ...................................................................................... B-23
B.15 KOSTAL MLK 1.2 SEALED CONNECTOR.............................................................................. B-24
B.16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR .................................................................................... B-26
B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS ..................................................................................... B-28
B.18 PKC SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................................................ B-31
B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS ........................................................................................... B-32
B.20 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................................ B-34
B.21 TYCO MCON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL CONNECTORS ....................................................... B-36
B.22 TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS..................................................................................... B-38
B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED CONNECTOR ..................................................................... B-40
B.24 TYCO OR TE CONNECTIVITY NG1 AND ECONOSEAL CONNECTOR ................................ B-42
B.25 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................. B-44
NOTES
AMP MQS SEALED CONNECTORS B.1
REPAIR 1170400
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Figure B-2.

Mating
HD-50120-11 DIE SET Connector
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME
NOTE
Terminal
Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-2) with Remov
DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for AMP MQS series al
terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for
See
crimping instructions. Figure B-
3. Push
the blade
Separating Connector of a small
See Figure B-1. Push in lock (A), then pull and separate the two screwdriv
halves (B). er in the
direction
shown
1170401 against
one side
of the
secondary
locking
arm,
Slide the
secondary
lock to its
unlocked
position.
Release
contact
retainer of
the socket
contact by
pressing locking tab down. Holes for locking tab access are
provided in the socket housing.
Remove terminal.
Figure B-1. Separating Connector
Mating Connector
S
e
e
F
i
g
u
r
e B-2. Push the halves of connector together until they click (A)
and verify connector is locked in place (B).
94000979 B-1
Close secondary lock.
1170402
Insert small screwdriver Secondary lock is open

Slide secondary lock Insert terminal
Release locking tab Close secondary lock
Remove terminal Completed
Figure B-3. Terminal Removal
Figure B-4. Insert Terminal
Installing Terminal
Replacement and Repair
See Figure B-4. Verify that the terminals are properly crimped.
The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
Verify the secondary lock is open.

Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing
From the wire side of the housing, align the terminal with the the wire.
applicable connector cavity, then insert the terminal into the
housing until there is an audible or tactile click. Do not force
the terminal. If the terminal is difficult to insert, check to
make sure they are aligned properly.
B-2 94000979
APTIV 3-WAY DUCON 6.3 SEALED CONNECTORS B.2
REPAIR________________________________ Pull on the lead to draw the terminal out the wire end.
Separating Connector
Pry up on the external latch slightly and separate the connector.
Mating Connector
Push the halves of the connector together.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-5. Remove secondary lock from wire end of
connector.
Find the locking tang in the mating end of the connector.
NOTE
The tangs are always positioned in the middle of the cavity on
the same side as the external latch.
There is a small opening for the pin.
Gently insert a small diameter straight pin into the cavity about
0.13 in (3.2 mm).
NOTE
The click is the sound of the tang returning to the locked position
as it slips from the point of the pin.
Pick at the tang until the clicking stops and the pin seems to slide
in deeper. This indicates the tang is pressed in.
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g
Terminal Push-to-Seat
See Figure B-6. Plug terminals into connector assembly.
After all leads are plugged, install secondary lock to connector.
Hold connector as shown and install secondary lock.
Position secondary locks with corresponding grooves and
verify one lead per cavity. Apply pressure with fingers
until secondary lock snaps into place.
94000979 B-3
Figure B-6. Insert Terminals
Installing Terminal
NOTE
Leads must be blunt cut for this operation.
See Figure B-7. Push wire leads through cable seal at least 8 in
(203 mm).
Strip each wire lead to the required length for the terminal being
applied.
Crimp terminals on wire ends
Align the terminals with the locating tabs in the cavity and pull
wires back through connector to install the terminal.
Verify terminal is fully seated in the terminal cavity.
Figure B-7. Inserting Terminal Pull-to-Seat

connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing the
wire.
B-4 94000979
BOSCH COMPACT 1.1 M SEALED CONNECTORS B.3
REPAIR

GA500A SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK
The Bosch Compact 1.1M style connector is typically found on

ACR, MAP or TMAP sensors.
Snap back the secondary lock. Press on the latch while pulling
the connector from the sensor. 3. Slide the locking bar onto the connector.
Mating Connector
Align the connector housings.
Press the housings together until the locking tab snaps into
place.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-8. Slide the locking bar off the terminal
housing.
Insert the smallest pins of the SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK
(PART NUMBER: GA500A) into the gaps on each side of
the terminal to compress the tangs on each side of the
terminal.
3. Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
Figure B-9. Tangs: Bosch Compact 1.1M Terminal
Connector
Installing Terminal
See Figure B-9. Use a hobby knife to bend the tangs on
each side of the terminal outward.
Align terminal to connector. Press terminal into connector
until it snaps.
NOTE
The teeth on the locking bar face down.

connector assemblies. DO NOT re-use a terminal by removing
the wire.
94000979 B-5
BOSCH TRAPEZ AND SL MINI SEALED CONNECTORS B.4
REPAIR ________________________________ .
Terminal Removal
The Bosch mini trapez style connector is typically found on fuel See Figure B-12 and Figure B-13. Slide the locking bar off
injector sensors. the terminal housing.
Insert the extraction tool into the terminal hole. Push the
Separating Connector wire and the connector together to release the terminal.
Figure B-12. Position Tool
See Figure B-10. Push on the side locking tabs until the lock is
released, gently pull the connector from the component.
1421169
Figure B-13. Insert Tool Remove Terminal
Installing Terminal
Mating Connector 1. See Figure B-14. Align terminal to connector. Press terminal
into connector until it snaps.
See Figure B-11. Align the connector housings.
NOTE
The single wire seal will no longer be visible.
place.
2. Slide the locking bar onto the connector.
Figure B-11. Aligning Connector
B-6 94000979
1421181 Replacement and Repair
The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable. Discard and
replace any defective or damaged terminals or connector assemblies. DO
NOT re-use a terminal by removing the wire.
(l
pn
Figure B-14. Install Terminal
94000979 8-7
DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS B.5
REPAIR

HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL
Delphi GT 150 connectors are typically used on fuel injectors and
ignition coil. The GT 280 sealed connectors are used to connect
to the fuel pump and sender.
See Figure B-15. The plug assembly consists of housing with

connector cavities, terminals, secondary lock, wire seals, safety
lock, mating seal and primary lock.
NOTE
Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-
38125-6) for Delphi GT sealed terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch
tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
See Figure B-16. Press connector release (A), separate the two
halves (B).
Mating Connector
Push the halves of connector together until external latch(es)
engage.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-17. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
NUMBER: B-50085), completely remove the primary lock.
Release the two locks and remove the secondary lock.
From the front of the cavity, locate the terminal lock. Insert the
removal tool straight into the cavity, deflect the terminal lock
and release the terminal. Gently pull on the wire to remove
terminal from the connector.
Secondary lock
GT 280 female terminals
Connector housing 2-way
Seal
Primary lock
Figure B-15. Exploded View
B-8 94000979
3. Insert secondary lock onto cavity until locked.
ed03926
Primary lock
Removing secondary lock
Removal tool
Terminal lock
Terminal
Connector housing
Installing Terminals Figure B-18. Terminal Installation

See Figure B-18. Insert the primary lock into the outer most Replacement and Repair
position on the connector.
NOTE Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
Proper orientation of terminal required. connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing the
wire.
Insert terminals into connector housing.
94000979 B-9
DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED CONNECTORS B.6
REPAIR

HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL
HD-38125-7 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER
There are two types of connectors in this series: •
Pull-to-Seat
Push-to-Seat
NOTE
Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (PARTNUMBER: HD-
38125-6) for push-to-seat Delphi Metri-Pack terminal
crimping.
Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER (PART NUMBER: HD-
38125-7) for pull-to-seat Delphi Metri-Pack terminal crimping.
Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
Pry up on the external latch slightly and separate the connector.
Mating Connector
Push the halves of the connector together.
Terminal Removal Push-to-Seat

NOTE
The same process is followed for both the male and female ends
of the push to seat connectors.
For best results, free one side of the secondary lock first and then
release the other side.
See Figure B-19. Remove secondary lock from wire end of

connector.
Remove wire lock
Find the locking tang in the mating end of the connector. Pivot pin to release tang
NOTE Pull to remove
The tangs are always positioned in the middle of the cavity on the Raise tang to install
same side as the external latch. Figure B-19. Removing Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed Connect-
or: Push-to-Seat
There is a small opening for the pin.
Gently insert a small diameter straight pin into the cavity about % Terminal Removal Pull-to-Seat
in (3.2 mm). NOTE
NOTE The tangs are always positioned in the middle of the cavity. The
tangs are on the same side as the external latch.
See Figure B-20. Find the locking tang in the mating end of the
Pick at the tang until the clicking stops and the pin seems to slide connector.
in deeper. This indicates the tang is pressed in. NOTE
Pull on the lead to draw the terminal out the wire end. Stay between the terminal and the cavity wall and pivot the end
of the pin toward the terminal body.
Gently insert a small diameter straight pin into the cavity about
M> in (3.2 mm).
NOTE
B-10 94000979
When a click is heard, remove the pin and repeat the procedure. Installing Terminal Push-to-Seat
NOTE See Figure B-21. Plug terminals into connector assembly.
After repeated terminal extractions, the click may not be heard, After all leads are plugged, install secondary lock to
but pivot the pin as if the click was heard at least three times. connector.
Hold connector as shown and install secondary lock.
Pick at the tang until the clicking stops and the pin seems to slide
in deeper. This indicates the tang is pressed in. Position secondary locks with corresponding grooves and
verify one lead per cavity, Apply pressure with fingers
Push on the lead to extract the terminal from the mating end of until secondary lock snaps into place.
the connector.
ed03936
Figure B-21. Insert Terminals Push-to-Seat

Installing Terminal Pull-to-Seat
NOTE
Leads must be blunt cut for this operation.
See Figure B-22. Push wire leads through cable seal at

least 8 in (203 mm).
Strip each wire lead to the required length for the terminal
being applied.
Locate tang in cavity
Pivot pin to release tang Crimp terminals on wire ends
Push to remove Align the terminals with the locating tabs in the cavity and
Raise tang to install _____________________________ pull wires back through connector to install the terminal.
Figure B-20. Delphi 150.2 Metri-Pack Sealed
Verify terminal is fully seated in the terminal cavity.
Connector: Pull-to-Seat
94000979 B-11
Figure B-22. Inserting Terminal Pull-to-Seat

wire.
B-12 94000979
DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS B.7
REPAIR

REMOVER
CRIMPER
Delphi Micro 64 Sealed connectors are frequently found on
speedometers and tachometers.
NOTE
Use PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL CRIMPER (PART
NUMBER: HD-45929) for Delphi Micro 64 terminal crimping.
Bend back the external latches slightly and separate the
connector.
Mating Connector
Align the terminals and press the connector together until the
latch snaps.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-23. Locate the head of the secondary lock on one
side of the connector housing.
Insert the blade of a small screwdriver between the center ear of

the lock and the connector housing and gently pry out lock.
When partially removed, pull lock from connector housing.
Locate pin hole between terminals on mating end of connector.
Stamped number
Pin hole
Secondary lock
Insert terminal remover
Remove terminal
Obtain the PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER
(PART NUMBER: HD-45928).
Push the adjacent terminals all the way into the connector
housing and then insert tool into hole until it bottoms.
Leaving the tool installed, gently tug on wires to pull either
one or both terminals from wire end of connector. Remove
tool.
94000979 B-13
Installing Terminal
Insert terminal into its respective numbered cavity on wire end of
connector. No special orientation of the terminal is
necessary.
NOTE
For wire location purposes, the corners of the connector are
stamped with the numbers 1, 6, 7 and 12, representing terminals
1-6 on one side, and 7-12 on the other.
Bottom the terminal in the cavity and then gently tug on the wire
to verify that it is locked in place.
NOTE
Once removed, the terminal may not lock in place when first
installed. Until the lock engages, move the terminal back and
forth slightly while wiggling the lead.
Since the terminal remover tool releases two terminals
simultaneously, repeat step 2 on the adjacent terminal even
if it was not pulled from the connector housing,
With the center ear on the head of the secondary lock facing
the mating end of the connector, push secondary lock in
until head is flush with the connector housing.

wire.
B-14 94000979
DELPHI MTS SEALED CONNECTORS B.8
REPAIR
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-24. Press on the locks to remove the cover.
See Figure B-25. Pry the lock to release. Do not remove retainer.
See Figure B-26. Pry the lock to release.
See Figure B-27. Insert tool as shown. Pry down on tool to raise
the lock. Gently remove the terminal.
See Figure B-28. Insert tool straight into cavity as shown. Push to
release locks. Gently remove terminal.
1562596
1562952
Figure B-26. Release Large Retainer
1562600
Figure B-24. Remove Cover
Figure B-25. Release Small Retainer Figure B-27. Remove Small Terminals
94000979 B-15
1562956 Installing Terminals
NOTE
Proper orientation of terminal required.
Insert terminals into connector until an audible click is heard

or lock is felt.
Push secondary lock into locked position.

wire.
Figure B-28. Remove Large Terminals
B-16 94000979
DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED CONNECTORS B.9
ed03966

HD-39965-a DEUTSCH CRIMPER
HD-41475 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT
HD-41475-100 FLAT BLADE L-HOOK
HD-42879 ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL
REPAIR
A DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT (PART NUMBER: Figur
HD-41475) contains a selection of seals and seal plugs, locking e B-
29.
wedges, attachment clips and terminals. Also included is a FLAT Deuts
BLADE L-HOOK (PART NUMBER: HD-41475-100) used to ch DT
remove locking wedges, compartmented storage box and Seale
carrying case. d
Conn
NOTE ector
Use the DEUTSCH CRIMPER (PART NUMBER: HD-39965-a)
for non-solid barrel terminal crimping. Term
Use the ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD- inal
42879) for solid barrel terminal crimping. External latch Rem
Socket housing oval
Pin housing ____________________________________
See
Figure B-30. Remove wedgelock using needlenose pliers or
Separating Connector removal tool.
See Figure B-29. To separate the connector halves, press the To remove the terminals, gently pull wire backwards, while at the
external latch(es) on the connector while rocking the connector same time releasing the locking finger by moving it away
halves, and pull. from the terminal with a screwdriver.
NOTE Hold the rear seal in place when pulling terminal/wire out, as
Six-place and smaller Deutsch connectors have one latch on the removing the terminal may displace the seal.
connector.
Eight- and twelve-place connectors have a latch on each side.

Simultaneously press both latches to separate the connector.
Mating Connector
Align the connectors to match the wire lead colors.
For One External Latch: To join the halves, align the latch
on the socket side with the latch cover on the pin side.
For Two External Latches: Align the tabs on the connector

halves.
NOTE
For Two External Latches: If latches do not click (latch), press on
one side of the connector until that latch engages then press on
the opposite side to engage the other latch.
Insert the two halves together until it locks into place.
94000979 B-17
Remove wedgelock
Releasing locking finger
Locking finger
Remove terminal
Installing Terminal Grasp terminal

NOTE Hold connector
The receptacle is shown. Use the same procedure for plug. Insert terminal
Insert wedgelock
See Figure B-31. Grasp terminal approximately 1 in (25.4 Figure B-31. Inserting Terminals
mm) behind the terminal barrel.
Push terminal straight into connector grommet until a click is Replacement and Repair
felt.
Gently pull on the wire to confirm that it is properly locked in
place.
Once all terminals are in place, insert wedgelock. The wire.
wedgelock will snap into place.
B-18 94000979
FURUKAWA QLW SEALED CONNECTORS B.10
REPAIR ed03963

Press the release button.
Pull the connector apart.
Mating Connector
place.
Terminal Removal
File the edge of a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
NUMBER: B-50085) to a 45 degree angle.
See Figure B-32. Remove secondary lock from connector. Terminal
Insert the extractor into the cavity next to the terminal. Press Connector
the tang away from the terminal. Secondary lock
Gently pull the wire to remove the terminal from the Tang
connector. Figure B-32. Furukawa QLW Sealed Connector
Installing Terminal
Align terminal to the connector.
Install the terminal into the connector. Terminal snaps into
place,
Gently pull wire to verify terminal is locked.

Install secondary lock into connector.

wire.
94000979 B-19
FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS B.11
REPAIR 1561291
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Termina

l
HD-50120-15 CRIMP DIE Connect
or
Second
Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-2) ary lock
with CRIMP DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-15)for Furukawa Tang
FW series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction Figure
sheet for crimping instructions. B-33.
Furuka
Separating Connector wa FW
Sealed
Press the release button. Connector
Mating Connector Figure B-34. Furukawa Terminal Removal
Align the connector housings. Installing Terminal

Align
place. 1561295
termi
nal
Terminal Removal to
the
File the edge of a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART conn
NUMBER: B-50085) to a 45 degree angle. ector
.
See Figure B-33. Remove secondary lock from connector.
Insta
See Figure B-34. Insert the extractor into the cavity next to
ll the terminal into the connector. Terminal snaps into place.
the terminal. Press the tang away from the terminal.
Gently pull the wire to remove the terminal from the
connector. Install secondary lock into connector.

wire.
B-20 94000979
JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR B.12
REPAIR Terminal Removal
Modify a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 50085) by filing the front edge to 45 degrees.
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR See Figure B-36. Insert the extractor into the opening above
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME the terminal and press the plastic molding up and out of the
HD-50120-6 JAE DIE way.
The plug assembly consists of a wire seal (part of housing), Pull the wire lead and terminal out of the back of the
housing and two terminals. connector.
NOTE
Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-2) with
JAE DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-6) for JAE MX19 series
crimping instructions.
See Figure B-35. Press the latch while pulling the connector
halves apart.

Installing Terminal
Inspect the connector housing and replace if necessary.
Orient the terminal to the housing. Push terminal into
housing until it clicks into place.

Mating Connector Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
Align the terminals and press the connectors together until the wire.
latch snaps.
94000979 B-21
JST MWT SEALED CONNECTORS B.13
REPAIR 2. Slide the retainer onto the connector.
1604363
The JST MWT sealed connector is currently used for DLC.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-37. Connector end view of secondary lock.
See Figure B-38. Inserting a pick or similar tool into the
window on the right side of the connector slide the retainer
to the left. (Don't remove retainer).
See Figure B-39. Viewing connector with retainer unlocked.
See Figure B-40. Using a small pick or similar tool lift up on
the terminal lock and slide the connector out the back side.
See Figure B-41. After installing terminals into connector
slide the secondary lock to the right until it clicks using a
pick or similar tool.
Figure B-39. Retainer in Unlocked Position
NOTE
1604371
Locking tab is part of connector.
Release the locking tab and then pull the wire out slowly.
1604355
Figure B-40. Releasing Terminal Pin Lock
Figure B-37. Secondary Lock

Figure B-38. Sliding Retainer to the Left connector assemblies. Do not reuse a terminal by removing the
wire.
Installing Terminal
1. Align terminal to connector. Press terminal into connector until
it snaps.
B-22 94000979
JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS B.14
REPAIR
HD-50120-11 DIE SET
The plug assembly consists of a wire seal (part of housing),

housing, yellow secondary, two terminals, and one red mating
seal. The mating seal provides a tight closure for mated
connectors.
NOTE
DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for JST JWPF series
See Figure B-42. Press locking lever on female housing. Pull
connector halves apart.
Mating Connector
Align the connectors so the latches line up.
Press together until locked.
Figure B-42. Locking Lever: JST JWPF Sealed Connector

Terminal Removal
See Figure B-43. Locate large openings on the front of the
connector housing.
Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-

50085) into large openings and release retention finger that
locks terminal in place. Installing Terminal
Remove terminal. Inspect connector housing and replace if necessary.
Orient the terminal to the housing. Push terminal into
housing until it clicks into place.

wire.
94000979 B-23
KOSTAL MLK 1.2 SEALED CONNECTOR B.15
REPAIR

HD-50120-11 DIE SET
NOTE
DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for Kostal MLK 1.2
series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for
See Figure B-44. Lift the locking clip up in the unlocked position.
Press locking clip in and release.
3. Pull and separate the two halves. Terminal Removal

See Figure B-46. Use a screwdriver in side of protective
housing to release secondary lock.
Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-
50085) into opening over terminal.
The terminal can be removed by pulling on the wire while
simultaneously applying light pressure to disengage the
primary lock.
Mating Connector
S
e
e
F
i
g
u
r
e
B-45. Push the halves of connector together until they
click.
Push the locking clip down into locked position.
B-24 94000979
NOTE
See Figure B-47. Insert female terminals into receptacle

connector until a click is heard or lock is felt.
Apply slight force with a screwdriver to push secondary lock into

locked position.
Terminal
Primary lock
Secondary lock in unlocked position
Secondary lock in locked position Insert screwdriver and push secondary lock into
Insert screwdriver and release secondary lock locked position
Secondary lock in unlocked position Secondary lock in locked position
Opening over terminal Installing Terminal
Terminal extractor
Primary lock Figure B-47. Installing Terminal
Secondary lock
Push terminal extractor into opening over terminal Replacement and Repair
Remove terminal The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
Figure B-46. Terminal Removal Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
connector assemblies. Do not reuse a terminal by removing the
wire.
94000979 B-25
MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR B.16
REPAIR Identify the size of the terminal and select either the CMC
extractor 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME NUMBER: HD-50423) or the 1.5 MM TERMINAL
EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-50424).
HD-50120-3 JAE DIE Insert the pins of the CMC extractor tool into the access
slots of the terminal cavity and retract the lead and terminal.
HD-50120-4 JAE DIE
HD-50424 1,5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL
NOTE
JAE DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-3) for 18-16 gauge or JAE
DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-4) for 20-18 gauge Molex CMC
See Figure B-48. Press the catch and rotate the lever arm down.
Mating Connector
Figure B-48. Release

Align the connector.
Rotate the lever arm up until the catch clicks in place.

Press latch
Terminal Removal Press cap and latch
Remove wire lead cap
With the lever arm open, cut the cable strap around the wire Remove secondary lock
bundle. Extractor tool
See Figure B-49. Open a wire cap latch with a small Access slots
screwdriver. Figure B-49. Terminal Removal
Maintain pressure on the cap and open the opposite latch
with the screwdriver. Installing Terminal
Slide the cap off. Orient the terminal to the housing cavity. Snap the terminal
in place.
Use the screwdriver to open the secondary lock. Pull the
locking bar all the way out. Slide the cap over the lead bundle. Snap the cap in place.
Locate the wire lead cavity by the alpha-numeric Install a cable strap through the guide and around the lead
coordinates. bundle.
B-26 94000979
The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable
wire.
94000979 B-27
MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS B.17
REPAIR Pull back gently 0 in (5 mm) until the secondary lock is unlocked.
Using the MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TERMINAL

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME REMOVER (PART NUMBER: HD-48114), insert the tip into
HD-48114 MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR the terminal service ports adjacent to the terminal cavity to
TERMINAL REMOVER be removed.
HD-48119 ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL Apply downward pressure to release the lock and remove the
HD-50120-11 DIE SET wire. If the terminal resists, the removal tool may not be fully
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME engaged. Verify that it has fully disengaged the
NOTE
• Use ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-48119)
for Molex MX150 terminal crimping.
■ Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PARTNUMBER: HD-50120-2)
with DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for Molex
MX64 series terminal crimping.
See Figure B-50. Press the latch while pulling the connector
halves apart.
Mating Connector
Align the connectors so the latches line up.
Press together until locked.
Figure B-50. Molex MX 150 Sealed Connector Latch
Terminal Removal (Male Terminals)

NOTE
The secondary lock should never be fully removed from the
connector. Excessive force may damage the secondary lock.
Do not apply any lateral force. This may damage the tool or the
locking finger.
Excessive force can damage the lock finger.
Do not insert the service tool at an angle. This may cause
damage to the terminal.
Do not insert the removal tool into the terminal opening.
See Figure B-51. Insert a small pair of needle nose pliers in the
removal holes. Figure B-51. Terminal Removal: Male
B-28 94000979
Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX150
Series
NOTE
The secondary lock should never be fully removed from the
connector housing. Excessive force may damage the
secondary lock.
Do not apply any lateral force. This may damage the tool or the
locking finger.
Excessive force can damage the lock finger.
Do not insert the service tool at an angle. This may cause
damage to the terminal.
Do not insert the removal tool into the terminal opening.
See Figure B-52. Insert a small screwdriver into the secondary

lock release.
Using the housing as a pivot point gently pry out on the
secondary lock to unlock.
Using the MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TERMINAL
REMOVER (PART NUMBER: HD-48114), insert the tip into
the terminal service ports adjacent to the terminal cavity to
be removed.
Apply downward pressure to release the lock and remove the
wire. If the terminal resists, the removal tool may not be fully
engaged. Verify that it has fully disengaged the lock.
Pry up secondary lock

Service ports
Insert removal tool
Figure B-52. Terminal Removal: Female
Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX64

Series
See Figure B-53. Using a small blade screwdriver pry up on the
secondary lock and remove.
NOTE
Do not use excessive force. Excessive force can damage the
lock finger.
Using a small blade screwdriver, release the terminal lock.

Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
94000979 B-29
or
Installing Terminal connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing the
See Figure B-54. With secondary lock unlocked, align the wire.
terminal to rear of connector.
Insert the terminal until it stops and locks on the lock finger with
an audible click.
See Figure B-54.
On the MX64, install and lock the secondary lock.
On the MX150, push to lock the secondary lock.
B-30 94000979
PKC SEALED CONNECTORS B.18
REPAIR Installing Terminal
Align terminal to connector. Press terminal into connector until it
The Sumitomo OBD2 sealed connector is currently used for DLC. snaps.
_ . ,_ 2. Slide the retainer onto the connector.
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-55. Remove the retainer from the connector.
U
s
e
t
h
e
t
o
Figure B-56. Remove the Terminal Replacement and o
l
Repair a
s
a lever to gently lift the retainer. Remove the retainer from
the connector.
See Figure B-56. Insert the tool directly above the terminal with
the long side of the TRT touching the terminal.
NOTE
Locking tab is part of connector.
Release the locking tab and then pull the wire out slowly.
The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable. Discard
and replace any defective or damaged terminals or connector
assemblies. Do not reuse a terminal by removing the wire.
94000979 B-31
SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS B.19
REPAIR A WARNING
Be sure to follow manufacturer’s instructions when using
the UltraTorch UT-100 or any other radiant heating device.
HD-25070 ROBINAIR HEAT GUN Failure to follow manufacturer's instructions can cause a
HD-38125-8 PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL fire, which could result in death or serious injury. (00335a)
HD-39969 ULTRA TORCH UT-100
HD-41183 HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT Avoid directing heat toward any electrical system component that
is not being serviced.
NOTE
Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions. Always keep hands away from tool tip area and heat shrink
attachment.
Splice connectors and several OEM ring terminal connectors use NOTE
heat shrink covering to seal the connection. It is acceptable for the splice to rest against the heat shrink tool
attachment.
Preparing Wire Leads
Use an ULTRA TORCH UT-100 (PART NUMBER: HD-
NOTE
39969), or a ROBINAIR HEAT GUN (PART NUMBER: HD-
When splicing adjacent wires, stagger the splices so the sealed 25070) with a HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT (PART
splice connectors will not touch each other. NUMBER: HD-41183), to heat the connector from the center
Using a shop gauge, identify the gauge of the wire,

Match the wire gauge to a sealed splice connector by color and
part number. Refer to Table B-1.
Strip insulation off the wire lead. Refer to Table B-1.
Table B-1, Sealed Splice Connectors

WIRE GAUGE COLOR PART NO. STRIP LENGTH
in mm
18-20 (0.5-0.8 mm) Red 70585-93 3/8 9.5
14-16(1.0-2.0 mm) Blue 70586-93 3/8 9.5
10-12 (3.0-5.0 mm) Yellow 70587-93 3/8 9.5
NOTE
If any copper wire strands are cut off of the wire core, trim the
end and strip the wire again in a larger gauge stripper.
Splicing Wire Leads

NOTE Figure B-57. Packard Crimping Tool (HD-38125-8)
The connector is crimped on one side and then the other. of the crimp out to each end.
See Figure B-57. Open the PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL (PART Inspecting Seals
NUMBER: HD-38125-8) ratchet by squeezing the handles
closed. See Figure B-58. Allow the splice to cool and inspect the seal.
The insulation should appear smooth and cylindrical. Melted
Match the connector color to the wire gauge crimp die in the
sealant will have extruded out the ends of the insulation.
jaws. Insert one end of the sealed connector.
Gently squeeze the handles until the connector is held in the
jaws,
See Figure B-58, Feed the stripped end of a wire into the
connector until the wire stops inside the metal insert.
Squeeze the handles tightly closed to crimp the lead in the insert.
The tool automatically opens when the crimping is complete.
Slide the connector to the other half of the metal insert. Insert the
stripped wire lead until it stops. Crimp the lead in the insert.
B-32 94000979
ed03954
Wire lead in metal insert

Crimp metal insert
Center of crimp
Melted SEALANT ____________________
Figure B-58. Sealed Splice Connector
94000979 B-33
TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS B.20
REPAIR
HD-50120-7 TYCO GET 64 DIE
NOTE
TYCO GET 64 DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-7) for Tyco GET
64 series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet
for crimping instructions.
See Figure B-59. Pull the latch lock open.
While pressing the connector latch, pull the connector apart.
Mating Connector
Press the housings together.

Push the latch lock closed.
Latc
h
lock
(clos
ed)
Con
nect
or
latch
Figu
re B-
59.
Tyco
GET
64
Seal
ed
Con
nector Latch and
Lock
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-60. Remove secondary lock from the connector.
Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-50085) into
the cavity next to the terminal.
Pry and hold the tang away from the terminal.

Pull on the wire lead to remove the terminal.
B-34 94000979
M03948 Installing Terminal
See Figure B-61. Align the open side of the crimp to the tang
side of the connector cavity.
Install the terminal into the connector. Terminal will snap into
place.
Install secondary lock into the connector.
Figure B-61. Socket Terminal Orientation: Crimp Open

Side

wire.
Secondary lock
Terminal extractor
Retention beam
94000979 B-35
TYCO MCON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL CONNECTORS B.21
REPAIR
Mating Connector
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME See Figure B-63. Push the halves of connector together, listen
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR for click of the safety lock, then push the safety lock down.
HD-50120-11 DIE SET NOTE
HD-50120-16 CRIMP DIE

ed03941 Use HAND
CRIMP FRAME
(PART NUMBER:
ed03940
HD-50120-2) with
DIE SET (PART
NUMBER: HD-
50120-11) for
Tyco MCON
series terminal
crimping. Refer to
Bosch tool
instruction sheet
for crimping
instructions.
NOTE
CRIMP DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-16) for Tyco Slimseal
series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet
for crimping instructions.
See Figure B-62. Pull the safety lock up, press the safety lock to
the connector and release, pull and separate the two halves.
Push connectors together
Listen for click
Push safety lock down __________ _______________
Figure B-63. Mating Connector
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-64. Using a screwdriver, release the secondary lock.
Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-50085) into primary lock.
The terminal can be removed by pulling on the wire while simultaneously applying slight press to disengage the primary lock.
Pull safety lock

Press safety lock
Pull and separate connector
Figure B-62. Separating Connector
B-36 94000979
Figure B-64. Removing Terminal
Figure B-65. Inserting Terminal
Installing Terminals Replacement and Repair
NOTE The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
See Figure B-65. Insert terminals into connector until an audible wire.
click is heard or lock is felt.
94000979 B-37
TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS B.22
REPAIR
GA500A SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK
HD-50120-8 TYCO MCP DIE
The Tyco MCP sealed connector is used on certain ABS/EHCU

modules.
NOTE
TYCO MCP DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-8) for Tyco MCP
See Figure B-66. Press and hold the lock tab. Pulling on both
ends of the lever, open the lever.
Secondary lock
Terminal pick
Mating Connector Figure B-67. Removing Small Socket Terminals
Gently mate the pins to the socket. Press and hold the lock tab. Terminal Removal (Small Terminals)
Pressing on both ends of the lever, close the lever.
Snap the wire harness cover off of the back of the connector
Terminal Removal (Large Terminals) NOTE
Snap the wire harness cover off of the back of the connector Insert a thin flat bladed screwdriver all the way to the bottom
behind the tab of the secondary lock.
NOTE
Insert a thin flat bladed screwdriver all the way to the bottom
Gently slide the secondary lock out of the connector with a
behind the tab of the secondary lock.
screwdriver.
See Figure B-67. Gently slide the secondary lock out of the See Figure B-68. Insert the TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
connector with a screwdriver. NUMBER: B-50085) into the cavity on the outside of the
terminal.
Insert the smallest pins of the SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK (PART
NUMBER: GA500A) into the gaps on each side of the Tilt extractor to lift the latch and release the terminal.
terminal to compress the tangs on each side of the terminal. Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
B-38 94000979
Od03983 Installing Terminals
Locate the wire lead cavity by number.
Use a hobby knife to bend the tangs on each side of the
terminal outward.
Align the terminal.
Push the terminal in until it clicks.
Press the secondary lock back into the connector.
Snap the wire cover in place.

wire.
Secondary lock
Terminal extractor
Figure B-68. Removing Small Socket Terminals
94000979 B-39
TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED CONNECTOR B.23
REPAIR

HD-41609 AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER
HD-44695-A MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER
Tyco Multilock Unsealed connectors are found between wire
harnesses and component wiring. They are either floating or
anchored to the frame with attachment clips. To maintain
serviceability, always return connectors to OEM locations after
service.
NOTE
Use the AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER (PART NUMBER:
HD-41609) for 070 Multilock terminal crimping.
Use the MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER (PART NUMBER:

HD-44695-A) for 040 Multilock terminal crimping.
If necessary, slide connector attachment clip so T-stud is in
the large end of the clip opening. Remove connector from T-
stud.
See Figure B-69. Press the release button and pull the
connector halves apart. Terminal Removal
See Figure B-70. Bend back the latch to free one end of
Mating Connector
secondary lock then repeat on the opposite end. Hinge the
Hold the connectors to match wire color to wire color. secondary lock outward.
Align the terminals and press the connectors together until Look in the terminal side of the connector (opposite the
they click in place. secondary lock) and note the cavity next to each terminal.
If OEM location is a T-stud, fit large opening end of Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-50085),
attachment clip over T-stud. Slide connector to engage T- press the tang in the housing to release the terminal.
stud to small end of opening in clip. Socket: Lift the socket tang up.
Pin: Press the pin tang down.
NOTE
If the tang is released, a click is heard.
Gently pull on wire to remove terminal from cavity.
B-40 94000979
Gently tug on wire ends to verify that all terminals are
locked.
Rotate the hinged secondary lock inward until tabs are fully
engaged on both sides of connector.

connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing
the wire.
Figure B-70. Tyco 070 Multilock Unsealed Connector: Socket

and Pin Housings
Installing Terminals
NOTE
Match the wire color to the cavity number found on the wiring
diagram.
The release button is always on the top of the connector.
On the pin side of the connector, tangs are positioned at the
bottom of each cavity. Therefore, the slot in the pin terminal
(on the side opposite the crimp tails) must face downward.
On the socket side, tangs are at the top of each cavity. Therefore,
the socket terminal slot (on the same side as the crimp tails)
must face upward.
Hold the terminal so the catch faces the tang in the cavity.
Insert the terminal into its numbered cavity until it snaps in
place.
94000979 B-41
TYCO OR TE CONNECTIVITY NG1 AND ECONOSEAL
CONNECTOR B.24
REPAIR 1558830

See Figure B-71. Slide the lock back (1).
Lift up on the latch (2) and pull the connector halves (3) apart.
Mating Connector
Align the terminals and press the connectors together until they
click in place.
Return to the lock position.
L
o
c
k
L
a
t
c
h
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
Figure B-71. Tyco NG1 Connector
Terminal Removal
See Figure B-72. Insert tool into the connector face.
Push tool to release locks.
Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: B-50085),
press the tang in the housing to release the terminal.
Socket: Lift the socket tang up.
Pin: Press the pin tang down.
NOTE
If the tang is released, a click is heard.
B-42 94000979
4. Gently pull on wire to remove terminal from cavity.
Installing Terminals
Hold the terminal so the catch faces the tang in the cavity. Insert
the terminal into its numbered cavity until it snaps in place.
Gently tug on wire ends to verify that all terminals are locked.

wire.
94000979 B-43
TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED CONNECTORS B.25
REPAIR ___________________________ ___________ 5. Install seal.

ed03964
Lift locking tab.
Mating Connector
place.
Terminal Removal
File the edge of a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
NUMBER: B-50085) to a 45 degree angle.
See Figure B-73. Remove seal from connector.
Lift locking tab on either side of connector and remove Terminal
secondary lock. Connector
Secondary lock
Insert the extractor into the cavity next to the terminal. Press Seal
the retainer away from the terminal. Figure B-73. Tyco SuperSeal 1.5 Sealed Connector
Gently pull the wire to remove the terminal from the
connector.
Installing Terminal
Align terminal to the connector. Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
Install the terminal into the connector until it snaps into connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing the
place. wire.

See Figure B-73. Install secondary lock into connector.
B-44 94000979
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
C.1 GLOSSARY .................................................................................................................................. C-1
C.2 METRIC CONVERSION ............................................................................................................... C-4
C.3 FLUID CONVERSIONS ................................................................................................................ C-5
C.4 TORQUE CONVERSION ............................................................................................................. C-6
REFERENCE
NOTES
GLOSSARY C.1
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Refer to the table below for a list of common acronyms and

abbreviations.
Table C-1. Acronyms and Abbreviations
ACRONYM OR ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
A Amperes
AAT Ambient air temperature
ABS Anti-lock braking system
AC Alternating current
ACC Accessory position on ignition switch
ACR Automatic compression release
AGM Absorbed glass mat (battery)
Ah Ampere-hour
AIS Active intake solenoid
ARH Adaptive Ride Height
AWG American wire gauge
B+ Battery voltage
bar Bar
BAS Bank angle sensor
BCM Body control module
BMU Battery Management Unit
BOB Breakout box
BTDC Before top dead center
°C Celsius (Centigrade)
CA California
CAL Calibration
CAN Controller area network
CB Tx CB send transmission
CB Rx CB receive transmission
cc Cubic centimeters
CCA Cold cranking amps
CCW Counterclockwise
CKP Crankshaft position
cm Centimeters
cm 3 Cubic centimeters
CW Clockwise
DC Direct current
DLC Data link connector
DOM Domestic
DOT Department of Transportation
DTC Diagnostic trouble code
DVOM Digital volt ohm meter
ECM Electronic control module
ECT Engine coolant temperature
ECU Electronic control unit
EEPROM Electrically erasable programmable read only memory
EFI Electronic fuel injection
EHCU Electro hydraulic control unit
EPTC Electronic Powertrain Controller
ET Engine temperature
ETC Electronic throttle control
EVAP Evaporative emissions control system
EVPT Electric Vehicle Powertrain
°F Fahrenheit
fl oz Fluid ounce
FPS Fuel pressure sensor
ft Feet
ft-lbs Foot pounds
FTP Flash to pass
9 Gram
94000979 C-1
gal Gallon
GAWR Gross axle weight rating
GND Ground (electrical)
GPS Global positioning system
GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating
HCU Hydraulic control unit
HDI Harley-Davidson International
HD-Link Networking system
H-DSSS Harley-Davidson smart security system
HFM Hands-free mode
HFSM Hands-free security module
Hg Mercury
H02S Heated oxygen sensor
hp Horsepower
hr Hour
I AC Idle air control
IAT Intake air temperature
IC Instrument cluster
ID Inside diameter
IGN Ignition light/key switch position
IM Instrument module
IMU Inertial Measurement Unit
in inch
in3 Cubic inch
INJ PW Injector pulse width
INTCM Intercom
in-lbs Inch pounds
JSS Jiffy stand sensor
kg Kilogram
km Kilometer
km/h Kilometers per hour
kPa Kilopascal
kW Kilowatt
KS Knock sensor
L Liter
lb Pounds
LCD Liquid crystal display
LED Light emitting diode
LH Left hand
LHCM Left hand control module
LP License plate
LT Left
mA Milliampere
MAP Manifold absolute pressure
max Maximum
MCM Motor Control Module
mi Mile
min Minimum
mL Milliliter
mm Millimeter
mph Miles per hour
ms Millisecond
Nm Newton-meter
NIM Navigation interface module
NiMH Nickel metal hydride
N/A Not applicable
02 Oxygen
OBC Onboard Charger
OD Outside diameter
OEM Original equipment manufacturer
oz Ounce
P&A Parts and Accessories
Part No. Part number
C-2 94000979
PIN Personal identification number
PND Personal navigation device
psi Pounds per square inch
PWM signal Pulse width modulated signal
qt Quart
RAD Radio
ROM Reverse control module
RDS Radio data system
RES Reserve mark on fuel supply valve
RESS Rechargeable Energy Storage System
RFF Roller Finger Follower
RH Right hand
RHCM Right hand control module
rpm Revolutions per minute
RT Right
s Seconds
SCFH Cubic feet per hour at standard conditions
SDARS Satellite digital audio radio service
SPDO Speedometer
SPKR Speaker
STT Stop/tail/turn
TA Traffic announcement
TCA Throttle control actuator
TCU Telemetry Control Unit
TDC Top dead center
TGS Twist grip sensor
TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system
TPS Throttle position sensor
TSM Turn signal module
TSSM Turn signal/security module
TT Telltale
USB Universal serial bus
V Volt
VAC Volts of alternating current
VDC Volts of direct current
VIN Vehicle identification number
VR Voice recognition
VSC Vehicle Security Advisory Controller
VSS Vehicle speed sensor
W Watt
WA Weather alert
WHIM Wireless headset interface module
WSS Wheel speed sensor
94000979 C-3
CONVERSION TABLE
METRIC CONVERSION C.2
Table C-2. Metric Conversions
MILLIMETERS to INCHES INCHES to MILLIMETERS
(MM x 0.03937 = IN) (IN x 25.40 = MM)
mm In mm in mm in mm in in mm in mm in mm in mm
.1 .0039 25 .9842 58 2.283 91 3.582 .001 .025 .6 15.240 1-15/16 49.21 3-5/16 84.14
2 .0078 26 1.024 59 2.323 92 3.622 002 .051 5/8 15.875 2 50.80 3-3/8 85.72
3 .0118 27 1.063 60 2.362 93 3.661 .003 .076 11/16 17.462 2-1/16 52.39 3.4 86.36
.4 .0157 28 1.102 61 2.401 94 3.701 .004 .102 .7 17.780 2.1 53.34 3-7/16 87.31
.5 .0197 29 1.142 62 2.441 95 3.740 .005 .127 3/4 19.050 2-1/8 53.97 3-1/2 88.90
.6 .0236 30 1.181 63 2.480 96 3.779 .006 .152 .8 20 320 2-3/16 55.56 3-9/16 90.49
.7 .0275 31 1.220 64 2.519 97 3.819 .007 .178 13/16 20.638 2.2 55.88 3.6 91.44
.8 .0315 32 1.260 65 2.559 98 3.858 .008 .203 7/8 22.225 2-1/4 57.15 3-5/8 92.07
.9 .0354 33 1 299 66 2.598 99 3.897 .009 .229 .9 22 860 2.3 58.42 3-11/16 93.66
1 .0394 34 1.338 67 2.638 100 3.937 .010 .254 15/16 23.812 2-5/16 58.74 3.7 93.98
2 .0787 35 1.378 68 2.677 101 3.976 1/64 .397 1 25.40 2-3/8 60.32 3-3/4 95.25
3 .1181 36 1.417 69 2.716 102 4.016 020 .508 1-1/16 26.99 2.4 60.96 3.8 96.52
4 .1575 37 1.456 70 2.756 103 4.055 .030 .762 1.1 27.94 2-7/16 61.91 3-13/16 96.84
5 .1968 38 1.496 71 2.795 104 4.094 1/32 .794 1-1/8 28.57 2-1/2 63.50 3-7/8 98.42
6 2362 39 1.535 72 2.834 105 4.134 .040 1.016 1-3/16 30.16 2-9/16 65.09 3.9 99.06
7 .2756 40 1.575 73 2.874 106 4.173 .050 1.270 1.2 30.48 2.6 66 04 3-15/16 100.01
8 .3149 41 1.614 74 2.913 107 4.212 .060 1.524 1-1/4 31.75 2-5/8 66.67 4 101.6
9 .3543 42 1.653 75 2.953 108 4.252 1/16 1.588 1.3 33.02 2-11/16 68.26 4-1/16 102.19
10 .3937 43 1 693 76 2.992 109 4.291 .070 1.778 1-5/16 33.34 2.7 68.58 4.1 104.14
11 .4331 44 1.732 77 3.031 110 4.331 .080 2.032 1-3/8 34.92 2-3/4 69.85 4-1/8 104.77
12 .4724 45 1.772 78 3.071 111 4.370 .090 2.286 1.4 35.56 2.8 71.12 4-3/16 106.36
13 .5118 46 1.811 79 3.110 112 4.409 .1 2.540 1-7/16 36.51 2-13/16 71.44 4.2 106.68
14 .5512 47 1.850 80 3.149 113 4.449 1/8 3.175 1-1/2 38.10 2-7/8 73.02 4-1/4 107.95
15 .5905 48 1.890 81 3.189 114 4.488 3/16 4.762 1-9/16 39.69 2.9 73.66 4.3 109.22
16 .6299 49 1.929 82 3.228 115 4.527 .2 5.080 1.6 40.64 2-15/16 74.61 4-5/16 109.54
17 .6693 50 1.968 83 3.268 116 4.567 1/4 6.350 1-5/8 41.27 3 76.20 4-3/8 111.12
18 7086 51 2.008 84 3.307 117 4.606 .3 7.620 1-11/16 42.86 3-1/16 77.79 4.4 111.76
19 .7480 52 2.047 85 3.346 118 4.645 5/16 7.938 1.7 43.18 3.1 78.74 4-7/16 112.71
20 .7874 53 2.086 86 3.386 119 4.685 3/8 9.525 1-3/4 44.45 3-1/8 79.37 4-1/2 114.30
21 .8268 54 2.126 87 3.425 120 4.724 .4 10.160 1.8 45.72 3-3/16 80.96 4-9/16 115.89
22 .8661 55 2.165 88 3.464 121 4.764 7/16 11.112 1-13/16 46.04 3.2 81.28 4.6 116.84
23 .9055 56 2.205 89 3.504 122 4.803 1/2 12.700 1-7/8 47 62 3-1/4 82.55 4-5/8 117.47
24 .9449 57 2.244 90 3.543 123 4.842 9/16 14.288 1.9 48.26 3.3 83.82 4-11/16 119.06
C-4 94000979
FLUID CONVERSIONS C.3
UNITED STATES SYSTEM ________________
Unless otherwise specified, all fluid volume measurements in this

manual are expressed in United States (U.S.) units-of-measure.
See below:
1 pint (U.S.) = 16 fluid ounces (U.S.)

1 quart (U.S.) = 2 pints (U.S.) = 32 fl. oz. (U.S.)
1 gallon (U.S.) = 4 quarts (U.S.) = 128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
METRIC SYSTEM________________________
Fluid volume measurements in this manual include the metric

system equivalents. In the metric system, 1 liter (L) = 1,000
milliliters (mL). To convert between U.S. units-of-measure and
metric units-of-measure, refer to the following:
fluid ounces (U.S.) x 29.574 = milliliters

pints (U.S.) x 0.473 = liters
quarts (U.S.) x 0.946 = liters
gallons (U.S.) x 3.785 = liters
milliliters x 0.0338 = fluid ounces (U.S.)
liters x 2.114 = pints (U.S.)
liters x 1.057 = quarts (U.S.)
liters x 0.264 = gallons (U.S.)
BRITISH IMPERIAL SYSTEM ______________
Fluid volume measurements in this manual do not include the

British Imperial (Imp.) system equivalents. The following
conversions exist in the British Imperial system:
1 pint (Imp.) = 20 fluid ounces (Imp.)

1 quart (Imp.) = 2 pints (Imp.)
1 gallon (Imp.) = 4 quarts (Imp.)
Although the same unit-of-measure terminology as the U.S.
system is used in the British Imperial (Imp.) system, the actual
volume of each British Imperial unit-of-measure differs from its
U.S. counterpart. The U.S. fluid ounce is larger than the British
Imperial fluid ounce. However, the U.S. pint, quart, and gallon are
smaller than the British Imperial pint, quart, and gallon,
respectively. To convert between U.S. units and British Imperial
units, refer to the following:
fluid ounces (U.S.) x 1.042 = fluid ounces (Imp.)

pints (U.S.) x 0.833 = pints (Imp.)
quarts (U.S.) x 0.833 = quarts (Imp.)
gallons (U.S.) x 0.833 = gallons (Imp.)
fluid ounces (Imp.) x 0.960 = fluid ounces (U.S.)
pints (Imp.) x 1.201 = pints (U.S.)
quarts (Imp.) x 1.201 = quarts (U.S.)
gallons (Imp.) x 1.201 = gallons (U.S.)
94000979 C-5
TORQUE CONVERSION C.4
UNITED STATES SYSTEM _________________
The U.S. units of torque, foot pounds and inch pounds, are used
in this manual. To convert units, use the following equations:
foot pounds (ft-lbs) X 12.00000 = inch pounds (in-lbs)
inch pounds (in-lbs) X 0.08333 = foot pounds (ft-lbs)
METRIC SYSTEM _______________________
All metric torque specifications are written in Newton-meters

(Nm). To convert metric to United States units and United States
to metric, use the following equations:
Newton meters (Nm) X 0.737563 = foot pounds (ft-lbs)

Newton meters (Nm) X 8.85085 = inch pounds (in-lbs)
foot pounds (ft-lbs) X 1.35582 = Newton meters (Nm)
inch pounds (in-lbs) X 0.112985 = Newton meters (Nm)
C-6 94000979
TOOLS
Part Number TOOL NAME NOTES
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR 3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS, DTC B212115
7.5 IMU DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B217115
B.5 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS. Repair
B.10 FURUKAWA QLW SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
B.11 FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
B.14 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.15 Kostal MLK 1.2 Sealed Connector, Repair B.20
TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.21 TYCO MOON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL
CONNECTORS, Repair
B.22 TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
CONNECTOR, Repair
B.24 TYCO OR TE CONNECTIVITY NG1 AND
ECONOSEAL CONNECTOR, Repair
B.25 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
GA500A SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK B.3 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED

CONNECTORS, Repair
GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
3.1 BATTERY TESTING, Battery Diagnostic Test
HD-23738 VACUUM PUMP 6.2 MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, Description and
Operation
TOOLS
HD-25070 ROBINAIR HEAT GUN B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-26792 SPARK PLUG TESTER 6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS, Idle
Speed Control Faults
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT 6.8 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P026100
6.8 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P026400
HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL B.5 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.6 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-38125-7 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER B.6 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-38125-8 PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS. How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE, Starter
Current Draw Test
TESTING STARTER ON BENCH, Free Running
Current Draw Test
HD-39965-a DEUTSCH CRIMPER B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-39969 ULTRA TORCH UT-100 B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-39978 DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-41183 HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT B.19 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
2.2 Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs,
ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE:
DTC U000100, U000188, U000189, U000200,
B227400
94000979
TOOLS
2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Invalid Data/Lost
Communication with ECM
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Lost Communication with
ABS/EHCU
IMU
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Lost
Communication/Invalid Data with BCM
Communication with LHCM
Communication with RHCM
IM
LIN Bus Network
STARTING SYSTEM, Nothing Clicks
STARTER OUTPUT DTCS, DTC B212111
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS, DTC B212115
STARTER OUTPUT DTCS, DTC B212119
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM, DTC B233000, Low or No
Charging
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM, Overcharging
CHARGING SYSTEM. Battery Charging Tests
ABS/EHCU VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C056200, C0562FE
BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P056000
3.8 BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P056200, P056300
BATTERY AND 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P160800
ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS, DTC B220615
BCM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2271A2
FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P046200
FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P046300
NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS, No
Instrument Power
IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS, IM Inoperative
IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS, IM Internal Fault
DTCs
INDICATOR LAMPS, Oil Pressure Lamp Always On,
DTC P0522
INDICATOR LAMPS, DTC P0523
USB-C NO POWER DIAGNOSTICS, USB-C No
Power
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B211111
ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2111112,
B211119
HEATED GRIPS, Heated Grips Inoperative
HORN DIAGNOSTICS. DTC B212511, B212519
94000979
TOOLS
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B212515

5.6 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B214115
B214111, B214119
B214612
B214615
FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B214611, B214619
REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B215115
5.7 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B215111, B215119
5.7 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B215615
B215611, B215619
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B213111,
B213119
5.8 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, High Beam
Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213115
5.8 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B213611.
B213619
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS. Low Beam Headlamp
Inoperative, DTC B213615
STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B216115
STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B216111,
B216119
SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, Clutch Switch Diagnostic
Faults
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, Front Brake Switch
Faults
SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, Run/Stop Switch Faults
BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, STOP LAMP
ALWAYS ON, BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B216611,
B216619
RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B216615
BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B227711,
B227719
5.18 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B217212
ALARM DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B217211
SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B217613
5.19 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B217612
5.19 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B217611, B21762B
5.21 Active Suspension System General Information,
DTC C181014, C181064, C181811, C181813,
C181814
DTC C181012
DTCC181214, C181264, C182011, C182014
DTC C182012
94000979
TOOLS
DTCC181712
DTC C181911
DTC C181915, C181919
DTC C182112, C182312
DTC C182114, C182164
DTC C182314, C182364
DTC C182211
DTC C182215, C182219
6.1 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC B210015
DTC B210011, B210019
DTC B217012
SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B217011, B217019
MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P010700 6.2
MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P010800 6.2
MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P2A0C00
MAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P2A0D00
FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B211615
AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P007100,
P007200, P011E00
AAT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P007300
IAT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P011100, P011200,
P011B00
IAT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P011300
TPS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P012000
6.6 TPS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P012200
TPS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P022300
H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P003000, P003100,
P005300, P013700
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P003600, P003700,
P005400
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P005000, P005100,
P005900
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P005200
6.7 H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P013A00, P013B00
H02S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P016000
FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P026100
IV 94000979
TOOLS
6.8 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P214600
FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P214900
CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P037100,
P037400
CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P034100 6.10
CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P034600 6.10
CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P036600
CMP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P039100
VVT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P178500
6.11 VVT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P178600
6.11 WT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P178700
6.11 WT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P179100
VVT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P180200
KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P032500
KNOCK SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P032700,
P032800
PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P044400
6.13 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P044500
6.15 ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P011700
ECT SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P011600,
P011800, P011900, P012800
5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P064100
6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P065100
6.20 COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P169100
COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P169200
JSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P150200
6.21 JSS DIAGNOSTICS, Side Stand Displayed on
Speedometer
6.25 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P210000
P210100
6.25 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS. DTC
P210200
P210300
STARTS, THEN STALLS, STARTS, THEN STALLS
IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P230000
6.28 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P230100
94000979 V
TOOLS

P230300
P230400
P230600
P230700
P230900
P231000
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start, Engine Cranks But
Will Not Start
Misfire at Idle or Under Load, Misfire DTC, Misfire at
Idle or Under Load
TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P212100, P212200,
P212400
6.32 TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P212300
6.32 TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P212700, P212900
TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P212800
DTC P217600, DTC P217600
CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P213500
6.34 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P213800
6.36 GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P073000, P091600
6.36 GEAR POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P091700
INTERNAL FAULT DIAGNOSTICS, Internal Fault
DTCs
WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1021, C1023, C1025,
C1027, C1029
7.4 WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1032
WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1034
IMU DIAGNOSTICS, IMU Diagnostics
7.5 IMU DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B217111, B217119
7.5 IMU DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B217115
7.7 ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON, FLASHING
OR INOPERATIVE, ABS Indicator Always On or
Inoperative
HD-41475 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-41475-100 FLAT BLADE L-HOOK B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-41609 AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-42879 ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL B.9 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-44695-A MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-45928 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER 6.11 VVT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P178600
B.7 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
VI 94000979
TOOLS
HD-45929 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL CRIMPER B.7 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-48114 MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TERMINAL B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
REMOVER
HD-48119 ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II , Preparation For Sen/ice
Initial Diagnostics, Code Types
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic Tools
CAN COMMUNICATION, Description and Operation
Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative DTCs,
Description and Operation
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Description and
Operation
Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255,
Description and Operation
IM INOPERATIVE DIAGNOSTICS, Description and
Operation
INDICATOR LAMPS, Description and Operation 4.6
INDICATOR LAMPS, High Beam Indicator Always
On
4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS, High Beam Indicator
Inoperative
4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS, Low Fuel Lamp Inoperative
4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS, Turn Signal Indicator
Inoperative
4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS, Turn Signal Indicator
Always On
5.2 HEATED GRIPS, Description and Operation 5.10
SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, Any Hand Control Switch
Inoperative
SECURITY SYSTEM, Security System Features
KEY FOB, Fob Assignment
5.17 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS
AND CONFIGURATIONS, Initial PIN Entry
SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND
CONFIGURATIONS, Service Mode
SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, Fails to
Disarm
TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, Description and Operation
5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C2000, C2001,
C2003, C2004
5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C2006, C2007
DTC P127000, Description and Operation
DTC P063000, P100900, Description and Operation
6.19 DTC P063000, P100900, DTC P063000,
P100900
6.24 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P150500
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL
INFORMATION, Description and Operation
CONFIGURATION FAULT DIAGNOSTICS,
Configuration Fault DTCs
94000979 VII
TOOLS
7.4 WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1021, C1023,
C1025, C1027, C1029
7.6 INVALID VIN DIAGNOSTICS, Description and
Operation
INVALID VIN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C115900,
C117800, C118400
ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON, FLASHING
OR INOPERATIVE, ABS Indicator Continuously
Flashing, No DTCs
HD-50120-11 DIE SET B.1 AMP MQS SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.15 Kostal MLK 1.2 Sealed Connector, Repair
B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.21 TYCO MCON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-50120-15 CRIMP DIE B.11 FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
HD-50120-16 CRIMP DIE B.21 TYCO MCON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME B.1 AMP MQS SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.11 FURUKAWA FW SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
B.15 Kostal MLK 1.2 Sealed Connector, Repair
B.16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
B.17 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
B.20 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
B.21 TYCO MCON SEALED AND SLIMSEAL
CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-50120-3 JAE DIE B. 16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-50120-4 JAE DIE B.16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-50120-6 JAE DIE B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR. Repair
HD-50120-7 TYCO GET 64 DIE B.20 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Repair
HD-50120-8 TYCO MCP DIE B.22 TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS, Repair
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1032
7.4 WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1034
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-1-P1 ABS OVERLAY 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-11 ECM CABLE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-11-P ECM OVERLAY 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-12 BCM CABLE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-12-P BCM OVERLAY 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 6.5 I AT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P011100, P011200,
P011B00
VIII 94000979
TOOLS
HD-50390-6 ABS CABLE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-50423 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL 5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B212515
5.9 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B216115
5.11 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, STOP LAMP
ALWAYS ON, BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH B.16
MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL 5.7 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B215115
B215615
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, High Beam Headlamp
Inoperative, DTC B213115
5.8 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Low Beam
Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B213615
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, Run/Stop Switch
Faults
5.13 BANK LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B227711,
B227719
DTC C181012
DTC C182012
DTC C181712
DTC C181915, C181919
DTC C182112, C182312
DTC C182215, C182219
B.16 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTOR, Repair
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
6.24 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS,
Hesitation or Loss of Power Test
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start, Engine Cranks But
Will Not Start
Misfire at Idle or Under Load, Inline Spark Tester
6.31 Misfire at Idle or Under Load, Misfire DTC,
Misfire at Idle or Under Load
6.35 Erratic Idle, Erratic Idle
HD-51794 TPMS ACTIVATION TOOL 5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, Description and

Operation
5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C0077
5.20 TPMS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C2000, C2001,
C2003, C2004
HD-96921-52D OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT 4.6 INDICATOR LAMPS, Oil Pressure Lamp Always
On, DTC P0522
94000979 IX
NOTES
Index
A DTC B213111 ..................................................................... 5-33
DTC B213115 ..................................................................... 5-34
AAT Sensor Description .............................................. ....... 6-26 DTC B213119 ..................................................................... 5-33
ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative ...................... ....... 7-28 DTC B213611 ..................................................................... 5-34
ABS Indicator Continuously Flashing, No DTCs .......... ....... 7-27 DTC B213615 ..................................................................... 5-35
ABS Indicator Diagnostics ........................................... ....... 7-25 DTC B213619 ..................................................................... 5-34
B214111 ..................................................................... 5-22
AC Output Test............................................................ ....... 3-19 DTC
B214115 ..................................................................... 5-21
Adaptive Ride Height Description ................................ ....... 5-81 DTC
B214119 ..................................................................... 5-22
Alarm........................................................................... ....... 5-65 DTC
B214611 ..................................................................... 5-24
Alternator Description ................................................... ....... 3-15 DTC
B214612 ..................................................................... 5-23
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Description .................. ......... 7-1 DTC B214615 ..................................................................... 5-23
DTC B214619 ..................................................................... 5-24
DTC B215111 ..................................................................... 5-28
B DTC B215115 ..................................................................... 5-27
DTC B215119 ..................................................................... 5-28
BCM Description ......................................................... ......... 2-5 DTC B215611 ..................................................................... 5-29
BUS Err ....................................................................... ......... 2-6 rvrn
B215615 ..................................................................... 5-29
Batter Charging Tests ................................................. ....... 3-19 DTC B215619 ..................................................................... 5-29
Battery Description ...................................................... ......... 3-3 DTC B216111 ..................................................................... 5-39
Battery Diagnostic Test ............................................... ......... 3-1 DTC B216115 ..................................................................... 5-38
Battery Runs Down During Use Diagnostics ............... ....... 3-18 DTC B216119 ..................................................................... 5-39
Battery Testing ............................................................ ......... 3-1 DTC B216611 ..................................................................... 5-56
DTC B216615 ..................................................................... 5-57
c DTC B216619 ..................................................................... 5-56
DTC B217011 ....................................................................... 6-9
CAN Bus Communication .................................. ......... 2-1 DTC B217012 ....................................................................... 6-8
CAN Bus Components ................................................ ......... 2-5 DTC B217019 ....................................................................... 6-9
B217111 ..................................................................... 7-22
CKP Sensor Description .............................................. ....... 6-77 DTC
DTC B217115 ..................................................................... 7-23
CMP Sensor Description ............................................. ....... 6-82
B217119 ..................................................................... 7-22
Changing the PIN ........................................................ ....... 5-68 DTC B217211 ..................................................................... 5-71
Charging System Description ...................................... ....... 3-15 DTC B217212 ..................................................................... 5-71
INDE
Charging System Output Test ..................................... ....... 3-19 DTC B217511 ................................................................... 6-102
Check Engine Lamp..,. . 1-22 DTC B217519 ................................................................... 6-102
Clearing DTCs ............................................................. ....... 1-22 DTC B217611 ..................................................................... 5-76
Clutch Switch Diagnostics ........................................... ....... 5-43 DTC B217612 ..................................................................... 5-75
Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA) ................................. ......... 3-1 DTC B217613 ..................................................................... 5-74
Connector End Views A-23 DTC B21762B ..................................................................... 5-76
Connector Locations.. . A-35 DTC B220611 ..................................................................... 3-39
Cooling Fan Description .............................................. ..... 6-136 DTC B220615 ..................................................................... 3-40
Cruise Control ............................................................. ....... 5-11 DTC B2255 ........................................................................... 4-8
Cruise Disengage Causes ........................................... ....... 5-13 DTC B2271A2 ..................................................................... 3-44
Current DTCs ............................................................... ....... 1-21 DTC B2271A3 ..................................................................... 3-45
Current Draw Test ....................................................... ....... 3-19 DTC B227400 ..................................................................... 2-13
Current Draw Values ................................................... ....... 3-19 DTC B227711 ..................................................................... 5-61
DTC B227719 ..................................................................... 5-61
DTC B227777 ..................................................................... 5-61
D DTC B227794 ..................................................................... 5-61
DTC B227856 ..................................................................... 5-61
DTC B210011 ............................................................. ......... 6-7 DTC B227955 ..................................................................... 5-61
DTC B210015 ............................................................. ......... 6-6 DTC C0077 ......................................................................... 5-79
DTC B210019 ............................................................. ......... 6-7 DTC C056200 ..................................................................... 3-25
DTC B211111 ............................................................. ......... 5-2 DTC C0562FE .................................................................... 3-25
DTC B211112 ............................................................. ......... 5-3 DTC C056300 ..................................................................... 3-27
DTC B211119 ............................................................. .......... 5-3 DTC C0563FF..................................................................... 3-27
DTC B211611 ............................................................. ........ 6-25 DTC C1021 ......................................................................... 7-13
DTC B211615 ............................................................. ....... 6-24 DTC C1023 ......................................................................... 7-13
DTC B211619 ............................................................. ........ 6-25 DTC C1025 ......................................................................... 7-13
DTC B21164B ............................................................. ....... 6-25 DTC C1027 ......................................................................... 7-13
C1029 ......................................................................... 7-13
DTC B212111 ............................................................. ........ 3-10 DTC
C1032 ......................................................................... 7-14
DTC B212115 ............................................................. ........ 3-11 DTC
C1034 ......................................................................... 7-16
DTC B212119 ............................................................. ....... 3-12 DTC
C115900 ..................................................................... 7-24
DTC B212511 ............................................................. .......... 5-9 DTC
DTC B212515 ............................................................. .......... 5-9 DTC
DTC B212519 ............................................................. .......... 5-9 DTC
XI
Index
DTC C117800. ..7-24 DTC P011800. .6-121
DTC C118400. ..7-24 DTC P011900. .6-121
DTC C181012. ..5-87 DTC P011B00. ...6-34
DTC C181014. ..5-86 DTC P012000. ...6-40
DTC C181064. ..5-86 DTC P012200. ...6-42
DTC C181214. ..5-88 DTC P012300. ...6-44
DTC C181264. . 6-121
..5-88 DTC P012800.
DTC C181414. ...6-61
..5-89 DTC P013100.
DTC C181464. ...6-62
..5-89 DTC P013200. ...6-62
DTC C181614. ..5-90 DTC P013400.
DTC C181664. ...6-63
..5-90 DTC P013800. ...6-64
DTC C181712.
..5-90 DTC P013A00. ...6-64
DTC C181811.
..5-86 DTC P013B00. ...6-65
DTC C181813.
..5-86 DTC P015100. . . . 6-66
DTC C181814.
DTC C181911. .5-86 DTC P015200. . . . 6-66
DTC C181915. ..5-91 DTC P015400. ...6-67

DTC C181919. ..5-91 DTC P016000. ...6-46
DTC C182011. ..5-91 DTC P022000. ...6-48
DTC C182012. ..5-88 DTC P022200. ...6-49
DTC C182014. ..5-89 DTC P022300. ...6-73
DTC C182112. ..5-88 DTC P026100. ...6-74
DTC C182114. ..5-93 DTC P026200. ...6-74
DTC C182164. ..5-93 DTC P026400. ...6-75
DTC C182211. ..5-93 DTC P026500. .6-106
DTC C182215. ...5-94 DTC P032500. .6-106
DTC C182219. ...5-95 DTC P032700. .6-106
DTC C182312. ...5-95 DTC P032800. ...6-85
DTC C182314. . . . 6-86
...5-93 DTC P034100.
DTC C182364. ...6-87
..5-94 DTC P034600.
DTC C2000 ..... ...6-80
...5-94 DTC P036600.
DTC C2001 ..... ...6-80
...5-80 DTC P037100.
DTC C2003 ..... . . . 6-88
...5-80 DTC P037400. . . . 6-68
DTC C2004 .....
...5-80 DTC P039100. . . . 6-68
DTC C2006 .....
...5-80 DTC P042000. .6-112
DTC C2007 .....
...5-80 DTC P043000. .6-113
DTC List ..........
DTC P001200. ...5-80 DTC P044400. .... 4-6
DTC P001500. .... 1-2 DTC P044500. .... 4-6
DTC P002200. ...6-89 DTC P046200. ...4-20
DTC P002500. ...6-89 DTC P046300. ...4-20
DTC P002600. ...6-89 DTC P0522 .... ...3-32
DTC P002700. ...6-89 DTC P0523 .... ...3-34
DTC P002800. .6-103 DTC P056000. ...3-34
DTC P002900. .6-103 DTC P056200. ...5-13
DTC P003200. .6-103 DTC P056300. .6-129
DTC P003600. .6-103 DTC P057700. .6-131
DTC P003700. ...6-57 DTC P064100. .6-208
DTC P003800. ...6-58 DTC P065100. .6-207
DTC P005000. ...6-58 DTC P073000. .6-208
DTC P005100. ...6-59 DTC P091500. .6-209
DTC P005200. .6-121
...6-59 DTC P091600.
DTC P005400. .6-134
...6-59 DTC P091700.
DTC P005900. .6-145
...6-60 DTC P101900.
DTC P007300. .6-146
...6-58 DTC P127000.
DTC P010600. .6-150
...6-59 DTC P150100.
DTC P010700. .6-148
...6-29 DTC P150200.
DTC P010800. .6-148
...6-13 DTC P150500. .6-148
DTC P011100. ...6-14 DTC P151000.
DTC P011200. .6-149
...6-15 DTC P151100. .6-149
DTC P011300.
...6-34 DTC P151200. .6-141
DTC P011600.
...6-34 DTC P151400. .6-141
DTC P011700.
...6-35 DTC P160000.
.6-121 DTC P169100.
.6-120 DTC P169200.
12
Index
DTC P178500 ...................................................................... 6-96 Fuel Lamp Diagnostics ......................................................... 4-21
DTC P178600 ...................................................................... 6-96 Fuel Pump Description ......................................................... 6-21
DTC P178700 ...................................................................... 6-97
DTC P179000 ...................................................................... 6-97
DTC P179100 ...................................................................... 6-98 G
DTC P179200 ...................................................................... 6-98
DTC P179500 ...................................................................... 6-99 GRX-3110 FID Battery Diagnostic Station ............................ 1-24
DTC P179600 .................................................................... 6-100 Gear Position Sensor Description....................................... 6-205
DTC P179700 .................................................................... 6-100
DTC P180000 .................................................................... 6-101
DTC P180100 .................................................................... 6-101
DTC P180200 .................................................................... 6-102
DTC P210000 .................................................................... 6-155 HD-26792 Spark Tester........................................................ 1-24
DTC P210100 .................................................................... 6-155 HD-34730-2E Fuel Injector Test Light .................................. 1-24
DTC P210200 .................................................................... 6-156 HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe ................................ 1-24
DTC P210300 .................................................................... 6-157 HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)................................ 1-24
DTC P210500 .................................................................... 6-158 HD-41199-3 I AC Test Light ................................................. 1-24
DTC P210700 .................................................................... 6-158 HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit ................................ 1-24
DTC P211900 .................................................................... 6-173 HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments) ................................. 1-24
DTC P212100 .................................................................... 6-184 HD-46601 Breakout Box Adapters ....................................... 1-24
DTC P212200 .................................................................... 6-184 HD-48650 Digital Technician II ............................................. 1-24
DTC P212300 .................................................................... 6-187 HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead .......................... 1-24
DTC P212400 .................................................................... 6-184 HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ABS) ......................................... 1-24
DTC P212700 .................................................................... 6-188 HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM) ........................................ 1-24
DTC P212800 .................................................................... 6-190 HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM) ........................................ 1-24
DTC P212900 .................................................................... 6-188 HD-51724 Inline Spark Tester Kit ......................................... 1-24
DTC P213500 .................................................................... 6-198 H02S Description ................................................................. 6-52
DTC P213800 .................................................................... 6-200 Hand Control Switch Diagnostics ......................................... 5-42
DTC P214600 ...................................................................... 6-76 Hand Control Switch Symptoms ........................................... 5-40
DTC P214900 ...................................................................... 6-76 Headlamp Operation ............................................................ 5-31
DTC P217600 .................................................................... 6-195 Heated Grips .......................................................................... 5-4
DTC P230000 .................................................................... 6-167 Heated Grips Inoperative........................................................ 5-5
DTC P230100 .................................................................... 6-167 Hesitation or Loss of Power Test ........................................ 6-150
DTC P230300 .................................................................... 6-168 High Beam Indicator ............................................................. 4-16
DTC P230400 .................................................................... 6-169 High Beam Indicator Lamp ................................................... 4-16
DTC P230600 .................................................................... 6-169 High Beam Indicator Lamp Diagnostics ................................ 4-20
DTC P230700 .................................................................... 6-170 Historic DTCs ....................................................................... 1-21
DTC P230900 .................................................................... 6-171 Horn Diagnostics .................................................................... 5-6
DTC P231000 .................................................................... 6-171 Horn Switch Description ......................................................... 5-6
DTC P2A0B00 ..................................................................... 6-17
DTC P2A0C00 ..................................................................... 6-17
DTC P2A0D00 ..................................................................... 6-19
DTC Priority Order ............................................................... 1-22
I AT Sensor Description........................................................ 6-31
DTC U000100 ...................................................................... 2-13
IGN Coil Description ........................................................... 6-163
DTC U000188 ...................................................................... 2-13
IM Inoperative Diagnostics ................................................... 4-14
DTC U000189 ...................................................................... 2-13
IM Theory of Operation........................................................... 4-3
DTC U000200 ...................................................................... 2-13
IMU Diagnostics ................................................................... 7-21
Data Link connector ............................................................... 2-5
Ignition Switch Description ..................................................... 3-3
Diagnostic Mode ................................................................. 1-21
Indicator Lamps .................................................................... 4-16
Diagnostic Tools ................................................................. 1-24
Initial Diagnostics ................................................................... 1-2
Inline Spark Tester ............................................................. 6-176
Internal Fault DTCs ................................................................ 7-8
ECT Sensor Description..................................................... 6-117

J
ETC Actuator Description................................................... 6-152
Electrical Connectors ........................................................... A-21 JSS Description .................................................................. 6-142
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start ....................................... 6-174 Key Fob ................................................................................ 5-66
Engine Stop Switch Description ............................................. 3-3 Knock Sensor Description .................................................. 6-104
Erratic Idle.......................................................................... 6-204
Error Messages...................................................................... 2-6
Fails to Disarm ..................................................................... 5-77 L
Foreword ...............................................................................I
Free Running Current Draw Test ......................................... 3-14 LHCM Diagnostics................................................................ 5-48
Front Brake Switch Diagnostics ........................................... 5-45 Load Test ............................................................................... 3-1
Fuel Injector Description ...................................................... 6-69 Loctite ....................................................................................... II
13
Index
Lost Communication DTCs .................................................. 2-26 Start Relay Description ........................................................... 3-3
Low Battery After Extended IGN OFF Diagnostics ............... 3-18 Start Switch Description ......................................................... 3-3
Low Battery Lamp ................................................................ 4-16 Starter Current Draw Test .................................................... 3-13
Low Fuel Indicator................................................................ 4-16 Starter Description.................................................................. 3-3
Starter Solenoid Clicks Diagnostics ........................................ 3-8
Starter Solenoid Description ................................................... 3-3
M Starter Spins But Does Not Engage Diagnostics .................... 3-9
Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly Diagnostics ....................... 3-9
MAP Sensor......................................................................... 6-11 Starter Testing Diagnostics .................................................... 3-7
Milliampere Draw Test ......................................................... 3-19 Starter Troubleshooting .......................................................... 3-6
Multiple DTCs ...................................................................... 1-22 Starting System ...................................................................... 3-3
Starts Hard or Emits Black Smoke ..................................... 6-151
Starts, Then Stalls .............................................................. 6-162
N Stator Test............................................................................ 3-19
Stop Lamps Operation ......................................................... 5-37
Neutral Indicator................................................................... 4-16 Symptoms ............................................................................ 1-22
Nothing Clicks Diagnostics..................................................... 3-7
TGS Description ................................................................. 6-182

Odometer Self-Diagnostics .................................................. 1-21 TPS Description ................................................................... 6-37
Oil Pressure Indicator .......................................................... 4-16 Tip Over Detection ............................................................... 5-14
Overcharging Diagnostics .................................................... 3-18 Tip Over Reset ..................................................................... 5-14
Service and Emergency Functions ....................................... 5-68 Trademarks ............................................................................ II,II
Side Stand Displayed on Speedometer.............................. 6-147 Transport Mode .................................................................... 5-68
Siren Chirp Mode ................................................................. 5-67 Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation .................................. 4-1
Siren Description.................................................................. 5-67 Turn Signal Indicators .......................................................... 4-16
Smart Security System......................................................... 5-68 Turn Signals ......................................................................... 5-14
Special Tools .............................................................................II
Specifications ......................................................................... 1-1
PIN Description .................................................................... 5-68 Voltage Regulator Description ..............................................3-15

Pending DTCs ...................................................................... 1-21 Voltage Regulator Inspection ................................................3-15
Purge Solenoid Description ................................................ 6-108 Voltmeter Test ........................................................................3-1
R W
RHCM Diagnostics ............................................................... 5-48 WOW Test ..............................................................................1-2

Relay Diagnostics................................................................. 1-29 Wiggle Test...........................................................................1-29
Retrieving Trouble Codes ..................................................... 1-20 Wiring Diagrams .................................................................... A-2
Ride Modes Description ....................................................... 5-81
Run/Stop Switch Diagnostics ............................................... 5-47
Running Lamps Description ................................................. 5-52
Security Immobilization......................................................... 5-63

Security Lamp Description.................................................... 5-63
Security System Features .................................................... 5-64
Security System Warnings ................................................... 5-64
Semi-Active Suspension Description .................................... 5-81
Serial Data Communication .................................................... 2-1
Service Bulletins ......................................................................... I
Service Mode ....................................................................... 5-68
Service Preparation .................................................................... I
USB-C No Power ................................................................. 4-24
VINERR.................................................................................. 2-6
VVT Solenoid Description..................................................... 6-91
Voltage Drop Test ................................................................ 1-28
14
NOTES
NOTES
94000979_22_PanAm_edm_b.pdf
PAN AMERICA
MODELS 2022 HARLEY-DAVIDSON® ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
iHARLEY-DftVIDSOHl

Service Communications
Milwaukee Wl 53208 USA
Printed in the USA
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
6. Purge solenoid [95]
7. Stator [47]
8. Voltage regulator [77]
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect voltage regulator f77] and inspect connections.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), test resistance between [77B] terminal (N) and
ground 3.
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. Left rear turn signal [19]
2. Security antenna [209]
3. Tail/stop lamp [40]
This publication was produced with 100% Certified Fiber
renewable energy through the purchase of SUSTAINABLE Sourcing
Renewable Energy Certificates from the non- FORESTRY
profit Bonneville Environmental Foundation. INITIATIVE www.sliprogram.org * 9 4 0 0 0 9 7 9 *
4. Battery tender [281]

5. Heated gear [191-2]
6. DLC [91]
7. Fuse block [64]
8. Rear WSS [168]
9. Rear brake switch [121-1] and [121-2]
10. BCM [242-3]
11. BCM [242-1]
12. ABS/EHCU module [166]
Figure 5-61.
a. Yes. Replace rear stop light assembly.
6. DLC [91]
7. Fuse block [64]
8. Rear WSS [168]
10. BCM [242-3]
11. BCM [242-1]
6. DLC [91]
7. Fuse block [64]
8. Rear WSS [168]
10. BCM [242-3]
11. BCM [242-1]
1. Intake air temperature sensor [89]
2. Fuel pump [86]
3. Rear intake cam sensor [14RI]
4. Rear ignition coil [130R]
5. Rear exhaust cam sensor [14RE]
6. Post catalyst H02S [341]
7. Gear position sensor [269]
8. Rear exhaust VVT phaser [270RE-1]
9. Rear intake VVT phaser [270RI-1]
10. Sensor jumper [343]
1. LHCM [24]
5. Front WSS [167]
1. LHCM [24]
5. Front WSS [167]
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. RHCM heated grip (if equipped)
2. RHCM [22]
4. TGS [224]
5. RHCM
1. LHCM [24]
5. Front WSS [167]
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. LHCM [24]
5. Front WSS [167]
1. Horn [122-1]
2. Horn [122-2]
3. JSS [133]
4. Cooling fan [97]
5. CKP [79]
7. Stator [47]
1. LHCM [24]
5. Front WSS [167]

2022 HD Pan Am Electrical Diagnostic Manual 94000979

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022 HD Pan Am Electrical Diagnostic Manual 94000979

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022 HD Pan Am Electrical Diagnostic Manual 94000979

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

m PAN AMERICA MODELS

Harley-Davidson Motor Company

VISIT THE HARLEY-DAVIDSON WEB SITE

Please tell us how we can improve this manual.

City State Zip

2022 HARLEY-DAVIDSON© ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL - PAN AMERICA MODELS

• Return this form to:

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS _______________

Statements in this manual preceded by the following words are of

A WARNING Content Applicability

When reference is made in this manual to a specific brand name

TABLE OF CONTENTS III

Connector Information ...................................................... 3-5 Connector Information.................................................... 3-16

Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative ........................................... 4-21 Cruise Control....................................................................... 5-13

Description and Operation .5-70

5.21 ACTIVE SUSPENSION SYSTEM GENERAL Description and Operation .......................................................6-1

Test ................................................................................ 6-18 5. TPS1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test.......................... 6-41

DTC P063000, P100900 .....................................................6-135 3. Intake Leak Test ................................................... 6-151

6.20 COOLING FAN DIAGNOSTICS 6.25 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS

6.31 MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER

6.32 TGS DIAGNOSTICS

6.34 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ABS

9. (O/BK) Voltage Test .................................................7-16 Wiring Diagram Symbols .................................................. A-1

Replacement and Repair ............................................... B-12 Installing Terminal .......................................................... B-25

B.12 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTOR

B.13 JST MWT SEALED CONNECTORS

B.14 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS

B.15 KOSTAL MLK 1.2 SEALED CONNECTOR

B.20 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECT- B.24 TYCO OR TE CONNECTIVITY NG1

B.22 TYCO MCP SEALED CONNECTORS REFERENCE

B.23 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED C.3 FLUID CONVERSIONS

Table 1-8. Single Ignition Coil Specifications

Table 1-12. VVT Cam Phaser Actuator Solenoid Specifica-

Table 1-13. Fuse Specifications

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 4. Menu Button Test

NOTE b. No. Go to Test 6.

1. Fuse Test NOTE

2. IM Inoperative Test DIAGNOSTICS __________________________

b. No. Verify battery condition and connections. If all are

There are two levels of diagnostics.

• The second mode requires using the odometer self-

Figure 1-1. LHCM - Bottom

CODE TYPES _______________________

Figure 1-2. Bike Status

Diagnostic Mode Current

1. Complete the repair.

CLEARING DTCS _______________________

Clear DTCs after any diagnostic or repair procedure. The \I/

odometer is capable of displaying and clearing ECM, BCM, IM, -|Q- ON

OFF -------------------- Start |

HOW TO USE DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station

Figure 1-8. Fluke AC/DC Current Probe

Figure 1-10. Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead

HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments)

HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead

HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ABS) HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)

5. When testing is completed, remove the breakout box and

Figure 1-13. BCM Breakout Box Connection